Issuu

City Rail Link In association with:

ENABLING WORKS â€“ CONTRACT C3 CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Karangahape Road Demolition Works

Document Ref: CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Revision: 1 16 May 2019

INTERNAL WORKING DOCUMENT COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

Document control record Document prepared by: Aurecon New Zealand Limited Level 4, 139 Carlton Gore Road Newmarket Auckland 1023 PO Box 9762 Newmarket Auckland 1149 New Zealand

T F E W

+64 9 520 6019 +64 9 524 7815 auckland@aurecongroup.com aurecongroup.com

A person using Aurecon documents or data accepts the risk of: a)

Using the documents or data in electronic form without requesting and checking them for accuracy against the original hard copy version.

Using the documents or data for any purpose not agreed to in writing by Aurecon.

Document control Report title

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Karangahape Road Demolition Works

Document ID

CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130

Client

City Rail Link Limited

Client contact

Project number

251926 Aidan Kirkby-McLeod

Rev

Date

Revision details/status

Prepared by

Author

Reviewer

0.1

27 March 2019

Draft for internal review

P. Wilkinson

H. Mclean

0.2

4 April 2019

Draft for client review

P. Wilkinson

A. KirkbyMcLeod

0.3

16 April 2019

Draft for IPR

P. Wilkinson

16 May 2019

Final for verification / approval

P. Wilkinson

Current revision

H. McLean

Verifier

L. Strogen

Approver

G.Daniel

Approval Author signature

Approver signature

Name

P. Wilkinson

Name

Title

Consultant, Environment and Planning

Title

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Grant Daniel Technical Director

Contents 1

Introduction

1.1

Purpose of the CEMP

1.2

CEMP Requirements

1.3

Environmental Sub-Plans

1.4

Development of CEMP, DWPs and MPs

1.5

Mana Whenua

1.6

Designation Conditions

1.7

Resource Consent Conditions

1.8

Sustainability

Project Description

2.1

CRL Overview

2.2

Demolition Works

2.3

Pre-construction Activities

2.4

Construction Methodology

2.5

Programme

2.6

Hours of Operation

2.7

Site Layout and Management

2.8

Security and Safety

2.9

Graffiti and Litter

2.10 Returning the Site to Public Use

Social and Environmental Management

3.1

Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers

3.2

Environmental Risk Register

3.3

Cumulative Effects

3.4

Legislative and Other Requirements

Implementation and Operation

4.1

Roles and Responsibilities

4.2

Training and Induction

4.3

Operating Procedures

4.4

Emergency and Incident Response

4.5

Stakeholder Communications

Monitor and Review

5.1

Environmental Monitoring

5.2

Environmental Inspections

5.3

Environmental Auditing

5.4

Corrective and Preventative Action

5.5

Reporting

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

i CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

5.6

Document Control

5.7

CEMP Review

Appendices Appendix A CRL Designation 2500 Conditions Appendix B Aotea to North Auckland Line Regional Consents Package Conditions Appendix C Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Appendix D Traffic Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan Appendix E Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan Appendix F Historic Character Delivery Work Plan Appendix G Contamination Delivery Work Plan Appendix H Air Quality Delivery Work Plan Appendix I Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan Appendix J Communication and Consultation Plan Appendix K CLG and IPR Feedback Appendix L ISCA Requirements Appendix M Trees and Vegetation Record

Figures Figure 2-1 Approximate extent of the CRL Karangahape Road demolition works project area Figure 5-1 Record of affected trees and vegetation within the Project area Figure 5-2 View of T3 group of trees from Mercury Lane

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

26 2 3

ii CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Figure 5-3 View of T2, V2 and V3 from East Street Figure 5-4 View of V5 group of vegetation from Canada Street

3 3

Tables Table 1-1 Plans attached to the CEMP 3 Table 1-2 Designation Conditions from the CRL designation relating to the CEMP 6 Table 1-3 Resource consent conditions from the Aotea to NAL resource consent relating to the CEMP 14 Table 1-4 ISCA credits and DWP linkages 23 Table 1-5 ISCA credits and achievement levels 24 Table 2-1 Construction methodologies, tools and techniques alongside their approximate duration of works 29 Table 3-1 Key national legislation, regulations and standards 33 Table 3-2 Standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements 34 Table 4-1 Specific roles and responsibilities 36 Table 4-2 Environmental incident notification 53 Table 5-1 Collaborative working contacts 55 Table 5-2 Record of IRP comments on the CEMP 1 Table 5-3 Record of affected trees and vegetation within the Project area 1

Glossary of abbreviations Acronym

Definition

A2N

Aotea Station to North Auckland Line

ACZ

Active Construction Zone

AQ DWP

Air Quality Delivery Work Plan

AUP

Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part)

CLG

Community Business Liaison Group

CCP

Communication and Consultation Plan

CDWP

Contamination Delivery Work Plan

CEMP

Construction Environmental Management Plan

CNV DWP

Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan

CPTED

Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design

CRL

City Rail Link

CRLL

City Rail Link Limited

CSA

Construction Support Area

CSMP

Contaminated Soils Management Plan

DWP

Delivery Work Plan

ERP

Emergency Response Plan

ESCP

Erosion Sediment Control Plan

ESM

Environment and Sustainability Manager

HC DWP

Historic Character Delivery Work Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

iii CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Acronym

Definition

HNZPT

Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga

IPRP

Independent Peer Review Panel

ISCA

Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia

NAL

North Auckland Line

NoR

Notice of Requirement

NUO

Network Utility Operator

Outline Plan of Works

RMA

Resource Management Act 1991

SIBD DWP

Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan

SSCNVMP

Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan

TAP DWP

Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

iv CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Introduction

This Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) is provided in support of the Outline Plan (OP) submitted by City Rail Link Limited (CRLL) to Auckland Council for the demolition of buildings in the Karangahape area. The demolition works are provided for by City Rail Link (CRL) Designation 2500-4 and relate to those sites located within active construction zones (ACZ K1 and K4) and construction support area (CSA 3) required for the construction of CRL Karangahape Station and underground tunnels. This CEMP and accompanying Delivery Works Plans (DWP) and Management Plans (MP) are required by CRL designation conditions 19 to 24. A CEMP is also required by conditions 35 to 40 of the CRL Aotea to North Auckland Line (A2N) resource consents. The proposed works covered by this CEMP can be summarised as follows:

▪

Demolition of all buildings and structures within the Karangahape Road ACZ and CSA at Mercury Lane.

More details of the proposed works will be provided throughout this CEMP. This CEMP has been prepared by Aurecon and will be implemented by the Contract 3 Alliance (C3 Alliance) through the course of the works. The CEMP provides the overarching framework for the management of construction effects associated with the proposed works. Further DWPs are included as appendices to the CEMP. These DWPs detail the specific environmental management controls for particular aspects of the Project.

1.1

Purpose of the CEMP

The purpose of the CEMP is to set out how construction activities will be carried out and managed as far as is reasonably practical to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment. This CEMP demonstrates that the works remain within the limits of the CRL designation and associated A2N resource consents. The CEMP will ensure that appropriate environmental management practices are followed during the Project works. The CEMP will be implemented throughout the entire period (approximately 12 weeks) of the Project and updated as necessary. CRLL will endeavour to ensure that the surrounding community and wider general public are proactively engaged with to ensure successful delivery. Overall, implementation of this CEMP will ensure:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Appropriate management of adverse environmental effects associated with the Project; Compliance with the relevant CRL designation and resource consent conditions; Compliance with environmental legislation; and Achievement of the Project’s environmental and sustainability objectives.

The CEMP and DWPs will be reviewed as a result of any scheduled review, a material change to the Project, or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. As the anticipated timeframe for these works is less than 12 months no annual review will be required. The CEMP and DWPs are required to be prepared in consultation with the Community Liaison Group (CLG) for the Project. Additionally, the CEMP and DWPs have undergone independent peer review prior to submission to Auckland Council. Comments received from the CLG and from the independent peer review process have been (where applicable and appropriate) incorporated in the CEMP and recorded in Appendix K. A record of specific consultation outcomes is included in each relevant DWP.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

1 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

1.2

CEMP Requirements

CRL designation condition 10.1 requires that an OP for CRL works includes a CEMP, Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP), DWPs and Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plans (SSCNVMP). The CEMP includes measures to give effect to the following requirements and objectives not addressed by the DWPs:

▪

Training requirements on construction procedures, environment management, monitoring and emergency and incident responses;

▪

An outline of the construction programme of the work, including linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction;

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period; Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects; Site layout and management (including graffiti, litter, lighting and hazardous substances); and Management of vacant areas once the demolition is complete.

Condition 35 of the A2N resource consents also requires a CEMP be provided to Auckland Council for certification prior to works commencing. As discussed in more detail below, condition 36 of the resource consent details what must be included in the CEMP.

1.3

Environmental Sub-Plans

The management of specific environmental effects during construction is addressed through the development and implementation of a suite of DWPs and MPs required by the CRL designation and A2N regional resource consents. The DWPs and MPs relevant to the Project are identified in Table 1-1 below and form appendices to this CEMP.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

2 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Table 1-1 Plans attached to the CEMP

Plan

Acronym

CRL Des. Condition #

Purpose

Section of CEMP

Transport Access and Parking DWP

TAPDWP

10, 25 and 30

To manage the adverse effects of construction on the transport network (including parking and access).

Section 4.3.3 and Appendix D

Construction Noise and Vibration DWP

CNVDWP

10 and 36

To provide for the development and implementation of identified best practicable options to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from construction effects.

Section 4.3.4 and Appendix E

Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration MP

SSCNVMP

10, 37 and 38

Historic Character DWP

HC DWP

10 and 42

To manage the adverse archaeological effects that may result during construction.

Section 4.3.6 and Appendix F

Contamination DWP (also a Contaminated Soils MP)

CDWP

10 and 57

To manage the adverse effects relating to contaminated land during construction.

Section 4.3.8 and Appendix G

Air Quality DWP (also an Air Quality MP)

AQDWP

10 and 59

To avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality during construction.

Section 4.3.9 and Appendix H

Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP

SIBDDWP

10 and 61

To avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities during construction.

Section 4.3.10 and Appendix I

Communication and Consultation Plan

CCP

10 and 15

To set out set out the framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties during construction.

Section 4.3.11, 4.5 and Appendix J

Plan

Acronym

Aotea to NAL Condition #

Purpose

Section of CEMP

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

ESCP

53-58

Management of the effects associated with soil mobilisation.

Section 4.3.2 and Appendix C

Contaminated Soils MP (also a CDWP)

CSMP

131 – 134

To manage the adverse effects relating to contaminated land during construction.

Section 4.3.8 and Appendix G

Air Quality MP

AQDWP

223 – 224

To avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality during construction.

Section 4.3.9 and Appendix H

Communication and Consultation Plan

CCP

25 – 33

Section 4.3.11, 4.5 and Appendix J

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Section 4.3.4 and Appendix E

3 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

1.4

Development of CEMP, DWPs and MPs

This CEMP and the DWPs and MPs have been developed by subject matter experts and have been reviewed to ensure that they are commensurate to the scale of the effects associated with the Project. The CEMP, DWPs and MPs have been presented to the relevant CLG for feedback in accordance with CRL designation condition 7.5. Where appropriate, this feedback has been incorporated into the CEMP, DWPs and MPs. Where feedback has not been incorporated, reasons why have been provided in each document. The CEMP and DWPs and the feedback from the CLG on these plans has been reviewed by the CRL Independent Peer Review Panel (IPRP) in accordance with CRL designation condition 11. The IPRP have provided a number of recommendations to ensure the CEMP and DWPs meet the objectives and other requirements of the designation conditions. These inputs, along with the feedback from the CLG, are attached in Appendix K. The CEMP and sub-plans will be held on site and made available for viewing. They will also be available publicly on the official CRLL website (https://cityraillink.co.nz /crl-consents-environmentalmanagement/).

1.5

Mana Whenua

We are all descended from Ranginui, our Father Sky and Papatūānuku, our Mother Earth. Ngā mana whenua o Tāmaki Makaurau have a special relationship with Ranginui, Papatūānuku, and their resources. Acting as kaitiaki, they endeavour to protect their whānau, hapū and iwi and encourage all people to act as protectors of the earth. Kaitiakitanga includes:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Protecting, restoring, enhancing the mauri (life supporting capacity) of resources; Fulfilling spiritual, emotional and inherited responsibilities to the environment; Maintaining mana over resources; and Ensuring the welfare of the people those resources support.

In Tāmaki Makaurau it is mana whenua who are kaitiaki. The CRL sustainability framework is informed by tikanga tiaki and mātauranga. A CRL Mana Whenua Forum has been established for the purposes of undertaking kaitiakitanga responsibilities associated with the project. The forum comprises those mana whenua groups who expressed an interest in being involved in the CRL project and its related activities. Eight mana whenua self-identified their interest in CRL and are currently part of the forum:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Ngāti Maru; Ngāti Paoa; Ngāi Tai Ki Tāmaki; Ngāti Te Ata Waiohua; Ngāti Whātua o Ōrākei; Te Akitai Waiohua; Te Kawerau a Maki; and Ngāti Tamaoho.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

CRLL continues to work collaboratively with the Mana Whenua Forum on all aspects of the CRL project. With the commencement of the Project’s construction, the forum’s role will include cultural induction for contractors, assistance with discovery procedures, monitoring, and ongoing provision of mātauranga Māori input. A briefing for this Project was held with the Mana Whenua Forum on 20 December 2018. An overview of the Karangahape Road demolition works as enabling works for C3 was given. The various DWPs and MPs required to be prepared as part of the OP were discussed and the following matters were raised:

▪

The OP explains how the work will be undertaken under the existing designation and is supported by the DWPs and MPs that go to Auckland Council; and

▪

An ESCP is included in the suite of management plans as required in the consent conditions.

1.6

Designation Conditions

The Project works relate to the CRL Designation 2500-4, which was confirmed in November 2015. All works will be carried out in accordance with the CEMP and the plans required by the designation. The designation conditions are included in Appendix A. Designation conditions 19 – 24 outline what is required for the CEMP. Table 1-2 identifies the relevant sections of the CEMP that address each condition.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Table 1-2 Designation Conditions from the CRL designation relating to the CEMP

Condition Number

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

Designation Conditions (Designation 2500–6) 13.1

The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a collaborative working process for dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the City Rail Link.

13.2

This collaborative working process shall:

13.3

Section 5

Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council;

Section 5.1

Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s);

Section 5.1

The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed;

Section 5.1

Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 7 of this designation) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months.

Section 5.1 and 5.5

The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: a.

Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that: i.

The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans;

Section 5.1

ii.

The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans;

Section 5.1

Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under Condition 10 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed;

Section 5.7

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

6 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition Number

17.1

17.2

17.3

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs);

Section 5.7

Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these.

Section 5.7

Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall: a.

Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s);

Section 5 & Appendix J

Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt;

Section 5 & Appendix J

Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan, which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, implementation of mitigation measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration, preparation of a site specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in accordance with Conditions

Section 5 & Appendix J

A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include: a.

The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint;

Section 5 & Appendix J

Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air quality;

Section 5 & Appendix J

Known City Rail Link construction activities at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint;

Section 5 & Appendix J

Any other activities in the area unrelated to the City Rail Link construction that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-City Rail Link construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally;

Section 5 & Appendix J

Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity.

Section 5 & Appendix J

This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer, and to the â€œkey contactsâ€? (see Condition 13).

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Section 5 & Appendix J

7 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition Number

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

17.4

Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint, the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer must determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint.

Section 5 & Appendix J

19.1

The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the City Rail Link construction.

Section 1.2, 1.4, 1.6 and 1.7

19.2

All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23.

Noted

19.3

The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitoredby the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link.

Noted

19.4

The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions.

Noted

19.5

The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs.

Section 4.3

19.6

Where mitigation measures are required to be implemented by the Requiring Authority in relation to the construction of City Rail Link, it shall meet reasonable and direct costs of implementing such mitigation measures.

Noted

20.1

In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following:

20.2

Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication andConsultation Manager;

Section 4.1

Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and monitoring;

Section 4.2

A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects; and

Section 4.3.3 & Appendix D

Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17.

Section 4.5 & Appendix J

The CEMP shall include details of:

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

8 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition Number

21.1

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address);

Section 4.1

The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority / Constructor / Auckland Council requirements;

Section 4.1.2

Environmental incident and emergency management procedures;

Section 4.4

Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17);

Section 4.5 & Appendix J

An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction;

Section 2

Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period;

Sections 2 & 4

Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and

Section 2.8

Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects.

Section 4

Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas;

Section 4.3.3 & Appendix D

Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area;

Section 4.3.2 & Appendix C

Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures;

Section 4.3.2 & Appendix C

Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy conditionin terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the designation;

Section 2.7, 2.8 & 2.9

Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible;

Section 2.7 & 2.9

The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers, and where practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be incorporated into these withoutcompromising the purpose for which these are erected;

Section 4.3.4, 4.5.1 & Appendix E

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

9 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition Number

22.1

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and, where practicable and without compromising theirpurpose how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated to enhance public amenity and connection to the project;

Section 2.8, 2.9 & 4.5.1

The location of any temporary buildings (including workers officesand portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets);

Section 2.7 & 4.3.3

Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas;

Section 4.3.5

Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances;

Section 4.3.13 & 4.4

m. That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and

Section 2.7

Section 2.10 & 4.3.7

Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP.

The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project or to addressunforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration:

Noted

Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material changes to these plans;

Noted

Any changes to construction methods;

Noted

Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project;

Noted

Changes in industry best practice standards;

Noted

Changes in legal or other requirements;

Noted

Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;

Noted

Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and

Noted

Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17.

Noted

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

10 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition Number

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

22.2

A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and madeavailable to the Auckland Council upon request.

Noted

23.1

Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating.

Noted

23.2

Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition.

Noted

23.3

Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPsand SSCVMPs).

Noted

23.4

The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not.

Noted

23.5

Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11.

Noted

23.6

Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If anychanges are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) relating to approval of outline plans shall apply.

Noted

24.1

To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP.

Noted

24.2

The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link.

Noted

24.3

For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an â€œexisting Network Utilityâ€? includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was:

Noted

a. In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or b. Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process. 24.4

The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and shall be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the City Rail Link. The CEMP shall include as a minimum:

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Section 4.3.1 & Appendix J

11 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition Number

Condition a.

Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation;

Section 4.5 & Appendix J

Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existing Network Utilities, and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities;

Section 4.3.1 & Appendix J

Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and therestrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: i. Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network Utilities; ii. Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations;

Section 4.3.1 & Appendix J

Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the utilities by Network Utility Operators at all times;

Section 4.3.1 & Appendix J

Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during theconstruction of the City Rail Link

Section 4.3.1 & Appendix J

Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities;

Section 4.3.2 & Appendix C

Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities;

Section 4.3.4 & Appendix E

Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergencyinvolving existing Network Utilities;

Section 4.3.1 & Appendix J

The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings;

N/A

m. A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP. 24.5

Relevant Section of CEMP

If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction effects on the Operatorâ€™s network utility operation, unless otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will beprovided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix K

N/A

12 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

1.7

Resource Consent Conditions

The Project falls within the scope of the A2N regional resource consents approved by Auckland Council on 17 November 20161. All works will be carried out in accordance with the CEMP and the plans required by those consents which have been prepared commensurate to the scale of the works proposed. The resource consent conditions are included in Appendix B. Resource consent conditions 35 â€“ 40 outline what is required for the CEMP under the A2N regional consents. Table 1-3 identifies the relevant sections of the CEMP that address each condition and where management plans identified by the regional consents are located.

R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038. Conditions amended 8th November 2017.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

13 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Table 1-3 Resource consent conditions from the Aotea to NAL resource consent relating to the CEMP

Condition Number

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

Aotea to NAL Resource Consent Conditions Communication and Consultation Plan 25

At least 3 months prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall prepare a CCP the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties during the construction of the Project.

Blank

The CCP shall be based on and, where appropriate, incorporate the provisions of the PCCP, and shall set out how the Consent Holder will:

This document

Section 4.5 & Appendix J

a. Inform the community and business of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them; b. Provide early information on key Project milestones; c. Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the implementation and review of the CEMP or other Management Plans; d. Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: i. ii. iii. 28

Who is responsible for responding; How responses will be provided; and The timeframes within which responses will be provided.

The CCP shall (as a minimum) include: a. A communications framework that details the Consent Holderâ€™s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters;

Section 4.5 & Appendix J

b. The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including 24 hour contact details (phone, email and postal address); c. The 0800 CRL TALK phone number;

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

14 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition Number 28 cntn’d

Condition d. The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to: i. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. vii. viii. ix.

All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at Appendix 4, and adjacent to the Project’s construction sites; Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process; Heritage NZ; NZ Transport Agency / Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA); Kiwirail; Department of Corrections; Ministry of Justice; Network Utility Operators; and The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24)

Relevant Section of CEMP Section 4.5 & Appendix J Note: Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA) responsibilities to be undertaken by the Auckland Systems Management Alliance following contract update

e. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be notified of the commencement of construction, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints; f. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans, including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback; g. A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the construction works with whom the Consent Holder will communicate; h. A requirement that the Consent Holder shall make any information that is relevant to 22 Stable Lane available to the owner of that property (Christopher Patrick Browne) on request, and advise that owner in the event that any alert or alarm trigger levels are exceeded that are relevant to 22 Stable Lane. In addition, the CCP shall state the method by which Christopher Patrick Browne can make such a request and the anticipated timeframe within which it will be provided; i. A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Consent Holder and parties as required by the PCCP. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties; j. How communication and consultation relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and k. How opportunities to interpret and display archaeological finds within the Project area will be identified and implemented, including how Heritage NZ will be involved in this process. Advice Note: At the time this resource consent was granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK. 29

The CCP shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and other Management Plans.

Noted

The CCP shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updates to the CCP shall be provided to the “key contacts” and the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken.

Noted

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

15 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition Number

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

Any further action recommended as a result of the review under Condition 30 shall be undertaken by the Consent Holder’s Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project and confirmation of completion shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

Noted

If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process under Condition 30, a material change to the CCP is made, the Consent Holder shall notify those parties affected by the change within 20 working days of the material change occurring.

Noted

The CCP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project.

Noted

Construction Management 35

Prior to the commencement of construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall prepare a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) including all certified Management Plans which form part of these conditions to ensure compliance with the resource consents.

This document

The CEMP shall include details of:

a. b.

a. Final project details and staging of works to illustrate that the works remain within the limits and standards approved under these resource consents and that the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment. b. The site or project manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager, including their contact details (phone, email and physical address);

c. d.

c. The “key contacts”; d. Communication and consultation procedures for ensuring that residents, road users and businesses in the immediate vicinity of construction areas are given prior notice of the commencement of construction and are informed about the expected duration and effects of the work. In particular, the procedures shall provide for the following in relation to residents, road users and businesses potentially affected by the construction works: i. ii. iii. iv. v.

consultation prior to the commencement of construction; notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access; regular updates on construction progress; key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or business operations in the vicinity of the works.

e. f. g. h. i. j.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Section 2.4 & 4.3 Section 4.1, 4.5 & Appendix J Section 5.1.1 Section 4.3.3, 4.3.10, 4.3.11, Appendix D, Appendix I & Appendix J Section 4.4.3 Section 2.7 Section 2.5 & 2.6 Section 2.8 Attached appendices. No water quality monitoring is proposed. Noted

16 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition Number 36 cntn’d

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

e. Notice boards that clearly identify the Consent Holder and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager; f. General site layout and management; g. An outline of the Project’s construction programme, including construction hours of operation; h. Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; i. Certified Management Plans referred to in these conditions; j. Water Discharge Quality Monitoring Programme; and k. Identification of the suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, who will be undertaking the condition surveys required by the conditions of consent.

The CEMP shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction

Noted

The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination, in writing, as to whether the CEMP can be certified as per the requirements of these consent conditions within 10 working days of receipt of the CEMP.

Noted

Construction shall not commence until written certification is obtained from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). 39

The CEMP required by Condition 35 shall be implemented and maintained throughout the entire construction period for the Project, or relevant Project stage, to manage potential adverse effects arising from the construction and shall be updated as necessary (or as required by the review process in Condition 42).

Noted

Any change to the CEMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.

Noted

The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. 42

The Consent Holder shall review the CEMP and other Management Plans at least annually or

Section 5.7

a. as a result of a material change to the Project; b. to address unforeseen or materially greater adverse effects arising from construction or c. to address unresolved complaints.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

17 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition Number

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

A review pursuant to Condition 42 may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration:

Noted

a. Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other Management Plans and any material changes to these Plans; b. Any changes to construction methods; c. Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project; d. Relevant changes in industry best practice standards; e. Relevant changes in legal or other requirements; f. Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction; g. Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process regarding the CEMP and other Management Plans; and h. Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Conditions 45-49. 44

A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Consent Holder, provided annually to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), and advised to and made available to the CLG.

Noted

Construction Traffic 41

The Consent Holder shall, so far as is it is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access.

Section 4.3.3 & Appendix D

This is to be achieved through the following objectives: a. managing the road transport network for the duration of the construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion; b. maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and c. providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible. Advice Note: Condition 41 refers to objectives to be achieved. The requirement to provide mechanisms to achieve these objectives is included in the relevant CRL designation conditions.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

18 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition Number

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan 53

At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction within a CSA or ACZ, the Consent Holder shall submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification an ESCP which provides for the management of all bulk earthworks to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment-laden water beyond the site to either land and/ or stormwater drainage systems.

Section 4.3.2 & Appendix C

The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the ESCP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the ESCP. No construction activity shall commence until certification from Council is provided.

Noted

An ESCP shall include, but is not limited to, the following matters:

Section 4.3.2 & Appendix C

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

identification of construction zones and construction support areas; specific erosion and sediment control works for each Active Construction Zone (location, dimensions, capacity supporting calculations and design drawings), which should be in line with Industry Best Practice that will meet or exceed the performance of measures detailed in TP90; catchment boundaries; the timing and duration of construction and operation of control works (in relation to the staging and sequencing of earthworks); details relating to the management of exposed areas; reference to the Contaminated Soils Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan; and monitoring and maintenance requirements, including information on complaint investigation and response procedures, training, and roles and responsibilities.

Any change to an ESCP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.

Noted

The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the ESCP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.

Noted

The Consent Holder shall comply with the ESCP for the duration of the earthworks associated with the Project.

Noted

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

19 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition Number

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

Building Inspection 109

Prior to the submission of the GSMCP, the Consent Holder shall employ an independent Senior Qualified Person to undertake, subject to the approval of the property owner, a detailed pre-construction condition survey of all buildings specified in Appendix 2 in order to confirm their existing condition.

N/A for this Project.

The survey and assessment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. any information about the type of foundations; b. existing levels of damage considered to be of an aesthetic or superficial nature; c. existing levels of damage considered to affect the serviceability of the building where visually apparent and without recourse to intrusive or destructive investigation; d. a professional opinion as to whether observed damage may or may not be associated with actual structural damage; e. susceptibility of the building or structure to further movement; f. specific assessment of building damage with reference to the trigger levels identified in Appendix 2; g. review of proposed alarm and alert trigger levels to confirm they are appropriately set; and h. photographic evidence of (b) and (c). Contaminated Soils Management Plan 131

At least 20 days prior to the commencement of construction (earthworks), the Consent Holder shall provide a Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The CSMP shall be prepared by a Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 - Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).

Appendix G

132

The Consent Holder shall request that Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) provide a determination to the Consent Holder, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the CSMP, whether the CSMP can be certified as per the requirements of the Condition 134.

Noted

133

No earthworks shall commence until

Noted. Section 4.3.9 & Appendix G

a. certification is provided from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) that the CSMP satisfactorily meets the requirements of Schedule 13 (A4) of the ACRP:ALW, and b. all measures identified in that plan as being required to be established prior to the commencement of earthworks have been established.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

20 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition Number

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

134

The CSMP shall address the following matters:

Section 4.3.9 & Appendix G

a. The areas within the project site designated for the excavation works, including depths and extent of the proposed works, and an updated map/s showing the land disturbance activity areas b. Excavation, management, and disposal procedures for soil, sediment, dust, surface run-off water, perched groundwater, and groundwater, if encountered c. Temporary containment, treatment, and testing procedures for any water getting in contact with the contaminated material if the disposal option is to the stormwater system or the marine environment is considered d. Contingency measures for unexpected discovery of contamination e. Proposed sampling and analysis, if applicable; and f. Any proposed works summary reporting. Advice Note: The Council acknowledges that the CSMP is intended to provide flexibility for the management of the works and contaminant discharge. Accordingly, the Plan may need to be further updated. Any updates must be limited to the scope of this consent and consistent with the conditions of this consent. If you would like to confirm that any proposed updates are within scope, or have any other queries, please contact the Council (Team Leader Earth and Stream Works, Trees, and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input) on (09) 301 0101. Air Quality Management Plan 223

The final AQMP/s shall be prepared by a Senior Qualified Person, provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction and shall include:

Section 4.3.10 & Appendix H

a. a clear identification of the type and location of the controls proposed; b. a detailed framework for the management, mitigation and monitoring of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project; c. a focus principally on the sources of dust discharges, and d. an assessment of the risk of discharges from each ACZ and the associated CSA.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

21 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition Number

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

224

The final AQMP/s shall also provide detailed methods including, but not limited to, the following matters:

Section 4.3.10 & Appendix H

a. methods to ensure exposed surfaces remain dampened to minimise dust emissions (possible examples include a water spray system or other suitable system, water carts and other suppression methods); b. ensuring a 20 km/hr vehicle speed limit within the ACZs and CSAs; c. operation of wheel washes; d. regular sweeping of public roads around the exit points of ACZs and CSAs and sealed vehicle accessways within these areas; e. measures for supressing dust from any temporary stock piles (demonstrating how they are to be limited to no more than 24 mÂł of uncovered spoil at any one time in each ACZ); f. measures for the handling of cement associated with the forming of cement stabilised columns, including filter systems and high level alarms where a silo is used; g. covering of loads of material being delivered and removed from the site; h. instrument monitoring of dust concentrations (including identification of a monitoring methodology, monitoring network and appropriate alert thresholds) to ensure that any significant dust effects arising from the ACZs or CSAs are identified and remedied as soon as practicable throughout the Project; i. the locations of instrument dust monitoring sites, including at least three re-locatable and/or fixed monitors to be associated with each of ACZs A, K and M, and the duration of this monitoring; j. measures for responding to continuous instrument dust monitoring trigger alarms, including contingency measures to reduce measured concentrations below the trigger thresholds and provisions for responding after standard operating hours; k. measures for undertaking meteorological observations and visual inspections of dust or other air discharges from the Project, to be completed at least on a daily basis, with all relevant information logged; and l. information regarding complaint logging, investigation and response procedures, training and roles and responsibilities. The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the AQMP/s with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the AQMP; otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

22 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

1.8

Sustainability

CRLL has a set of sustainability requirements to be achieved during the delivery of the project. These can be different to, or additional to, the Project’s designation and resource consent requirements. Some of the CRLL sustainability requirements are directly related to the works included in this CEMP. This includes seeking an ISCA (Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia) IS (Infrastructure Sustainability) Rating for the whole project lifecycle, where the requirements as per ISCA CRL IS Technical Manual – Mahi Rauora Aratohu – Version 1.2 are essential to achieve the Project’s sustainability goal. ISCA credits that are directly linked to the DWPs under this CEMP are listed below in Table 1-4, with more details appended to each of those DWPs. The application of the ISCA credits remains subject to change as the project proceeds, and will be reviewed, amended (as and if needed) and confirmed prior to the commencement of works. Table 1-4 ISCA credits and DWP linkages

ISCA Credit

Relevant DWP and section of the CEMP

Dis-1

Wai Ora (Receiving Water Quality)

ESCP and sections 4.3.2 and 4.3.9

Dis-2

Noise

CNV DWP and section 4.3.4

Dis-3

Vibration

Dis-4

Air Quality

AQ DWP and section 4.3.10

Lan-3

Contamination and remediation

C DWP and sections 4.3.2, 4.3.9 and 4.3.15

Was-1

Waste avoidance and resource recovery

Was-2

Diversion from Landfill

Was-3

Deconstruction / Disassembly / Adaptability

Currently not covered and therefore developing a WARRMP (waste avoidance and resource recovery management plan) to cover the CRLL Waste management requirements as Per Appendix 10 of the contract document including the requirements for ISCA Waste credits is needed

Her-1

Heritage assessment and management

Her-2

Monitoring of heritage

Sta-1

Stakeholder engagement strategy

1.8.1

HC DWP and sections 4.3.6 and 4.3.7

CCP, SIDB DWP and sections 4.3.11 and 4.3.12

Waste goals and targets

CRLL is committed to achieving Auckland Council’s aspirational waste minimisation goal striving towards zero waste to landfill. CRLL waste goals / targets aiming to achieve are:

▪

Implementing the waste management hierarchy; waste avoidance, waste minimisation, materials reuse, recycling and disposal;

▪

Adopt and implement the five principles of designing out waste as detailed by the UK’s Waste Resource Action Programme (WRAP):  design for reuse and recovery  design for off-site construction;  design for materials optimisation;  design for waste efficient procurement; and  design for deconstruction and flexibility.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

23 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

▪

Achieve the ISCA Waste related credits in Table 5 and have verified by ISCA:

Table 1-5 ISCA credits and achievement levels

ISCA Credit

Level to Achieve

Was-1

Waste avoidance and resource recovery

Level 2 as per CRLL Minimum requirements (Appendix 10 of the contract documents)

Was- 2

Diversion from Landfill

Level 3 as per CRLL Minimum requirements (Appendix 10 of the contract documents)

Was- 3

Deconstruction / Disassembly / Adaptability

To be defined and agreed on/verified prior to commencing work

1.8.2

(Level 1 to 3 on a sliding scale)

IS Rating Tool Requirements

CRLL requires, as a minimum, achievement and verification (by ISCA) of the following Waste Credits (“mandatory credits”) to at least the stated levels. Tables outlining the core requirements that apply within the context of the ISCA IS rating tool framework relating to Was -1, Was -2, and Was-3 are attached as Appendix L (for more details refer to ISCA CRL IS Technical Manual – Mahi Rauora Aratohu – Version 1.2).

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

24 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Project Description

2.1

CRL Overview

The CRL project comprises the construction, operation and maintenance of a 3.4 km underground passenger railway, running between Britomart Station and the North Auckland Rail Line (NAL). The first enabling works packages commenced in December 2015 and the procurement of the main works contract is underway, with the C3 Alliance award anticipated in the first half of 2019. The complex nature and substantial size of the project has meant that it has been broken up into multiple packages to ensure that risks are managed, most appropriately skilled resources are utilised and best value for money is achieved. This CEMP specifically relates to the Contract 3 package of works. The proposed works are described in more detail in sections 2.2 and 2.3 below.

2.2

Demolition Works

It is proposed to demolish buildings and structures and clear the sites located within the CRL Mercury Lane ACZ and CSA, in order to provide for the future station entrance area for Karangahape Station. The Project area is located between Mercury Lane and East Street, generally bordered to the north by the properties at 14 East Street and 9 Mercury Lane (the Mercury Theatre building), and to the south by Canada Street. Partial demolition of structures is also required at 16 and 18 East Street. The extent of the demolition area is illustrated in Figure 2-1 below. All properties within the identified area are authorised for demolition under CRLL Designation 2500-4. Demolition is generally deemed to include foundations and the removal and disposal of all demolished material and disturbed ground. It includes the provision of all precautionary safety measures, screens, scaffoldings, hoardings, covered walkways and the like for carrying out the demolition work. In some instances where the future works contractor may benefit from certain structures being left in place, such as the foundation slabs, basement walls or earth retaining structures, partial structures may be initially left to suit the contractorâ€™s methodology.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

25 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Figure 2-1 Approximate extent of the CRL Karangahape Road demolition works project area (Source: Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part), April 2019)

2.3

Pre-construction Activities

Prior to demolition CRLL will vacate the properties in order to undertake comprehensive asbestos demolition surveys on all buildings and structures to be demolished. These studies will be used to assist in the development of the demolition programme and the specific demolition methodologies for each building. Multiple investigations and assessments have been carried out to inform the DWPs and MPs that have been developed to support the Project. The suite of DWPs and MPs are attached as appendices to this CEMP and have been prepared to meet the conditions in the designation and the A2N resource consents outlined in Section 2 of the OP. A demolition plan or method statement will be provided for each individual property. A study of the underground services will be provided for the entire site. An asbestos survey will be conducted should it be required. These aspects are detailed in the following sections.

2.3.1

Demolition Plan

A demolition plan or method statement for each individual property covered by this methodology will be prepared by the specialist contractor prior to commencing the work as outlined in the HSE

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

26 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Approved Codes of Practice for Demolition, Sections 4.7 and 4.8. The demolition plans shall be developed in accordance with the requirements of the following current codes and regulations:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Construction Specification: Appendix 4 to the Conditions of Contract CRLL-006 February 2017; Health & Safety at Work Act 2015 – Approved Code of Practise for Demolition; Health & Safety at Work Act 2015 (Asbestos) Regulations 2016; Approved Code of Practice on the Management and removal of Asbestos; and The New Zealand Building Code.

Each site-specific demolition plan will cover the following high-risk components:

▪ ▪

Traffic management, including access and egress to each site and associated risk management;

▪

Management of various construction activities, such as vibration, sediment and dust.

Management and appropriate disposal of hazardous materials, such as contaminated soil and asbestos; and

The demolition plans will include an updated assessment of the site for asbestos containing materials in accordance with current codes and regulations as well as an assessment of any other potential hazardous materials. Where asbestos or any other hazardous materials are identified, the demolition plan will require asbestos management and hazardous materials management plans to be developed to accompany the demolition plan. The demolition plan will identify the sequence in which the building is to be demolished as well as highlighting any risks to adjoining properties. The demolition plan will identify the specific plant and equipment to be used to undertake the demolition works. The structures within the demolition zone are limited to three stories (approximately 8m) in height and therefore the equipment is likely to be more commonly available construction plant such as excavator with bucket and/or hydraulic breakers, hydraulic claws. De-construction of individual structures shall be carried out generally in a sequence working from the upper levels towards the ground level. During demolition the site management will ensure that the site is not left in an unsafe manner overnight where a risk of falling/toppling objects or hazardous material remain overnight.

2.3.2

Existing services

A study of the underground services in the areas planned for demolition will be undertaken in parallel with the development of the demolition plans for the various sites. Where feasible, the timing of the demolitions of adjacent or adjoining structures will be optimised so that termination of services to multiple individual sites do not need to occur separately. In general services to the properties will be terminated at the property boundary so that the main service feeders in the road corridor remain uninterrupted. Where services are required to remain in place for adjacent properties, these shall be identified and protected from any interruption to service during the demolition works. In all cases the specialist demolition contractor will plan and coordinate with the C3 Alliance and the respective network utility operators to undertake the termination work and confirm that services to the individual properties have been terminated prior to any demolition taking place. Utilities coordination work entails the termination and abandonment of services (power and communications) as well as the protection or diversion of utilities serving upstream or downstream properties (transiting utilities). Engagement with the network utility operators (NUOs) is detailed in the SIBD DWP (Appendix I) and the CCP (Appendix J).

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

27 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

2.3.3

Asbestos

Asbestos assessments of the buildings parallel planned for demolition will be undertaken in parallel with the development of the demolition plans for the various sites. There are three phases of asbestos assessment:

â–Ş â–Ş â–Ş

A preliminary survey, An invasive audit/testing, and Supervision of removal.

Invasive audit and testing for asbestos contamination will take six weeks, however the premises must be vacant. The actual scope of invasive audit and testing is uncertain and can only be determined after the results of the preliminary surveys are available. Any potential asbestos risks will be communicated to the affected parties via the CCP (Appendix J). Where asbestos is identified, an asbestos management plan will be developed alongside the demolition plan.

2.3.4

Health and Safety

Health and safety is an essential part of the overall construction methodology and individual demolition plans. The Contractor shall conform fully, both on- and off-site, with the provisions of the New Zealand Building Code in all matters related to construction safety, in particular with approved documents F1 (Hazardous Agents on Site), F2 (Hazardous Building Materials), F4 (Safety from Falling) and F5 (Construction and Demolition Hazards). The specialist contractor shall at all times comply with the Health and Safety at Work Act 2015, and particularly the Approval Codes of Practice for Demolition, as well as the Health and Safety in Employment Regulations 1995 and all subsequent amendments. The specialist contractor shall erect all necessary temporary supports to prevent any unexpected collapse of any part of the building during and after demolition. Contractor to assume responsibility for all temporary works.

2.4

Construction Methodology

2.4.1

Demolition

The demolition work is different for each building and a site-specific demolition plan is required to be developed for each site. To ensure the Project works are undertaken as safely and efficiently as possible, demolition activities will be performed in stages as described in the following section. Common methodologies and similar tools and techniques will be used throughout the demolition works, as detailed in the schedule below. The equipment listed in Table 2-1 below will be supplemented by normal hand tools, ladders and handheld power tools.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

28 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Table 2-1 Construction methodologies, tools and techniques alongside their approximate duration of works

Activity

Approx. Duration

Site Fencing/Hoarding, including lockable gates and appropriate signage prohibiting unauthorised entry and identifying hazards. Signage will include the key contacts listed in Table 11 in section 5.1.1.

Prior to the demolition works and shall remain fenced until CRL main works begin.

Protection of Adjacent Structures. Allow the structures to be vacated of occupants (including contractors during demolition), assessed and demolished at the same time. All public thoroughfares will be kept clear and free of debris.

Prior to the demolition works for 4 weeks.

Salvage of Materials, including the stripping of soft furnishings and hardwares before major demolition, recycling of concrete, and recycling of reinforcing steel. Salvage works may commence ahead of the demolition works on a building by building basis as and when they become vacant, and independent of the main demolition works.

Prior to the demolition works for 4 weeks.

Loading and Unloading of Materials, undertaken in a manner that ensures that the streets, roads and paths are not obstructed and the traffic is not impeded.

Prior, during and post demolition works for 16 weeks.

Demolition, including foundations and the removal and disposal of all demolished material and disturbed ground. The demolition works will be undertaken in accordance with the site-specific Demolition Plan and within the respective stageâ€™s time period.

Approximately 12 weeks for all buildings.

Control of Debris, which shall only be allowed to fall freely and without deflection through chutes specially provided for the purpose. Precautions will be taken against flying or falling debris by sealing off all openings in walls adjacent to the area of fall. Care will be taken to prevent excessive lateral pressure being built up due to stacking of debris against walls and adjoining properties.

During the demolition works for 12 weeks.

Removal of Support will only be undertaken once a risk assessment has taken place. Any mitigation measures identified through this assessment will form part of the demolition plan.

During and post demolition works for 16 weeks.

Levelling the Site where possible and temporary drainage measures implemented to ensure that the site is free draining, erosion and sediment controls measures installed and maintained. Any ground that is disturbed will not be re-compacted but removed from the site.

Post demolition works for 12 weeks.

Disposal of Materials. All salvaged materials and debris arising from demolitions will either be recycled for the main CRL project or disposed off-site to an appropriate landfill site. Debris and rubbish will be removed in such a manner as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to the adjoining owners and the public. The site will be left clear of all demolition and related rubble and all disturbed ground, except where the crushed waste material may be of benefit to the contractor for future CRL work.

Prior, during and post demolition works for 16 weeks.

Total Demolition Duration: 12 weeks

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

29 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

The Contractor shall follow best industry practise in taking measures to minimise nuisance from dust, noise and other causes affecting adjoining properties and the public, supported by the CNV DWP (Appendix E), the AQ DWP (Appendix H), various demolition plans and asbestos assessments. The demolition methodology and equipment selected will be chosen to minimise the impacts on adjacent structures. Specific attention will be given in developing the methodology to the adjacent heritage listed building at 9 Mercury Lane (The Mercury Theatre). The properties at 16 East Street and at 18 East Street require partial demolition and therefore a specific engineering assessment will be required as part of the demolition strategy at these two addresses. These properties will be vacated for a short period of time in order to carry out the demolition and the reinstatement of the remaining structure before the owners reoccupy the premises.

2.4.2

Construction Sequence

The properties at the northern end of the demolition area (9A, 9B, 9C, 11-13 and 17-21 Mercury Lane, 20-24 East Street) are likely to be the first that are available for both preconstruction activities and demolition, and therefore the demolition programme will commence in this area and progress southward towards Canada Street. Final sequence for demolition will be determined by the C3 Contractor. As demolition commences on these properties, it is expected that the Mercury Plaza site at the southern end of the demolition area (23-31 Mercury Lane and 38 East Street) will be vacated and become available, thereby allowing for demolition to progress southwards.

2.5

Programme

Piling and earthworks for the CRL project are expected to commence in late 2019 / early 2020, and the demolitions are required to be completed ahead of this to allow for the allianceâ€™s mobilisation of heavy plant and equipment. Based on this timeframe, the Project is anticipated to commence work in the second half of 2019. It is expected that the demolitions will require approximately 12 weeks to complete based on CRLLâ€™s current understanding of underground services and building conditions. Should additional complexity be encountered during the course of the Project, then the Project duration may extend beyond 12 weeks. To ensure the Project works are undertaken as safely and efficiently as possible, demolition activities will be performed in a progressive manner from north to south as outlined in Section 2.4 above. Additionally, the site preparation works prior to the demolition works may be performed in parallel to each other. The approximate duration of these main activities is shown in Table 2-1 above.

2.6

Hours of Operation

The designation conditions require that a number of noise and vibration limits are adhered to which generally restrict noise and vibration generating activity to between 0700 and 2200 (designation conditions 31 to 35). However, works will generally be undertaken between 0700 and 1800 Monday to Friday, and between 0700 and 1400 on Saturday.

2.7

Site Layout and Management

Each site-specific demolition plan will detail the site layout and appropriate management measures to be implemented. The demolition plans will be informed by the DWPs attached to this CEMP. The location of temporary buildings and vehicle parking will be detailed in the site-specific demolition plan. Vehicle access points are to be confirmed, however it is generally assumed existing vehicle crossings

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

30 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

to sites within the Project area will be used. Loaded vehicles will exit downhill where possible in order to clear the area quicker and avoid having to hill-start the heavy vehicles. The demolition area has sufficient hardstand area to allow the establishment of temporary office, ablution, and dayroom facilities. The specialist contractor will establish these on site prior to any demolition works commencing. As the demolition works are expected to commence at the northern extent of the area, the project workforce will have access to the existing hardstand area within 9a, 9b and 9c Mercury Lane, which provides sufficient carparking space for 10-15 staff and workers. The workforce will also have access to the existing off-street parking spaces elsewhere within the vacated properties, which is expected to provide sufficient space to accommodate parking demand. The specialist contractor shall erect all necessary temporary supports to prevent any unexpected collapse of any part of the building during and after demolition. The C3 Alliance will assume responsibility for all temporary works.

2.8

Security and Safety

The site and temporary support area will be fenced or hoarded at the property boundaries to prevent unauthorised entry at all times and shall include lockable gates. Appropriate signage prohibiting unauthorised entry and identifying hazards will also be provided. The site fencing will be maintained for the duration of the CRL works in this location. The C3 Alliance shall conform fully, both on- and off-site, with the provisions of the New Zealand Building Code in all matters related to construction safety, in particular with approved documents F1 (Hazardous Agents on Site), F2 (Hazardous Building Materials), F4 (Safety from Falling) and F5 (Construction and Demolition Hazards). The specialist contractor shall at all times comply with the Health and Safety at Work Act 2015, and particularly the Approval Code of Practice for Demolition, as well as the Health and Safety in Employment Regulations 1995 and all subsequent amendments.

2.9

Graffiti and Litter

Security fences and hoardings will be inspected for integrity and graffiti as part of a weekly environmental inspection. A small quantity of paint will be kept on site to paint over graffiti rapidly. The C3 Alliance will target painting over graffiti within 48 hours of identifying the problem (although this may take longer if it requires working at height). The site will be inspected for litter via the daily work site maintenance programme. The C3 Alliance will discourage graffiti by putting murals and project information on hoardings (where practicable) to avoid providing a blank canvas for graffiti. CRLL will continue to work with businesses in the area to assist in the regular removal of waste from the Project area through ensuring that there is access for normal collection.

2.10

Returning the Site to Public Use

This will be detailed in the Urban Design DWP which will be prepared as part of a subsequent outline plan process for the construction of the CRL in this area.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

31 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Social and Environmental Management

This CEMP presents a framework of principles, environmental policy and performance standards as well as processes for implementing appropriate environmental management. The methods for achieving this are presented in detail in the sections below.

3.1

Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers

Key construction activities associated with the Project include the demolition of buildings and structures. These activities have the potential to affect different aspects of the environment (e.g. traffic, noise). The DWPs and MPs attached to this CEMP detail mitigation measures specific to the environmental aspect and detail further the construction activity which causes the potential effect.

3.2

Environmental Risk Register

The Project Risk Register includes environmental risks for the demolition activities related to the Project. A risk register for the Project will be developed by the C3 Alliance and stored in their document management system. The information contained in the risk register provides a guide for the implementation of environmental management activities, controls and monitoring, thus minimising environmental impacts.

3.2.1

Review of the Register

The risk register is a â€˜living documentâ€™ and will be constantly updated to address changing conditions, revised methodologies and each new work area. The Environment and Sustainability Manager (ESM) is required to maintain and review environmental risks within the register. The risk register will be reviewed prior to the commencement of construction activities (taking into account finalised construction methodologies), at regular intervals and when there is a new or changed activity, equipment or location. Changes to legislative requirements may also drive risk register reviews. The register will be reviewed on a quarterly basis as a minimum. The ESM, with the assistance of environmental and technical experts, will determine whether the CEMP and plans require revision to reflect the revised risk assessment. The C3 Alliance will be responsible for obtaining any Auckland Council approval that may be required prior to commencing any new or changed activities. The ESM will inform the relevant staff, Project Director and management team of any changes to the environmental risks within the Project risk register.

3.3

Cumulative Effects

Methods to address cumulative effects are outlined for specific activities within the suite of DWPs and MPs attached to this CEMP. Monitoring for each area includes methods to ensure the effects from the Project are well understood and delineated from effects of any concurrent construction projects in proximity. The types of cumulative effects that are likely to occur from the demolition works and which are addressed in the DWPs and MPs are:

â–Ş

Dust emissions in the immediate area from demolition activities;

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

32 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

▪ ▪

Business disruptions from construction noise and vibrations during the weekday; and Traffic congestion from large vehicle movements on the local roads.

One-off events that are temporary in nature are less likely to create cumulative effects. Additional mitigation measures will be implemented by the relevant DWPs and MPs in order to reduce the cumulative effects (refer to section 4.3). Such measures include:

▪

Appropriate timing and planning of vehicle routes to avoid arterial roads and peak traffic times in order to reduce adverse effects on traffic (refer to the TAP DWP in Appendix D);

▪

The site and streets will be cleaned on a weekly basis to avoid dust building up and exacerbating the adverse effects of dust (refer to the AQ DWP in Appendix H); and

▪

Choosing appropriate machinery and reducing daily work noises, such as the use of loud radios and horns, will reduce the cumulative effects of noise and vibration on sensitive receivers (refer to the CNV DWP in Appendix E).

The project area is serviced by a reticulated stormwater network. Erosion and sediment controls are proposed to protect this system during the works, such as using filter cloths and stabilising access point, is summarised in section 4.3.2 and the ESCP in Appendix C.

3.4

Legislative and Other Requirements

This section details the statutory framework and other requirements for environmental management on the Project and outlines the relevant legislation, policies, plans and consents.

3.4.1

National Legal Requirements and Policies

The C3 Alliance will comply with all relevant legislation and will employ best practice environmental management procedures. Key environmental legislation for management of the Project is identified in Table 3-1 below. Table 3-1 Key national legislation, regulations and standards

National legislation, regulations, strategies and policies Resource Management Act 1991 Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996 Protected Objects Act 1975 for the relevant archaeological and heritage standards/practices Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014 National Environmental Standard – Air Quality 2004 (NEW:AQ) National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations 2011

The C3 Alliance will identify, maintain and continually evaluate compliance with legal and other related requirements that are applicable to delivery of the Project.

3.4.2

Legislation, Standards and Guidelines relating to Environmental Aspects

Table 3-2 identifies legislation, standards and guidelines which are relevant to specific environmental aspects of the Project and will be read in conjunction with the relevant DWPs and MPs of this CEMP.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

33 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Table 3-2 Standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements

Plan

Plan Statutory Requirements, Guidelines and Standards

CNVMP

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

NZS 6803:1999 Acoustics – Construction Noise

ESCP

▪

Auckland Regional Council – GD05 – Guideline Document 2016/005, Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

CDWP

▪ ▪ ▪

AQ DWP

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ TAP DWP

HC DWP

▪ ▪ ▪

DIN 4150-3:1999 Structural Vibration (German standard) NZS 6801:2008 Measurement of Sound NZS 6802:2008 Assessment of Environmental Sound Ministry for Environment, Good Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing the Environmental Effects of Dust Emissions 2001

Ministry for Environment A Guide to the Management of Cleanfills 2002 Health and Safety at Work (Asbestos) Regulations 2016 New Zealand Guidelines for Assessing and Managing Asbestos in Soils (BRANZ Limited (BRANZ) 2017) Approved Code of Practice Management and Removal of Asbestos (ACOP) (WorkSafe 2016) Ministry for Environment, Contaminated Land Management Guidelines No 1 to 5 National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations 2011 Good Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing the Environmental Effects of Dust Emissions, Ministry for the Environment 2001 Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council (ANZECC) Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality 2000 Auckland Transport’s Code of Practice NZ Transport Agency’s Code of Practice for Temporary Traffic Management Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

34 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Implementation and Operation

This section addresses how the CEMP, DWPs and MPs will be implemented. Details around the following are provided:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Roles and responsibilities; Training and induction; Operating procedures; Emergency and incident responses; Communication and interfaces; and Complaints management.

4.1

Roles and Responsibilities

4.1.1

Overview and Responsibility for this Plan

Each person involved in the Project has equal responsibility to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse environmental effects. There are three key groups with responsibility for environmental management of the Project:

▪ ▪ ▪

CRLL as the Project owner; C3 Alliance, as the entity undertaking the works; and Auckland Council which audits the works and monitors compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, DWPs and MPs.

The C3 Alliance will appoint an ESM as part of the construction team during the construction phase of the Project. The ESM will be involved throughout this period to give advice and to ensure that the CEMP and plans are implemented and maintained. Further details of responsibilities during the construction phase are included below.

4.1.2

Specific Roles and Responsibilities

The key management roles for each organisation in relation to environmental management during the construction of the Project are outlined in Table 4-1. Key roles of personnel as they relate to environmental management during the construction of the Project are detailed below. Roles and responsibilities of personnel which implement specific environmental controls and monitoring programs (such as the contaminated land specialist and archaeologist) are detailed in the relevant Plans.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

35 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Table 4-1 Specific roles and responsibilities

Organisation

Role

City Rail Link Ltd

CRLL CEO

CRLL Construction Manager CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications

CRLL Consents Manager CRLL Construction Safety Manager

CRLL Project Manager

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Responsibilities

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Providing strategic direction to all workstreams to provide an integrated approach to the delivery of the CRL. Overseeing project planning, acquisition, design, constructability, procurement, stakeholder engagement, communications, programme and financial control. Identifying and managing project risks and issues. Regular reporting to the CRLL Board, CRL Steering Group and Project Control and Integration Group. Liaising with Auckland Council and other key stakeholders. Managing performance of the Contractor. Responsible for the Contractor’s adherence to DWPs. Manager of CRL Communications for CRLL and responsible for communicating key aspects of Project to stakeholders, affected parties and general public. Manages CRL Communications Strategy and is point of contact for CRLL. Manages CLGs for Project. Manages CRLL’s online presence, specifically the CRLL website. Main point of contact for implementation of, and compliance with CRL designation and resource consent conditions.

Health and Safety regime for the CRL enabling works. Being informed of all incidents, according to severity and time scales as outlined in the Health and Safety Plan for the C3 Alliance. Reporting to the AT Rail Systems and Safety Assurance Manager. Performance oversight of the demolition. Coordinate different CRLL (client) work streams to provide quality and timely client inputs and decisions. Liaise fortnightly with the Project affected community regarding project progress and scheduled works in conjunction with the Stakeholder and Communications Manager.

36 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Organisation

Role CRLL Street Response Manager

C3 Alliance

Construction Manager

Stakeholder and Communications Manager

Responsibilities

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Manages CRL street response measures including street cleaning, graffiti removal. Co-ordinates CRL Business Support Programme (Business Pack). Proactively identifying opportunities to mitigate impact on businesses. Demolition delivery. Adherence to the CEMP and delivery work plans (including the CCP) of site personnel. Building trust in the team’s capabilities by personally leading the process and providing expertise in specialist areas. Alerting the Stakeholder and Communications Manager to stakeholder groups, individuals or issues that need attention. Providing technical information and project progress/milestone information to CRLL for briefings and CLG meetings. Leading the response to issues management and crisis management. Ensuring that subcontractors adhere to the Project communication protocols and procedures. The main and readily accessible point of contact for persons affected by the Project in addition to the 24-hour inquiries service. Inform the community of project progress and likely commencement of demolition works and programme. Liaise fortnightly with the Project affected community. Manage stakeholder enquiries and complaints. Immediately report high risk issues to the CRLL Project Manager and the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications. Report weekly to CRLL Project Manager and the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications on all key community relations and stakeholder management issues. Work with the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications to manage and track stakeholder relations and risks. Assist the CRLL Communications team with:  Stakeholders communications;  Delivering communications activity; and  Media enquiries

▪

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Provide communications collateral and strategic advice to C3 Alliance Construction Manager on critical stakeholder engagement, communications and relationship building.

37 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Organisation

Role

Responsibilities

▪

Assist the Construction Manager in the briefing of site personnel with respect to  The mandatory site inductions regarding the standards and requirements for community relations;  The protocols to follow if they are approached by a member of the public or the media; and  Behaviour protocols in and around the construction site boundaries.

Environmental and Sustainability Manager

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Project and Site Engineers

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Key contact for compliance monitoring. Inspections, auditing and checking of environmental management practices and procedures. On-site compliance with consent conditions, DWP’s, other requirements and tracking compliance information. Attendance at compliance meetings with Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officers. Report to CRLL changes to construction techniques or natural environmental changes which require alterations to DWPs, existing consents or new resource consents. Prepare (with assistance from Technical Specialists), review and update CEMP and relevant sub-plans. Ensures the requirements of the ISCA rating related credits (in conjunction with other DWPs which includes but not limited to – AQ DWP, CNV DWP and the CCP) are met. Facilitate and oversee environmental monitoring. Update and maintain the environmental portion of the Project Risk Register. Training of all staff including subcontractors. Reporting on environmental and sustainability KPIs. Undertaking incident investigations. Development, management and monitoring of Construction Execution Procedures (CEPs). Including incorporating environmental and sustainability requirements into the detailed CEPs developed on site. Overseeing subcontractors. Ensures compliance with the CRL designation conditions, the A2N resource consent conditions, the DWPs and MPs.

38 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Organisation

Role Subcontractors

Responsibilities

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Directing all public and media enquiries to the Stakeholder and Communications Manager. Identifying themselves as a member of the project team and the company they work for. Using approved haul routes so that access to and egress from the sites is undertaken with minimum disruption to the local community. Parking only in designated project parking areas, if available Working within approved construction hours. Working within the conditions specified in the Permits to Notify. Showing consideration for stakeholders and community members at all times while working on the project and when travelling to and from the project site.

39 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Roles and responsibilities of personnel which implement specific environmental controls and monitoring programs (such as the contaminated land specialist and archaeologist) are detailed in the relevant plans. Key roles of personnel as they relate to environmental management during the construction of the Project are detailed below:

▪

All Staff  Attending project induction tool-box talks;  Responsible for reporting environmental incidents, complaints, defects and other problem areas to senior staff as they arise on site;  Ensuring that required processes and procedures for environmental management are followed;  Ensuring that environmental mitigation and protection measures are maintained and working correctly;  Within day to day work responsibilities, ensure the environment both on site and adjacent to the site is protected and respected;  Ensure the site is tidy and all litter is placed in bins; and  Ensure all graffiti is removed from the site boundary and security fences as soon as possible.

▪

Project Director  Takes ultimate responsibility for compliance with resource consent conditions;  Notifies CRLL of any environmental non-compliances (e.g. Auckland Council, Heritage New Zealand) or other environmental incidents;  Approves environmental plans prior to issue; and  Ensures adequate resources are provided to ensure environmental issues and obligations are appropriately managed.

▪

Stakeholder and Communications Manager  Responsible for notifying residents of Project works in accordance with the CCP and SIBD DWP;  Disseminates information to the public as approved by CRLL; and  Primary contact for Project related complaints and enquiries.

▪

Environmental and Sustainability Manager  Provides leadership to ensure staff are motivated to achieve environmental standards, and comply with all resource consent and designation conditions;  Develops, implements and reviews environmental management systems including the CEMP and plans for the Project;  Co-ordinates the interfaces and communications with external agencies and stakeholders in relation to environmental management on the Project in conjunction with Communication and Consultation Manager;  Co-ordinates with CRLL Sustainability Manager to review relevant ISCA credits requirements and sustainability minimum requirements to ensure the required levels and scores as per CRLL Minimum Requirements are achieved;  Manages and co-ordinates all consents required (current), and construction monitoring and maintains and submits relevant reporting and records to Auckland Council and CRLL, as required;  Undertakes regular site inspections and audits to ensure compliance with the CEMP and plans and consent conditions;  Input records of all environmental monitoring results to the C3 Alliance;

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

40 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

 Coordinates environmental interfaces with consultants, subcontractors and suppliers;  Coordinates site archaeological monitoring and protection requirements and provides necessary training and advice to site staff;  Coordinates all site monitoring including but not limited to groundwater, settlement, water quality, dust, noise, and vibration monitoring and provides necessary related training and advice to staff in relation to this monitoring;  Trains staff in site specific environmental procedures;  Coordinates environmental emergency responses;  Notifies the Project Director of any significant environmental non-compliances;  Responsible for resolving issues of environmental non-compliances;  Manages maintenance and monitoring of the effectiveness of erosion and sediment controls, stormwater devices and other control devices; and  Ensures spill kits are available and stocked and provides training on equipment use.

▪

Project Technical Specialists  Prepares the DWPs and MPs for the CEMP;  Undertakes monitoring as required by the individual DWPs and MPs;  Liaise with the ESM to confirm compliance with the DWPs and MPs; and  Provide assistance to the ESM on technical matters.

▪

Project Engineer  Provides leadership to the site team to achieve Project environmental objectives and targets to ensure a high level of performance is achieved;  Responsible for ensuring environmental controls and erosion and sediment control works are installed, modified and maintained as appropriate for each stage of construction;  Assists in the development, implementation and review of Project environmental objectives; and  Ensures all staff on-site are aware of environmental requirements at all times and sees that routine maintenance to erosion sediment control facilities and management measures continue with ongoing effectiveness.

4.1.3

Contact Details

The CEMP will be updated following the award of the C3 Alliance confirming the names and contact details of the following key personnel:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Project Director; Environmental Manager; Health and Safety Advisor; and Stakeholder and Communications Manager.

4.2

Training and Induction

All personnel will receive training of a type and level of detail that is appropriate for the environmental aspects of their routine and emergency work assignments. As a minimum, all personnel are required to satisfactorily complete the Project Induction Training. Other mechanisms of communicating environmental controls are through the induction training, weekly tool box talks and prestart meetings, all of which are described below.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

41 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

4.2.1

Induction Training

The Project Induction includes a presentation of the requirements of this CEMP and in particular the requirements of the issue specific plans, incident response, emergency procedures and spill management. The purpose of the induction is to ensure that, at a minimum, the employee or subcontractor is aware of the main environmental requirements for their scope of work, including:

▪

The importance of conforming with the environmental policy and procedures and the requirements of this CEMP; and

▪

The emergency response and incident procedures.

4.2.2

Tool Box Talks

Weekly tool box talks are conducted for site personnel to deliver specific training in an aspect of work or controls. This may include spill kit training or correct erection of a silt fence. This training provides site personnel with ongoing environmental training and information throughout the Project. Participants in tool box talks shall sign the attendance sheet.

4.2.3

Pre-Start Meetings

Pre-start meetings are used by the supervisors and foremen to explain the work to be done in the upcoming shift. All operational aspects of the task are discussed including safety and environmental issues and controls, particularly if there are new hazards or if there has been a recent incident. An environmental management representative will attend as applicable to explain new environmental controls or reiterate existing controls.

4.3

Operating Procedures

The following sections describe the environmental aspects associated with the construction phase of the Project along with the operational controls and mitigation measures contained in the suite of DWPs and MPs attached to this CEMP.

4.3.1

Network Utilities

Consultation and co-ordination with Network Utility Operators (NUO) will be ongoing throughout the duration of the Project and will continue to be undertaken in accordance with the ‘Principles and Objectives’ and ‘How we will communicate and consult’ sections of the CCP (Appendix J). The C3 Alliance will also utilise the strategies outlined in the Engagement Tools section of the CCP. The following NUO’s have been consulted with in order to ensure the continued operation of network utilities throughout the Project works to sites surrounding the Project area (unless otherwise agreed with the NUO) and to ensure that disconnection of utilities from sites within the Project area does not adversely affect surrounding sites:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Vector Electricity; Vector Gas; Vector Communications; Chorus; Vodafone; Auckland Council’s stormwater unit (Healthy Waters); Watercare Services; and

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

42 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

▪

City Link.

Consultation has included regular workshops and ongoing liaison through emails, phone calls, and meetings. No methods or measures of construction were disputed during consultation. Prior to excavation works for utility disconnections, all utilities in the Project area will be positively identified by trenching following initial location using scanning techniques (Ground Penetrating Radar or similar techniques) and marked out on the ground. The location of inspection pits and other access points will be identified prior to demolition beginning so that they can be marked to avoid stockpiles and other materials blocking access. In order to ensure the continued operation of the utilities and to ensure the NUO have access to existing utilities for maintenance/emergency access and repair at all reasonable times, regular consultation and coordination with all NUOs will be undertaken throughout the Project. This will be through workshops, regularly scheduled meetings, phone calls and emails.

4.3.2

Erosion and Sediment Control

An ESCP has been prepared to satisfy the relevant A2N resource consent conditions 53 – 58 and CRL designation condition 21, which is included in Appendix C. The ESCP provides for the management of all earthworks operations to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment laden water beyond the site to either land and stormwater drainage systems. The ESCP follows the principles of erosion and sediment control which are well understood by the contracting industry and are based on Auckland Council’s “Erosion and sediment control guide for land disturbing activities” in the Auckland Region (referred to as ‘GD05’). Earthworks activities will involve removal of structures to ground level only. Sediment loading is anticipated to be low as demolition/construction works will be undertaken using the following controls to minimise erosion potential and reduce sediment loads to the receiving stormwater network prior to discharge from the Project area:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Perimeter hoardings and fencing; Gradual stabilisation of exposed ground surfaces; Stabilised site ingress and egress, with basic vehicle wash-down facilities; Stormwater inlet protection with silt fences, geofabric filter cloths and silt socks; Diverting road runoff to the nearest catchpit by installing hot-mix bunds; Dewatering, with the aid of a settlement tank; Dust control (supported by the AQ DWP in Appendix H); and Wet weather limitations to carrying out work. Any open exposed areas should be suitably covered in anticipation of a rainfall event.

The control methods used will cover stockpile management, ensure the stabilisation and cover of exposed areas as soon as practically possible, the installation of perimeter controls to protect the receiving environment from the demolition/earthworks, and the capture and treatment of sediment laden water generated by the site works. Exposed surfaces during demolition will be roughened and contoured in order to temporarily stabilise the slopes and prevent erosion. Following demolition, any exposed surfaces will be protected with geotextiles covers, erosion control blankets or hydromulching. All erosion and sediment control measures will be fully established for each area within the project before any physical works can commence in the area. Removal of devices and reinstatement of the

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

43 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

surrounding ground upon completion of the works shall form part of the civil component of the project and shall be managed by the contractor.

4.3.3

Transport, Access and Parking

A TAP DWP (attached at Appendix D) has been developed to satisfy the relevant CRL designation conditions (10, 25 and 27), as well as with AT’s Code of Practice and the NZ Transport Agency’s Code of Practice for Temporary Traffic Management. The objective of the TAP DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access by managing the vehicle movements and road transport network for the duration of construction, maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times, and provide on-going vehicle access so far as is reasonably practicable. It should be noted that the Project works will occur outside the road corridor. Vehicle access points are to be confirmed, however it is generally assumed existing vehicle crossings within the site will be used. It is estimated that there will be between 6 to 13 trucks per average weekday to remove demolished material from the site over the 12-week demolition period, resulting in approximately 400 to 600 truck loads (800 – 1,200 one-way truck movements) that will not adversely affect congestion. There will be sufficient space on site to load trucks and store demolition machinery off the street. Any minor loss of on-street parking capacity will be less than the reduction in on-street car parking demand that will result from vacating the buildings being demolished. All existing streets will remain open to all road users, including the existing footpath provisions. Vehicle access to private property will be maintained as far as practicable. Truck movements to and from site will generally be via 11.5 m large rigid trucks, or smaller units. Over-dimension vehicles may be required to swing across opposing lanes and occupy the full street width of the local roads when manoeuvring around corners. The following traffic management procedures will be implemented to ensure these manoeuvres are considered acceptable:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Undertaken at a very low speed in low volume environments;

▪

Use of the Transport Agency’s over dimension routes where practicable.

Movements by over-dimensioned vehicles will be occasional in nature; Take place outside of the commuter peak periods; Managed by appropriate mobile traffic management; Reverse manoeuvring of trucks may occur within local streets with the assistance of a spotter. No reverse manoeuvring of trucks may occur to or from arterial roads; and

Monitoring is to be carried out to assess the effects on traffic congestion due to the CRL works and ensure works do not result in appreciable increases in average travel times on the surrounding transport network. However, demolition activities are not expected to result in appreciable increases in average travel times on the surrounding transport network. The scale of truck movements associated with the demolition works are estimated to be an order of magnitude less than the existing vehicle movements to and from properties to be vacated. As such, no specific monitoring is required to support the demolition activity.

4.3.4

Construction Noise and Vibration

Construction noise and vibration is addressed by the CNV DWP attached at Appendix E and has been developed to satisfy the relevant CRL designation conditions (10, 36, 37 and 38). The Noise and Vibration Monitoring Manager nominated in the CNV DWP will be responsible for its implementation. The Monitoring Manager will receive suitable training from the Specialist Noise and Vibration Advisor.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

44 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Construction noise and vibration will be generated by construction equipment and activities at the site. Throughout the demolition, noise and vibration effects will be carefully managed through the implementation of the CNV DWP and, where required, the preparation and implementation of a SSCNVMP. The CNV DWP is a live document that will be reviewed and updated during the Project to reflect material changes. The SSCNVMP will include the location and specification of temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers for each site. An SSCNVMP is predicted to be required for each of the following properties:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Mercury Theatre; 238 Karangahape Road; 14 East Street; 16 East Street; 18 East Street; and 21 East Street.

Any residual short-term exceedances are predicted to be local, short-term and exceed the limits by less than 5 decibels. Where practicable, large concrete pieces will be moved at least 20m away from these receivers prior to breaking/cutting the larger pieces into smaller pieces. Concrete breakers will be the primary sources of construction vibration. Building demolition has the potential to produce high levels of vibration, generally from one-off events, such as dropping of concrete or other heavy items. The buildings to be removed are low rise, with concrete block walls and timber or steel framing, therefore, high vibration events will largely be avoided, and compliance is generally achievable. A range of Best Practical Option mitigation measures will be implemented throughout the construction programme to avoid exceedances. These include but are not limited to:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Minimise construction time near noise sensitive areas; Avoidance of unnecessary noise (i.e. raised voices, horns, radios etc); Alternatives to tonal vehicle reversing alarms; Maintenance of equipment; National grid power use rather than generators; and Temporary noise barriers where effective noise and vibration monitoring will be undertaken to confirm compliance or identify high noise and/or vibration machinery.

The CNV DWP will be supported by the CCP (Appendix J). Monitoring shall be implemented to track compliance and address concerns as they arise. All staff will participate in an induction training session when they commence work on the Project. Awareness of current noise and vibration matters on, or near active worksites, will be addressed during site meetings and ‘toolbox’ training sessions.

4.3.5

Lighting Spill and Glare

During demolition, temporary lighting may be required where sufficient natural light is not available to undertake the works. Spill lighting may cause a nuisance to surrounding residents and businesses. Glare from temporary light has the potential to cause a disabling effect to drivers of vehicles. The principal objectives for the management of temporary lighting are to:

▪ ▪

Minimise the nuisance level to adjacent residents/building occupiers of the works; and Minimise the impact of glare on the surrounding road environment; and

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

45 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

▪

Increase employee and subcontractor awareness of their obligations with regard to minimising effects of light spill on adjacent neighbours.

The C3 Alliance will minimise light spill by selecting / procuring light fittings that provide a defined directional beam. Lights will be mounted in elevated positions so that they may point down towards the works, rather than aiming across the work space and increasing the risk of light shining into adjacent buildings.

4.3.6

Historic Character: Archaeology

A HC DWP (Archaeology Section), included in Appendix F, has been developed to satisfy the relevant CRL designation conditions (10 and 42) and addresses the management of any adverse archaeological effects that may result during the Project. None of the buildings scheduled for demolition are archaeological sites of pre-1900 date, and no subsurface archaeological sites have been identified beneath the buildings scheduled for demolition. The properties at 9A, 9B, 9C, 11-13 and 17-21 Mercury Lane are known to have contained buildings during the 19th century that remained on the site until the mid-20th century. Therefore, it is possible that historic heritage remains relating to the 19th and early 20th century may be present subsurface. An archaeologist will be present during the final demolition of the buildings and site clearance at 9A – 21 Mercury Lane, in case any subsurface archaeological features are exposed. If suspected archaeological remains are encountered, works will stop in the immediate vicinity of the find until the Project Archaeologist can assess the site. Any remains exposed will be recorded and samples of archaeological material recovered for further analysis. If the feature is deep or extensive, and can be safely covered and protected in situ, investigation may be deferred to the main works stage. If archaeological remains relating to Māori occupation are exposed, the Project Archaeologist will inform the appropriate mana whenua representatives and adopt the appropriate protocols for koiwi tangata (human remains) and taonga (Māori artefacts). The locations of artefact deposits will be marked on the site plan and retained for analysis. Recording shall include photographs, overall site layout plan, basic descriptive written accounts and samples of building material. During the project, information on any archaeological discoveries will be provided to the Auckland Council Cultural Heritage Implementation Team and Consent Monitoring Officer, Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga (HNZPT) and mana whenua. Any historic heritage remains will be managed through the HC DWP and an Archaeological Authority (no. 2017/793) issued by HNZPT. The Project Archaeologist will be responsible for ensuring that the archaeological requirements set out in HC DWP and in the HNZPT Act are fulfilled. The potential for impacting on subsurface pre-1900 archaeological remains or significant 20th century historic heritage remains will be limited.

4.3.7

Historic Character: Built Heritage

The Project area is located outside of the Karangahape Road Historic Heritage Area Overlay identified in the Auckland Unitary Plan, and none of the buildings to be demolished are scheduled or listed heritage buildings. The Built Heritage Technical Report prepared by Salmond Reed Architects Ltd for the original CRL Notices of Requirement in 2012 did not identify any significant built heritage qualities in the buildings to be removed. The closest building to the demolition works that does hold protected historic heritage status is the Mercury Theatre, located on the adjacent site at 9 Mercury Lane. None of the buildings being demolished are attached to or immediately adjoin the Mercury Theatre, and an existing 3m wide access way along the southern boundary of 9 Mercury Lane will act as a buffer between the Theatre and the demolition works.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

46 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

A structural engineering review of the Mercury Theatre has identified that it is constructed of unreinforced brick masonry to the main hall and the fly tower is founded on shallow strip footings. A timber floor and a timber framed roof tie the upper section of the exterior walls together. Visual inspections of the Theatre show no signs of structural distress and only minor areas of existing physical damage. There is potential for the Mercury Theatre to be damaged through the following actions:

▪ ▪ ▪

Loss of ground support causing settlement; Impact from construction plant or falling debris; and Impact of extreme or excessive vibration on foundations.

Demolition of buildings at 9a, 9b and 9c Mercury Lane and 16 and 18 East Street have the most potential to cause damage to the Theatre. Any pits, deep drains or retaining structures in this immediate area will be considered before demolition activities commence, to determine any potential effects their removal may have on the Theatre foundations. Any excavation lying below a 300 plane from the ground level commencing at a point 1.5m from the Theatre’s walls must be subject to specific examination by a geotechnical engineer prior to such works commencing. The demolition methodology for the Project works has been described in section 2 previously and does not involve deep excavation of sites where buildings are to be demolished. This reduces the risk of settlement from loss of ground support. A temporary scaffold with protective sheeting will be used to prevent demolition debris from damaging the fabric of adjacent buildings. This will reduce the risk of damage caused by demolition plant and falling debris. It is noted that the buildings to be removed are low rise, with concrete block walls and timber or steel framing, therefore, high vibration events will largely be avoided, reducing the risk of excessive vibration impacting on foundations.

4.3.8

Urban Design

As this CEMP is specific to enabling works for the CRL, and in particular the demolition of existing buildings only, it does not include provisions for urban design. Matters related to urban design of the CRL permanent works will be addressed in a subsequent outline plan and the provision of an Urban Design DWP.

4.3.9

Contaminated Soils

A CDWP is included in Appendix G and has been developed to satisfy both the relevant A2N resource consents (conditions 131 – 134) and the CRL designation conditions (10 and 57). In this regard, this plan acts as both CDWP and CSMP. The CDWP provides the framework for managing contamination hazards and mitigation measures relevant to the expected conditions that will be encountered while earthworks are being undertaken. The CDWP outlines proposed soil management and contingency measures, and also addresses health and safety issues associated with construction works on contaminated land. Various contaminated land assessments have been undertaken to provide an overview of the potential ground contamination issues within the main CRL project alignment. Overall, contaminant concentrations in soil have not been detected above applicable standards for the protection of human health or the Auckland Council discharge criteria. However, there is the potential to encounter unexpected contamination in fill material beneath and adjacent to the buildings in which case disposal at a licensed hazardous waste landfill facility would be undertaken. The underlying natural deposits

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

47 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

are classified as cleanfill and can be disposed of to a cleanfill facility. It is considered that encountering contaminated soils during demolition is unlikely, given that the works are down to ground level. The potential effects include the exposure of construction workers and the general public to contaminants present in soil and groundwater, and for the discharge of contaminants to the environment. In addition to the CDWP, the ESCP (attached at Appendix C) will ensure the capture and treatment of any sediment laden water generated by the site works so it does not enter sensitive environments, such as the stormwater system along the local roads. Surface water which collects on site is to be pumped to a sediment control system or settlement tank and subject to further treatment 2 to comply with the relevant guidelines3 (if necessary) before being discharged to the stormwater system. Management measures include the appointment of a Contaminated Land Specialist, the development of a Contractor Health and Safety Plan, appropriate disposal of contaminated soil and hazardous materials, and appropriate procedures for excavation works as well as identifying and managing unexpected discovery of contaminated soils or hazardous materials.

4.3.10

Air Quality

During the construction phase there is potential for the discharge of contaminants, such as dust, to air. An AQDWP is included in Appendix H and has been developed to satisfy both the relevant A2N resource consents (conditions 223 – 224) and the CRL designation conditions (10 and 59). The purpose of this AQDWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the actual or potential adverse air quality effects during construction. Assessment of the key activities and their potential to adverse dust effects have been used to identify the degree of mitigation and monitoring required. A number of sensitive receivers are noted as being located in proximity to the area of works. Sources of dust associated with cutting concrete is very localised but concentrated. There will be no on-site crushing of concrete. The primary mitigation measure to suppress dust is through the use of water sprays. Mitigation will also be provided through asbestos surveys (and removal if found), low vehicle speeds, operation of wheel washes, sweeping roads, covering of unpaved areas, hoardings, minimising the size of stockpiles and monitoring. Environmental monitoring and complaints response is detailed in section 5.1 of this CEMP and the AQ DWP.

4.3.11

Social Impact and Business Disruption

During the construction of the Project there is potential for disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities to occur. A SIBD DWP is included in Appendix I and has been developed to satisfy the relevant CRL designation conditions (10 and 61). Feedback obtained in the preparation of this DWP has reinforced the importance of regular communication between the Project team and affected parties during the period of construction. An engagement programme with residential properties and businesses located immediately adjacent the demolition area was carried out between February and March 2019. The following are key issues were raised by parties during the engagement meetings:

▪ ▪ ▪

Loss of on-street parking, affecting people’s way of life, customer interest, connectivity and access; Noise and vibration, affecting people’s way and quality of life and ability to conduct business; Dust pollution affecting people’s quality of life and ability to conduct business;

The use of flocculent treatment will require a Flocculant Treatment Management Plan. Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality (2000). 3

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

48 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

The potential for building damage and utility disruption; Potential impacts on safety and amenity; Rodent management from displaced animals on the demolition site; and Privacy for visitors to health / social service providers in the project area.

As required under CRL designation condition 61.6, the SIBD DWP will be implemented throughout the entire demolition period and for up to 12 months following the completion of the demolition Project if required. Social impact and business disruption effects will be mitigated through the suite of DWPs required under the CRL designation. Mitigation measures include, but are not limited to, regular progress meetings and communications with all parties, advisory signage, restriction of vehicle movements, daily work site maintenance, lockable facilities and messaging to the effect that local businesses are operating as usual. The site will be fenced or hoarded to prevent unauthorised entry and shall include lockable gates, which will act to contain the site works and provide some privacy for the Project and the surrounding businesses. Monitoring of the social impact and business disruption issues will be undertaken through the suite of DWPs attached as appendices to this document. All complaints and subsequent mitigation measures/actions and responses will be documented to inform the annual report for Social Impact and Business Disruptions. Complaints shall be recorded in a complaints file, and an investigation shall be undertaken. Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name will be erected, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager in accordance with designation condition 20.1(b).

4.3.12

Communications and Consultation Plan

A CCP has been prepared for the Project to satisfy both the relevant A2N resource consents (conditions 25 – 33) and the CRL designation conditions (10 and 15) and is included in Appendix J. The CCP sets out a framework for communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and in proximity parties during construction and should be read in conjunction with the SIBD DWP (Appendix I). The CCP has been prepared following consultation with affected in proximity parties relevant to the work. It details how the community has been informed and consulted on the upcoming demolition works so that their views can be considered and influence outcomes. Once general information on the Project has been disseminated, the affected parties will be directly communicated with at a detailed level by the C3 Alliance. The priority for communication with affected parties is via face-to-face conversations. A secondary audience of the wider Auckland population will be serviced through a predominantly online and electronic communication strategy. The key messages for this audience will be advanced communication of changes to road function to enable informed choice and to ensure travel-related information is readily available. The CCP details the communication channels and tools to be used, including the role and functioning of the Karangahape Road CLG, and the frequency of communication. Overall the document aims to provide communities with confidence that they will be kept informed and know how this will happen, have effective ways to connect with the project and input into issues that affect them. Additionally, the CCP will ensure stakeholders and affected parties will have inquiries and complaints responded to in a timely manner and can get in touch easily on a 24/7 basis should the need arise.

4.3.13

Trees and vegetation

As part of the Project, all trees and vegetation within the Project area will be cleared. In total, nine trees in total and five areas of low lying vegetation will be removed. None of the trees are scheduled or

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

49 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

subject to general tree protection. A record of the trees and vegetation that will be affected by the works is attached at Appendix M. The reinstatement of this area, including replacement planting, will be addressed in a future Urban Design Delivery Work Plan that will be prepared as part of a separate outline plan process.

4.3.14

Building Condition Surveys

Building condition surveys will be undertaken prior to works commencing where it is assessed that there is potential for damage to buildings or structures arising from Project, in accordance with condition 46 of the designation conditions and condition 109 of the A2N resource consents. The building condition surveys will generally be undertaken as follows:

▪

The building surveys will be undertaken by an independent suitably qualified and experienced person;

▪

The survey shall include:  Any information about the type of foundations;  Existing levels of damage (aesthetic, superficial, affecting levels of serviceability);  Whether observed damage is associated with structural damage;  Susceptibility of building or structure to further movement;  Photographic evidence;  Specific assessment of damage with reference to trigger levels 4; and  Review of alarm and alert trigger levels.

▪

The C3 Alliance will provide the building condition survey report to the property owner and Auckland Council within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken;

▪

If requested by a building or structure owner where a pre-construction survey was undertaken, the C3 Alliance will undertake a visual inspection. This is in addition to monthly visual inspections until the completion of dewatering of the Project; and

▪

The C3 Alliance will carry out visual inspections of the surrounding ground and external building facades of the surrounding buildings adjacent to the Project to monitor any deterioration or movement of any pre-existing cracks.

4.3.15

Hazardous Substances

Hazardous substances will be kept on site within specified hazardous substances storage areas, the monitoring and management of which will be the responsibility of the ESM. This section describes how the Project works will manage the storage, handling, transport and disposal of these substances including the following details:

▪

A list of all hazardous substances kept on site, include class information and Material Safety Data Sheets;

▪ ▪

Requirements for proper storage, handling, transport and disposal of hazardous substances; and Spill response procedures (refer Section 4.4.2).

The C3 Alliance will be responsible for the compliance of the storage arrangements for hazardous substances on site. Contaminated soils retained on site shall be stored in a designated area and appropriately bunded and covered. Further detail relating to the storage and handling of hazardous 4

Condition 109, R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

50 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

substances is detailed in the following sections and provided in in the CDWP (attached at Appendix G). In addition to this, further management of hazardous substances is provided in site-specific demolition plans and asbestos management plans.

4.4

Emergency and Incident Response

An environmental emergency is an event which has a detrimental effect on the surrounding environment. A detrimental environmental effect is something that causes significant harm to the environment, which is not legally allowed and requires immediate response. An environmental emergency can also be a deviation from the environmental management system defined in the CEMP, DWPs and MPs. This means there has been a failure to follow the established process or procedures that help the contractor achieve best practice. Examples of environmental emergencies include, but are not restricted to:

▪ ▪ ▪

Significant (large volume) chemical / oil spill; Excessive discharge of sediment to the stormwater system; and Hazardous substance release to air.

Accidental releases of asbestos will be appropriately managed by the relevant demolition plan and asbestos assessment, supported by the AQ DWP (Appendix H).

4.4.1

Emergency Response Plan

An Emergency Response Plan (ERP) will be prepared for the Project by the C3 Alliance. This ERP will take into account the following factors:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

The parts of the site or adjoining properties likely to be affected; The degree of predictability of the emergency; The likely speed of onset; The likely effect of the emergency; The contents of the ERP will include:  description of the potential emergency;  the person responsible for actioning the ERP;  the equipment required to deal with the emergency including rescue equipment;  emergency contact numbers;  direction to site workers and other affected persons on what they are required to do; and  the methods used to deal with the emergency (e.g. how to use specific equipment).

As necessary, emergency services such as Police, Fire Brigade, and Ambulance are to be contacted and invited to visit the site in order to become aware of site access and other emergency considerations. The ERP will incorporate the following components:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Emergency contact list (for the above); Emergency Reporting Instructions; Emergency Muster Point Location; Emergency Response Co-ordinator Action Plan; and

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

51 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

▪

Emergency Personnel and Equipment.

The ERP will be displayed in prominent locations around the site and employees will be trained in its requirements. All relevant Project personnel, subcontractors and relevant emergency agencies will be instructed and rehearsed, as appropriate, in the requirements of the ERP. The ERP is additional to the delivery work plans and management plans required by the resource consents and designation conditions for the Project but is not required to be certified by Auckland Council.

4.4.2

Incident Response

An environmental incident is an occurrence which has (or potentially could have had) a negative or ‘adverse’ effect on the environment. An adverse effect is something that causes (or could have caused) environmental harm. This means there has been a failure to follow the established process or procedures that help the Project achieve best practice (e.g. failure to report a spill). Environmental incidents include but are not restricted to:

▪ ▪ ▪

Spills; Unforeseen impacts on areas of high environmental value such as archaeology; and Consent non-compliances (e.g. noise, sediment).

A Spill Response Plan for the Project (appended to the ERP) will be developed by the C3 Alliance and will detail the actions to be followed in the event of a spill (including training). During the construction phase, the ESM will be responsible for providing training and/or orientation to employees or subcontractors that addresses the proper action regarding spills. The C3 Alliance will ensure that spill response materials are available, commensurate with the type, quantity and storage arrangements for hazardous substances on site. The response to various environmental incidents is outlined in the relevant plans. For serious incidents, the immediate response may involve stopping works until a solution to manage the incident is developed.

4.4.3

Notification Procedure

Environmental incidents shall be recorded. The cause of minor and serious incidents will be subject to an investigation, convened by the ESM to determine the root causes of the incident and to ensure that remedial / corrective action is able to be implemented to ensure a repeat of the incident is avoided. In the event of an environmental incident, the C3 Alliance will provide CRLL and Auckland Council with notification as shown in Table 4-2.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

52 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Table 4-2 Environmental incident notification

Severity Level

Incident Classification

Notification requirement to CRLL Construction Management

Incident Report Form to CRLL Construction Management

Investigation Team

Investigation report to be supplied to CRLL

Insignificant / Near miss

Event that occurs within established controls, e.g. a leak or small spill within a spill containment bund.

Via a monthly report

n/a

Minor

Event that breaches established controls but with no effect beyond the site boundary

Within 12 hours

Within 48 hours

Alliance

Within 10 working days

Serious

Consent breach Environmental harm beyond the site boundary

Immediately upon identification

As soon as practicable but within 12 hours

Alliance to allocate resources as appropriate

Within 10 working days

A summary and review of incidents for the duration of the Project and for the relevant month will be included in the Project Monthly Report. CRLL shall be notified of incidents that trigger notification as defined in the incident reporting and investigation procedure. These triggers include off site discharges, unauthorised disturbance or destruction of heritage sites, and breaches and non-conformances of licences and permits issued for the Project. The C3 Alliance Project Director is responsible for notifying relevant Regulators.

4.5

Stakeholder Communications

A CCP (Appendix J) has been developed which details the strategy, tools and process to manage communication and engagement between the C3 Alliance, its stakeholders and the community throughout the construction and monitoring periods for the Project. The CCP sets out how the C3 Alliance will inform the community of Project progress and construction dates, foster good relationships with the community, obtain feedback from stakeholders, and outline how complaints and queries will be responded to. The CCP has been prepared following consultation with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties.

4.5.1

Public Safety

The Project area will be contained within fencing, signage displayed and access into site limited and controlled through site sign-in procedures. Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles will be applied during site set up. Generally, site security will be maintained by establishing temporary fences at the perimeter of the works and or as described in Section 2 of this report. These may be anchored to or fixed into the ground where their location is critical (e.g. to eliminate fall risks). Gates will be provided at construction

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

53 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

entry and exit points and these will be locked shut when the site is unattended. Noise barriers will be integrated with the fences where possible. All security fences, boundary fences around the construction sites will be maintained in good order to ensure their ongoing functionality.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

54 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Monitor and Review

5.1

Environmental Monitoring

Scheduled monitoring of environmental performance is required throughout the Project to ensure that no adverse impact on the environment occurs. This enables the overall effectiveness of the environmental controls to be determined and allows areas of non-compliance to be identified so corrective actions can be taken. The specifics of monitoring for each environmental element are detailed in the individual plans, including any monitoring requirements, the frequency of the monitoring to be undertaken and the appropriate responsible person, as required within contract documentation or environmental approvals issued for the Project. In general, monitoring will be conducted on a routine basis. However, additional monitoring may be required in the event of a complaint or incident, or after a rain event in the case of water quality monitoring. The ESM is responsible for the implementation of on-site measurements of environmental aspects, including water quality. External specialists may be used, where required, to conduct specialist monitoring, including noise, vibration, air quality, and non in-situ water monitoring. The initiation of such monitoring is on an as-needed basis and may be in response to contract requirements, complaints or internal requirements. Environmental monitoring results will be reported will be reported in the monthly compliance report to Auckland Council and CRLL.

5.1.1

Collaborative Working

The key contacts listed in Table 5-1 below will meet regularly to discuss:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Compliance with the designation conditions and the CEMP and DWPs; Material changes to the CEMP and DWPs; Any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed; The results of, need for, and frequency of site inspections; Environmental monitoring results; and Any other agenda items mutually agreed by the Key Contacts.

Table 5-1 Collaborative working contacts

Organisation

Title

Name

Auckland Council

[insert here]

Construction Contractor

[insert here]

CRLL

[insert here]

5.1.2

Collaborative Meeting

At least five working days prior to construction commencing the key contacts listed above shall mutually agree an initial schedule for a collaboration meeting. The meeting shall be held at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with Auckland Council.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

55 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Collaboration meetings shall continue throughout construction and one month following completion of construction. Additional meetings between Auckland Council and the C3 Alliance specialists may be established on a one off or ongoing basis by mutual agreement of the Key Contacts listed above. These ‘specialist meetings’ will allow for the discussion and resolution of technical issues and will provide feedback to the Key Contacts to facilitate decision making in the Collaboration Meeting.

5.2

Environmental Inspections

Weekly environmental compliance Inspections are conducted by the ESM (or a delegate). The findings of these inspections will be recorded, along with any required remedial actions, who is responsible for implementing these actions and in what timeframe. These shall be monitored to ensure that they are closed out in the required timeframe. An appropriate framework will be confirmed by the Construction Contractor prior to works commencing.

5.3

Environmental Auditing

Internal (by Project Staff) environmental auditing is required to determine whether the environmental management system conforms to planned arrangements and is properly implemented and maintained. Internal audits will be completed by the ESM (or delegate) at an appropriate point in the Project. The number and timing of these audits is to be determined by the ESM, commensurate to the length of the Project works. Findings from the audits will be presented to the Construction Manager within two weeks of conducting the audit. Internal environmental audits focus on environmental and sustainability matters within a single operational procedure or a group of related operational procedures (e.g. erosion and sediment control procedures, waste management reporting).

5.4

Corrective and Preventative Action

Corrective or preventative actions identified during environmental audits shall be commensurate to the magnitude of the problem and appropriate to the environmental harm encountered. Ultimately the Project Director has responsibility for closing out any corrective or preventative actions resulting from the environmental inspections, audits and external regulatory compliance monitoring. Additionally, assessment and follow-up reviews on the effectiveness of corrective and preventive actions will be undertaken and the outcomes documented, communicated and implemented. Compliance shall be included as a regular agenda item at management meetings and project meetings. Minutes from each meeting shall record and assign actions to individuals where appropriate.

5.5

Reporting

Reporting requirements will evolve as the Project progresses. In the early phase emphasis is on the establishment of systems, controls and competence of all personnel, while later the emphasis will shift to monitoring performance. When nearing completion (as applicable) the focus will be on final reports to address approval requirements. The ESM is responsible for managing the Environmental Reporting Program. The Project Director is responsible for submitting the reports required externally. Reporting requirements include:

▪ ▪

Project internal reporting requirements; Reporting to CRLL and key stakeholders as specified within contract documents; and

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

56 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

▪

Specific reporting to Auckland Council where required – refer specific DWPs and MPs.

5.6

Document Control

The ESM is responsible for ensuring all relevant documentation is submitted and maintained within the Project filing and document control system. Applicable documentation will include but not be limited to:

▪ ▪ ▪

All environmental incidents reports and investigation outcomes; Formal and informal audit and environmental inspection reports; and Records of environmental training.

5.7

CEMP Review

This CEMP (including plans) will be updated, with the necessary certification by Auckland Council, throughout the course of the Project to reflect any changes to consent conditions, relevant legislation and material changes associated with changes to construction techniques or the natural environment. Additionally, they may be updated in response to any unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction, unresolved complaints or environmental incidents. A review may also be initiated by Auckland Council in response to comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process.

5.7.1

Management Review

A management review of the CEMP and plans will be undertaken as a result of a material change or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from the Project or unresolved complaints, by the Project Management team. The management review will be organised by the ESM. The review will take into consideration:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Site personnel comments; Audit findings and recommendations; Environmental monitoring records; Environmental complaints, incidents and emergencies; Details of corrective and preventative actions; Environmental non-compliances; Changes to organisational structure and roles and responsibilities; On-going compliance with objectives, conditions and targets; Changes to industry best practice standards, legislation and other statutory requirements; and Material changes to DWPs.

The review process will include looking at the environmental controls and procedures to make sure they are still applicable to the activities being carried out. Reasons for making changes to the CEMP will be documented. A copy of the original CEMP document and subsequent revisions will be kept for the Project records and marked as obsolete. Each new/updated revision of the CEMP documentation will be issued with a revision number and date to eliminate obsolete CEMP documentation being used. Additionally, a management review of the CEMP and plans will be undertaken after the works are complete in order to apply any lessons learnt during the Project to future demolition works required during the CRL project.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

57 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

5.7.2

Review Certification

Any change to the CEMP or MPs required by the resource consents shall be submitted to Auckland Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. CRLL will request Auckland Councilâ€™s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. Any material change proposed to the DWPs required by the designation conditions relating to an increase in adverse effect on a particular receiver shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

58 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0130 Project 251926 | 10 May 2019 | Revision 1

Appendices

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix A CRL Designation 2500 Conditions

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

For the full set of CRL Designation 2500 Conditions refer to Appendix A of the Outline Plan.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix B Aotea to North Auckland Line Regional Consents Package Conditions

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

For the full set of Aotea to North Auckland Line Regional Consents Package Conditions refer to Appendix B of the Outline Plan.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix C Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

City Rail Link In association with:

Demolition Works - Karangahape Station Construction Zone Erosion and Sediment Control Management Plan

Document Ref: CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Revision: 3 11 April 2019

INTERNAL WORKING DOCUMENT COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

Document control record Document prepared by: Aurecon New Zealand Limited Level 4, 139 Carlton Gore Road Newmarket Auckland 1023 PO Box 9762 Newmarket Auckland 1149 New Zealand

T F E W

+64 9 520 6019 +64 9 524 7815 auckland@aurecongroup.com

aurecongroup.com

A person using Aurecon documents or data accepts the risk of: a)

Using the documents or data in electronic form without requesting and checking them for accuracy against the original hard copy version.

Using the documents or data for any purpose not agreed to in writing by Aurecon.

Document control Report title

Demolition Works - Karangahape Station Construction Zone Erosion and Sediment Control Management Plan

Document ID

CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT0134

Project number

251926

Client

City Rail Link Limited

Client contact

Richard Jenkins r

Rev

Date

Revision details/status

Prepared by

Author

Verifier

Approver

5 February 2019

Draft for internal review

Kun Ma

Tiaan Nel

Anna Lindgren

7 February 2019

Draft for Client review

Kun Ma

Tiaan Nel

Anna Lindgren

19 March 2019

Draft Final for Client review

David Delagarza

Tiaan Nel

Anna Lindgren

11 April 2019

Final Draft

David Delagarza

Tiaan Nel

Anna Lindgren

Current revision

Approval Author signature

Approver signature

Name

Kun Ma

Name

Anna Lindgren

Title

Civil Engineer

Title

Associate

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Contents 1

Introduction

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5

1 1 2 3 3

Project Description

2.1 2.2

4 5

General Site Location Catchment

Erosion and Sediment Control 3.1 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6

City Rail Link Advance Works Project Purpose Scope Report Structure

Design Philosophy Erosion and Sediment Control Principles Sediment Yield Erosion and Sediment Control Measures Design of erosion and sediment control devices Specific erosion and sediment control devices Monitoring

Conclusion

7 7 7 7 8 9 11 12 14

Appendices Appendix A ECSP Drawings Appendix B Glossary of Terminology & Abbreviations Appendix C ISCA Requirements

Figures Figure 1 The proposed demolition at Mercury Lane Figure 2 CRL Outline Plan Contents Figure 3 Project Area Figure 4 Project Area Upstream Catchment Figure 5 The project site overland flow paths and flood prone area

1 2 4 6

Tables Table 1: Sediment Yield Table 2: Silt fence design criteria reproduced from GD05 (F1.3) Table 3: Super Silt Fence Design Criteria reproduced from GD05 (F1.4) Table 4: Stabilised construction entrance design specifications as per GD05 E2.6

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

8 10 10 11

i CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

Introduction

1.1

City Rail Link

1.2

Advance Works Project

It is proposed to demolish the buildings and structures required for the Karangahape Station ACZ and CSA located at the future station entrance area between Mercury Lane and East Street, generally bordered to the north by properties at 14 East Street and 9 Mercury Lane and to the south by Canada Street (â€œthe Projectâ€?), as identified in Figure 1 below. The Project is being undertaken in accordance with the CRL Designation 2500-4, confirmed in November 2015 and the Aotea Station to North Auckland Line (A2N) suite of resource consents approved in November 2016. The conditions of these authorisations require the preparation of an Outline Plan (OP), Delivery Works Plans (DWP) and Management Plans (MP). This Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) is prepared in accordance with the CRL Designation and resource consent conditions and identified in the hierarchy of documentation illustrated in Figure 2. N

Figure 1 The proposed demolition at Mercury Lane

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

1 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

Figure 2 CRL Outline Plan Contents

Buildings and structures to be demolished entirely in this Project are at located at the following addresses:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

9A, 9B, & 9C Mercury Lane 11-13 Mercury Lane 17-21 East Street 23-31 Mercury Lane 38 East Street 20-24 East Street

Structures to be partially demolished are:

▪

18, 16 D and 16 E East Street

CRLL plan to commence the process of vacating the properties in the third quarter of 2019. This will be done to ensure that all properties are vacant in reasonable time ahead of the planned disconnection of services and so that comprehensive asbestos and contamination studies can be undertaken. Demolition will be undertaken in a sequential manner the order of which is to be confirmed by the C3 Alliance. All buildings and structures will be removed to ground level, with the retention of some existing foundations where necessary for site stability. A soft strip (wall linings etc) of salvageable materials and recycling of concrete and reinforcing steel will be carried out where possible. All demolition material will be removed from the project area and disposed of at approved facilities. The Project area will be fenced, with lockable gates, to prevent unauthorised entry. Where appropriate, solid plywood fencing will be used, with appropriate signage prohibiting unauthorised entry and identifying hazards.

1.3

Purpose

This ESCP has been developed by Aurecon New Zealand Limited (Aurecon) to describe the proposed erosion and sediment control methods and practices to be implemented to minimise the effects of demolition activities of the project and the potential consequential effects on the receiving environment. It outlines the control measures which should be implemented within the project area by the contractor to manage erosion and sediment. This report shall be read in conjunction with the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP), Contaminated Soils Management Plan and ESCP drawings (Appendix A).

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

2 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

The purpose of this ESCP is to provide a high-level management strategy for the erosion and sediment generated from the demolition of the buildings and structures located at the future station entrance area between Mercury Lane and East Street, generally bordered to the north by the properties at 14 East Street and 9 Mercury Lane and to the south by Canada Street. The ESCP is designed to fulfil compliance requirements of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) and provisions of the AUP regarding the mitigation and management of soil erosion and sediment yield related effects of the Project. It outlines the control measures to be implemented within the Project area by the contractor to manage erosion and sediment. It is expected that updates to the ESCP will be required once a preferred contractor has been selected and a site-specific demolition methodology has been developed by the contractor. Requirements associated with making any amendments to this ESCP (if required) are detailed in the CEMP submitted as part of the Outline Plan for the Project.

1.4

Scope

This ESCP provides a summary of the proposed erosion and sediment control measures relevant to the demolition of buildings in the Karangahape Station ACZ and CSA. This ESCP relates to all temporary works required for the following: 

Demolition of buildings and structures (including foundations where appropriate);



Removal of utilities;



Site runoff management.

The implementation and monitoring of controls discussed within this ESCP are in accordance with Auckland Council Guideline Document 2016/005 (GD05) “Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region.” This ESCP supports the RMA authorisation1 for certification by Auckland Council and has been prepared based on the “Demolition Methodology for Properties for Construction Support Area for Karangahape Station (Mercury Lane and East Street Entrance)”. This plan has been developed based on the currently available demolition methodology, it is expected this will be updated following the confirmation of the preferred contractor and the development of a site/building specific demolition plan. Updates and changes to the ESCP should be re-submitted for Auckland Council certification.

1.5

Report Structure

The structure of the ESCP is designed to provide a logical and practical framework for the management of erosion and sediment control measures as it relates to the Project. The ESCP has the following key sections:

▪

Section 2 provides the Project general description, a description of the Project area and the required demolition related works;

▪

Section 3 provides a detailed description of the erosion and sediment control measures proposed for the Project area;

All drawings referenced throughout the report are attached in Appendix A of this report.

CRL Designation 2500-4 and R/LUC/2016/1890.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

3 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

Project Description

2.1

General

The Project works involve the demolition of buildings and structures (including foundations where appropriate) including the removal of utilities within the Project area and capping of three waters services at the site boundaries. The Project area is located between Mercury Lane and East Street, generally bordered to the north by properties at 14 East Street and 9 Mercury Lane and to the south by Canada Street as shown in Figure 3 below.

Figure 3 Project Area

The Project area is approximately 6,100m2 and comprises the following addresses as shown in Figure 3 above:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

9A, 9B, & 9C Mercury Lane 11-13 Mercury Lane 17-21 East Street 23-31 Mercury Lane 38 East Street 20-24 East Street

Structures to be partially demolished are:

▪

18, 16 D and 16 E East Street

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

4 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

The demolition work for the Project is expected to last approximately 8 to 12 weeks and programmed to commence late 2019. The properties at the northern end of the demolition area are likely to be the first that are available for both preconstruction activities and demolition, and therefore the demolition programme will commence in this area and progress southward towards Canada Street. As demolition commences on these properties, it is expected that the Mercury Plaza site will be vacated and become available (23-31 Mercury Lane and 38 East St), and therefore preconstruction activities and the demolition itself can be advanced at the southern section of the site.

2.2

Site Location Catchment

N Demolition Area

Mercury Lane

Canada Street

Overland flow path

Catchment Boundary

Figure 4 Project Area Upstream Catchment

The topography of the catchment surrounding the project area is hilly with an approximate area of 10.4 ha. Figure 4 shows overland flow paths and flood plains for a 1 in 100 year rainfall event with the project area highlighted in yellow. Overland flow around the site travels south down Mercury Lane and East Street, then in a westerly direction where it collects in the flood prone areas shown on Figure 4 above.

2.2.1

Site description

This area is bordered by Mercury Lane to the east, East Street to the west and Canada Street to the south, with the northern boundary generally adjoining 14 East Street and 9 Mercury Lane as shown on Figure 4. It is approximately 6,100m2 and is occupied by several existing buildings and hardstand areas. The site will be delineated by solid timber hoardings and have an entrance gate to prevent unauthorised entrance.

2.2.2

Site levels and grade

The general topography of the site is sloping south towards Canada Street. The ground elevation at the northern boundary of the Project is RL 63m and falls to RL 52m at the low point on the southern project boundary towards Canada Street. The distance from the northern to the southern project boundary is approximately 120m, equating to an average grade across the site of approximately 1:11, or 9%.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

5 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

2.2.3

Site overland flow paths and flood plains

Auckland Council GIS shows that a flood prone area is located at the southern boundary of the project area. The site is generally bounded on the east, west and south by overland flow paths that are coincident with the streets around the project area. A further flood prone area and floodplain are located to the southwest of the project area. Flood prone areas and overland flow paths are shown in Figure 5 to follow.

Figure 5 The project site overland flow paths and flood prone area

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

6 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

Erosion and Sediment Control

3.1

Design Philosophy

The construction environment of the Project related works is a highly developed urban area, predominantly formed of hard impervious paved areas and buildings. To construct the Project, the proposed works will require the demolition of the existing buildings in the Project area previously described. The proposed controls will ensure sediment generated on site will largely be contained within the site boundaries, resulting in minimal effect on the surrounding built environment.

3.1

Erosion and Sediment Control Principles

Erosion and sediment control measures will be established to minimise the extent of soil erosion and sediment yield from the Project area during construction. Erosion and sediment control measures will be implemented and monitored in accordance with Auckland Council’s “Erosion and sediment control guide for land disturbing activities” in the Auckland Region, known as GD05. The GD05 is an update of Auckland Council Technical Publication 90 (TP90) “Erosion and sediment control guidelines for land disturbing activities” in the Auckland Region and supersedes that guideline. All erosion and sediment control measures shall be fully established within the Project before any physical works can commence in the area. Removal of devices and reinstatement of the surrounding ground upon completion of the works shall form part of the civil component of the project and shall be managed by the contractor.

3.1.1

Existing Stormwater Infrastructure

The project area including the upstream surrounding catchments is serviced by a reticulated stormwater network. Proposed controls to protect this system during the works include:

▪

Protecting the stormwater inlets - Using filter cloths/silt socks across inlets in accordance with GD05 guidelines;

▪

Sediment dispersion control - Stabilised entrance and exits with vehicle wash-down facilities is to be provided;

▪

Treating groundwater – Encountering groundwater onsite is not expected however, if required, groundwater will be pumped to a settlement tank prior to discharge to the existing stormwater network, minor dewatering will be discharged to stabilised surfaces and will be treated via downstream inlet catchpit protection measures; and

▪

Isolation of demolition areas – All demolition areas will be isolated from the surrounding environment to ensure clean water is diverted away from construction areas and that all construction related run off from the Project area is collected and treated prior to discharge.

3.2

Sediment Yield

Table 1 shows the sediment yield with and without erosion and sediment control measures. The calculation of the sediment yield is based on the Universal Sediment Loss Equation (USLE). Demolition is generally deemed to include foundations and the removal and disposal of all demolished material and disturbed ground. For the purposes of establishing the sediment yield, it is assumed that the existing building foundations and hardfill are to be removed and the underlying soil exposed. Based on geological borings from the site, the surface material is described as fill, which is generally 1-2 metres thick, with a maximum depth of 4 metres. The fill is generally described as pavements with

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

7 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

granular sub-grades, however weathered East Coast Bays Formation (ECBF) and lenses of silt are also described. Based on this information, it is assumed the soil type consists of a mix of sand, silt, and clay. This was used to determine the soil erodibility factor K of 0.26. This factor is likely to be significantly conservative, as the demolition is likely to leave the existing hardfill beneath the buildings in place, as well as keeping the site level / terraced to the existing building platforms. The demolition works is assumed to take 8-12 weeks. Refer to the demolition methodology for updated information on the demolition works. A 75% sediment control efficiency is assumed with sediment controls in place. Table 1: Sediment Yield

Area

Area (ha)

Time (weeks)

Sediment Yield without ESC

Sediment Yield with ESC

The Project Area

0.61

8-12

3.53

0.88

3.3

Erosion and Sediment Control Measures

3.3.1

General

The main sources of erosion for the site will be splash and sheet erosion in rainfall events. To minimise the generation and discharge of sediment the following key principals will be applied in accordance with GD05:

▪ ▪ ▪

Employing sediment retention devices where practical; Rapidly stabilise exposed areas; and Minimise the areas of disturbance (both duration of works and physical area).

By exposing only those areas that are required to be exposed for active demolition/earthworking at any one time, the duration of exposure and risk of erosion/sediment discharge can also be minimised. The control methods used will ensure:

▪ ▪

Stabilisation and cover of exposed areas as soon as practically possible;

▪

Capture and treatment of sediment laden water generated by the site works.

Installation of perimeter controls to protect the receiving environment from the demolition/earthworks; and

3.3.2

Proposed Erosion and Sediment Control Measures

Sediment loading is anticipated to be low as demolition/construction works will be undertaken using the following controls to minimise erosion potential and reduce sediment loads to the receiving stormwater network prior to discharge from the Project area (refer to drawings in Appendix A)

▪

Isolation of Project area – The work site shall include perimeter hoardings and temporary fencing to ensure separation of the work site from the public;

▪

Diverting road runoff – Ensure hot-mix bund is installed adjacent to the proposed works. As shown on drawings in Appendix A, the hot mix bund is positioned below site hoarding to prevent clean/dirty water infiltrating through the base of the hoardings and divert water to the nearest catchpit;

▪

Stormwater inlet protection – The existing network at the Project area is a fully reticulated pipe network common to a developed urban environment. All catchpits within and in the vicinity of the works site are to be protected using geofabric filter cloth across inlets in accordance with GD05 section F1.6. A silt sock is also to be placed completely around the inlet in accordance with GD05 section F1.5 as an added measure to act as a small sediment trap upstream of the catchpit. No discharge of surface or groundwater to wastewater systems is proposed;

▪

Managing surface water – Surface site runoff within the Project area shall generally be collected at silt fences ensuring treatment of sediment. Where flows are excessive, or ponding occurs pumping

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

8 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

to a settlement tank or similar measure, shall be put in place to ensure flows are collected and treated prior to discharge from site. Overland flows surrounding the site are not expected to enter the site at any point but expected to follow the roadside kerb and channel along East Street and Mercury Lane. The only location where overland flow may breakthrough into the site would be from the flood prone area located at the southern boundary of the site towards Canada Street. This area is protected by a silt fence within site hoardings. However should the proposed silt fence be deemed insufficient, or if there is need to accommodate a break in the hoardings, a super silt fence should be utilised. Should this occur the area should also be protected with geotextile fabric or similar, and the use of sandbags to provide additional separation should be considered.

▪

Dewatering – Ponding water or groundwaters are to be pumped to the settlement tank or similar for storage and treatment. Water treated through sediment settling is decanted from the settlement tank and discharged to the existing stormwater network or onto a stabilised flat area for sheet flow dispersion to a nearby catchpit;

▪

Treatment of surface water – Surface site runoff within the Project area shall fall to an existing catchpit or proposed catchpit with inlet protection;

▪

Water Quality – Batch dosing of any collected stormwater may be required subject to water quality testing conducted on the final discharge as indicated on the plans. A testing regime shall be established at the discharge point of all treatment facilities to ensure minimum water quality standards are met. Water quality testing requirements are outlined within the Water Quality Assessment submitted as part of the A2N resource consent. Note that if the testing determines that the flocculent treatment is required at the site, then a Flocculent Treatment Plan is required to be prepared and submitted to Auckland Council for certification prior to proceeding further with the construction works. See Appendix C for ISCA requirements.

▪

Open excavations – Excavated material shall be loaded straight onto trucks, where possible. Refer Section 3.5 for details if spoil/fill or demolition debris is to be stored on site temporarily. Extensive open excavations are not expected for the Project works. Should excavations and potholing be required they shall be covered in situations of high rainfall risk;

▪

Temporary and permanent site access - Access routes are expected to be impervious stabilised areas however if bare earth is exposed, stabilised entry/exit points shall be provided with basic vehicle wash-down facilities to prevent transport of sediment off site;

▪

Dust control – Dust production on site is expected to occur from demolition of existing buildings, material stockpiles if applicable and excavated ground areas. The Contractor is required to manage dust as required through damping exposed areas utilising water carts and/or sprinklers. Construction of stabilised entrances and pathways are provided to limit dust generation. Regular monitoring of dust emissions and minimising areas of exposed soils to wind through construction staging is proposed;

▪

Loading trucks – Vehicles such as loading trucks are expected to travel solely along the stabilised access routes and are not expected to be accessing the exposed areas. However, if vehicles access the exposed areas, then a wash-down area and facility is to be provided to ensure vehicles are not carrying loose sediment; and

▪

Wet weather – During an unforeseen rainfall event that limits carrying out the work, the work shall be stopped, and the erosion and sediment control measures shall be checked to ensure they are operating correctly and upgraded or modified where necessary. Any open exposed areas should be suitably covered in anticipation of a rainfall event;

Specific control measures for each the demolition area are detailed in the following sections and drawings in Appendix A.

3.4

Design of erosion and sediment control devices

Drawings detailing control measures are included in Appendix A of this report. As a summary, the following control devices listed below are proposed across the sites. Details of each specific area are provided in consecutive sections.

▪

Asphalt bunds (section E2.1 of GD05);

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

9 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Super silt fences (section F1.4 of GD05); Silt fences (section F1.3 of GD05); Silt socks/filter cloth (section F1.5 of GD05); Geotextile and Erosion control blankets (section E3.5 of GD05); Settlement tanks (section G1.0 of GD05); Catchpit inlet protection (section F1.6 of GD05); and Stabilised construction access (section E2.6 of GD05).

Silt fences Silt fences will be provided along the site perimeter in areas where runoff could leave the site (refer to Appendix A). Ground surface slopes where silt fences have been proposed are expected to be just greater than 2% grade in some areas. Length and spacings are to be in accordance with the design criteria as shown in Table 2 as specified GD05 F1.3. Table 2: Silt fence design criteria reproduced from GD05 (F1.3)

Ground surface slope steepness %

Slope length (m) (maximum)

Spacing of returns (m)

Flatter than 2%

Unlimited

N/A

2 – 10%

10 – 20%

20 – 33%

33 – 50%

> 50%

Super silt fences Super silt fences are not expected to be required but should be utilised if the suggested silt fence proposed at the southern boundary of the site towards Canada Street is deemed insufficient, if there is a break in the hoarding required, or in the unlikely scenario that overland flow breaks through at this point. If a super silt fence is utilised length and spacings are to be in accordance with the design criteria as shown in Table 3 as specified GD05 F1.3. Table 3: Super Silt Fence Design Criteria reproduced from GD05 (F1.4)

Ground surface slope steepness %

Slope length (m) (maximum)

Spacing of returns (m)

Super silt fence length (m) (maximum)

0 – 10%

Unlimited

10 – 20%

450

20 – 33%

300

33 – 50%

150

> 50%

Catchpit Inlet Protection Geofabrics are to be placed underneath catchpit grates that are immediately adjacent or within the works site in general accordance to GD05 section F1.6. In addition, a silt sock (refer to GD05 section F1.5) will be placed around inlets or catchpits. The silt sock will completely ‘ring fence’ the catchpit to enable treatment of runoff prior to entering the network.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

10 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

Settlement Tank It is expected that only very minor earthworks will be required for this Project. An area for placement of a settlement tank and pump has been allowed for on the plans in accordance with GD05 G1.0 should this be required. This should be used as required for dewatering of open excavations, potholing and groundwater. A minimum of 100 mm water clarity is required as per GD05 for pumping directly offsite. Interim Stabilisation During active demolition, slope and soil stabilisation procedures will be used to prevent erosion on exposed steep slopes. The stabilisation measures will consist of surface roughening and contour drains which are intended to prevent rill erosion on exposed steep surfaces. Refer to Section 3.5 for a discussion of the interim slope protection measures. Long term Stabilisation Following the completion of demolition works, slope and soil stabilisation procedures will be used to prevent erosion on the steep slopes. Exposed slopes are to be protected by temporary geotextile cover, erosion control blanket, or hydro-mulching in accordance with GD05. Refer to Section 3.5 for a discussion of the locations requiring slope protection. Stabilised construction vehicle entranceways and wheel wash Stabilised construction entrances (refer to Appendix A for plan and details) will be constructed as per GD05 E2.6 requirements. Aggregate used to construct the stabilised site entrance is to be in accordance with the specification in Table 4 as per GD05 E2.6. Stabilised entrances are to drain back onto the site or an asphalt speed hump is to be provided to prevent runoff leaving the site from the site entrance. In addition, a wheel wash facility is to be provided within the entranceway. Table 4: Stabilised construction entrance design specifications as per GD05 E2.6

Design parameter

Specification

Aggregate Size

50-150 mm washed aggregate

Minimum thickness

150mm

Minimum length

10 m

Minimum width

3.5 Specific erosion and sediment control devices â–Ş Hoardings around the site perimeter will prevent dirty water leaving the site. Clean water will be

conveyed by the existing street kerb and gutter systems, following existing OLFPs around the site. Hoardings will also prevent overland flow paths from entering the site. There is a significant OLFP and associated flood prone area along Canada Road on the south side of the site. As a means of further protection against sediment seepage through the hoardings during potential inundation events, a silt fence is proposed to be placed inside the hoarding in this location.

â–Ş

The exposed ground surface of the Project area shall be stabilised as each area is disturbed. Disturbed ground will be immediately stabilised using surface roughening. Depending on the demolition methodology and interim site grading, different interim stabilisation methodologies may be used. If the site remains terraced by the existing building platforms, interim surface roughening will be used on all exposed areas. However, if the site is uniformly graded to drain to the south contour drains will be used to prevent rill erosion from occurring through the exposed areas. The ECSP plans assume that the site has been uniformly graded and show the appropriate erosion control measures.

â–Ş

Depending on the time between the completion of demolition works and the beginning of construction on the site, long term stabilisation measures may be required. Long term stabilisation is used to control ongoing erosion from rain events as well as for dust management. In general, if the site is to be left undisturbed for more than two weeks, long term stabilisation will be established. Long term stabilisation may include geotextile mats, erosion control blanket, or hydro-mulching. As with the interim stabilisation measures, the magnitude of the interim measures will be dependent on the final grading following demolition. If the building platforms are retained and the site remains

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

11 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

terraced, the steep slopes between the terraces will require significant stabilisation, whilst flat platforms may be left roughened, with appropriate dust control employed. Conversely, if the entire site is graded to the south, the entire site will require slope stabilisation measures including geotextile mats, erosion control blanket, or hydro-mulching.

▪

Indicative site access is required by GD05; two access points have been assumed to be via Mercury Lane. Where possible existing pavement is to be retained or suitable hardfill placed to provide a stabilised site entrance and exit in accordance with GD05 E2.6.

▪

There are several existing catchpits within the project area. These catchpits will collect all flow from the project area. The proposed dirty water diversions flow to the southern catchpit, however, if the existing pavement is retained, asphalt bunding may be required to divert flow from the eastern dirty water diversion away from the proposed site access.

▪ ▪

Inlet protection with filter cloths and silt socks will also be installed for all existing catchpits.

▪

A silt fence will be installed inside the proposed hoarding along the southern site boundary adjacent to Canada Street. This silt fence is intended to prevent sediment-laden water from flowing through the hoarding in the event of high flow inundation from the OLFP on Canada Street or its associated flood prone area.

Ponding water within the site will be pumped to the indicative location of the settlement tanks if deemed to be required by the Contractor. This has been positioned to allow discharge of clean water to the existing stormwater water network in Canada Street via gravity.

3.5.1

Site Spoil, Fill Material and Demolition Debris

Storage of excavated spoil, engineering fill, drainage materials or demolition debris will be limited at the worksite for the Project. Material from demolition is to be loaded directly into waiting trucks and disposed offsite as early as possible. However, if any debris is to be stockpiled temporarily it shall be stored on the up-slope side of any trenches if possible or in a stabilised area such as the area available for the contractor which is away from the overland flow paths or exposed areas. Stockpiles shall be suitably compacted and covered by geotextile fabric to minimise sediment runoff and dust migration at the end of each day or when rain is forecast. Silt fences or other sediment control measures in accordance to GD05 shall be provided around the spoil storage area to prevent transport of sediment.

3.5.2

Reinstatement and Rehabilitation

On completion of the demolition works, the contractor will be required to:

▪ ▪ ▪

Ensure all excavations are backfilled and formed with approved material; Reinstate any utilities which were suspended or protected during construction; Erosion and sediment controls within the site, including silt socks and silt fences shall remain following demolition until such time as the site has been fully stabilised, or the construction phase erosion control measures are in place. The inlet protection measures outside the site boundary will be removed following the completion of active demolition work.

All reinstatement and rehabilitation works shall ensure that any sediment within these controls will be disposed of appropriately and care taken to ensure it does not discharge into the stormwater network or become susceptible to dispersion by overland flow paths.

3.6

Monitoring

As part of implementing the ESCP, the contractor will provide ongoing site monitoring to ensure that all proposed erosion and sediment control measures are installed correctly and continue to operate effectively and in the manner that was intended for the full duration of the works. All controls shall be inspected as a minimum weekly and following any heavy rain events to ensure devices continue to operate effectively.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

12 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

The following is an indicative outline of the inspection and maintenance regime proposed to ensure the erosion and sediment controls for the Project are maintained appropriately during construction:

▪

The Contractor shall inspect all control measures at the end of week/work period as a minimum and after every rainfall and periods of prolonged rainfall;

▪ ▪ ▪

All measures will be maintained in good working order;

▪

The Project Engineer will be advised by the Contractor of any maintenance or remedial works undertaken, or any changes required to the ESCP to accommodate changes in conditions or work programme;

▪

Any change in the work programme requiring a significant change in the ESCP shall be approved by the Project Engineer and Auckland Council prior to installation;

▪

The Contractor shall maintain records on site of erosion inspections and will make available any reports at the request of the Project Engineer.

Stabilised areas including entrances are to be maintained. The Contractor shall monitor dust emissions on a daily basis, at a minimum. In windy dry conditions, dust emissions are to be monitored continuously. Water shall be reapplied as required to retain a moist ground in dry conditions.

A maintenance and inspections regime shall be established in consultation with the relevant Auckland Council representative and may require more regular inspections subject to the risk profile associated with each measure. ESC construction quality checklists for each measure are also available in Appendix C of the Auckland Council GD05 which may be used on site for guidance.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

13 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

Conclusion

The Karangahape Station ACZ and CSA demolition work will require specific erosion and sediment control measures to be implemented to mitigate the environmental effects of the construction works. This ESCP provides a framework for identifying and implementing erosion and sediment controls during the demolition works. A design philosophy and number of design principles have been provided along with specific control methodologies for the works. It is the contractorâ€™s responsibility to further develop or modify the ESCP measures based on the final demolition methodology. Requirements associated with making any amendments to this ESCP shall be defined in the CEMP which will be submitted as part of the Project outline plan. All controls shall be fully established before any physical works are undertaken and monitored in accordance with the Auckland Council GD05 Based on the proposed sediment and erosion controls detailed in this report, the effects of the demolition work can be managed in accordance with the CRL designation and resource consent conditions, statutory regulations and best management practices.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

14 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0134 Project 251926 | 11 April 2019 | Revision 3

Appendices

Appendix A ECSP Drawings

Document

Description

CRL-KRD-UTI-000-DRG-1191-A

City Rail Link Karangahape Road- Demolition Works Erosion and Sediment Control General Notes

CRL-KRD-UTI-000-DRG-1192-A

City Rail Link Karangahape Road- Demolition Works Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Mercury Lane and East Street

CRL-KRD-UTI-000-DRG-1193-A

City Rail Link Karangahape Road- Demolition Works Erosion and Sediment Control General Details

GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL WORKS AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROJECT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND CURRENT AUCKLAND COUNCIL AND AUCKLAND TRANSPORT STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND COUNCIL STANDARDS SHALL BE RAISED WITH THE ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION, PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. THE EXACT EXTENT OF WORKS SHALL BE CONFIRMED ON SITE BY THE ENGINEER DURING CONSTRUCTION/DEMOLITION.

LEVEL AND SETOUT NOTES

EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL NOTES

1. SURVEY INFORMATION DOES NOT INCLUDE A LEGAL BOUNDARY SURVEY OR IN SITU BOUNDARY MARKING UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. WHERE CADASTRAL BOUNDARIES ARE SHOWN, THEY HAVE BEEN SOURCED FROM LANDONLINE XML DATA AND ARE SUBJECT TO SURVEY. WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROJECT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND CURRENT AUCKLAND COUNCIL STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND COUNCIL STANDARDS SHALL BE RAISED WITH THE ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION, PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. SURVEY COORDINATES USED ARE IN TERMS OF MT EDEN GD 2000 COORDINATE.

1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN METRES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN.

3. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL LEVELS ARE METRES RELATIVE TO THE DATUM.

2. LEVEL INFORMATION IS IN TERMS OF AKL (MSL) 1946 DATUM.

4. DRAWINGS SHALL BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SPECIFICATION. ALL DISCREPANCIES AND VARIATIONS SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE ENGINEER FOR DECISION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.

3. THE TOPOGRAPHIC DATA SHOWN ON THESE PLANS HAS BEEN COMPILED FROM LASER SCAN SURVEYS UNDERTAKEN BETWEEN 2012 AND 2015 FOR THE PURPOSES OF PUBLIC REALM LANDSCAPING DESIGN ON THE CITY RAIL LINK PROJECT. ALL DETAIL IS SUBJECT TO VERIFICATION ON SITE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.

5. DIMENSIONS SHALL NOT BE OBTAINED BY SCALING FROM THE DRAWINGS. 6. ALL WORK SHALL BE UNDERTAKEN SAFELY AND IN A MANNER MEETING ALL OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE HEALTH AND SAFETY AT WORK ACT 2015. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR SPECIALIST EQUIPMENT AS NECESSARY AND SAFE ENVIRONS FOR ANY INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO BE MADE BY THE ENGINEER OR HIS/HER REPRESENTATIVES ON SITE.

4. SURVEY INFORMATION HAS BEEN SUPPLEMENTED BY INFORMATION FROM AUCKLAND COUNCIL GIS RECORDS. THE ACCURACY OF THIS INFORMATION CANNOT BE CONFIRMED AND THE LOCATION AND LEVEL OF ALL EXISTING UNDERGROUND SERVICES WITHIN THE EXTENT OF WORKS SHOULD BE CONFIRMED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.

8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SITE AND BUILDING SPECIFIC DEMOLITION PLAN.

4. BACKGROUND SURVEY INFORMATION (EXISTING CONTOURS) AND AERIAL PHOTO HAVE BEEN EXTRACTED FROM AUCKLAND COUNCIL GEOMAPS. 5. ANY STOCKPILE OF MATERIAL ONSITE SHOULD BE COVERED TO MINIMISE LOSSES AND NOT BE LOCATED IN OVERLAND FLOW PATHS OR SITE LOW POINTS. 6. ALL RUBBISH, VEGETATION, DEBRIS ETC SHOULD BE REMOVED FROM THE DEMOLITION/EARTHWORKS AREA AND DISPOSED OFF SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF SITE CLEARANCE. 7. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE A MOBILE SETTLEMENT TANK FOR DEWATERING OR SIMILAR DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE TO GD05 SECTION G1.0. THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF THE TANKS ARE TO BE REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER. 8. ALL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES MUST BE OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO ANY OTHER WORK COMMENCING ON SITE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR AND ATTEND A PRELIMINARY SEDIMENT CONTROL MEETING ON SITE WITH THE ENGINEER AND A REPRESENTATIVE FROM AUCKLAND COUNCIL. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE COUNCIL BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES ARE IN PLACE DURING THE DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AND AT THE SITE ENTRANCE TO CONTROL ALL DUST, SILT, MUD AND SEDIMENT GENERATED BY THE WORKS AS TO NOT DISCHARGE FROM THE SITE AND/OR ENTER AUCKLAND COUNCIL STORMWATER SYSTEM.

9. RAIL ALIGNMENTS AND CIVIL INFRASTRUCTURE IS BASED ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY RAILWAY INFRASTRUCTURE CONSULTANTS (RIC). 10. THE CONSTRUCTOR SHALL CONFIRM ALL DIMENSIONS ON SITE PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.

10. FURTHER SEDIMENT CONTROL MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEER AS THE PROJECT ADVANCES. THESE WILL BE INSTALLED AS AND WHERE DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT THE SITE HAS EFFECTIVE SILT DETENTION FACILITIES OPERATING AT ALL TIMES.

EXISTING SERVICES

11. ALL SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL FEATURES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AUCKLAND COUNCIL GD05.

1. THE LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND SERVICES SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY AND BASED ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY NETWORK UTILITY OPERATORS (NUO) AND KIWIRAIL. NO LIABILITY IS ACCEPTED FOR THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE PLOTTED SERVICES. OTHER UNDERGROUND OR OVERHEAD SERVICES MAY EXIST THAT ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.

12. ALL EXISTING CATCHPITS LOCATED WITHIN THE SITE AND IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE SITE SHALL BE PROTECTED. 13. EXISTING STORMWATER NETWORK SOURCED FROM AUCKLAND COUNCIL GEOMAPS. 14. SILT FENCES ARE TO HAVE A MINIMUM 3m CLEARANCE FROM OPERATING RAIL TRACK CENTRELINES, IF THIS CANNOT BE ACHIEVED, THE ENGINEER SHALL DETERMINE ALLOWED CLEARANCE.

2. PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK INVOLVING EXCAVATION OR PENETRATIONS (PILING, DRILLING ETC) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATIONS OF ALL SERVICES USING NUO DATA AND HAVE ALL SERVICES MARKED OUT ACCURATELY ON SITE USING NUO ON SITE LOCATION SERVICES PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY GROUND DISTURBANCE.

15. EXISTING SERVICES HAVE BEEN PLOTTED FROM UTILITY COMPANIES RECORD MAPS AND ARE INDICATIVE ONLY. THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE TAKEN AS A COMPLETE AND ACCURATE RECORD OF THE SERVICES WITHIN THE AREA OF WORKS. ALL LOCATIONS ARE TO BE CONFIRMED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR WITH THE RELEVANT SERVICE AUTHORITY REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO EXCAVATION.

3. PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY DEMOLITION, EXCAVATION OR PENETRATION WORK IN ANY PART OF A LEGAL ROAD OR OTHER PUBLIC AREA THE CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY FOR AND UPLIFT CORRIDOR ACCESS PERMITS AND MEET ALL ASSOCIATED REQUIREMENTS OF THE NUO.

pw:\\designshare.au.aurecon.info:PW_PROD_AU\Documents\Projects\23xxxx\239933 - City Rail Link CDE\01-WIP\Drawings\CRL-KRD-UTI-000-DRG-1191.dwg

2. SITE LAYOUT IS INDICATIVE ONLY, AND IS TO BE CONFIRMED AT DETAILED DESIGN STAGE. 3. CONTRACTOR TO REFER TO SITE AND BUILDING SPECIFIC DEMOLITION METHODOLOGY.

16. ALL THREE WATERS LATERALS SERVICING DEMOLISHED BUILDINGS TO BE CAPPED AT THE BOUNDARY.

4. PRIOR TO COMMENCING PIPE, CABLE OR DUCT LAYING ACTIVITIES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE ALL POTENTIAL SERVICE CONFLICTS AND ANY UNLEVELLED MAINS AT CONNECTION POINTS AND NOTIFY THE ENGINEER, TO ALLOW HIM/HER TO ACCURATELY LOCATE AND LEVEL THE SERVICES EXPOSED AND IF NECESSARY UNDERTAKE DESIGN MODIFICATIONS TO THE ALIGNMENT OR LONGSECTION OF THE NEW WORK.

17. ALL EXPOSED GROUND SURFACES SHALL BE TEMPORARILY STABLISED IMMEDIATELY UPON DISTURBANCE. TEMPORARY STABILISATION SHALL CONSIST OF SURFACE ROUGHENING AND CONTOUR DRAINS LONG TERM. STABILISATION CONSISTING OF GEOTEXTILE, EROSION CONTROL BLANKET OR HYDROMULCHING SHALL BE ESTABLISHED WITHIN 2 WEEKS FOLLOWING DISTURBANCE.

5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY FOR AND UPLIFT ALL UTILITY PERMITS/CONSENTS, AND SATISFY ANY NUO REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO UNDERTAKING ANY EXCAVATION OR UTILITY INSTALLATION WORK.

18. THESE DRAWINGS ARE TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL REPORT FOR THE MT EDEN CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT AREA & ACTIVE CONSTRUCTION ZONE.

6. ALL STATUTORY AUTHORITIES SHALL BE NOTIFIED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION, EXCAVATION OR EARTHWORKS TAKING PLACE IN PUBLIC PLACES AND RELEVANT NETWORK UTILITY OPERATORS NOTIFIED WHEN WORKING IN PROXIMITY TO THEIR SERVICES. 7. WHEN WORKS WILL AFFECT ROAD ACCESS OR ACCESS TO PRIVATE PROPERTIES, THE PROPERTY OWNERS SHALL BE GIVEN AT LEAST 5 DAYSâ€™ NOTICE OF THE NATURE AND DURATION OF ANY IMPACTS AND ALL EMERGENCY SERVICES SHALL BE NOTIFIED.

22/02/2019 2:51:28 PM

Auckland

8. ANY EXCAVATION NEAR ANY EXISTING UTILITY CABLE OR PRESSURE SERVICE (EG GAS, WATER OR SEWER RISING MAIN) SHALL BE ADVISED TO THE RELEVANT NUO AT LEAST TWO DAYS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK AND WHERE REQUIRED SHALL BE UNDERTAKEN WITH OVERSIGHT BY A NUO REPRESENTATIVE.

ORIGINAL DRAWING IN COLOUR

CLIENT

REV DATE REVISION DETAILS A 22.02.19 PRELIMINARY ISSUE

APPROVED A.LINDGREN

SCALE

SIZE

NOT TO SCALE

DRAWN

PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

CITY RAIL LINK

PROJECT

KARANGAHAPE ROAD - DEMOLATION WORKS EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL GENERAL NOTES

APPROVED

H.ARSHAD

DESIGNED

DATE

TITLE

D.DELAGARZA CHECKED

A.LINDGREN

T.NEL 0

20mm ORIGINAL SIZE

100

200

300

400

500

DOCUMENT 600

PROJECT

ZONE

DISCIPLINE

ELEMENT

TYPE

SHEET

REVISION

CRL

KRD

UTI

000

DRG

1191

700

800

60.6

11-13 SW

.6 60

60.0

59.8

60.2

59.8

59.6

450Ø SW

59.4

225Ø SW

60 .2

60.0

59.2

58.8

.6 59

CP 5

58.6

58.4

58.6

58.4

58.2

58.0

57.6

SW SW

57.2

SW SW

55 .6

55.0

57.2

54 .8

57.0

55 .2

57.2

57.4

54.8 55

56.6

56.8

54.8

57.0

56.8

54.6

54.4

56.0

THE CONTRACTOR TO ADVISE IF THEY NEED SECOND SITE ACCESS FOR THE DEMOLITION WORK. THE LOCATION OF THE ACCESS TO BE AGREED WITH ENGINEER AND THE ESC MEASURES ARE BE THE SAME AS THE PROPOSED ACCESS SW ON THE NORTHERN END. SW

54.4

55.8 56.0

.0 54

53.8

53.4

SW .2

.0 54

APPROVED A.LINDGREN

10m

SIZE

1:250

DRAWN

DATE

A.LINDGREN

T.NEL 20mm ORIGINAL SIZE

100

200

300

400

500

CITY RAIL LINK

PROJECT

KARANGAHAPE ROAD - DEMOLATION WORKS EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN MERCURY LANE AND EAST STREET

TITLE

D.DELAGARZA CHECKED

57.6

55.0

DESIGNED

57.8

SW 54.2

PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION APPROVED

H.ARSHAD

SCALE 1:250

54.0

SW SW

53.2

SCALE

DIRECTION OF DRAINAGE FLOOD PRONE AREA 55.6

REV DATE REVISION DETAILS A 22.02.19 PRELIMINARY ISSUE

56.2

PROPOSED DIRECTION OFSWDEMOLITION (INDICATIVE) S

55.4

57.0

52.6

.2 52

56.2

57.8

53.4

SW SW

52.4

52.8

56.0

58.0

SW SW

55.8

56.8

900Ø SW

55.6

56.6

52.2

52.0

CANADA STREET

.4 54

53.0

55.8

PROPOSED CATCH PIT SW FILTER CLOTH & SILT SOCK INLET SW PROTECTION SW STABILISED VEHICLE ENTRANCE 56.4

SW 55.4

SW 53

SITE ACCESS

55.2

51.8

52.4

53.8

52.0

52.2

.6 53

52 .6

52.0

S54.6W

55.2

CP 3

51.8

57.6

53.8

SW 52.8

CP 1

51.6

52.4

SW 52.4

52.4

51.8

52.0

52 .8 .6

52.4

51.8

SW 54.4

INDICATIVE VEHICLE WASHDOWN AREASW 53.8

52.2

Auckland

53.0

CP 2

52.0

DIRTY WATER DIVERSION CONTOUR DRAIN SILT FENCE

54.2

53.0

52.6

22/02/2019 2:51:40 PM

52.2

53.6

51.6

DEMOLITION BOUNDARY SITE BARRIER WITH HOARDING ON 2 ASPHALT BUND

53.6

53.2

SW 450ØSW

52.0

INDICATIVE QUALITY TEST LOCATION

53.0

52.4

51.8

FLOOD PRONE AREA

53.6

53.0

900Ø

52.8

52.6

52.2

52.6

57.4

53 53.6 53

52.6

PROPOSED

53.8

52.2

EXISTING CATCH PIT EXISTING MANHOLE EXISTING CONTOURS (0.2m INTERVAL)

53.6

54.0

.6 54

INDICATIVE EXISTING CP

53.2

53.0

SW SW

CLIENT

53.4

52.8

53.2

EXISTING OVERLAND FLOW PATH EXISTING STORMWATER DESIGNATION BOUNDARY

52.6

EXISTING SW

53.0

53.4

SW SW

.4 52

52.4

53.8

54 54

ORIGINAL DRAWING IN COLOUR

SW SW

52.4 53.2

52.8

53.4

.4 54

.2 54

53.2

53.8

53.6

SW SW

53.4

53.2

54.0

EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL LEGEND

SW 53.6

53.4

53.6

53.8

SW SW

54.0

54.2

SW SW

53.6

INDICATIVE LOCATION OF SEDIMENT TANK IF REQUIRED

54.4

54.8

54.0

53.8

53.6

pw:\\designshare.au.aurecon.info:PW_PROD_AU\Documents\Projects\23xxxx\239933 - City Rail Link CDE\01-WIP\Drawings\CRL-KRD-UTI-000-DRG-1192.dwg

54.2

54.4

54 .0

54.6

CP 7

.6 54

53.8

Y LA

54.8

23-31

54.8

54.2

CUR

55.0

MER

55.2

55.4

55.2

375Ø

25-27

54.0

55.4 55.6

53 .4

55.8

54.2 54.2

55.6

54.8

54.2

56.4

56.2

54.8

56.6

2.5

55.4

55.2

57.4

55.4

55 .6

57.6

55.2

.8 57

57.8

58.0

55.6

57.8

55 .4

ET TRE H S SW T U O

LONG TERM STABILISATION: GEOTEXTILE, EROSION CONTROL BLANKET OR HYDRO MULCHING

55.6

55.4

450Ø

SW 55.8

54.6

T REE

55.8

55.6

T ST

56.0

55.4

EAS

56.2

55.8

57.8

56.0

TEMPORARY STABILISATION: SURFACE ROUGHENING AND1 CONTOUR DRAINS ON ALL DISTURBED GROUND.

56.4

56.6

56.2

58.0

56.8

56.2

CP 4

57.0

57.4

56.6

57.8 57.8

56.8

CROSS STREET

57.6

57.2

56.8 57

57.4

CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM EXISTING CATCHPIT LOCATION

57 .8

57.8

57.4

57.0

58.0

57.4

58.8

59.2

59.0

57.6

57 .8

SW 58.2 58.4 58.6 58.8

INDICATIVE VEHICLE WASHDOWN AREA

57.8

58.0

SHAFT VOID

58 .0

59.4

58.2

57.2

EET STR

59.0

S ATO GAL

SW SW 59.0

59.4

CP 6 59.2

59.4

60.2 60.0

STABILIZED VEHICLE ENTRANCE

1. REFER TO DRAWING CRL-KRD-UTI-000-DRG-1191 FOR ALL NOTES. 2. REFER TO UTILITIES MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR ALL SERVICES. 3. ALL THREE WATERS LATERALS SERVICING DEMOLISHED BUILDINGS TO BE CAPPED AT THE BOUNDARY. 4. ALL EXPOSED GROUND SURFACES SHALL BE TEMPORARILY STABLISED IMMEDIATELY UPON DISTURBANCE. TEMPORARY STABILISATION SHALL CONSIST OF SURFACE ROUGHENING AND CONTOUR DRAINS LONG TERM. STABILISATION CONSISTING OF GEOTEXTILE, EROSION CONTROL BLANKET OR HYDROMULCHING SHALL BE ESTABLISHED WITHIN 2 WEEKS FOLLOWING DISTURBANCE. 5. WHERE SEDIMENT REMOVAL BY FILTER CLOTH AND SILT SOCKS IS DEEMED INSUFFICIENT BY THE CONTRACTOR, SETTLEMENT TANKS ARE TO BE PROVIDED. THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF THE TANKS ARE TO BE 4REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER. 6. DRAWINGS ARE TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL REPORT FOR THE KARANGAHAPE STATION CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT AREAS. 7. ALL CATCHPITS FOUND ON SITE ARE TO BE PROTECTED WITH FILTER CLOTHS AND SILT SOCKS.

60.2

60.4

.4 60

NOTE:

60.6

60.4

DOCUMENT 600

PROJECT

ZONE

DISCIPLINE

ELEMENT

TYPE

SHEET

REVISION

CRL

KRD

UTI

000

DRG

1192

700

800

SITE BOUNDARY SITE HOARDING AND ASPHALT BUND AGGREGATE

300mm

SILT SOCK RUNOFF WATER

COMPACTED EARTH BUND

FLOW

COURSE GEOTEXTILE

EXISTING SURFACE N2 300

SEDIMENT BUILD UP

300

CESSPIT GRATE

CLEAN WATER DIVERSION (EXISTING OLFP)

CROSS SECTION

CONTOUR DRAIN (REFER TO GD05 PART E SECTION 2.3)

DIRTY WATER DIVERSION (WHERE INDICATED)

TYPICAL SITE BOUNDARY ARRANGEMENT

NOT TO SCALE

NOTE:

NOT TO SCALE

1. LINER OR SANDBAG CHECKS TO BE USED AS NEEDED TO PREVENT ERISION IN STEEP DIRTY WATER DIVERSIONS.

SILT SOCK

CATCHPIT PROTECTION DETAIL (REFER TO GD05 SECTION F1.6) NOT TO SCALE STANDARD DETAILS FOR FABRIC JOIN

10m MIN.

3m MIN.

pw:\\designshare.au.aurecon.info:PW_PROD_AU\Documents\Projects\23xxxx\239933 - City Rail Link CDE\01-WIP\Drawings\CRL-KRD-UTI-000-DRG-1193.dwg

4m MIN.

CARRIAGEWAY

3m MIN.

AGGREGATE (50-150mm WASHED)

CARRIAGE WAY 150mm THICKNESS OR 1.5 x AGGREGATE SIZE

Auckland

GEOTEXTILE SILT FENCE WITH RETURNS AND SUPPORT WIRE

STABILISED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE (REFER TO GD05 PART E SECTION 2.6)

22/02/2019 2:51:47 PM

NOT TO SCALE

ORIGINAL DRAWING IN COLOUR 250

500

CLIENT

SILT FENCE DETAIL (REFER TO GD05 PART F SECTION 1.3)

SUPER SILT FENCE (REFER TO GD05 PART F SECTION 1.4)

NOT TO SCALE

REV DATE REVISION DETAILS A 22.02.19 PRELIMINARY ISSUE

APPROVED A.LINDGREN

1000mm

SCALE

SIZE

AS SHOWN

DRAWN

CITY RAIL LINK

PROJECT

KARANGAHAPE ROAD - DEMOLATION WORKS EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL GENERAL DETAILS

APPROVED

H.ARSHAD

SCALE 1:25

PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION .

DESIGNED

DATE

TITLE

D.DELAGARZA CHECKED

A.LINDGREN

T.NEL 0

20mm ORIGINAL SIZE

100

200

300

400

500

DOCUMENT 600

PROJECT

ZONE

DISCIPLINE

ELEMENT

TYPE

SHEET

REVISION

CRL

KRD

UTI

000

DRG

1193

700

800

Appendix B Glossary of Terminology & Abbreviations The following terminology has been used throughout this City Rail Link Erosion and Sediment Control Management Plan and are listed below for reference. Term

Description

Groundwater

Water located underground in pore spaces within the soil mass

Hoarding

Temporary fencing/barriers enclosing a construction site

the Project

Works related to City Rail Link (CRL)

Spoil

Excavated material

The following abbreviations have been used throughout this City Rail Link Erosion and Sediment Control Management Plan and are listed below for reference. Abbreviation

Description

AEE

Assessment of Environmental Effects

CRL

City Rail Link project

CRLL

City Rail Link Limited

CSMP

Contaminated Site Management Plan

ESCP

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

GD05

Auckland Council Guideline Document for Erosion and Sediment Control (2016)

PROJECT AREA

Works Area

RMA

Resource Management Act 1991

USLE

Universal Sediment Loss Equation

Appendix C ISCA Requirements CRLL is seeking ISCA (infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia) IS (infrastructure Sustainability) Rating for the whole project lifecycle where the requirements as per ISCA CRL IS Technical Manual â€“ Mahi Rauora Aratohu - Version 1.2 are essential to achieve the Projectâ€™s sustainability goal (Reference to CRLL minimum requirements - Appendices 10, 23 and 24 of the contract documents). This Appendix includes IS requirements that are necessary to achieve a target level 3 of Dis-1 ISCA credits (CRLL Mandatory requirement as per Appendix 10 â€“ Sustainability Minimum Requirements of the contract documents). The below Table to be reviewed, amended (as and if needed) and confirmed to meet the target level that is required. The relevant required evidence(s) to achieve the target to be provided at appropriate timing. ISCA Category Dis-1

Target Level 3

Construction Requirements

Wai Ora (Receiving Water Quality) Benchmark Measures to minimise adverse impacts to receiving wai environmental values during construction and operation have been identified and implemented. These measures demonstrate an awareness of the values of wai ora and its Mauri, and opportunity for mana whenua feedback has been provided and where practicable incorporated into these measures. AND Monitoring of wai discharges and receiving wai is undertaken at appropriate intervals and at times of discharge during construction AND Monitoring and modelling of wai discharges and receiving wai demonstrates no adverse impact on receiving wai environmental values.

How we Aim to achieve this

Section 3 of the Erosion and Sediment Control Management Plan. Modelling is not covered in this Management Plan. The need for modelling or otherwise for the related demolition works to be reviewed once the project goes forward and to be addressed accordingly prior to work progress.

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Auckland Office Level 4, Aurecon House 139 Carlton Gore Road Auckland 1023 New Zealand T +64 9 520 6019 F +64 524 7815

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix D Traffic Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

City Rail Link In association with:

REFERENCE DESIGN Karangahape Road Demolition: Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan

Document Ref: CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Revision: 5 May 2019

INTERNAL WORKING DOCUMENT COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

Document control record Document prepared by: Aurecon New Zealand Limited Level 4, 139 Carlton Gore Road Newmarket Auckland 1023 PO Box 9762 Newmarket Auckland 1149 New Zealand

T F E W

+64 9 520 6019 +64 9 524 7815 auckland@aurecongroup.com aurecongroup.com

A person using Aurecon documents or data accepts the risk of: a)

Using the documents or data in electronic form without requesting and checking them for accuracy against the original hard copy version.

Using the documents or data for any purpose not agreed to in writing by Aurecon.

Document control Report title

Karangahape Road Demolition: Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan

Document ID

CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT0138

Project number

239933

Client

City Rail Link Limited

Client contact

Sean Sweeney

Rev

Date

Revision details/status

Prepared by

Author

15 February 2019

Initial draft for review

1 March 2019

Second draft

Rob Franklin, Michael Jongeneel (Flow)

4 April 2019

Third draft

10 May 2019

Final

16 May 2019

Second Final

Current revision

Verifier

Approver

Approval Author signature

Approver signature

Name

Michael Jongeneel

Name

Helen McLean

Title

Associate, Flow Transportation Specialists

Title

Associate

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

2 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Contents 1

Description of the Project

1.1

City Rail Link

1.2

Advance Works Project

1.3

Hours of Operation

1.4

Workforce

1.5

Work Travel Demand Management

Purpose and Objectives of Delivery Work Plan

CRL Designation Condition Requirements

Existing Conditions

4.1

General Traffic Environment

4.2

Walking and Cycling Environment

Proposed Traffic Management

5.1

Philosophy

5.2

General Traffic Management

5.3

Demolition Traffic

5.4

Contractor Parking

Assessment of Effects

6.1

General Traffic Effects

6.2

Demolition Traffic

6.3

Property Access

6.4

Parking

Monitoring

Consultation and Communication

Appendices Appendix A Record of CLG and Independent Peer Review Comments

Figures Figure 1-1 CRL Karangahape Road Active Construction Zone and Construction Support Area Figure 1-2 CRL Outline Plan Contents

1 2

Tables

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

i CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Table 3-1 CRL Designation Condition Requirements Table 4-1 Existing Traffic Movements on Karangahape Road Table 4-3 Existing ADT Volumes on Local Roads within Project Area Table 8-1 External Consultation Requirements Table 8-2 CRL Designation Condition Requirements Table 8-3 CRL Designation Condition Requirements

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

4 9 10 18 22 22

ii CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Description of the Project

1.1

City Rail Link

1.2

Advance Works Project

It is proposed to demolish the buildings and structures in the Karangahape Road CSA (â€œthe Projectâ€?), as identified in Figure 1-1 below. The Project is being undertaken in accordance with CRL Designation 2500-4, confirmed in November 2015 and the Aotea Station to North Auckland Line (A2N) suite of resource consents approved in November 2016 1. The conditions of these authorisations require the preparation of an Outline Plan (OP), Delivery Work Plans (DWP) and Management Plans (MP). This Transport, Access and Parking DWP is prepared in accordance with the CRL Designation 2500-4 and resource consent conditions and identified in the hierarchy of documentation illustrated in Figure 1-2. Figure 1-1 CRL Karangahape Road Active Construction Zone and Construction Support Area

Southern Motorway

R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

1 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Figure 1-2 CRL Outline Plan Contents

CRLL plan to commence the process of vacating the properties to be demolished towards in the third quarter of 2019 to ensure sites are vacant in reasonable time ahead of the planned disconnection of services. Demolition will commence in late 2019, and extend for 8 to 12 weeks. Demolition will be undertaken in a staged manner, the order of which will be confirmed by the C3 Alliance. Buildings at the northern end of the site are anticipated to be removed first, with demolition works progressing southward. All buildings and structures will be removed to ground level, with the retention of some existing foundations where necessary for site stability. A soft strip (wall linings etc) of salvageable materials and recycling of concrete and reinforcing steel will be carried out where possible. All demolition material will be removed from the Project area and covered during transportation and disposed of at approved facilities. The Project area will be fenced, with lockable gates, to prevent unauthorised entry. Where appropriate, solid plywood fencing will be used, with appropriate signage prohibiting unauthorised entry and identifying hazards.

1.3

Hours of Operation

Works will be undertaken between 7:00 am and 6:00 pm Monday to Friday, and 7:00 am to 2:00 pm Saturday.

1.4

Workforce

The project workforce will have access to the site via Mercury Lane, providing sufficient car parking provision for 10 â€“ 15 staff and workers, which is anticipated to be sufficient for the demolition specialist. The demolition area will also have a sufficient hardstanding area to allow the establishment of temporary office, ablution and dayroom facilities. The specialist contractor will establish these on site prior to any demolition works commencing.

1.5

Work Travel Demand Management

The workforce is anticipated to be very small, and travel demand management practices such as car sharing and staff shuttles are not expected to be necessary or effective. However, the project workforce will be provided with public transport travel information, and encouraged to car pool. Workforce shifts will generally begin prior to the morning commuter peak and finish after the evening commuter peak.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

2 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Purpose and Objectives of Delivery Work Plan

The purpose of this DWP is to describe the measures that will be taken to avoid, remedy and mitigate the adverse effects of the Projectâ€™s construction on transport, parking and property access. Specifically, this DWP meets the objectives of CRL Designation Conditions 25.1 and 25.2, by addressing the transport, parking and property access issues identified in Conditions 25.3, 26.1 to 26.9, 28.1 and 28.2. This DWP manages the transport, access and parking implication for the Project for works occurring within the CRL designation. It is considered that the measures outlined in this DWP meet the requirements of the relevant designation conditions listed in Table 3-1 below.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

3 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

CRL Designation Condition Requirements

The following CRL designation conditions are relevant to this DWP: Table 3-1 CRL Designation Condition Requirements

Number

Condition

Section Addressed within this Document

â€œOne Networkâ€? Consultation

18.1

The Requiring Authority and its contractor shall work collaboratively with the New Zealand Transport Agency (NZTA) during the preparation of the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP (Conditions 25, 27, 28, 29, and 30) in relation to confirming the management of adverse transport effects on the road network. A record of this consultation and outcomes shall be included in the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP. The Requiring Authority shall consult with the NZTA throughout the duration of construction on any changes or updates to the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP which relate to the management of the road network.

CEMP Requirements

20.1

In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following: (d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects

Section 8

Section 5.4

CEMP Construction Works Requirements

21.1

In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the surface designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to be used or stored: (a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas;

Sections 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4

General Transport, Access and Parking

25.1

A Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects of construction of the City Rail Link, or any part of it, on the transport network.

25.2

The objective of the Transport, Access and Parking DWP is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access. This is to be achieved by:

25.3

All sections

(a) Managing the road transport network for the duration of construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion;

All sections

(b) Maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and

Sections 5.2 and 6.3

To achieve the above objective, the following shall be included in the Transport, Access and Parking DWP: (a) The road routes which are to be used by construction related vehicles, particularly trucks to transport construction related materials, equipment, spoil, including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion, and to the greatest extent possible, avoid adverse effects on residential zoned land and education facilities;

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Sections 5.3 and 6.2

4 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Number

Condition

Section Addressed within this Document

(b) Transport route options for the movement of construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery shall be identified and details provided as to why these routes are considered appropriate routes. In determining appropriate routes, construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery shall as far as practicably possible only use roads that: (i) Form part of the regional arterial network;

Sections 5.3 and 6.2

(ii) Are overweight / over dimensioned routes;

Sections 5.3 and 6.2

(iii) Or other routes (specified below) where no other practical option is available.

Sections 5.3 and 6.2

(c) For the purposes of this condition the following routes (that at the time this designation was confirmed were not part of the regional arterial network and / or overweight / over dimensioned) shall be used where practicable for the movement of construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery: (i) Ngahura Street, for trucks heading to/from Eden Terrace construction site;

Not applicable

(ii) Dundonald Street and Basque Road, for trucks heading to/from the Newton Station construction sites;

Not applicable

(iii) Pitt Street (between Hobson Street and Hopetoun Street), Beresford Square, Mercury Lane, Canada Street and Upper Queen Street (between Canada Street and Karangahape Road), for trucks heading to/from Karangahape Station construction sites;

Sections 5.3 and 6.2

(iv) Wellesley Street (between Nelson Street and east of Albert Street), Cook Street (between Mayoral Drive and Hobson Street) and Mayoral Drive (between Wellesley Street and Cook Street) for trucks heading to/from Aotea Station construction sites;

Not applicable

(v) Nelson Street (north of Wellesley Street), Hobson Street (north of Cook Street) and Lower Albert Street, for trucks heading to/from the Albert Street and Downtown construction sites.

Not applicable

(d) Where other routes are necessary (other than those routes identified above), the Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall identify any residential zoned land and education facilities and shall provide details on how adverse effects from these vehicle movements are to be mitigated through such measures as: (i) Communication and consultation (in accordance with Condition 15 of this designation) with these properties in advance of the vehicle movements occurring;

Not applicable

(ii) Restricting vehicle movements on Monday to Friday to between 9.30am and 4pm, and on Saturday to between 9am and 2pm.

Not applicable

(e) Proposed temporary road lane reductions and / or closures, alternative routes and temporary detours, including how these have been selected and will be managed to mitigate congestion as far as practicably possible and how advance notice will be provided;

Sections 5.2, 5.3, 6.1 and 6.2

(f) How disruption to the use of private property will be mitigated through: (i) Ensuring pedestrian and cycle access to private property is retained at all times;

Sections 5.2, 6.1 and 6.3

(ii) Providing vehicle access to private property as far as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; and

Sections 5.2 and 6.3

(iii) How the loss of any private car parking will be mitigated through alternative car parking arrangements.

Sections 5.4

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

5 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Number

Condition

Section Addressed within this Document

(g) Where an affected party unexpectedly finds their vehicle blocked in as a result of a temporary closure, the Requiring Authority shall (within reasonable limits) offer alternative transport such as a taxi, rental car, or other alternative. Note: For the purposes of designation Conditions 25, 27, 28, 29 and 30 â€œtemporary closureâ€? is defined as the following: (i) In place for less than six hours, the Requiring Authority shall communicate and consult on the closure at least 24 hours in advance, but is not required to offer or provide alternative parking arrangements, though it may choose to offer this on a case by case basis in consultation with the affected party; and

Noted

(ii) In place for between six and 72 hours, the Requiring Authority shall communicate and consult on the closure at least 72 hours in advance, and will offer and provide where agreed with the affected party alternative parking arrangements. The alternative parking arrangement should be as close to the site affected as is reasonably practicable.

Noted

(h) How disruption to use of the road network will be mitigated for emergency services, public transport, bus users, taxi operators, freight and other related vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists through: (i) Prioritising, as far as practicably possible, pedestrian and public transport at intersections where construction works are occurring;

Not applicable

(ii) Relocating bus stops and taxi stands to locations which, as far as practicably possible, minimise disruption; and

Not applicable

(iii) Identifying alternate heavy haul routes where these are affected by construction works.

Not applicable

(i) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan that detail how emergency services, landowners, occupiers, public transport users, bus and taxi operators, and the general public are to be consulted with in relation to the management of the adverse effects on the transport network.

Section 8

(j) The alternative (to road) transport options that are available (including the option of rail use at the main construction site adjacent the North Auckland Rail Line) and that have been considered and assessed for the transportation of spoil. This will include as applicable: (i) Benefits that could be provided by alternative options;

Not applicable

(ii) Potential adverse effects associated with alternative options;

Not applicable

(iii) Where an alternative option is proposed, methods for managing potential adverse effects; and

Not applicable

(iv) Reasons for either adopting or not adopting alternative transport options.

Section 6.2

Monitoring of Transport Network Congestion

26.1

To achieve the objective of Condition 25.2(a), the Requiring Authority will undertake monitoring of the transport network and implement additional mitigation measures as required to manage congestion to achieve the best practicable option.

26.2

The purpose of the monitoring is to monitor congestion on the transport network by measuring average delays for traffic travelling along specified routes. The evaluation times will be:

Section 7

(a) The average travel times over the weekday two-hour morning peak period; and

Section 7

(b) The average travel times over the weekday two-hour evening peak period; and

Section 7

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

6 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Number

Condition

Section Addressed within this Document

26.3

The Requiring Authority shall carry out continuous monitoring for the duration that construction of the City Rail Link is occurring. The intention is that this monitoring is to be continuous, although it is acknowledged that there may be occasional malfunctions.

Section 7

26.4

If a congestion incident occurs (such as an accident), the monitoring during the affected period will be considered unrepresentative.

Section 7

26.5

Monitoring shall commence six months prior to construction of the City Rail Link to establish a baseline of existing transport congestion.

Section 7

26.6

The monitoring will establish whether the City Rail Link construction works have increased traffic delays as follows: (a) Either by more than 10 minutes (from the monitoring previously undertaken in accordance with this condition)

Section 7

(b) Or if the travel times are more than three minutes or 30% greater than the forecast modelled increases along that route (according to the most recent traffic model test of that scenario, undertaken prior to the start of construction. The modelled time is to be based on the Auckland City Centre SATURN traffic model or a different traffic model approved by the Requiring Authority).

Section 7

26.7

If the travel times exceed the above criteria on any one of the specified routes, then additional mitigation shall be implemented by the Requiring Authority in its role as the Road Controlling Authority (under its statutory obligation). The additional mitigation could include but is not limited to advertising alternative routes, removing on street car parking or implementing operational measures, such as lane reconfigurations or signal phasing, to increase capacity on the surrounding network where reasonably possible at that time.

Section 7

26.8

The purpose of additional mitigation measures is to mitigate the increases in traffic delays, reducing these to below the levels identified in Condition 26.6 as far as is reasonably achievable.

Section 7

26.9

For the purposes of this condition, the following are the specified routes: (a) Wellesley Street (between Victoria Street and Princes Street)

Not applicable

(b) Victoria Street (between Wellesley Street and Princes Street)

Not applicable

(d) Quay Street/Lower Hobson Street (between Fanshawe Street/Hobson Street and Tangihua Street)

Not applicable

(e) Nelson Street/Hobson Street (between Pitt Street and Fanshawe Street)

Not applicable

(f) Queen Street (between Mayoral Drive and Customs Street)

Not applicable

(g) New North Road/Symonds Street (between Dominion Road and Newton Road)

Not applicable

(h) Mount Eden Road (between Normanby Road and Symonds Street)

Not applicable

(i) Khyber Pass Road between the southern motorway ramps and Symonds Street if this route is to be used by construction related trucks

Not applicable

(j) Newton Road between the north western motorway ramps and Symonds Street

Not applicable

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

7 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Number

Condition

Section Addressed within this Document

26.10

The specified routes shall exclude whichever east-west route has its intersection with Albert Street closed at the time of the surveys.

Not applicable

Transport and Property Access: Additional Requirements (Karangahape Station Area)

28.1

To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measure shall be implemented:

28.2

(a) Retaining one lane of traffic in each direction on Pitt Street (unless otherwise agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer); and

Section 6.1

(b) Spoil trucks shall not use East Street where practicable and on-street parking at the Southern end of East Street will be retained.

Sections 6.2 and 6.4

The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be implemented and shall also include the following: (a) How construction of the shafts providing access to the Station can be undertaken to mitigate congestion on Pitt Street, Karangahape Road, and Mercury Lane;

Not applicable

(b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures on Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, and the western end of Beresford Street, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network;

Sections 5.2, 5.3, 6.1 and 6.2

(c) How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the surface designation with access onto Beresford Street, Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, and East Street will be mitigated through: (i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times, particularly those businesses located at the eastern end of Beresford Street and the northern end of Mercury Lane;

Sections 5.2, 6.1 and 6.3

(ii) Providing vehicle access to private property, which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same direction), as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure;

Sections 5.2, 6.1 and 6.3

(iii) Providing local vehicle access to properties located along Beresford Street and Samoa House Lane (which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same direction);

Not applicable

(iv) Alternative parking arrangements or other offers for resolving the temporary loss of car parking during construction for the Hopetoun Alpha Building.

Not applicable

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

8 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Existing Conditions

4.1

General Traffic Environment

4.1.1

Karangahape Road

Karangahape Road is classified as an Arterial Road within the Auckland Unitary Plan – Operative in Part (AUP-OIP). It carries approximately 17,200 weekday vehicles2. The peak hour flows are summarised in Table 4-1. Table 4-1 Existing Traffic Movements on Karangahape Road 3

Time Period

Eastbound

Westbound

Total

Morning Peak Hour (7:45 to 8:45 am)

1,120

670

1,790

Evening Peak Hour (4:45 to 5:45 pm)

650

640

1,290

Approximately 7% of traffic travelling on Karangahape Road are classified as heavy commercial vehicles (HCVs), with much of this due to bus services. The route is a strategic public transport service route, which serves as part of Auckland Transport’s Frequent Service Network, notably serving the City Link and Inner Link services, as well as multiple West Auckland services. On street parking is intermittently permitted on both sides of Karangahape Road, with demand managed through paid parking. Kerbside space is variously also provided for P120 motorcycle parking, mobility parking, taxi ranks, loading zones and bus stops.

4.1.2

Local Streets

Mercury Lane, Canada Street, East Street and Cross Street are streets without Arterial classification within the AUP-OIP. Each of these streets provide access to local businesses within the area, with East Street providing access to some residential dwellings within the area of the Project. Mercury Lane operates as a southbound one-way street, and together with the eastern section of Canada Street, provides a through traffic function for Pitt Street traffic bound for Upper Queen Street and Ian McKinnon Drive. It has a carriageway width between 5.75 to 9.5 m, with parking permitted on both sides in some sections. Canada Street and East Street support two-way traffic flows, with a traffic lane in each direction provided. Canada Street has a carriageway of 12.5 m and permits parking on the southern side for approximately 130 m, with a short section of parking provided on the northern side for roughly 5 vehicles. East Street has a carriageway of 7.5 m and permits some parking on the eastern side. Galatos Street and South Street are also accessed from this street. Cross Street is a westbound one-way street, connecting Upper Queen Street to Mercury Lane. It has an approximately 7.5 m wide carriageway, with on street parking permitted on both sides of the street. On street parking on these local streets is managed through paid parking, applicable Monday to Saturday, between the hours of 8am and 6pm. There are also a limited number of on street loading zones and mobility parking spaces. The available daily traffic flows are summarised in Table 4-2.

Auckland Transport Automated Tube Count, Karangahape Road, between Pitt Street and East Street – February 2018 3 SCATS traffic flows at Pitt Street/Mercury Lane intersection – March 2018

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

9 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Table 4-2 Existing ADT Volumes on Local Roads within Project Area4

Street

Average Daily Traffic

Mercury Lane

3,120

Canada Street

11,440

East Street

1,040

East Street connects to the wider network at Karangahape Road via a priority-controlled Tintersection, with right turn movements prohibited with a raised median. Canada Street connects to Upper Queen Street via a signalised T-intersection. Mercury Lane connects to Canada Street via two one-way slips lanes, with one turning eastbound towards Upper Queen Street and the other turning west towards East Street. This intersection has a non-standard layout, in that left turning traffic from Mercury Lane into Canada Street has priority over eastbound through traffic on Canada Street. When queues extend back from the Upper Queen Street intersection, the left turn is also known to form two separate queues within the single (wide) slip lane. The Cross Street intersections with Upper Queen Street and Mercury Lane are also priority controlled. The privately operated Karangahape Road public parking building has accesses on both Mercury Lane and Cross Street. This building is a significant source of vehicle trips to and from the area.

4.1.3

General Traffic Environment Prior to Demolition Works

Prior to the demolition works commencing, all existing buildings within the Project area will be vacated. The buildings within the Project area represent a significant proportion of the existing land uses within the wider area bounded by Mercury Lane, Canada Street and East Street, and as a result, vacating these properties will result in significant reductions in the volume of traffic on the streets servicing the area. It is not possible to quantify by survey the volume of traffic to and from the area associated with the existing properties to be demolished however, as these trips will be distributed about the wider onstreet parking area, to and from nearby parking buildings, as well as to and from the properties themselves. Similarly, a detailed trip generation assessment is not practical given that traditional trip generation rates are not suitable for application to city centre land uses, and the exact make up of land uses within each site is unclear. It can be noted however that the buildings to be demolished contain a food court, retail space, offices and residential units, and collectively have a Gross Floor Area (GFA) in the order of 6,500 m 2. Applying the lowest trip generation rate of these land uses to this floor area (10 daily trips per 100 m2 GFA for office and commercial space5), the buildings being removed would have a daily trip generation of approximately 650 vehicle movements. The real figure is expected to be significantly greater, due to the presence of retail land use. As a result, it can be expected that the pre-demolition traffic volumes on the wider road network will be at least 650 daily vehicles fewer than what currently use these streets. The vacating of the existing properties within the Project area will additionally reduce the existing onstreet parking demand in the area, as well as demand within nearby parking buildings. It is understood that the Karangahape Road streetscape project is expected to begin construction from mid 2019, with an expected completion in approximately June 2020. These works will overlap with the proposed CRL Karangahape Road demolition works. During the timeframe of the proposed CRL 4 5

Auckland Transport Traffic Counts â€“ December 2018 Guide to Traffic Generating Developments (RTA Guide), Roads and Traffic Authority, 2002

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

10 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

demolition works, sections of Karangahape Road are likely to be narrowed to a single traffic lane in each direction, with on street parking removed.

4.2

Walking and Cycling Environment

Roads within the immediate vicinity of the Project have footpaths on both sides of the road, with the exception of Cross Street which has no footpath on a section of its southern side. Existing pedestrian movements within the Project area do not provide for all user abilities, with missing pram ramps and tactile pavers on crossings. There are also no dedicated crossing facilities on Canada Street, but for the signalised crossing at Upper Queen Street. Mercury Lane is also understood to be too steep for mobility access. The signalised intersections of Karangahape Road/Mercury Lane/Pitt Street and Canada Street/Upper Queen Street provide signal-controlled pedestrian crossings. There is an existing shared use walking and cycling path on the south side of Canada Street. This forms part of Auckland Transport’s strategic cycling network, connecting cycle facilities on the Grafton Gully Cycleway and Upper Queen Street (for the Northwestern Cycleway) to those on Nelson Street, via ‘LightPath’. There are no dedicated cycling facilities on the other streets within the area.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

11 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Proposed Traffic Management

5.1

Philosophy

This DWP has been developed in general accordance with the traffic management approach put forward in the CRL designation conditions and the supporting ITA 6, as well as with Auckland Transport’s Code of Practice (ATCoP) and the NZ Transport Agency’s Code of Practice for Temporary Traffic Management (CoPTTM). In practical terms this means providing for the connectivity and access described in the designation conditions wherever and whenever possible and in particular for main road movements. Additional turn bans or changes to connectivity or access have been restricted to those imposed by safe operational practice, and geometric or spatial constraints for traffic management. The modal priorities adopted by this DWP are: 1. Active transport 2. Public transport 3. Freight, service vehicles, couriers and taxis 4. Private vehicles (including demolition traffic). Within CoPTTM, roads are classified based on the daily traffic volume, function and other criteria. The roads within the immediate vicinity of the Project and their classification are listed below: •

Level 2 Roads – Karangahape Road, Pitt Street, Upper Queen Street

•

Level 1 Roads – Canada Street

•

Low Volume (LV) Roads – East Street, Mercury Lane and Cross Street.

Based on the road classifications listed above, the traffic management measures proposed in this report have been developed accordingly. The below traffic management methods have been developed to be commensurate in size and scale to the demolition activities proposed and their expected effects on the transport network. It should be noted that the Project works will occur outside the road corridor. Where short term closures of lanes, or diversions of traffic or pedestrians are required, these will generally be very minor in effect, and comparable to those of a typical urban, off-street construction site.

5.2

General Traffic Management

City Rail Link Integrated Transport Assessment; Flow Transportation Specialists; August 2012

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

12 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

way in the case of Mercury Lane), to ensure that properties outside the CRL designation that rely on these streets for access will continue to have vehicle access. Contractor vehicle access to the sites being demolished are anticipated to be limited to the existing vehicle crossings supporting these properties. As the demolition works are expected to progress from north to south, the existing vehicle accesses serving 9a, 9b, 9c and 13 Mercury Lane are likely to be used by the contractor.

5.3

Demolition Traffic

Approximately 400 to 600 truckloads are estimated to be required to remove between 5,000 to 6,500 tonnes of demolished material from the project site over the 8 to 12 week demolition period (800 to 1,200 one-way truck movements). Truck movements will occur between 7:00 am and 6:00 pm Monday to Friday, and 7:00 am to 2:00 pm on Saturday. As a result, the demolition works are estimated to require between 6 and 13 truckloads per average weekday (12 to 27 one-way truck movements per weekday). In general, truck movements will be governed by the following: •

Reverse manoeuvring of trucks may occur within local streets (East Street, Mercury Lane and Canada Street). This shall be carried out with the assistance of a spotter.

•

No reverse manoeuvring of trucks may occur to or from Arterial Roads (Karangahape Road or Upper Queen Street).

No restrictions to truck movements at intersections are proposed, given that the intersections of Mercury Lane/Karangahape Road and Canada Street/Upper Queen Street are signalised, and the intersection of East Street/Karangahape Road already permits only left-turn movements. East Street shall only be used by the demolition contractor when there is no other practicable alternative; ie when Mercury Lane and Canada Street cannot practicably be used to access the site. This will ensure compliance with CRL Conditions 25.3(c)(i) and 28.1(b). Truck movements to and from the sites will generally be via 11.5 m large rigid trucks, or smaller units. It is acknowledged that these vehicles may be required to swing across opposing lanes when traversing local streets such as East Street and Canada Street; however, these manoeuvres are considered acceptable within these very low speed, low volume environments. Larger semi-trailer trucks may occasionally deliver plant to the sites, as below. When required, delivery of large plant by over dimension vehicles will take place via the Transport Agency’s over dimension routes where practicable. Within the local area these routes include Karangahape Road, Great North Road, Symonds Street, Newton Road, Mt Eden Road, and sections of Ponsonby Road, Pitt Street and Khyber Pass Road. Access by over dimension vehicles will require these vehicles to manoeuvre limited sections of arterials and local streets that are not designated over dimension routes, including potentially sections of Upper Queen Street, Canada Street, East Street and Mercury Lane. These vehicle movements will be occasional in nature, used only to deliver/remove large plant, will take place outside of the commuter peak periods, and will be managed by appropriate mobile traffic management. This will allow these vehicles to safely traverse multiple lanes of traffic as required. Similarly, over weight deliveries will take place where practicable via the Transport Agency’s over weight routes, which include Great North Road, Mt Eden Road, Symonds Street and sections of Ponsonby Road.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

13 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

5.4

Contractor Parking

The demolition works are expected to commence at the northern extent of the site, and there is sufficient existing hardstand area within 9a, 9b and 9c Mercury Lane for a site office and contractor parking. This site will have capacity for approximately 10 to 15 parking spaces. The workforce will also have access to the existing off-street parking spaces elsewhere within CSA properties that are vacant and awaiting demolition, as well as full sites once they are cleared. As a result, there is anticipated to be more than sufficient workforce parking. Prior to the demolition works commencing, properties within the Project area will all be vacated. As a result, all of the existing car parking demand associated with these properties will be removed, and this will affect both on-street parking and off-street parking areas. Considering on-street parking, there are approximately 17 existing on-street parking spaces immediately outside the buildings being removed. These 17 parking spaces will generally be unaffected by the works and remain available for public use. However, it is reasonable to expect that vacating and demolishing the buildings immediately adjacent these spaces will reduce demand for on-street parking spaces within the wider area. The works will not require the loss of any existing private car parking, other than those located within the CSA. The contractor will also prepare a Travel Management Plan, documenting how private car travel and parking will be minimised by encouraging public transport, ride sharing, active travel and by staggering staff shifts.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

14 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Assessment of Effects

6.1

General Traffic Effects

The works at the Project site will for the most part take place outside of the road reserve. The demolition methodology proposed will in general ensure that: •

The proposed works will not result in any loss of provision for pedestrians or public transport users, with only occasional and short-term temporary traffic management measures applied to East Street, Canada Street or Mercury Lane

•

The proposed works will not directly affect the operations of Karangahape Road or Upper Queen Street

•

All existing streets within the Project area will remain open to all road users, and allow all existing traffic and pedestrian movements

•

The works will not result in the loss of any existing off-street parking spaces (except for those within the sites being demolished)

•

The works will not generally result in the loss of any existing on-street parking spaces, except for instances where temporary traffic management is required on East Street, Canada Street or Mercury Lane. During these instances, the loss of on-street parking capacity will be less than the reduction in on-street car parking demand that will result from vacating the buildings being demolished

•

The works will not affect the existing pedestrian and cyclist shared use path on the south side of Canada Street, nor access to LightPath

•

No reduction in traffic capacity will be required on Pitt Street (refer CRL Condition 28.1(a).

6.2

Demolition Traffic

Where practicable, truck movements will be restricted to the Arterial network as defined in the AUP. Truck movements are expected to be low, with on average approximately 6 to 13 trucks per weekday estimated (12 to 27 one-way movements). With 10 to 15 parking spaces to be provided within the site, contractor vehicles are estimated to result in approximately 20 to 50 additional daily one-way vehicle movements to and from the site. The scale of this demolition traffic will be an order of magnitude less than the existing traffic to and from the properties being demolished. Deconstructed building material removed from the proposed work sites will be relatively small, and much less than the main CRL tunnel boring operations. The removal of these relatively small volumes via the road network will not adversely affect congestion. As such, alternative options for removal of this spoil, such as using the rail corridor (as per CRL Condition 25.3(j)) are neither practicable nor required. CRL Condition 25.3(c)(i) requires that where practicable, trucks carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery be limited to Mercury Lane, Canada Street and Upper Queen Street, and to routes identified as either Arterial Roads, over dimension or over weight routes. Condition 28.1(b) also requires that East Street not be used for the movement of spoil. The proposed demolition works will generally comply with both conditions, but it is anticipated that there may be instances where East Street and/or Cross Street may be used for the movement of demolition debris and/or machinery. The scale of these movements is anticipated to be small, and not inconsistent with any normal construction activity that would occur on these streets. Contractor use of these streets will not conflict with the intention of Condition 25.3(c)(i) or 28.1(b), both of which seek to limit the use of local streets by large

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

15 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

numbers of bulk truck movements. Nonetheless, the contractor shall only use East Street for the movement of trucks when there is no practicable alternative. In relation to Condition 25.3(a), demolition truck movements will not generally be required on any streets that support residential zoned land or education facilities, with the surrounding environment being identified as Business – City Centre Zoning. The scale of truck movements anticipated are not expected to result in congestion on the surrounding road network. Where over dimension or over weight vehicle movements are required, these will take place via the Transport Agency’s over dimension and overweight routes where practicable (refer CRL Condition 25.3(b)(ii)). Local access to sites by over dimension and overweight vehicles will require the use of some arterials and local streets that are not designated as over dimension or over weight routes, such as East Street, Canada Street and Mercury Lane. Access through local streets such as the latter are expected to be critical to over dimension and overweight vehicle movements. This will be managed by limiting the movements of these vehicles outside of the commuter peak periods, and by applying mobile traffic management where these vehicles are required to traverse multiple lanes of traffic. The local streets in question are all two-lane streets, with the exception of Mercury Lane which is one-way in nature, and carriageways at least 6 m wide (clear of on-street parking), which carry low volumes of traffic. It is expected that allowing occasional over dimension vehicles to occupy the full street width when manoeuvring around corners can be appropriately managed with traffic management.

6.3

Property Access

The traffic management provisions documented in Section 5.2 previously will ensure that: •

Pedestrian and cycle access will be maintained to all properties at all times

•

Vehicle access to private property will be maintained as far as practicable.

In particular, the properties located outside the CRL designation along East Street, Canada Street and Mercury Lane will remain accessible both by vehicle and by foot at all times. This will be achieved by: •

Ensuring East Street, Canada Street and Mercury Lane generally remain open to all road users

•

Where temporary traffic management is required on East Street, Canada Street and Mercury Lane, ensuring that all existing traffic and pedestrian movements remain available.

Where an affected party unexpectedly finds their vehicle blocked in as a result of temporary traffic management, the Requiring Authority will (within reasonable limits) offer alternative transport such as a taxi, rental car, or other alternative, in accordance with CRL Condition 25.3(g).

6.4

Parking

Contractor parking is expected to be contained to within the work site. Conversely, vacating and demolishing properties within the work site is expected to reduce existing parking demands within the area. No existing on street parking spaces will be removed during the works, except for instances where short term traffic management is required to load/unload plant. As a result, no significant car parking effects are anticipated.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

16 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Monitoring

As per Condition 26, monitoring is to be carried out to assess the effects on traffic congestion due to the CRL works. Condition 26.6 specifically seeks to identify when CRL construction works have increased average traffic delays as follows: (a) â€œEither by more than 10 minutes (from the monitoring previously undertaken in accordance with this condition) (b) Or if the travel times are more than three minutes or 30% greater than the forecast modelled increases along that route (according to the most recent traffic model test of that scenario, undertaken prior to the start of construction. The modelled time is to be based on the Auckland City Centre SATURN traffic model or a different traffic model approved by the Requiring Authority). (c) The 30% above shall only apply for an increase predicted to be over four minutes.â€? Condition 26.9 documents the routes where the above monitoring applies, and it is noted that Karangahape Road, Pitt Street nor Upper Queen Street feature on this list. Nonetheless, the demolition activities described in this DWP are not expected to result in appreciable increases in average travel times on the surrounding transport network. While the demolition activities are expected to increase truck movements to the area by in the order of 6 to 13 trucks per day (12 to 27 one-way movements), and contractor staff are estimated to result in approximately 20 to 50 further one-way daily vehicle movements, the scale of these vehicle movements are estimated to be an order of magnitude less than existing vehicle movements to and from the properties being vacated and demolished by the works. As a result, the 4 minute and 10-minute thresholds conditioned above will not be reached, and no specific monitoring is required to support the demolition activity.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

17 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Consultation and Communication

It is important to note that the demolition activities described in this document will be for the most part contained entirely off the road corridor. While there will be instances where activities occur directly within road corridors, these will generally be short term and very limited in their scale and effects. The demolition activities will be comparable, in terms of both scale and nature, to typical urban construction projects that take place largely off street. In February 2019 the proposed Karangahape demolition works were presented to the New Zealand Transport Agency for comment. The Agency confirmed, via an email from Andre Koekemoer on 15 March 2019, that the proposed works are not located within or adjacent to the motorway or State Highway network, and therefore will not have any impact on New Zealand Transport Agency assets, traffic operations or maintenance activities. The Communications and Consultation Plan attached as Appendix K of the CEMP sets out the communications and consultation procedures to advise affected parties and the general public of the proposed temporary traffic management works. Table 8-1 summarises the external communication requirements for the Project. These property owners and occupiers are noted for early and specific consultation and agreement in regards to traffic matters. Table 8-1 External Consultation Requirements

Stakeholder

Relevant Consent Conditions

Potential Issue

Resolution

The general public and wider Karangahape Road community

25.3(i), 28.2(c)

Temporary traffic management within Project area and the effects of demolition traffic on the wider area

Wider community to be consulted through the Karangahape Road Community Liaison Group

New Zealand Transport Agency

25.3(i), 18.1

â€œOne Networkâ€? consultation, in accordance with Condition 18

The Agency confirmed, via email that the proposed works will not have any impact on New Zealand Transport Agency assets, traffic operations or maintenance activities.

Public transport users and operators, taxi operators

25.3(i)

Existing bus stops, bus lanes and taxi stands will be unaffected by the works.

No specific consultation with public transport users, bus operators or taxi operators required.

Emergency services

25.3(i)

No full closures of streets are proposed; emergency vehicle access will be maintained at all times.

No specific consultation required.

Properties on Beresford Street and Samoa House Lane

28.2(c)(iii)

No direct impacts

No specific consultation required.

15-25 Hopetoun Street (Hopetoun Alpha building)

28.2(c)(iv)

No direct impacts

No specific consultation required.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

18 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0138 Project 239933 | 04 April 2019 | Revision 5

Appendices

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix A Record of CLG and Independent Peer Review Comments

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

CLG Comments The following were received from the Community Liaison Group (CLG) regarding the Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan:

Table 8-2 Community Liaison Group Comments

Comment ID

Date

Time

Forum

Commenter

Comment

Resolution

28/03/2019

6:30 pm

CLG meeting

Clarification was sought on the nature of road closures in the Karangahape Road demolition area.

Full closures of any street are considered very unlikely, but in the event of a full closure such as for the movement of large plant, affected residents and business will be consulted with in advance. Full closures will be kept to the minimum duration possible and will not take place during essential business hours.

28/03/2019

6:30 pm

CLG meeting

Clarification was sought if residents and businesses would be advised in advance when and where over-dimension vehicles would be used.

As discussed in Section 5.3, over dimension vehicles will use the Transport Agency’s over dimension routes where practicable, but may also be required to use local streets in the Karangahape Road demolition area to gain access to/from the site. These vehicles are permitted to use these routes, and consultation prior their movements is not normally required. Should their movements require the temporary closure of a street, such as Mercury Lane, affected businesses and residents will be consulted with prior to the closure.

Independent Peer Reviewer Comments The following were received from the Independent Peer Reviewer (in addition to a preliminary review by Council) regarding the Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan:

Table 8-3 Peer Review Comments

Comment ID

Date

Time

Forum

Commenter

Comment

Resolution

29/04/2019

n/a

Preliminary Council review

Harrison Grierson

“It is not clear if on-street parking at the southern end of East Street will be removed.”

Section 5.4 clarified to confirm that on-street parking spaces will generally be unaffected.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Comment ID

Date

Time

Forum

Commenter

Comment

Resolution

01/05/2019

n/a

Independent peer review

Commute

Recommendation that East Street only be used by trucks when there is no practicable alternative.

Sections 5.3 and 6.2 amended to include this recommendation.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Auckland Office Level 4, Aurecon House 139 Carlton Gore Road Auckland 1023 New Zealand T +64 9 520 6019 F +64 524 7815

Appendix E Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

City Rail Link In association with:

ENABLING WORKS â€“ CONTRACT C3 Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan

Document Ref: CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0137 Revision: 03 15 April 2019

INTERNAL WORKING DOCUMENT COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

84 Symonds Street PO Box 5811 Wellesley Street Auckland 1141 New Zealand T: +64 9 379 7822 F: +64 9 309 3540 www.marshallday.com

Project:

K Road Demolition

Prepared for:

City Rail Link Limited PO Box 105777 Auckland 1143

Attention:

Helen Mclean

Report No.:

Rp 001 20181172

Disclaimer Reports produced by Marshall Day Acoustics Limited are based on a specific scope, conditions and limitations, as agreed between Marshall Day Acoustics and the Client. Information and/or report(s) prepared by Marshall Day Acoustics may not be suitable for uses other than the specific project. No parties other than the Client should use any information and/or report(s) without first conferring with Marshall Day Acoustics. The advice given herein is for acoustic purposes only. Relevant authorities and experts should be consulted with regard to compliance with regulations or requirements governing areas other than acoustics. Copyright The concepts and information contained in this document are the property of Marshall Day Acoustics Limited. Use or copying of this document in whole or in part without the written permission of Marshall Day Acoustics constitutes an infringement of copyright. Information shall not be assigned to a third party without prior consent.

Document Control Status:

Rev:

Comments

Date:

Author:

Reviewer:

Draft

For team review

1 Feb 2019

Micky Yang

Craig Fitzgerald

Draft

For CRL review

11 Mar 2019

Micky Yang

Craig Fitzgerald

Draft

Updated with CRL comments

19 Mar 2019

Micky Yang

Draft

IPR comments

15 April 2019

Micky Yang

Cover Photo: Creative Agency 514-806-1644

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0

INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................... 5

2.0

PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................................... 5

2.1

City Rail Link ................................................................................................................................................ 5

2.2

Advance Works Project .............................................................................................................................. 5

2.3

Overview ..................................................................................................................................................... 6

2.4

Programme ................................................................................................................................................. 7

2.5

Receivers ..................................................................................................................................................... 7

2.6

Key Personnel ............................................................................................................................................. 8

3.0

PERFORMANCE STANDARDS ..................................................................................................................... 9

3.1

Noise ............................................................................................................................................................ 9

3.2

Vibration .................................................................................................................................................... 10

3.3

Mercury Theatre ....................................................................................................................................... 11

4.0

PREDICTED CONSTRUCTION NOISE AND VIBRATION LEVELS ............................................................... 11

4.1

Noise .......................................................................................................................................................... 11

4.2

Vibration .................................................................................................................................................... 13

5.0

MITIGATION AND MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................................... 13

5.1

Training ...................................................................................................................................................... 13

5.2

Construction Hours................................................................................................................................... 13

5.3

Mechanical Plant Selection ...................................................................................................................... 14

5.4

General Mitigation Measures .................................................................................................................. 14

5.5

Noise Barriers ............................................................................................................................................ 15

5.6

Concrete Cutting ....................................................................................................................................... 15

5.7

Concrete Breaking .................................................................................................................................... 15

6.0

COMMUNICATION ................................................................................................................................... 16

6.1

Communication Overview ....................................................................................................................... 16

6.2

Complaints Response ............................................................................................................................... 16

7.0

MONITORING ............................................................................................................................................ 17

7.1

Noise .......................................................................................................................................................... 17

7.2

Vibration .................................................................................................................................................... 19

8.0

AFFECTED PARTIES ................................................................................................................................... 21

8.1

Airborne Noise .......................................................................................................................................... 21

8.2

Management of Adverse Effects ............................................................................................................. 22

9.0

CNV DWP REVIEW AND UPDATING (INCLUDING SSCNMP AND SSCNMP) ......................................... 22

APPENDIX A GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY APPENDIX B NOISE LEVEL PREDICTIONS APPENDIX C SITE SPECIFIC MANAGEMENT PLANS APPENDIX D COMMUNICATIONS RECORDS APPENDIX E RELEVANT CONDITIONS APPENDIX F ISCA REQUIREMENTS

1.0

INTRODUCTION As part of the City Rail Link (CRL) works, a new train station, the Karangahape Station, is to be constructed. Prior to the construction of the station, buildings in the Construction Support Area (CSA) contained between Mercury Lane, East Street, Canada Street, and the Mercury Theatre are required to be demolished. Demolition may generate a range of construction related effects. This Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan (CNV DWP) has been prepared to manage the adverse noise and vibration effects associated with the demolition activities at the Karangahape Station CSA. This CNV DWP is required under Condition 36 of the CRL designation. The objective of this CNV DWP is to provide for the development and implementation of the identified best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from the demolition works. The construction activities are subject to project-specific noise and vibration performance standards. Where compliance cannot be achieved, site specific management plans will be implemented. Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plans (SSCNMP) and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans (SSCVMP) are required under Conditions 37, 38, and 39 of the CRL designation to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from noise or vibration that does not comply with the Project Noise and Vibration Standards. This CNV DWP is a live document that will be reviewed and updated during the Project to reflect material changes. Any such change to this CNV DWP must be submitted to Auckland Council for review at least 10 working days prior to any on-site activity reliant upon the change commencing. A formal review process is described in Section 9.0. It is noted that SSCNMP and SSCVMP documents will not be completed until the Project commences, allowing for finalisation of the construction methods and monitoring of noise and vibration levels. Potentially affected parties have been identified in this DWP and an outline SSCNMP or SSCVMP for each is contained in Appendix C. CRLL is seeking ISCA (infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia) IS (Infrastructure Sustainability) Rating for the whole project lifecycle where the requirements as per ISCA CRL IS Technical Manual â€“ Mahi Rauora Aratohu - Version 1.2 are essential to achieve the Projectâ€™s sustainability goal (Reference to CRLL minimum requirements - Appendices 10, 23 and 24 of the contract documents). The IS rating requirements that relate directly to this CNV DWP are included in Appendix F, which need to be reviewed, amended (as and if needed) and confirmed as the project proceeds and prior to commencing works to meet the target levels set for the project and agreed on with ISCA and CRLL. A glossary of terminology is included in Appendix A.

2.0

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1

City Rail Link The CRL project comprises the construction, operation and maintenance of a 3.4km underground passenger railway, running between Britomart Station and the North Auckland Rail Line (NAL) near Mt Eden Station. CRL Enabling Works commenced in December 2015 and the procurement of the main works contract (C3 Alliance) is being progressed with contract award likely in the first quarter of 2019. To allow works to commence as soon as possible upon award of the C3 Alliance, City Rail Link Limited (CRLL) are obtaining the necessary authorisations for demolition of buildings in the Karangahape Road CSA and active construction zone (ACZ).

2.2

Advance Works Project The Project is being undertaken in accordance with CRL Designation 2500-4 confirmed in November 2015, and the Aotea Station to North Auckland Line (A2N) suite of resource consents approved in

November 2016. The conditions of these authorisations require the preparation of an Outline Plan (OP), Delivery Work Plans (DWP) and Management Plans (MP). This CNV DWP has been prepared in accordance with the CRL designation and resource consent conditions and identified in the hierarchy of documentation illustrated in Figure 1. Figure 1 CRL Outline Plan Contents

2.3

Overview It is proposed to demolish the buildings and structures in the Karangahape Station CSA as identified in Figure 2 below. CRLL plan to commence the process of vacating the tenanted properties in the second quarter of 2019 to ensure sites are vacant in reasonable time ahead of the planned disconnection of services. Demolition will commence in August 2019 and extend for 8 to 12 weeks. Demolition will be undertaken in a staged manner the order of which is to be confirmed by the C3 Alliance. Buildings at the northern end of the site are anticipated to be removed first, with demolition works progressing southward. All buildings and structures will be removed to ground level, with the retention of some existing foundations where necessary for site stability. A soft strip (wall linings etc) of salvageable materials and recycling of concrete and reinforcing steel will be carried out where possible. All demolition material will be removed from the project area and covered during transportation and disposed of at approved facilities. The project area will be fenced, with lockable gates, to prevent unauthorised entry. Where appropriate, solid plywood fencing will be used, with appropriate signage prohibiting unauthorised entry and identifying hazards. Demolition has the potential to produce high levels of vibration, generally from one-off events, such as dropping of concrete or other heavy items. The buildings to be removed are generally low rise (no more than three stories), with concrete block walls and/or timber or steel framing, and as such, high vibration events will largely be avoided. However residual vibration will be avoided by nibbling concrete and lowering the structure in parts rather than pulling it down in large panels.

Figure 2: CRL Mt Eden active construction zone and construction support area (CSA) shown in red

2.4

Programme The demolition works are expected to commence in late 2019 and is anticipated to require approximately 8 to 12 weeks for the work to be completed. Normal construction hours will be 0700 â€“ 1800 hrs, Monday to Friday and 0700 â€“ 1400 hrs on Saturdays. If works are required outside of the normal hours, then management measures must be put in place (refer Section 5.2). The demolition sequence for a typical site is summarised as follows and detailed in the CEMP: 1. Soft strip buildings (1 week) 2. Dismantle building structure (2 weeks) 3. Cut and/or breakup foundations if required (1 week) 4. Clear site (1 week)

2.5

Receivers Nearby receivers are identified in Figure 3. Commercial/industrial buildings are highlighted purple and residential buildings are highlighted yellow. Notable receivers and receivers requiring a SSCNVMP are labelled.

Figure 3: Receivers

2.6

Key Personnel This CNV DWP has been prepared by Micky Yang and Craig Fitzgerald from Marshall Day Acoustics, where the latter is a Member of the Acoustical Society of New Zealand (MASNZ). The key personnel responsible for this CNV DWP are detailed in Table 1. The Noise and Vibration Monitoring Manager will be responsible for implementing this CNV DWP. The Monitoring Manager will receive suitable training from the Specialist Noise and Vibration Advisor. Table 1: Key Personnel Contact Information Role

Name

Organisation

Phone

Construction Manager

TBC

Communications Manager

TBC

Role

Name

Organisation

Phone

Noise & Vibration Monitoring Manager

TBC

Specialist Noise & Vibration Advisor

TBC

Compliance and Monitoring Officer

Tim O’Grady

Auckland Council

09 301 0101 021 834 584

timothy.ogrady@aucklandcouncil.govt.nz

3.0

PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

3.1

Noise

3.1.1 CRL Designation Conditions The relevant Project Construction Noise Standards in CRL designation Condition 31 are summarised in Table 2 below. Rock blasting is not required, so Condition 32 is not relevant. Construction noise shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of New Zealand Standard NZS 6803:1999 “Acoustics - Construction Noise”. These noise limits apply at 1m from the most exposed façade of a receiver. If any construction activity cannot practicably comply with these limits, it must be mitigated as far as practicable using the measures outlined in this CNV DWP. Table 2: CRL Designation Condition 31.1 - Construction Noise Limits relating to CRL Designation 2500-4 Receiver Type

Monday to Saturday

Sundays and Public Holidays

At all other times

0700 – 2200

2200 – 0700

Occupied commercial and industrial buildings (including offices)

75 dB LAeq

Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receivers (excluding offices)

75 dB LAeq

65 dB LAeq

60 dB LAeq

90 dB LAFmax

80 dB LAFmax

75 dB LAFmax

Early Childhood Education Centres (whilst occupied during normal opening hours)

35 dB LAeq in sleeping areas

Bear Park Early Childhood Education Centre at 32 Akiraho Street (whilst occupied during normal opening hours)

35 dB LAeq in sleeping areas 65 dB LAeq in outdoor playing areas

3.1.2 Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plans Any predicted or measured exceedance from activities occurring in the CRL designation must have a SSCNMP in accordance with CRL designation Condition 31, except with reference to Condition 37.2 where the exceedance is less than 5 decibels and does not exceed: •

0700 – 2200: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive weeks in any 2 months; or

•

2200 – 0700: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive nights in any 10 days.

For predicted exceedances of less than 5 decibels, monitoring shall be undertaken to confirm the actual noise levels (refer Section 7.1).

The objective of a SSCNMP is to detail the best practicable option(s) to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from construction noise that does not comply with CRL designation Condition 31. SSCNMPs shall identify the matters outlined in CRL designation Condition 37 (Appendix E), summarised as follows: •

The relevant activity, its timing, duration and predicted magnitude of exceedance (refer Section 4.1 of this DWP);

•

A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver (refer Appendix D of this DWP); and

•

The specific methods or measures employed to mitigate the noise effects (refer Section 5.0 of this DWP).

A site specific plan may address both construction noise and vibration, in which case it would be a SSCNVMP. Site specific management plans are included in Appendix C.

3.2

Vibration

3.2.1 Building Damage The relevant Construction Vibration Project Standards related to building damage in CRL designation Condition 33 are summarised in Table 3. Note that there are two heritage or sensitive structures identified near the demolition sites; Mercury Theatre and 238 Karangahape Road. Construction vibration shall be measured and assessed in accordance with German Standard DIN 4150-3:1999. If any construction activity cannot practicably comply with these limits, it must be mitigated as far as practicable using the measures outlined in this CNV DWP. Table 3: Project Construction Vibration Limits (Building Damage) Short-term (transient) vibration1

Type of Structure

Long-term (continuous) vibration

PPV at the foundation at a frequency of

PPV at PPV at horizontal horizontal plane plane of highest floor 50 – 100 Hz of highest floor

1 – 10 Hz

10 – 50 Hz

(mm/s)

Commercial/Industrial

20 – 40

40 – 50

Residential/School

5 – 15

15 – 20

Heritage

3–8

8 – 10

2.5

3.2.2 Amenity The relevant Construction Vibration Project Standards related to amenity are contained in CRL designation Condition 34.2. The following limits apply in response to a complaint from a building occupant: •

1mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for residentially occupied habitable rooms between 0700 and 2200 hrs; and

Standard DIN 4150-3:1999 defines short-term (transient) vibration as “vibration which does not occur often enough to cause structural fatigue, and which does not produce resonance in the structure being evaluated”. Long-term (continuous) vibration is defined as all other vibration types not covered by the short-term vibration definition.

•

2mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for retail and office spaces (including work areas and meeting rooms) between 0700 and 2200 hrs.

3.2.3 Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans The objective of a SSCVMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from construction vibration that does not comply with CRL designation Conditions 33 or 34, or in response to other concerns or complaints in accordance with CRL designation Condition 17. SSCVMPs shall identify the matters outlined in CRL designation Condition 38, summarised as follows: •

The relevant activity, its timing, duration and predicted magnitude of exceedance (refer to Section 4.2 of this DWP);

•

A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver (refer Appendix D of this DWP); and

•

Site specific vibration criteria, methods or measures that addresses the issue(s) of concern (i.e. building damage, amenity or sensitive equipment).

A site specific plan may address both noise and vibration, in which case it would be a SSCNVMP. Project site specific management plans are included in Appendix C.

3.3

Mercury Theatre The theatre within the Mercury Theatre building is a Notable Receiver, with specific noise and vibration requirements in Condition 39. The SSCNVMP for the theatre is included in Appendix C1. Mitigation, management, communication and consultation protocols applying to the Mercury Theatre building and ancillary spaces (excluding the use of the theatre for performance use) are included in this CNV DWP. However, theatre specific performance standards for performance use, predicted levels, monitoring and management requirements are contained in Appendix C1.

4.0

PREDICTED CONSTRUCTION NOISE AND VIBRATION LEVELS

4.1

Noise Indicative unmitigated sound levels for the proposed equipment are presented in Table 4 at various receiver set back distances. This table shall be used to inform when and what equipment will require mitigation or management and shall be kept up to date when new information becomes apparent through noise monitoring or other means. Table 4: Indicative noise levels from proposed equipment at 1m from a façade (unmitigated)

Equipment

Typical Operating Sound Power (dB LwA)

Noise Level (dB LAeq) at a distance (m) 5

Concrete Cutting

115

5T Excavator with breaker attachment

111

20T Excavator with pulveriser or shear attachment

104

20T Excavator clearing debris

103

Mobile crane

Road truck (idling)

Dismantling of buildings will primarily be carried out using a large excavator with a pulveriser or shear attachment, crane, and hand tools. Noise contours for these works in various locations are included in Appendix B. These activities are predicted to generally comply or exceed by less than 5 decibels at the majority of receivers provided that a 2m acoustic hoarding is constructed around the site perimeter and that they are undertaken in a manner consistent with the measures detailed in Section 5.0. The exception is the Mercury Theatre where the exceedance is up to 7 decibels. Therefore, a SSCNVMP for general demolition works would not be required for the majority of receivers in accordance with Condition 37.2 (b). However, a SSCNVMP would be required for Mercury Theatre. A concrete saw and small excavator mounted concrete breaker (e.g. 5T) will be used to remove foundations where it is not practicable to crush with a pulveriser attachment. Local noise barriers will be used for these activities in accordance with Section 5.5. Effective noise barriers reduce the noise levels in Table 4 by approximately 10 decibels for ground floor receivers. Receivers that are elevated or on upper floor levels can have line-of-sight over a barrier and into a site and would receive minimal noise mitigation. Further mitigation and management measures for concrete cutting and concrete breaking activities are included in Sections 5.6 and 5.7 respectively. Concrete cutting and breaking noise levels are predicted to generally comply with the noise limits in Table 2. Any residual short-term exceedances (up to 5 decibels) are predicted to be local, short-term (i.e. cumulatively less than 2 weeks at any one receiver) and exceed the limits by less than 5 decibels. The exception is at Mercury Theatre, 238 Karangahape Road, and 21 East Street where concrete cutting is predicted to locally exceed the Project Standards by up to 15 â€“ 20 decibels. Therefore, SSCNVMPs will be required for these receivers in accordance with Condition 37.2 (b). A SSCNVMP for Mercury Theatre is required by Condition 39 and is included in Appendix C1. Draft SSCNVMPs are included in Appendix C2 and C3. Where practicable, large concrete pieces should be moved at least 20m away from these receivers prior to breaking/cutting the larger pieces into smaller pieces. Given the close proximity of 14 East Street to 16 East Street, it is likely that there would an exceedance during the partial demolition of 16 East Street. A SSCNVMP for this receiver is attached in Appendix C6.

4.2

Vibration Concrete breakers will be the primary sources of construction vibration. While Section 5.0 provides general noise and vibration mitigation and management measures, Section 5.7 provides specific measures to minimise concrete breaking noise and vibration. To enable compliance with the cosmetic building damage thresholds in Section 3.2, a 1 – 5 ton excavator mounted concrete breaker will be used within 10 m of buildings outside the project site. Within 4m of the Mercury Theatre and 2m of other buildings, a hand breaker will be used (16 East Street and 18 East Street). These zones should be reviewed by the Acoustic Specialist when new information becomes apparent through vibration monitoring (Section 7.2) or other means. Partial demolition of 16 and 18 East Street poses the highest risk to exceedance of the construction vibration criteria. At this stage, the specific demolition methodology for these properties are currently unknown and are subject to an engineering assessment. As such, the degree of risk exposure and required mitigation measures are currently unknown. In spite of this, SSCNVMPs for these properties have been developed and included in Appendix C3 and C4 respectively. As a precaution, it is recommended that pre-construction building condition surveys are carried out for these two receivers. Building demolition has the potential to produce high levels of vibration, generally from one-off events, such as dropping of concrete or other heavy items. The buildings to be removed are low rise, with concrete block walls and timber or steel framing. As such, high vibration events will largely be avoided. However, residual vibration will be avoided by nibbling concrete and lowering the structure in parts rather than pulling it down in large panels. Accordingly, compliance is generally achievable. A SSCNVMP for Mercury Theatre is required by Condition 39 and is included in Appendix C1.

5.0

MITIGATION AND MANAGEMENT

5.1

Training All staff will participate in an induction training session when they commence work on the Project. The induction will include a briefing on this CNV DWP, with attention given to the following matters: •

Roles and responsibilities for management of noise and vibration matters;

•

Construction noise and vibration limits;

•

Information about noise and vibration sources on-site;

•

Noise and vibration mitigation and management procedures;

•

The sensitivity of receivers to noise and vibration, and any operational requirements and constraints identified through communication and consultation; and

•

Complaints management procedures.

Awareness of current noise and vibration matters on, or near active worksites, will be addressed during site meetings and/or ‘toolbox’ training sessions.

5.2

Construction Hours •

Normal construction hours are Monday to Friday, 0700 – 1800 hrs and 0700 – 1400 hrs on Saturday. Daytime works on Sundays, and evening works extending to 2200 hours between Monday to Saturday, should be minimised where practicable.

•

No night-time works are programmed, but where required, prior guidance on suitable management measures shall be sought from the Specialist Noise & Vibration Advisor (Table 1);

•

If road cutting is required, the hours shall be restricted to Monday to Friday and 0700 – 1800 and 0700 – 1400 hrs on Saturdays in accordance with Condition 36.3 (b)

•

5.3

Concrete cutting and breaking shall initially be timed to occur outside Mercury Theatre performance times (to be confirmed) to manage potential adverse effects on theatre operations. Theatre performance times to be determined through consultation undertaken with Mercury Theatre and attached in Appendix C1.

Mechanical Plant Selection Some demolition activities have the potential to exceed the Project construction noise and vibration limits at close receiver distances. It is essential that appropriate mitigation and management measures are identified and employed in advance of the works to avoid exceedances. When selecting construction equipment:

5.4

•

Quiet and low vibration construction methods will be used in favour of noisy/high vibration construction methods where practicable (cut and lift concrete slab instead of breaking);

•

Equipment will be well maintained;

•

Exhaust silencers will be fitted;

•

Fit or upgrade engine covers in consultation with equipment manufacturer where appropriate; and

•

Substitute diesel engines with electric motors where practicable.

General Mitigation Measures Best Practical Option (BPO) mitigation will be implemented throughout the construction programme to avoid exceedances. This will include, but not be limited to the following: •

Keep the construction time near noise sensitive areas to a minimum;

•

Avoid unnecessary noise, such as shouting, the use of horns, loud site radios, rough handling of material and equipment, and banging or shaking excavator buckets;

•

Avoid metal on metal contact where practicable by minimising drop height of materials, such as during loading and unloading of trucks;

•

Tonal reversing alarms shall be prohibited on site. Suitable alternatives may include flashing lights, broadband audible alarms or reversing cameras inside vehicles;

•

Mitigate track squeal from tracked equipment, such as excavators and piling rigs. This may include tensioning and watering or lubricating the tracks regularly;

•

Avoid high engine revs where practicable through appropriate equipment selection and turn engines off when idle / parked;

•

Avoid steep internal haul routes and keep the road surface smooth and well maintained;

•

Maximise the distance between the noise source and the nearest sensitive receiver by positioning fixed plant away from sensitive receivers, or orienting machinery to maximise the distance between the engine exhaust and the nearest sensitive building façade where practicable (e.g. excavators and cranes);

•

Crane and secure loads using straps in preference to chains where safe and practicable;

•

Utilise power from the national grid in preference to generators where practicable;

•

Utilise noise barriers and enclosures where effective (refer Section 5.5);

•

Implement further measures identified through communication and consultation with sensitive receivers (refer Section 6.1); and

•

5.5

Undertake noise and vibration monitoring to confirm compliance or identify high noise and/or vibration machinery (refer Section 7).

Noise Barriers Temporary noise barriers should be used where a construction noise limit is predicted to be exceeded (Section 4.1) and the barriers would noticeably reduce the construction noise level. They should be installed prior to works commencing and be maintained throughout the works. Effective noise barriers typically reduce the received noise level by 10 decibels. Where practicable, the following guidelines should be incorporated in the design and utilisation of temporary noise barriers: •

The panels should be constructed from materials with a minimum surface mass of 6.5 kg/m2. Suitable panels include 12 mm plywood or the following proprietary ‘noise curtains’: - Duraflex ‘Noise Control Barrier - Performance Series’ (www.duraflex.co.nz) - Soundex ‘Acoustic Curtain - Performance Series' (www.ultimate-solutions.co.nz) - Flexshield ‘Sonic Curtain with 4 kg/m2 mass loaded vinyl backing’ (www.flexshield.co.nz) - Alternatives should be approved by a suitably qualified acoustic specialist because some proprietary noise curtains have insufficient surface mass for general use

•

The panels should be a minimum height of 2m, and higher if practicable to block line-of-sight;

•

The panels should be abutted or overlapped to provide a continuous screen without gaps at the bottom or sides of the panels; and

•

The panels should be positioned as close as practicable to the noisy construction activity to block line-of-sight between the activity and noise sensitive receivers.

Where positioned on the site boundary, additional local barriers should be considered near the activity to ensure effective mitigation for sensitive receivers on upper floor levels.

5.6

5.7

Concrete Cutting •

No night-time periods and Sundays/public holidays;

•

Minimise the cutting period, and the number of cutting periods (e.g. complete all cutting in one extended period rather than two shorter periods with the same overall duration);

•

Select blades that are sharp, maximise the number of teeth, minimise the blade width, minimise gullet depth, and have built in vibration damping slots (where appropriate); and

•

Use a unit fitted with a blade shroud and operate with a water supply.

Concrete Breaking •

No evening and night-time periods and Sundays/public holidays;

•

An initial perimeter saw cut should be made at the perimeter to reduce vibration transfer to buildings within 10m of the works extents (Section 5.6);

•

Minimise the volume of breaking (e.g. use a crushing shear or pulveriser attachment in place of a breaker, or use a cut and lift approach to enable breaking offsite);

•

Minimise the duration of breaking, and, the number of breaking periods (e.g. complete all breaking in one extended period rather than two shorter periods with the same overall duration);

•

Match the size of breaker to the scale of the works (i.e. large enough to undertake the works efficiently, but avoiding oversized units and unnecessary noise and vibration levels);

•

Match the chisel/tip type to the material and use a dampened bit to avoid ringing; and

•

Avoid ‘blank’ firing by engaging the material before commencing and stopping before it fires through the material.

6.0

COMMUNICATION

6.1

Communication Overview Communication with Project stakeholders in relation to construction noise and vibration impacts is described in the Project Communication and Consultation Plan. A summary of communication with sensitive receivers will be maintained in Appendix D of this CNV DWP, including a clear explanation of where any comments from sensitive receivers have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not, as well as any outstanding issues or disputes. As a minimum, the following communication shall be undertaken:

6.2

•

Written notification of the Project description shall be provided to all property occupiers within 50m of a worksite to raise awareness of the Project, the required construction works and their duration in their vicinity. This should be undertaken at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of works on site.

•

The Communications Manager shall advise any affected parties of construction activities that are predicted or have been identified by the Construction Manager using Table 4 or guidance from the Specialist Noise and Vibration Advisor (Table 1) to exceed the limits in Section 3.0 following the application of BPO mitigation identified in Section 5.0. Where avoidance of exceedances is impractical, consultation shall be undertaken to avoid significant adverse effects.

•

The Communications Manager shall provide monthly updates of monitoring and project progress to affected parties.

•

The Communications Manager shall undertake communications with Mercury Theatre in accordance with Condition 16.

•

The Communications Manager shall address any concerns and complaints regarding construction noise and vibration in accordance with Section 6.2. When discussing vibration concerns, it is important to convey that vibration can be felt at levels far below those that pose even the smallest risk of building damage.

Complaints Response The contact name and phone number of the Communications Manager, to which complaints can be directed, shall be clearly included in any written notification and on-site signage. Any construction noise and/or vibration complaint shall be recorded in a complaints file, and an investigation shall be undertaken involving the following: •

Identification of sources of concern, and measuring or estimating noise and/or vibration levels at the time of the complaint;

•

A hotline phone/text number shall be established to receive complaints. Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint. An initial response shall be undertaken within 24 hours of receiving a complaint and resolved as soon practicable. If a reasonable complaint relates to building damage or sleep disturbance, inform the on-duty site manager as soon as practicable to cease works pending the investigation;

•

Reporting the findings and recommendations to the Construction Manager;

•

Actions and time taken to close-out complaint;

•

Communication with the complainant; and

•

Reporting of the investigation in the complaints file.

A record of all concerns and/or complaints received shall include: •

The name of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint;

•

Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise;

•

Known construction activities at the time and in the vicinity of the complainant during the concern or complaint period; and

•

Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity.

If a complaint is received about vibration amenity, and a measurement demonstrates exceedance of the Project vibration limits, the following procedures will be implemented: •

Further measurements may be required to determine the extent of the exceedance and identify the activity/activities responsible;

•

Review the mitigation strategy and construction methodology to ensure BPO is applied;

•

Further measurements may be required to determine the effectiveness of BPO measures and reassess the compliance status;

•

Determine if the receiver qualifies for a SSCNVMP (refer Section 3.2.2); and

•

The Communications Manager shall liaise with affected parties (refer Section 8.0).

7.0

MONITORING

7.1

Noise Construction noise shall be measured and assessed: •

By a suitably qualified acoustics expert (e.g. Member of the Acoustical Society of New Zealand) and in accordance with the requirements of New Zealand Standard NZS 6803: 1999 “Acoustics Construction Noise”;

•

At the first instance of high noise activities (such as concrete cutting and concrete breaking) or in response to reasonable noise complaint being received;

•

At one metre from the most affected building façade, or, if this position is not accessible, at an equivalent position where practicable. If this is not possible, measured noise levels shall be undertaken at a proxy position and adjusted for distance and façade reflections as appropriate;

•

For a representative duration not less than 15 minutes and not greater than 60 minutes. The noise level shall be reported with the measurement duration, e.g. 65 dB LAeq (15min); and

•

The monitoring results shall be used to update Table 4 and made available to Council.

A flow chart showing the process for attended noise monitoring is included Figure 4 overleaf.

Figure 4: Noise Monitoring Flow Chart Undertake attended noise monitoring (Section 7.1): • • • •

During the first use of high noise equipment (Section 4.1) In response to a reasonable complaint (Section 6.2) To verify an exceedance (Section 7.1) As required by an SSCNMP (Appendix D)

Comply with the project standards? (Section 3.1)

Notify Noise & Vibration Monitoring Manager and review mitigation and management strategies to ensure BPO (Section 5)

Yes Can project standards be practically achieved?

Yes

Identified mitigation and management opportunities

Was this in response to a previous noncompliant measurement?

Yes

Revise construction methodology

Does the receiver qualify for a SSCNMP? (CRL 37) Yes Prepare SSCNMP in consultation with the affected parties (Appendix D)

Submit report(s) to Noise & Vibration Monitoring Manager within one week of action taken

7.2

Vibration Construction vibration levels shall be measured and assessed: •

By a suitably qualified acoustics expert (e.g. Member of the Acoustical Society of New Zealand);

•

In accordance the requirements of German Standard DIN 4150-3:1999 “Structural vibration – Part 3: Effects of vibration on structures”;

•

At the first instance of high vibration activities (such as concrete breaking) or in response to reasonable complaint being receiver;

•

At the closest building foundations;

•

For a representative construction duration, measured at one second intervals;

•

By a suitably qualified and experienced specialist;

•

Vibration monitoring requires consent to access the building of interest; and

•

The monitoring results shall be used to update Section 4.2 as appropriate.

A flow chart showing the process for attended vibration monitoring is included as Figure 5 overleaf.

Figure 5: Vibration Monitoring Flow Chart Undertake attended vibration monitoring (Section 7.2): • • • •

During the first use of high vibration equipment (Section 4.2) In response to a reasonable complaint (Section 6.2) To verify an exceedance (Section 7.2) As required by an SSCVMP (Appendix D)

Cosmetic Building Damage Comply with the cosmetic building damage project standards? (Section 3.2)

Yes

Notify Noise & Vibration Monitoring Manager, cease the activity, engage a structural engineer and undertake a building condition survey

Yes

Is the building classified as heritage?

Engage heritage expert

Is there damage as a result of the activity?

No Amenity

Yes

Type of damage?

Structural

Cosmetic

Seek advice from structural engineer before continuing

Comply with amenity project standards? (Section 3.2)

Notify Noise & Vibration Monitoring Manager and review mitigation and management strategies to ensure BPO (Section 5) Yes

Yes Yes

Identified mitigation and management opportunities?

Response to a previous noncompliant measurement? Yes

Yes

Revise construction methodology

Can the project standards be practically achieved?

Does the receiver qualify for a SSCVMP? (CRL 38) Yes Prepare SSCVMP in consultation with the affected parties (Appendix D)

Submit report(s) to Noise & Vibration Monitoring Manager within one week of action taken

The following procedures will be implemented where measured construction vibration exceeds the Project standards in Condition 33: •

The activity giving rise to the exceedance should cease as soon as safe and practicable to do so;

•

Determine if the receiver qualifies for a SSCVMP (refer Section 3.2.3);

•

A detailed building condition survey will be undertaken; and

•

The Communications Manager will liaise with the building owner throughout this process.

If damage has not occurred, then that activity can continue provided the measured vibration level is not exceeded further. If damage has occurred, then alternative construction methods should be investigated, subject to implementation of the best practicable option (BPO), and the Requiring Authority shall commit to repairing the damage within a reasonable timeframe after the construction phase ceases.

8.0

AFFECTED PARTIES

8.1

Airborne Noise

8.1.1 Façade Sound Insulation The noise level received inside, for example, an office or living room, will depend on the sound insulation performance of the façade (particularly the glazing) and room constants (such as the room dimensions and surface finishes). These factors can vary widely. The Construction Noise Standard (NZS 6803) recommends noise limits assessed at 1m from the external façade of a building, assuming a sound level difference of 20 decibels to sensitive receiving environments inside. For the purpose of estimating actual noise effects on a room by room basis, the predicted façade sound insulation performance of buildings can be generally categorised by the type of glazing / ventilation provision as follows: •

Sealed glazing

30 decibels sound level difference

•

Operable windows

25 decibels sound level difference

•

Open Windows

15 decibels sound level difference.

The SSCNMPs in Appendix C will use the above assumptions initially. However, they will be updated with site specific measured performance when available. Measurements in advance of the works may be practicable in some cases. In other cases, a visual inspection may provide a more informed estimate of façade performance.

8.1.2 Noise Effects ‘Noise effects matrices’ are presented in Table 5. They enable estimation of the construction noise level received inside, based on the external noise level and façade glazing type. The noise effects matrices are indicative only, as detailed assessment requires measurement of the actual façade performance on a space by space basis. The noise effects are categorised generally using the following colour coding: •

Green:

Acceptable

•

Orange:

Appreciable

•

Red:

Significant

To use the matrices, follow this three-step process: •

Measure the external noise level at 1m from the façade, or estimate it from Section 4.1;

•

Determine the category of façade glazing sound insulation performance from Section 8.1.1 of this CNV DWP or measured on-site façade sound level difference for a specific receiver location; and

•

Use the relevant lookup table to estimate the received internal noise level and associated typical effects that may be experienced using Table 5.

Table 5: Daytime noise levels in commercial & industrial buildings and habitable rooms in dwellings External Noise Level (dB LAeq)

8.2

Estimated Internal Noise Level (dB LAeq)

(refer Appendix B)

Sealed glazing (30 dB)

Operable windows (25 dB)

Open windows (15 dB)

•

< 50 dB LAeq

Typically acceptable

•

50 – 60 dB LAeq

Annoyance and reduction in work efficiency

•

> 60 dB LAeq

Difficulty holding a normal conversation and reduction in work efficiency

Management of Adverse Effects The following process will be implemented for any construction activity that is found to exceed the relevant construction noise and vibration conditions: •

Review the construction methodology, mitigation and management strategies to ensure they represent the BPO;

•

The Communications Manager will consult with affected parties to understand their sensitivities, including times, activities and locations. Consultation should focus on a collaborative approach to managing the adverse effects from construction noise and vibration while works are undertaken in the vicinity. The Communications Manager (or representative) shall be available 24/7 during works periods. A record of consultation will be included in the relevant SSCNMP (refer to Appendix C) or otherwise in Appendix D as appropriate;

•

Implement measures to avoid significant adverse effects as agreed with the affected party and monitor the activity to verify the extent of any adverse effects; and

• Temporary relocation will be considered for sensitive receivers where all practicable noise and vibration management and mitigation measures have been implemented and significant adverse noise effects are predicted. This will be in exceptional cases only, and advice from the Specialist Noise and Vibration Advisor will be sought prior.

9.0

CNV DWP REVIEW AND UPDATING (INCLUDING SSCNMP AND SSCNMP) In accordance with Conditions 7.5 and 11, this CNV DWP will undergo a review process with the relevant CRL Community Liaison Group (CLG) and a suitably qualified independent peer reviewer before being issued. The CNV DWP (including SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) will be updated throughout the course of the Project to reflect changes associated with construction techniques, equipment or due to unresolved

complaints. The review period will be no less than annually in accordance with Condition 22. The review(s) will take into consideration: •

Compliance with the CRL designation conditions;

•

Any significant changes to construction activities or methods;

•

Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the Project team;

•

Changes in industry best practice standards;

•

Results of inspections, monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;

•

Comments or recommendations from Auckland Council; and

•

Unresolved complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint.

The process for updating this CNV DWP (including SSCNVMPs) due to a material change to the Project or the annual review, is as follows (refer to CRL designation Condition 23): •

Affected parties and the CLG must be notified of the review and any material change proposed to this DWP;

•

This DWP must clearly document the comments and inputs received from affected parties in relation to any material changes, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not;

•

Any material change proposed to this DWP shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by CRL designation Condition 11; and

•

Any material change proposed to this DWP relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply.

A copy of the original CNV DWP document and subsequent versions will be kept for the Project records and marked as obsolete. Each new / updated version of the CNV DWP documentation will be issued with a version number and date to eliminate obsolete CNV DWP documentation being used. A summary of the review process will be provided annually to Auckland Council and otherwise be made available on request.

APPENDIX A GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY Noise Ambient Noise

Ambient Noise is the all-encompassing noise associated with any given environment and is usually a composite of sounds from many sources near and far.

A-weighting

A frequency filter which is applied to a measurement of sound so as to more closely approximate the frequency bias of the human ear.

Decibel – the basic measurement unit of sound. It is a logarithmic ratio of measured sound pressure level with respect to a reference level of 20 micropascals.

LAeq(T)

The A-weighted, time averaged sound level (on a logarithmic/energy basis) over the measurement period T (e.g. between 10 and 60 minutes).

LAFmax

The maximum A-weighted sound level recorded during the measurement period. Measured with fast time weighting i.e. a 125 millisecond time constant

Noise

A sound that is unwanted by, or distracting to, the receiver.

NZS 6801:2008

New Zealand Standard NZS 6801:2008 "Acoustics - Measurement of Sound"

NZS 6802:2008

New Zealand Standard NZS 6802:2008 "Acoustics - Environmental Noise”.

NZS 6803:1999

New Zealand Standard NZS 6803:1999 “Acoustics – Construction Noise”. Vibration

PPV

Peak Particle Velocity, measured in mm/s. This is the standard metric for assessing construction vibration levels.

DIN 4150-3:1999

German Standard DIN 4150-3:1999 “Structural Vibration – Part 3: Effects of vibration on structures”. This standard is generally adopted in NZ to assess building damage. General

Suitably qualified and experienced acoustic specialist

A person who has sufficient qualifications and experience in the relevant field(s) of acoustics (noise and/or vibration) to undertake robust measurements and assessments i.e. a Member of the Acoustical Society of New Zealand. Other Abbreviations

CRL

City Rail Link

CLG

Community Liaison Group

BPO

Best Practicable Option

CNV

Construction Noise and Vibration

DWP

Delivery Work Plan

SSCNMP

Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan

SSCNVMP

Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan

SSCVMP

Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan

APPENDIX B NOISE LEVEL PREDICTIONS Note for the faĂ§ade noise maps, the colour of the roof indicates the highest noise level on any of that buildingâ€™s facade Figure 6: Grid noise map from general demolition works - north east position

Figure 7: Grid noise map from concrete cutting - north east position

Figure 8: Grid noise map from general demolition works - north west position

Figure 9: Grid noise map from concrete cutting - north west position

Figure 10: Grid noise map from general demolition works - south west position

Figure 11: Grid noise map from concrete cutting - south west position

Figure 12: Grid noise map from general demolition works â€“ north position

Figure 13: Grid noise map from concrete cutting - north position

Figure 14: Grid noise map from concrete cutting â€“ west position

APPENDIX C SITE SPECIFIC MANAGEMENT PLANS The following site-specific plans are included in this appendix: •

C1 Mercury Theatre (9 Mercury Lane)

•

C2 – 238 Karangahape Road

•

C3 – 16D and 16E East Street

•

C4 – 18 East Street

•

C5 – 21 East Street

•

C6 – 14 East Street

Mercury Theatre (9 Mercury Lane) SSCNMP

C1.1

Introduction This draft Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) is for the Mercury Theatre located at 9 Mercury Lane. A SSCNMP is required because construction is predicted to exceed the Project Noise Standards in CRL designation Condition 31 and is required to satisfy Condition 39. This SSCNMP has been prepared in accordance with CRL designation Condition 39 and is Appendix C1 of the CRL Karangahape Station Demolition Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan (CNV DWP). It is a supplementary document that builds on the Project CNV DWP, and therefore directly references relevant sections of the DWP to avoid repetition. The objective of this SSCNMP is to detail the best practicable option(s) to avoid, remedy or mitigate the identified adverse effects from noise exceedances at Mercury Theatre. Section C1.2 identifies the noise sensitive spaces, the predicted or measured façade sound insulation performance, predicted noise effects and recommended consultation thresholds. As required under CRL designation Condition 39.4, Section C1.3 presents: •

The level at which noise and vibration effects will unreasonably interfere with its operations (refer Table C1.3.1)

•

Construction activities and equipment that are likely to crease adverse effects (refer Table C1.3.1)

•

The timing and duration of any exceedance (refer Table C1.3.1)

•

A summary of the communication and consultation with the receiver (refer Table C1.3.2)

•

The methods and measures to mitigate noise effects (refer Table C1.3.3)

•

A statement of why they reflect best practicable option (refer Table C1.3.3)

•

Offers made to mitigate effects (refer Table C1.3.3)

This draft SSCNMP has been prepared by Marshall Day Acoustics Ltd and forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) for the Project.

C1.2

Building Details Pre Construction Consultation The building is a commercial hire venue and is used throughout the week at various times during the day and/or evening, depending on type of booking. The various types of uses include: •

Private functions;

•

Festivals;

•

Opera;

•

Film set;

•

School events;

•

Product road shows;

•

Small conferences/lectures

The church does not generally hold services as the congregation has outgrown the capacity of the space. However, it may be used as a backup if the other properties that are hired out are not available for some activities.

Table 6: Various uses within Mercury Theatre Space

Layout

Use

Foyer

Open area on ground floor

Social events; cocktail parties; pre-show events

Upper Theatre

Approx. 120 seats

Variety

Main Theatre

585 seats

Variety

Dome Room

Upper Level

Social events; cocktail parties; pre-show events

Façade Sound Insulation Performance**TBC** The building at 9 Mercury Lane (the Mercury Theatre) is a three story building with brick façades, operable glazing and a pitched steel roof. The estimated sound level difference across the façade with the windows and doors closed is 25 decibels and 30 decibels on a façade with no windows. On this basis, the predicted construction noise effects can be determined from Table 5 in Section 8.1.2. The façade that faces the construction site appears to have windows/doors set into the façade. Therefore, the façade reduction is estimated to be 25 decibels. The façade performance shall be measured during initial proximate demolition works and updated. Vibration Concern Mercury Theatre is a heritage building close to the demolition site therefore the vibration criteria to address the issue is the building damage criteria. The relevant limit is 2.5mm/s PPV. Refer Section 3.2 of this CNV DWP for the full limits. Consultation Trigger Level In addition to regular communication in accordance with Condition 16, specific consultation should be undertaken prior to construction works that are predicted to exceed 75 dB LAeq at the façade during the day, and 65 dB LAeq at the façade during any scheduled theatre performance. The consultation process is set out in Section 8.3 of the CNV DWP. Consultation should also be carried out if vibration levels exceed 2mm/s PPV on the foundations at the closest façade.

C1.3

Activity Detail Communication and Consultation Table C1.3.1 details activities that are predicted to exceed the noise limits in CRL designation Condition 31 and the predicted noise effects. Table C1.3.2 provides a summary of consultation with the property owners and/or tenants representatives and identifies methods and measures to mitigate noise effects and a statement of why they reflect best practicable option. Table C1.3.1: Activity Detail (Noise) #

Activity Details

Predicted Noise Effects

Activity Period Duration Days Hours

Concrete Cutting XX 2019 – YY 2019 1-2 days Wed to Thu X – Y hours

Location: External noise level: Façade performance: Internal noise level: Potential noise effects:

South Facade 90 – 95 dB LAeq 25 decibels sound level difference up to 65 – 70 dB LAeq Difficulty in communication/work efficiency

Activity Period Duration Days Hours

General Demolition XX 2019 – YY 2019 1-2 days Wed to Thu X – Y hours

Location: External noise level: Façade performance: Internal noise level: Potential noise effects:

South Facade 77 – 82 dB LAeq 25 decibels sound level difference 57 – 62 dB LAeq Difficulty in communication/work efficiency

Table C1.3.2: Communication and Consultation #

Details

Receiver Date Name Phone Email CRL rep

Owner 21/February/19 Ed Anderson/Matt Gregory 021 614 921matt.gregory@eq uipperschurch.comLo uise Strogen

A. The different uses of the various spaces and when there may likely be an event

Receiver Date Name Phone Email CRL rep

Tenant DD/MM/YY X X X X

Matters discussed

B. A query was raised about vibration from demolition works potential affecting the building. Compliance is predicted with the vibration limits, which would avoid cosmetic building damage. Nonetheless, Appendix Two of the CRL designation conditions list the Mercury Theatre as building number 55 to be considered for a pre-construction building condition survey. This will ensure any attributable damage is captured and remedied regardless during this phase of works and any future works.

B. C. Conclusion:

Table C1.3.3: Mitigation Measures **indicative examples only** #

Actions / specific mitigation measures

A. Employ additional local hoardings and/or enclosures around slurry plant if non-compliant and practicable. B. Minimise mobile crane usage period and engine revs C. Manage unnecessary impact sounds, e.g. careful handling and by using strops in place of chains BPO Conclusion: X

A. B. C. BPO Conclusion: X

238 Karangahape Road SSCNMP

C2.1

Introduction This draft Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) is for the residential building located at 238 Karangahape Road. A SSCNMP is required because construction is predicted to exceed the Project Noise Standards in CRL designation Condition 31. This SSCNMP has been prepared in accordance with CRL designation Condition 37 and is Appendix C2 of the CRL Karangahape Station Demolition Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan (CNV DWP). It is a supplementary document that builds on the Project CNV DWP, and therefore directly references relevant sections of the DWP to avoid repetition. The objective of this SSCNMP is to detail the best practicable option(s) to avoid, remedy or mitigate the identified adverse effects from noise exceedances at 238 Karangahape Road. Section C2.2 identifies the noise sensitive spaces, the predicted or measured façade sound insulation performance, predicted noise effects and recommended consultation thresholds. As required under CRL designation Condition 37.5, Section C2.3 presents: •

The extent to which noise may exceed the Project Noise Standards (refer Table C2.3.1)

•

The timing and duration of any exceedance (refer Table C2.3.1)

•

The type of activity causing any exceedance (refer Table C2.3.1)

•

A summary of the communication and consultation with the receiver (refer Table C2.3.2)

•

The methods and measures to mitigate noise effects (refer Table C2.3.3)

•

A statement of why they reflect best practicable option (refer Table C2.3.3)

This draft SSCNMP has been prepared by Marshall Day Acoustics Ltd and forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) for the Project.

C2.2

Building Details Pre Construction Consultation **TBC** Summarise meeting(s), including information on building layout, noise sensitive spaces and the identification of specific tenant sensitivities that require further investigation. Façade Sound Insulation Performance**TBC** The building at 238 Karangahape Road is a five story building with a basement carpark and masonry façades, operable glazing and a slanted steel roof. The estimated sound level difference across the façade with the windows and doors closed is 25 decibels and 30 decibels on a façade with no windows. On this basis, the predicted construction noise effects can be determined from Table 5 in Section 8.1.2. Consultation Trigger Level **TBC** In addition to regular communication, specific consultation should be undertaken prior to construction works that are predicted to exceed 75 dB LAeq at the façade during the day. The consultation process is set out in Section 8.3 of the CNV DWP.

C2.3

Activity Detail Communication and Consultation Table C2.3.1 details activities that are predicted to exceed the noise limits in CRL designation Condition 31 and the predicted noise effects. Table C2.3.2 provides a summary of consultation with the property owners and/or tenants representatives and identifies methods and measures to mitigate noise effects and a statement of why they reflect best practicable option.

Table C2.3.1: Activity Detail (Noise) ** indicative examples only** #

Activity Details

Predicted Noise Effects

Activity Period Duration Days Hours

Concrete Cutting XX 2019 – YY 2019 1-2 days Wed to Thu X – Y hours

Location: External noise level: Façade performance: Internal noise level: Potential noise effects:

West façade 80 – 85 dB LAeq 25 decibels sound level difference 55 – 60 dB LAeq Annoyance

Activity Period Duration Days Hours

X X X X X

Receiver: Location: External noise level: Façade performance: Internal noise level: Potential noise effects:

X X X X X X

Table C2.3.2: Communication and Consultation **indicative examples only** #

Details

Receiver Date Name Phone Email CRL rep

Matters discussed Owner DD/MM/YY X X X X

A. Employ additional local hoardings and/or enclosures around noisy plant if non-compliant and practicable B. Communications Manger to liaise and provide monitoring results and notification of upcoming works C. Manage unnecessary impact sounds, e.g. careful handling and by using strops in place of chains Conclusion: Considered to be the BPO because it considers the needs of the stakeholder and mitigates and manages the noise levels as far as practicable.

Receiver Date Name Phone Email CRL rep

Tenant DD/MM/YY X X X X

A. B. C. Conclusion:

Table C2.3.3: Mitigation Measures **indicative examples only** #

Actions / specific mitigation measures

A. B. C. BPO Conclusion: X

16 East Street SSCVMP

C3.1

Introduction This draft Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP) is for the residential building located at 16 East Street. A SSCVMP is required because construction is predicted to exceed the Project Vibration Standards in CRL designation Condition 33. This SSCVMP has been prepared in accordance with CRL designation Condition 38 and is Appendix C3 of the CRL Karangahape Station Demolition Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan (CNV DWP). It is a supplementary document that builds on the Project CNV DWP, and therefore directly references relevant sections of the DWP to avoid repetition. The objective of this SSCVMP is to detail the best practicable option(s) to avoid, remedy or mitigate the identified adverse effects from vibration exceedances at 16D & 16E East Street. Section C3.2 identifies the pre-construction building condition, predicted vibration effects, and recommended consultation thresholds. As required under CRL designation Condition 38.5, Section C3.3 presents: •

The timing and duration of any exceedance (refer Table C3.3.1)

•

The type of activity causing any exceedance (refer Table C3.3.1)

•

Site Specific vibration criteria that addresses the issue of concern (building damage, amenity, or sensitive equipment)

•

A summary of the communication and consultation with the receiver (refer Table C3.3.2)

•

The methods and measures to mitigate noise effects (refer Table C3.3.3)

•

A statement of why they reflect best practicable option (refer Table C3.3.3)

This draft SSCVMP has been prepared by Marshall Day Acoustics Ltd and forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) for the Project.

C3.2

Building Details Pre Construction Consultation **TBC** Summarise meeting(s), including information on building layout, noise sensitive spaces and the identification of specific tenant sensitivities that require further investigation. Vibration Concern**TBC** 16 East Street require partial demolition and therefore the vibration criteria to address the issue is the building damage criteria. The relevant limit is 5mm/s PPV. Refer Section 3.2 of this CNV DWP for the full limits. 16 East Street is also a printing business and may therefore have sensitive equipment. Pre-construction Building Survey Results**TBC** Consultation Trigger Level **TBC** In addition to regular communication, specific consultation should be undertaken prior to construction works that are predicted to exceed 5mm/s PPV. The consultation process is set out in Section 8.3 of the CNV DWP.

C3.3

Activity Detail Communication and Consultation Table C3.3.1 details activities that are predicted to exceed the vibration limits in CRL designation Condition 33 and the predicted vibration effects. Table C3.3.2 provides a summary of consultation with the property owners and/or tenants representatives and identifies methods and measures to mitigate noise effects and a statement of why they reflect best practicable option.

Table C3.3.1: Activity Detail (Vibration) ** indicative examples only** #

Activity Details

Predicted Noise Effects

Activity Period Duration Days Hours

Concrete Cutting XX 2019 – YY 2019 1-2 days Wed to Thu X – Y hours

Location:

Activity Period Duration Days Hours

X X X X X

Receiver: Location: External noise level: Façade performance: Internal noise level: Potential noise effects:

East façade

Vibration Level Potential noise effects:

X X X X X X

Table C3.3.2: Communication and Consultation **indicative examples only** #

Details

Receiver Date Name Phone Email CRL rep

Owner DD/MM/YY X X X X

Receiver Date Name Phone Email CRL rep

Tenant DD/MM/YY X X X X

Matters discussed

B. C. Conclusion:

Table C3.3.3: Mitigation Measures **indicative examples only** #

Actions / specific mitigation measures

A. B. C. BPO Conclusion:

A. B. C. BPO Conclusion: X

18 East Street SSCVMP

C4.1

Introduction This draft Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP) is for the residential building located at 18 East Street. A SSCVMP is required because construction is predicted to exceed the Project Vibration Standards in CRL Condition 33. This SSCVMP has been prepared in accordance with CRL designation Condition 38 and is Appendix C4 of the CRL Karangahape Station Demolition Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan (CNV DWP). It is a supplementary document that builds on the Project CNV DWP, and therefore directly references relevant sections of the DWP to avoid repetition. The objective of this SSCVMP is to detail the best practicable option(s) to avoid, remedy or mitigate the identified adverse effects from vibration exceedances at 18 East Street. Section C4.2 identifies the pre-construction building condition, predicted vibration effects, and recommended consultation thresholds. As required under CRL designation Condition 38.5, Section C4.3 presents: •

The timing and duration of any exceedance (refer Table C4.3.1)

•

The type of activity causing any exceedance (refer Table C4.3.1)

•

Site Specific vibration criteria that addresses the issue of concern (building damage, amenity, or sensitive equipment)

•

A summary of the communication and consultation with the receiver (refer Table C4.3.2)

•

The methods and measures to mitigate noise effects (refer Table C4.3.3)

•

A statement of why they reflect best practicable option (refer Table C4.3.3)

This draft SSCVMP has been prepared by Marshall Day Acoustics Ltd and forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) for the Project.

C4.2

Building Details Pre Construction Consultation **TBC** Summarise meeting(s), including information on building layout, noise sensitive spaces and the identification of specific tenant sensitivities that require further investigation. Vibration Concern**TBC** 18 East Street require partial demolition and therefore the vibration criteria to address the issue is the building damage criteria. The relevant limit is 5mm/s PPV. Refer Section 3.2 of this CNV DWP for the full limits. Pre-construction Building Survey Results**TBC** Consultation Trigger Level **TBC** In addition to regular communication, specific consultation should be undertaken prior to construction works that are predicted to exceed 5mm/s PPV. The consultation process is set out in Section 8.3 of the CNV DWP.

C4.3

Activity Detail Communication and Consultation Table C4.3.1 details activities that are predicted to exceed the vibration limits in CRL designation Condition 33 and the predicted vibration effects. Table C4.3.2 provides a summary of consultation with the property owners and/or tenants representatives and identifies methods and measures to mitigate noise effects and a statement of why they reflect best practicable option.

Table C4.3.1: Activity Detail (Vibration) ** indicative examples only** #

Activity Details

Predicted Noise Effects

Activity Period Duration Days Hours

Concrete Cutting XX 2019 – YY 2019 1-2 days Wed to Thu X – Y hours

Location:

Activity Period Duration Days Hours

X X X X X

Receiver: Location: External noise level: Façade performance: Internal noise level: Potential noise effects:

South Facade

Vibration Level Potential noise effects:

X X X X X X

Table C4.3.2: Communication and Consultation **indicative examples only** #

Details

Receiver Date Name Phone Email CRL rep

Owner DD/MM/YY X X X X

Receiver Date Name Phone Email CRL rep

Tenant DD/MM/YY X X X X

Matters discussed

B. C. Conclusion:

Table C4.3.3: Mitigation Measures **indicative examples only** #

Actions / specific mitigation measures

A. B. C. BPO Conclusion:

A. B. C. BPO Conclusion: X

21 East Street SSCNMP

C5.1

Introduction This draft Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) is for the commercial building located at 21 East Street, otherwise known as Uno Loco. A SSCNMP is required because construction is predicted to exceed the Project Noise Standards in CRL designation Condition 31. This SSCNMP has been prepared in accordance with CRL designation Condition 37 and is Appendix C5 of the CRL Karangahape Demolition Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan (CNV DWP). It is a supplementary document that builds on the Project CNV DWP, and therefore directly references relevant sections of the DWP to avoid repetition. The objective of this SSCNMP is to detail the best practicable option(s) to avoid, remedy or mitigate the identified adverse effects from noise exceedances at 21 East Street. Section C5.2 identifies the noise sensitive spaces, the predicted or measured façade sound insulation performance, predicted noise effects and recommended consultation thresholds. As required under CRL designation Condition 37.5, Section C5.3 presents: •

The extent to which noise may exceed the Project Noise Standards (refer Table C5.3.1)

•

The timing and duration of any exceedance (refer Table C5.3.1)

•

The type of activity causing any exceedance (refer Table C5.3.1)

•

A summary of the communication and consultation with the receiver (refer Table C5.3.2)

•

The methods and measures to mitigate noise effects (refer Table C5.3.3)

•

A statement of why they reflect best practicable option (refer Table C5.3.3)

This draft SSCNMP has been prepared by Marshall Day Acoustics Ltd and forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) for the Project.

C5.2

Building Details Pre Construction Consultation **TBC** Summarise meeting(s), including information on building layout, noise sensitive spaces and the identification of specific tenant sensitivities that require further investigation. Façade Sound Insulation Performance**TBC** The building at 21 East Street is a double story building with masonry façades, operable glazing, and a slanted steel roof. The estimated sound level difference across the façade with the windows and doors closed is 25 decibels and 30 decibels on a façade with no windows. On this basis, the predicted construction noise effects can be determined from Table 5 in Section 8.1.2. Consultation Trigger Level **TBC** In addition to regular communication, specific consultation should be undertaken prior to construction works that are predicted to exceed 75 dB LAeq at the façade during the day. The consultation process is set out in Section 8.3 of the CNV DWP.

C5.3

Activity Detail Communication and Consultation Table C5.3.1 details activities that are predicted to exceed the noise limits in CRL designation Condition 31 and the predicted noise effects. Table C5.3.2 provides a summary of consultation with the property owners and/or tenants representatives and identifies methods and measures to mitigate noise effects and a statement of why they reflect best practicable option.

Table C5.3.1: Activity Detail (Noise) ** indicative examples only** #

Activity Details

Predicted Noise Effects

Activity Period Duration Days Hours

Concrete Cutting XX 2019 – YY 2019 1-2 days Wed to Thu X – Y hours

Location: External noise level: Façade performance: Internal noise level: Potential noise effects:

East façade 80 – 85 dB LAeq 25 decibels sound level difference 55 – 60 dB LAeq Annoyance

Activity Period Duration Days Hours

X X X X X

Receiver: Location: External noise level: Façade performance: Internal noise level: Potential noise effects:

X X X X X X

Table C5.3.2: Communication and Consultation **indicative examples only** #

Details

Receiver Date Name Phone Email CRL rep

Matters discussed Owner DD/MM/YY X X X X

Receiver Date Name Phone Email CRL rep

Tenant DD/MM/YY X X X X

A. B. C. Conclusion:

Table C5.3.3: Mitigation Measures **indicative examples only** #

Actions / specific mitigation measures

A. B. C. BPO Conclusion: X

14 East Street SSCNMP

C6.1

Introduction This draft Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) is for the residential building located at 14 East Street. A SSCNMP is required because construction is predicted to exceed the Project Noise Standards in CRL designation Condition 31. This SSCNMP has been prepared in accordance with CRL designation Condition 37 and is Appendix C2 of the CRL Karangahape Station Demolition Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan (CNV DWP). It is a supplementary document that builds on the Project CNV DWP, and therefore directly references relevant sections of the DWP to avoid repetition. The objective of this SSCNMP is to detail the best practicable option(s) to avoid, remedy or mitigate the identified adverse effects from noise exceedances at 14 East Street. Section C6.2 identifies the noise sensitive spaces, the predicted or measured façade sound insulation performance, predicted noise effects and recommended consultation thresholds. As required under CRL designation Condition 37.5, Section C6.3 presents: •

The extent to which noise may exceed the Project Noise Standards (refer Table C6.3.1)

•

The timing and duration of any exceedance (refer Table C6.3.1)

•

The type of activity causing any exceedance (refer Table C6.3.1)

•

A summary of the communication and consultation with the receiver (refer Table C6.3.2)

•

The methods and measures to mitigate noise effects (refer Table C6.3.3)

•

A statement of why they reflect best practicable option (refer Table C6.3.3)

This draft SSCNMP has been prepared by Marshall Day Acoustics Ltd and forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) for the Project.

C6.2

Building Details Pre Construction Consultation **TBC** Summarise meeting(s), including information on building layout, noise sensitive spaces and the identification of specific tenant sensitivities that require further investigation. Façade Sound Insulation Performance**TBC** The building at 14 East Street is a two story building with masonry façades, operable glazing, and a slanted steel roof. The estimated sound level difference across the façade with the windows and doors closed is 25 decibels and 30 decibels on a façade with no windows. On this basis, the predicted construction noise effects can be determined from Table 5 in Section 8.1.2. Consultation Trigger Level **TBC** In addition to regular communication, specific consultation should be undertaken prior to construction works that are predicted to exceed 75 dB LAeq at the façade during the day. The consultation process is set out in Section 8.3 of the CNV DWP.

C6.3

Activity Detail Communication and Consultation Table C6.3.1 details activities that are predicted to exceed the noise limits in CRL designation Condition 31 and the predicted noise effects. Table C6.3.2 provides a summary of consultation with the property owners and/or tenants representatives and identifies methods and measures to mitigate noise effects and a statement of why they reflect best practicable option.

Table C6.3.1: Activity Detail (Noise) ** indicative examples only** #

Activity Details

Predicted Noise Effects

Activity Period Duration Days Hours

Concrete Cutting XX 2019 – YY 2019 1-2 days Wed to Thu X – Y hours

Location: External noise level: Façade performance: Internal noise level: Potential noise effects:

East façade 85 – 90 dB LAeq 25 decibels sound level difference 60 – 65 dB LAeq Communication difficulty

Activity Period Duration Days Hours

X X X X X

Receiver: Location: External noise level: Façade performance: Internal noise level: Potential noise effects:

X X X X X X

Table C6.3.2: Communication and Consultation **indicative examples only** #

Details

Receiver Date Name Phone Email CRL rep

Matters discussed Owner DD/MM/YY X X X X

Receiver Date Name Phone Email CRL rep

Tenant DD/MM/YY X X X X

A. B. C. Conclusion:

Table C6.3.3: Mitigation Measures **indicative examples only** #

Actions / specific mitigation measures

A. B. C. BPO Conclusion: X

APPENDIX D COMMUNICATIONS RECORDS Communications records are contained in the communication and consultation plan. CLG comments on this DWP are contained in Table 7 and the Independent peer review comments are included in Table 8 overleaf. Table 7: CLG review comments Date

CLG Member

Comment

Response Craig Fitzgerald (MDA)

Table 8: Independent peer review comments (11 April 2019) DWP Section

Comment

Response

2.3

Consideration should be given to removing southern buildings first, while the northern buildings remain to provide some acoustics screening to the most affected neighbours.

Consideration was given to this approach. However, this is not practicable due to the availability of the Mercury Plaza site later in the demolition programme.

2.4/5.2

Circumstances under which â€˜normalâ€™ hours might be exceeded should be stated, along with any corresponding management procedures.

No change, details are provided. Also, consistent with updates in response to the same question for Mt Eden demolition CNV DWP.

2.4

Highlighted details to be confirmed.

To be confirmed once the contractor is appointed

2.5

All receivers should be labelled in Figure 3.

Relevant receivers that require an SSCNVMP have been labelled. It is not considered necessary to highlight all other receivers.

2.5

The commercial and industrial receivers are expected to have a wide range of sensitivity. A table with the nature of each receiver should be added.

No change. The relevant receivers have now been identified based on the change above. This level of detail is not required for other receivers where compliance is predicted

2.6

Highlighted details to be added in Table 1.

To be confirmed once the contractor is appointed

3.1.2

The list of matters to be addressed by a SSCNMP should either be amended to include all items listed in condition 37.4 or be introduced as an extract and not a summary.

No change. This section summarises Condition 37.4 and is not an extract of this condition.

3.2.3

The list of matters to be addressed by a SSCVMP should either be amended to include all items listed in condition 38.5 or be introduced as an extract and not a summary.

No change. This section summarises Condition 38.5 and is not an extract of this condition.

DWP Section

Comment

Response

3.3

The SSCNVMP for Mercury Theatre should relate to all aspects of construction noise and vibration affecting that building and not just in relation to performances. Given that the SSCNVMP should include specific consultation and building details, it would be inappropriate to then rely on less detailed generic information in the main CNV DWP for some aspects.

The theatre is a notable receiver and is required to have an SSCNVMP. Therefore, an assessment is required for the other parts of the building to determine if further detail for those parts of the building needs to be included in the SSCNVMP.

4.2

Reference should be added to use of concrete cutting to reduce vibration from breaking (as per 5.7).

No change, concrete cutting is noted as a mitigation measure for breaking in Section 5.7 and this section is cross-referenced in Section 4.2

5.2

Advice from the Specialist Noise & Vibration Advisor regarding night-works should be recorded in a SSCNVMP or the CNV DWP.

No change. Bullet point 2 of Section 5.2 specifically says that guidance should be sought from the Specialist Noise and Vibration Advisor if night-works is required. This may not trigger the need for a SSCNVMP.

5.5

Specific details of temporary barriers should be stated rather than options.

No change. This will be confirmed by the contractor once appointed.

Highlighted details to be confirmed.

To be confirmed once the contractor is appointed

6.1

The process to be followed by the Construction Manager to identify exceedances of noise limits should be documented.

Updated with a line to outline how the Construction Manager would identify exceedances

7.2

Reference is made to building condition surveys in response to monitoring. There should be building condition surveys of all receivers prior to works.

Section 7.2 relates to response protocol during monitoring. Two properties are potentially at risk; 16 and 18 East Street, however, the risk is currently unknown as the demolition methodology at these two receivers is unknown. Have added text to Section 4.2 to allow for building conditions surveys for these two properties.

From the 3D images it appears that all sound sources might be relatively close to the ground in the model. Predictions should be included for sound sources such as concrete crushing/nibbling at higher levels above the ground as well.

No change. The dominant constant noise source controlling compliance is predicted to be the engine of the excavator at low level, rather than the intermittent crushing/nibbling sounds at upper levels.

The draft SSCNVMPs do not contain sufficient details to allow review with respect to the designation conditions.

To be confirmed once the contractor is appointed and consultation is undertaken

Headings need to reflect all the requirements of condition 39.

No change, all matters required in Condition 39 is detailed in the introduction section with crossreferences to the relevant table of this SSCNVMP

C1.2

Reference to a church should be clarified.

The owner of the building is a church. However, it no longer uses the venue for church services.

C1.2

A consultation trigger threshold should be added for vibration

Updated

The SSCNVMP details covers other aspects of the building and discusses all relevant noise and vibration exceedances/consultation triggers.

DWP Section

Comment

Response

This section appears to have been copied from a previous document without being updated. For example, reference is made to Condition 35 for Mediaworks but not Condition 39 for Notable Receivers.

Deleted Mediaworks Condition and updated Condition 39 references

APPENDIX E RELEVANT CONDITIONS Table 9 identifies the relevant CRL designation conditions and where they are addressed in the document. Table 9: CRL Conditions and CNV DWP section where addressed Condition Description

CNV DWP ref.

Communications – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers

16.1

A SSCNVMP shall be prepared for all Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers (refer Condition 39). As part of the SSCNVMP (and further to Condition 15 of this designation), the Requiring Authority shall undertake communication and consultation, as soon as reasonably practicable (and at least once following confirmation of construction timing and methodology), with any Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers located within 200 metres of blasting, or within 100 metres (either horizontally or vertically) of the designation footprint for other construction activities. Communication and consultation with these parties should focus on a collaborative approach to manage the adverse effects from construction noise and vibration while works are undertaken in the vicinity

Section 3.2.3

16.2

The Requiring Authority shall undertake on-going communication and consultation with notable noise and vibration receivers throughout the duration of construction occurring in the vicinity. This communication shall be reported back to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13) and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer for their review and confirmation of any further action to be undertaken. The Auckland Council Consent Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving this information from the Requiring Authority.

Section 3.2.3

Project Standards – Construction Noise

31.1

Construction noise shall comply with the following Project Standards (unless otherwise provided for in a SSCNMP which is approved under Condition 37, 39 or 40):

Receiver Type

Monday to Saturday 0700 – 2200

Sundays and Public Holidays 0700 – 2200

At all other times 2200 – 0700

Occupied commercial and industrial buildings (including offices)

75 dB LAeq

75 dB LAeq 90 dB LAFmax

65 dB LAeq 1 80 dB LAFmax2

60 dB LAeq 75 dB LAFmax

Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receivers (excluding offices) Early Childhood Education Centres (whilst occupied during normal opening hours) Bear Park Early Childhood Education Centre at 32 Akiraho Street (whilst occupied during normal opening hours)

Section 3.1.1

35 dB LAeq in sleeping areas

35 dB LAeq in sleeping areas 65 dB LAeq in outdoor playing areas

Notes: 1. 60 dB LAeq for Designation 5 and Designation 6; and 2. 75 dB LAFmax for Designation 5 and Designation 6. 31.2

Construction noise shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of NZS 6803:1999

Project Standards - Blasting Overpressure and Vibration For the avoidance of doubt this condition only applies to NoR 6 where blasting is required

Sections 3.1.1 and 7.1

N/A

Project Standards - Construction Vibration

33.1

Construction vibration (including blasting) shall comply with the following Project Standards for building damage (unless otherwise provided for in a SSCVMP which is approved under Condition 38, 39 or 40) Type of Structure

Section 3.2.1

Short-term (transient) vibration1

Long-term (continuous) vibration PPV at the foundation at a PPV at PPV at horizontal plane frequency of horizontal plane of highest floor (mm/s) 1-10Hz 10-50Hz 50-100Hz of highest floor (mm/s) (mm/s) (mm/s) (mm/s) 20 20 – 40 40 – 50 40 10

Commercial/ Industrial Residential/ 5 5 – 15 15 – 20 15 5 School Historic or 3 3–8 8 – 10 8 2.5 sensitive structures Note: 1. Standard DIN 4150-3:1999 defines short-term (transient) vibration as “vibration which does not occur often enough to cause structural fatigue and which does not produce resonance in the structure being evaluated”. Long-term (continuous) vibration is defined as all other vibration types not covered by the short-term vibration definition. 33.2

Construction vibration (including blasting) shall be measured in accordance with German Standard DIN 4150-3:1999.

Project Standards - Construction Vibration (Amenity)

34.1

Between the hours of 10pm and 7am vibration generated by construction activities (excluding blasting) shall not exceed:

Sections 3.2.1 and 7.2

N/A

(a) a Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 0.3mm/s when measured at any part of the floor of any bedroom; (b) a noise level of 35 dB LAeq (15min) when measured in any bedroom. 34.2

Between the hours of 7am and 10pm vibration generated by construction activities (excluding blasting) shall not exceed:

Section 3.2.2

(a) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 1mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for residentially occupied habitable rooms, bedrooms in temporary accommodation and medical facilities; and (b) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 2mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for retail and office spaces (including work areas and meeting rooms); 34.3

The limits in 34.1 and 34.2 shall only be investigated and applied upon the receipt of a complaint from any building occupant. They shall not be applied where there is no concern from the occupant of the building.

Section 3.2.3

34.4

Where the limits in 34.1 and 34.2 are found (through measurement) to be exceeded then a SSCVMP shall be prepared for that receiver (Condition 38).

Section 3.2.3

Construction Noise and Vibration DWP For the avoidance of doubt, this condition is applicable to the management of construction noise and vibration on all receivers, including sensitive and notable receivers.

36.1

A Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall be prepared and implemented. The objective of the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP is to provide for the development

This document

and implementation of identified best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from construction. 36.2

The Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall: a)

Sections 3 & 5

Adopt the noise and vibration standards for construction set out in Conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34 of these designations;

b) Be generally consistent with the draft Construction Noise and Vibration management plan submitted as part of the Notice of Requirement documentation (dated 23 August 2013); and c) 36.3

Identify methods to achieve best practicable option for mitigating adverse effects.

To achieve this objective, the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall include: a) The roles and responsibilities of the noise and vibration personnel in the contractor team with regard to managing and monitoring adverse noise and vibration effects;

Sections 2 & 5

b) That piling and road cutting will be restricted to between the hours of 7am to 7pm, Monday to Saturday;

Section 5

c) Construction machinery and equipment to be used and their operating noise and vibration levels;

Section 4, Appendix B

d) Identification of construction activities that are likely to create adverse noise and vibration effects, the location of these in the construction site areas, and the distance to comply with the Project Criteria in Conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34;

Section 2.5, 4, Appendix B

e) The timing of construction activities that are likely to create an adverse noise and vibration effect;

Section 4, Appendix C

f) The location of sensitive noise and vibration receivers;

Section 2, 4, Appendix C

g) A record of communication and consultation with sensitive noise and vibration receivers. The record must include a clear explanation of where any comments from sensitive receivers have not been incorporated in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11;

Section 6, Appendix D

h) Specific measures to address the concerns raised by those sensitive receivers;

Sections 6, 7, 8, Appendix C

i) Specific training procedures for construction personnel including;

Section 5

I. The project noise and vibration performance standards for construction (conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34); II. Information about noise and vibration sources within the construction area and the locations of sensitive noise and vibration receivers; and III. Construction machinery operation instructions relating to mitigating noise and vibration; j) Methods and measures to mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction, use of low noise and vibration machinery, temporary relocation of affected receivers or any other measures or offer agreed to by the Requiring Authority and the affected receiver;

Sections 5, 6, 7, Appendix C

k) The proposed methods for monitoring construction noise and vibration to be undertaken by a suitably qualified person for the duration of construction works including:

Sections 4, 7, 8, Appendix C

I. Updating the predicted noise and vibration contours based on the final design and construction activities; II. Confirm which buildings are to be subject to a pre and post building condition survey in accordance with Condition 46. This includes consideration of those buildings in Appendix One and Two to these conditions; III. The timing and location for monitoring of buildings during construction is required (Note that the flow charts contained in Appendices B and C of Appendix J of the technical noise and vibration report provided as part of the Notice of Requirement should be used as a guide); IV. Identifying appropriate monitoring locations for receivers of construction noise and vibration; V. Procedures for working with the Communication and Consultation Manager to respond to complaints received on construction noise and vibration, including methods to monitor and identify noise and vibration sources; VI. Procedures for monitoring construction noise and vibration and reporting to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer; and VII. Procedures for how works will be undertaken should they be required as a result of the building condition surveys; l) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how landowners and occupiers are to be communicated with around noise and vibration effects.

Section 6, Appendix C

Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP)

37.1

The objective of a SSCNMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from construction noise that does not comply with the Project Noise Standards.

Appendix C

37.2

Further to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Condition 36, a SSCNMP shall be prepared for any receiver or activity for which air overpressure is either predicted or measured to exceed the limits in Condition 32, or where construction noise is either predicted or measured to exceed the Project Noise Standards in Condition 31, except where the exceedance of the standards in Condition 31 is less than 5 decibels and does not exceed:

Sections 3, 4, Appendix C

0700-2200: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive weeks in any 2 months

b) 2200-0700: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive nights in any 10 days. 37.3

For predicted exceedances of less than 5 decibels (refer 37.2) monitoring shall be undertaken to confirm the actual noise levels. If exceedance is shown to be more than 5 decibels, or the period exceeds those detailed, then a SSCNMP will be prepared.

Sections 7

37.4

In addition to the SSCNMPs prepared in accordance with Condition 37.2, and notwithstanding Condition 37.1, the Requiring Authority shall prepare SSCNMPs specifying the best practicable option for management, methods and measures to mitigate all noise effects for the properties located at:

N/A

1 Queen Street (Lot 1 DP 165403);

b) 21 Queen Street (Lot 1 DP 67723); c)

29 Customs Street West (Lot 7 DP 77037)

d) 188 Quay Street (Lot 5 DP 63972 and Lot 1 DP 78340); and e) 37.5

23-29 Albert Street (Lot 1 DP 116724).

SSCNMPs will identify: a)

The extent to which noise may exceed the Project Noise Standards in Condition 31 or the overpressure limits in Condition 32;

Section 4, Appendix C

b) The timing and duration of any exceedance; c)

Details of the type of activity causing any exceedance;

d) The summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the SSCNMP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; e)

The methods and measures to mitigate noise effects, including but not limited to, potential to offer temporary relocation of affected receivers, alternative ventilation, faรงade sound insulation improvements, building condition surveys in the case of overpressure generated by blast events, or other offers made by the Requiring Authority and whether these have been agreed to by the affected receiver;

The reasons why the management and mitigation measures and methods reflect best practicable option.

37.6

The SSCNMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan.

Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP)

38.1

The objective of a SSCVMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from vibration that does not comply with the Project Vibration Standards.

Appendix C

38.2

Further to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Condition 36, a SSCVMP shall be prepared:

Sections 3, 4, 6 Appendix C

Section 8

For any unoccupied buildings, structure or infrastructure for which construction vibration is either predicted or measured to exceed the Project Vibration Standards in Condition 33;

b) Where a complaint or concern is raised and the vibration level exceeds the amenity levels of Condition 34.2(a) and 34.2(b); c)

In response to other concerns or complaints where required (refer to Condition 17); and

d) For the properties listed in Condition 37.4. 38.3

Where the amenity limits in Conditions 34.2(a) and 34.2(b) are exceeded: a)

Section 3

Best practicable management of vibration must be applied; and

b) The vibration activity shall be scheduled to avoid disturbance. If this is not practicable then reasonable respite periods shall be provided to reduce vibration exposure. 38.4

The limits in condition 33 may be relaxed by a SSCVMP but only for a building, structure or infrastructure that has been assessed by a suitably qualified and experienced structural engineer and where it has been deemed to be capable of withstanding higher vibration levels without sustaining building or structural damage, and where appropriate vibration and building condition monitoring regimes are in place.

Section 3

38.5

SSCVMPs will identify:

Section 4, Appendix C

The timing and duration of any exceedance;

b) Details of the type of activity giving rise to any exceedance; c)

Site Specific vibration criteria that addresses the issue(s) of concern (i.e. building damage, amenity and sensitive equipment). Site Specific criteria shall be determined by a suitably qualified independent vibration expert;

d) The summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the SSCVMP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; e)

The methods and measures to mitigate vibration effects, including but not limited to, investigating alternative low-vibration construction methods, undertaking highvibration works outside sensitive times, vibration barriers, building condition surveys, potential to offer temporary relocation of affected receivers, or other offers made by the Requiring Authority and agreed to by the affected receiver.

The reasons why the management and mitigation measures and methods reflect best practicable option.

38.6

The SSCVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan.

Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers

Section 8 & 9, Appendix C

For the avoidance of doubt, Conditions 39.5 and 39.6 do not apply to MediaWorks. 39.1

Further to Condition 36, the Requiring Authority and its contractor, in conjunction with a suitably qualified expert, shall work collaboratively with each notable receiver during the preparation of a SSCNVMP to confirm the extent and management of adverse effects on each Notable Receiver

N/A

39.2

In addition to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP, a SSCNVMP shall be prepared for each identified Notable Receiver. The objective of the SSCNVMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects on each Notable Receiver.

Appendix C1

39.3

The Requiring Authority shall consult with the notable receiver throughout the duration of construction and update the SSCNVMP as required to achieve the objective in 39.2.

Appendix C1.3

39.4

The SSCNVMP shall include:

Appendix C1.2 and C1.3

The level at which noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver will unreasonably interfere with its operation. This will enable development of the site specific criteria. In the case of MediaWorks this is set out in Condition 40;

b) Construction activities and equipment which are likely to create adverse noise and vibration effects and the location and timing of these in relation to the notable receiver; c)

The methods and measures associated with the worksite including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, use of low noise and vibration machinery and the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction;

d) The methods and measures associated with the notable receiver building or operation including, but not limited to, potential for isolation of sensitive areas and equipment, dampening of reradiating surfaces and temporary relocation of affected receivers that are proposed to minimise adverse noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver; e)

Details about the methods to be adopted by the Requiring Authority to minimise construction noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver and the anticipated effectiveness of those methods;

A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the notable receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not;

39.5

Offers made by the Requiring Authority to the notable receiver to mitigate effects and the response by the operators, such as relocation, and whether those offers were accepted or not by the notable receiver;

If the parties cannot agree on any of the matters above they shall each appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint an independent and suitably qualified third expert who shall certify the following matters to be included in the SSCNVMP: a)

N/A

The level at which noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver unreasonably interfere with its operation (the certified noise and vibration limit);

b) The mitigation methods and measures within the worksite (at source) including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, use of low noise and vibration machinery and the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction; c)

The mitigation methods and measures at the notable receiver including but not limited to: isolation of sensitive areas and equipment; dampening of reradiating surfaces; any response to such offers; and temporary relocation of affected receivers;

d) Whether or not the mitigation methods and measures reflect best practicable management; and e)

Whether or not the residual effects are likely to cause significant disruption to the activities of the notable receiver.

39.6

Following the above process the SSCNVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall not be entitled to make any changes to the SSCNVMP through the Outline Plan process following any agreement reached with the notable receiver and/or through the above certification process without the consent of the notable receiver. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan process.

Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan â€“ Medial Works

N/A

Further to Condition 36, a SSCNVMP shall be prepared for the MediaWorks site implementing the project standards in Condition 35. 40.1

The MediaWorks SSCNVMP shall identify high noise or vibration plant and machinery, and list the relevant items that require testing in accordance with Condition 40.4 and 40.8.

Appendix C1.4

40.2

Prior to any demolition or construction commencing, the Requiring Authority shall undertake a noise survey to determine the Transmission Loss (TL) performance of the MediaWorks building envelope. This testing shall only be undertaken outside of Sensitive Times.

Appendix C1.4

40.3

Prior to any demolition or construction commencing, the Requiring Authority shall undertake a vibration survey to determine the transfer function of the MediaWorks building structure from ground vibration outside the building to reradiated noise in Studio 1. This testing shall only be undertaken outside of Sensitive Times.

Appendix C1.4

40.4

All high noise plant and machinery to be used at a location where it is predicted to generate noise levels in excess of 3 dB below the limits specified in Condition 35.2 shall be tested prior to use, to determine its Sound Power Level (Lw) at a sufficient distance from the MediaWorks building to ensure compliance. These measured Lws shall be used to predict the noise level at the MediaWorks building faĂ§ade(s) from proposed construction scenarios. The faĂ§ade TL (refer Condition 40.2) shall then be applied to predict the noise levels in the relevant rooms.

Appendix C1.4

40.5

All high noise plant and machinery may not be used until Condition 40.4 is satisfied, taking into account the cumulative noise levels from active sources on the site.

Appendix C1.4

40.6

The Requiring Authority and its contractor, in conjunction with a suitably qualified expert, shall work collaboratively with MediaWorks during the preparation of a SSCNVMP to confirm the extent and management of adverse effects on MediaWorks.

Appendix C1.3

40.7

The SSCNVMP shall set out the requirements for monitoring, the number of monitors, the instrument location, any adjustments necessary if a proxy position is required and any other procedures or requirements that are necessary. The data shall be available in real time to the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council and MediaWorks.

Appendix C1.5

40.8

Prior to the use of any high vibration equipment to be used at a location where it is predicted to generate vibration levels greater than 75% of the Condition 33-35 limits relating to the MediaWorks building, the Requiring Authority shall undertake vibration measurements at a sufficient distrance from the MediaWorks building to ensure compliance. These measurements shall be used to determine minimum set-back distances from the building to avoid potential exceedances of the vibration limits in Conditions 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8. Reradiated noise values in Studio 1 shall be calculated using the measured transfer function, as required by Condition 40.3. The results of the testing and the outcomes affecting construction operations shall be set out in the SSCNVMP

Appendix C1.3

40.9

The noise and vibration levels from construction shall be monitored to determine compliance with conditions 35.2 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8 continuously by automated noise and vibration monitors located at positions that will represent the noise and vibration level in the relevant spaces and for the relevant noise and vibration limits. The SSCNVMP shall set out the requirements for monitoring, the instrument location, any adjustments necessary if a proxy position is required and any other procedures or requirements that are necessary including methods to exclude extraneous sources. The data shall be available in real time to the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council and MediaWorks.

Appendix C1.2

40.10

Monitoring to determine compliance or otherwise with Condition 35.6 relating to office amenity shall only be undertaken in response to complaints from MediaWorks. The measurements must be attended by a suitably qualified person.

Appendix C1.2

40.11

The SSCNVMP shall set out corrective action measures that must be adopted in situations where any of the noise and vibration limits in Conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8 are exceeded and where the noise and/or vibration levels are unacceptable to MediaWorks. The corrective action measures must include the following:

Appendix C1.2

(a) Immediate cessation of the work(s) that is giving rise to the exceedance; (b) A procedure to require the implementation of whatever measures are necessary to reduce the noise or vibration levels; (c) A monitoring procedure to determine compliance (once the remediation works are complete); (d) A requirement to ensure that the work(s) responsible for the exceedance are not recommenced during Sensitive Times; (e) A complaints procedure that is capable of effecting the immediate cessation of works including making a point of contact directly available 24 hours, seven days a week. 40.12

If there is a disagreement between the Requiring Authority and MediaWorks as to the content of the SSCNVMP, they shall each appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint an independent and suitably qualified third expert who shall certify the matters set out in Condition 40.11 and any other matters in dispute in the SSCNVMP.

Appendix C1.2

40.13

Following the above process the SSCNVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall not be entitled to make any changes to the SSCNVMP through the Outline Plan process following any agreement reached with MediaWorks and/or through the above certification process without the consent of MediaWorks. The works shall then be

Appendix C1.2

undertaken in accordance with the SSCNVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan process.

APPENDIX F ISCA REQUIREMENTS CRLL is seeking ISCA (infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia) IS (infrastructure Sustainability) Rating for the whole project lifecycle where the requirements as per ISCA CRL IS Technical Manual – Mahi Rauora Aratohu - Version 1.2 are essential to achieve the Project’s sustainability goal (Reference to CRLL minimum requirements - Appendices 10, 23 and 24 of the contract documents). This Appendix includes IS requirements that are necessary to achieve a target level 2 of Dis-2 and Dis-3 ISCA credits. These requirements remain subject to change as the project goes forward. Hence, the below Table to be reviewed, amended (as and if needed) and confirmed to meet the target level that will be set and agreed upon. The relevant required evidence(s) to achieve the target to be provided at appropriate timing. ISCA Category

Target Level

Dis-2

Noise

Construction Requirements

How we Aim to achieve this

NZS 6803:1999 “Acoustics - Construction Noise” referred to in this DWP - is listed as an ISCA Approved Guideline Benchmark Measures to mitigate noise during construction and operation have been identified and implemented. AND Monitoring of noise is undertaken at appropriate intervals and in response to complaints during construction AND For construction, modelling and monitoring demonstrates no recurring or major divergences from the noise management process in ISCA approved noise guidelines.

Section 3.1.2 – for site specific noise management plans. Section 5 – for general mitigation measures Section 6.2 – Complaints Response Section 7.1 - Monitoring .

Evidence Design report, as-built drawings, environmental management plan, asset management plan. Monitoring reports. Dis-3

Vibration Benchmark Measures to mitigate vibration during construction and operation have been identified and implemented.

Section 3.2.1 – for building damage standards

AND

Section 3.2.3 – For site specific management plans.

Monitoring of vibration is undertaken at appropriate intervals and in response to complaints during construction.

Section 5 – For general mitigation measures

AND

Section 6.2 - Complaints

For construction, modelling and monitoring demonstrates no exceedances of vibration goals for structural damage to buildings and structures.

Section 7.2 Monitoring

AND No physical damage has been caused to any buildings or structures by vibration caused by construction. Evidence Design report, as-built drawings, environmental management plan, asset management plan. Monitoring reports.

Auckland Office Level 4, Aurecon House 139 Carlton Gore Road Auckland 1023 New Zealand T +64 9 520 6019 F +64 524 7815

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix F Historic Character Delivery Work Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

City Rail Link In association with:

KARANGAHAPE STATION BUILDING DEMOLITION HISTORIC CHARACTER DELIVERY WORK PLAN Archaeology Section

Document ref: CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0136 Revision: 4 7 May 2019

INTERNAL WORKING DOCUMENT COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE Historic Character Delivery Work Plan

7 May 2019

Version history Rev.

Date

Version details

Prepared by

21 February 2019

Draft for CRLL Review

S. Macready, R. Clough

20 March 2019

Draft for CRLL Review

S. Macready, R. Clough

26 March 2019

Draft for CRLL Review

S. Macready, R. Clough

7 May 2019

Final version

S. Macready, R. Clough

Historic Character Delivery Work Plan - Archaeology

Reviewed by

7 May 2019

Table of contents 1

2 3

6 7

Introduction 1.1 Project Works 1.2 Purpose of Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Archaeology Section) 1.3 Relevant Designation Conditions Historic Heritage Values - Archaeology 2.1 Archaeological Sites in the Project Area Roles and Responsibilities 3.1 Project Archaeologist roles and responsibilities 3.2 Contractor briefing 3.3 Contact details Training 4.1 Pre-Construction Briefing 4.2 Toolbox Talks 4.3 Training Records Archaeological Procedures and Mitigation Measures 5.1 9A-21 Mercury Lane 5.2 Archaeological Discovery Protocols 5.3 Discovery of Archaeological or Cultural Remains 5.4 Mana Whenua protocols 5.4.1 Archaeological Remains 5.4.2 KĹ?iwi Tangata (Human Remains) 5.4.3 Taonga (MÄ ori Artefacts) 5.5 Recording of Features and Deposits 5.6 Artefact Management Plan 5.7 Stand Down Periods 5.8 Post Excavation Analysis and Archiving 5.9 Reporting Requirements Communication and Consultation Review and Updating of the DWP 7.1 DWP Review 7.2 DWP Updates CLG Comments IPRP Comments

Appendix A :

HNZPTA Authority Requirements

Appendix B:

Record of CLG and Independent Peer Review Comments

Appendix C:

ISCA Requirements

Historic Character Delivery Work Plan - Archaeology

1 1 3 3 5 5 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 11 11 11 12 13 14 15 15 15 1 2

7 May 2019

Glossary of abbreviations Acronym

Definition

CEMP

Construction Environmental Management Plan

CRL

City Rail Link

CRLL

City Rail Link Limited

DWP

Delivery Work Plan

EFC

East Facing Connection

HNZPT

Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Tāonga

HNZPTA

Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Tāonga Act 2014

NAL

North Auckland Line

RMA

Resource Management Act 1991

WFC

West Facing Connection

Glossary of terms Term

Definition

Koiwi tangata

Human skeletal remains

Taonga tūturu

Maori artefacts

Historic Character Delivery Work Plan - Archaeology

7 May 2019

Introduction

1.1

Project Works

It is proposed to demolish all buildings and structures in the Karangahape Station CSA (“the Project”), as identified in Figure 1.1 below. The Project is being undertaken in accordance with the CRL Designation 2500-4, confirmed in November 2015 and the Aotea Station to North Auckland Line (A2NAL) suite of resource consents approved in November 2016. The conditions of these authorisations require the preparation of an Outline Plan (OP), Delivery Work Plans (DWP) and Management Plans (MP). This Historic Character DWP (Archaeology Section) is prepared in accordance with the CRL Designation and resource consent conditions and identified in the hierarchy of documentation illustrated in Figure 1.2. The properties to be demolished are: •

9A, 9B, & 9C Mercury Lane

•

11-13 Mercury Lane

•

17-21 Mercury Lane

•

23-31 Mercury Lane

•

38 East Street

•

20-24 East Street

Partial demolition will be required at the following properties: •

16D & 16E East Street

•

18 East Street

With the exception of the properties at 23-31 Mercury Lane, 38 East Street and 16 & 18 East Street all properties in the demolition area are owned by CRLL and the current tenancies are under CRLL management.

2 CRLL plan to commence the process of vacating the properties in the third quarter of 2019. This will be done to ensure that all properties are vacant in reasonable time ahead of the planned disconnection of services. Demolition will commence in late 2019 and extend for 8 to 12 weeks. Demolition will be undertaken in a staged manner the order of which is to be confirmed by the C3 Alliance. Buildings at the northern end of the site are anticipated to be removed first, with demolition works progressing southward. All buildings and structures will be removed to ground level, with the retention of some existing foundations where necessary for site stability. A soft strip (wall linings etc) of salvageable materials and recycling of concrete and reinforcing steel will be carried out where possible. All demolition material will be removed from the project area and covered during transportation and disposed of at approved facilities. The project area will be fenced, with lockable gates, to prevent unauthorised entry. Where appropriate, solid plywood fencing will be used, with appropriate signage prohibiting unauthorised entry and identifying hazards

Figure 1.1: CRL Karangahape Station CSA building demolition area

Figure 1.2: Outline Plan Contents

1.2

Purpose of Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Archaeology Section)

The Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (DWP) (Archaeology Section) (referred to as â€˜this DWPâ€™) has been prepared to manage adverse effects on archaeology that may result during the Project. The objective of the DWP is to provide a framework for the avoidance, remediation or mitigation of adverse effects on archaeological remains during construction, as far as reasonably practicable. This DWP is required under CRL Designation Condition 42. It has been prepared by Clough & Associates Ltd and will form part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) for the Project. Collectively, the CEMP and this DWP will support the Outline Plan for the Project.

1.3

Relevant Designation Conditions

Table 1.1 identifies the designation conditions relevant to this DWP and where they are addressed in the document.

Table 1.1: Condition No.

Historic Character - Archaeology conditions and DWP Section where addressed Condition

Relevant section of DWP City Rail Link Designation

42.1

A Historic Character DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on built heritage and archaeology that may result during construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.

42.2

The objective of the Archaeology section of the Historic Character DWP is to This document avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on archaeological remains during construction, as far as reasonably practicable. To achieve the above objective the following matters shall be included in the Archaeology section of the Historic Character DWP: (a) Constructor roles and responsibilities, stand-down periods and reporting Sections 3.1, requirements are to be clearly identified; 5.6, 5.7, 5.9 (b) How procedures for archaeological investigations and monitoring of Sections5.1, 5.3 preliminary earthworks are to be implemented in areas where there is potential for archaeological remains to be discovered; (c) Procedures for the discovery of, including accidental discovery of archaeological remains including:

42.3

This document

Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of DWP

(i) The ceasing of all physical construction works in the immediate vicinity of the discovery; (ii) Practices for dealing with the uncovering of cultural or archaeological remains and the parties to be notified (including, but not limited to, appropriate iwi authorities, the Auckland Council Consents Monitoring officer, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust [now Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga - HNZPT], and the New Zealand Police (if koiwi (human skeletal remains) are discovered); (iii) Procedures to be undertaken before physical works in the area of discovery can start again, including any iwi protocols, recording of sites and material, recovery of any artefacts, and consultation to be undertaken with iwi, Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer and Heritage Unit, and with the New Zealand Historic Places Trust [now HNZPT]; and (iv) Procedures for recording any archaeological remains or evidence before it is modified or destroyed, including opportunities for the conservation and preservation of artefacts and ecofacts (biological material) that are discovered. Consideration shall be given to the incorporation of in-situ material or artefacts into the design of stations and / or public places associated with the City Rail Link project. Consideration shall also be given to the provision for ‘post-excavation’ assessment analysis and publication of material within 24 months of completion of construction. (v) Provision for ‘post-excavation’ archiving, assessment and analysis of the archaeological records and materials; publication of results of that work within 24 months of completion of construction assessment analysis and publication of material within 24 months of completion of construction. (d) Training procedures for all contractors are to be undertaken in advance of construction, regarding the possible presence of cultural or archaeological sites or material, what these sites or material may look like, and the relevant provisions of the Historic Places Act 1993 [now the Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014] if any sites or material are discovered; (e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which details how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust [now HNZPT], mana whenua (see condition 8) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to archaeology.

Sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.7 Sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5,

Sections 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.7

Sections 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9

Sections5.8, 5.9

Section 4

Section 6

Historic Heritage Values - Archaeology

2.1

Archaeological Sites in the Project Area

None of the buildings scheduled for demolition are archaeological sites of pre-1900 date as defined under the HNZPTA and Auckland Unitary Plan. No subsurface archaeological sites have been identified beneath the buildings scheduled for demolition. However, the properties at 9A, 9B, 9C, 11-13 and 17-21 Mercury Lane, where buildings are to be demolished, are known to have contained buildings during the 19th century, remains associated with which may be present subsurface. The buildings remained on the site until the mid-20th century and it is also possible that historic heritage remains relating to the early 20th century may be present subsurface. As the advance works provided for in this DWP will be limited to site clearance following building demolition, the potential for impacting on subsurface pre-1900 archaeological remains or significant 20th century historic heritage remains will be limited. However, the possibility of exposing subsurface pre-1900 archaeological remains or early 20th century historic heritage remains will be managed through this DWP and an Archaeological Authority (no. 2017/793) issued by Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga (HNZPT) (see Appendix A).

Roles and Responsibilities

3.1

Project Archaeologist roles and responsibilities

The Project Archaeologist will be responsible for ensuring that the archaeological requirements set out in this DWP and in the Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014 (HNZPTA) authority are fulfilled. This includes ensuring that an archaeologist is available to inspect the properties at 9A-21 Mercury Lane at the end of demolition and during site clearance, and to respond to call-in by the construction contractor if any suspected archaeological remains are exposed. It also includes ensuring that the archaeological team adheres to the contractor’s site safety requirements. The Project Archaeologist will also be responsible for reporting to the relevant parties regarding the archaeological work.

3.2

Contractor briefing

Prior to the start of building demolition, the Project Archaeologist and Mana Whenua representatives will meet with the demolition contractor(s) on site to brief them on the archaeological and cultural requirements for the Project. The Project Archaeologist must be given at least two weeks’ notice by the contractor that demolition works at 9A-21 Mercury Lane are about to begin. The construction contractor will keep the Project Archaeologist informed as to the work schedule and any changes that may arise. As set out in sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.5 and 5.8 of this DWP, the construction contractor will temporarily cease works and call-in the Project Archaeologist if suspected archaeological remains are exposed during site clearance when an archaeologist is not present, so that the remains can be assessed and recorded. As set out in sections 5.3 and 5.7 of this DWP, the construction contractor will give the Project Archaeologist sufficient time and opportunity for the recording and sampling of any archaeological features or deposits encountered, and will not resume clearance works in the immediate vicinity until the archaeological work is completed.

3.3

Contact details

Table 3.1 outlines the contact details of the Project Archaeologist, Mana Whenua, Auckland Council Heritage and HNZPT. Table 3.1:

Contact details

Title

Name

Contact Details

Project Archaeologist (and Approved Archaeologist under the HNZPT Authority for the Project) Auckland Council Cultural Heritage Implementation Team Leader

Rod Clough Clough & Associates Ltd

Phone: (09) 814 1946 or 0274850059;

Chris Mallows

Phone: 021807348, Email: Chris.Mallows@aucklandcouncil.co.nz

Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer

Timothy O’Grady

Phone: 021 834 584, Email: Timothy. OGrady@aucklandcouncil.co.nz

HNZPT Mid-Northern Regional Archaeologist

Greg Walter

Email: heritage@clough.co.nz

Phone: (09) 307 9924, GWalter@heritage.org.nz

Title

Name

Contact Details

Mana Whenua representatives (if remains relating to Maori occupation are found)

Victoria Jessop

To be contacted via: Victoria Jessop (GM Corporate Relations and Communications, City Rail Link Limited) Phone: 027 2306381, Email: victoria.jessop@cityraillink.govt.nz

Training

4.1

Pre-Construction Briefing

Prior to the start of Project works, the Project Archaeologist will provide a briefing on the Project’s archaeological requirements as contained within this section of this DWP to the construction contractor and all staff working on the Project. These requirements include but are not limited to: •

Statutory requirements under the HNZPTA;

•

How to recognise archaeological material (of pre-1900 or early 20th century date) if exposed during site clearance;

•

What actions need to be taken should any archaeological material or remains be exposed or encountered during site clearance; and

•

Who to contact in the event of archaeological material being exposed, if the Project Archaeologist is not present on site at the time.

Mana Whenua representatives will also be invited to provide a briefing on cultural requirements in case archaeological remains relating to Māori occupation are exposed during the clearance works.

4.2

Toolbox Talks

The Project Archaeologist will also attend regular toolbox meetings during the course of the Project, the purpose of which will be to remind staff of the Project’s archaeological requirements and to ensure that any new staff joining the Project team are fully briefed prior to the commencement of works.

4.3

Training Records

A record of attendance at briefing and training sessions will be held by the Environmental and Sustainability Manager as part of the Project training record (refer to the CEMP for further detail in this regard).

Archaeological Procedures and Mitigation Measures

5.1

9A-21 Mercury Lane

An archaeologist will be present during the final demolition of the buildings and site clearance, in case any subsurface archaeological features are exposed. If any subsurface archaeological features (of pre-1900 or early 20th century date) are exposed at the site clearance stage, these will be investigated, sampled and recorded. If the feature is deep or extensive, and can be safely covered and protected in situ, investigation may be deferred to the main works stage.

5.2

Archaeological Discovery Protocols

As noted in section 2, there is only limited potential for subsurface archaeological remains to be exposed elsewhere during project works, which will be limited to building demolition and site clearance. However, the possibility that archaeological features and deposits may be exposed during site clearance works will be managed and mitigated by call-in by the contractor; the recording of any remains exposed; and the recovery of samples of archaeological material for further analysis. As above (5.1), if the feature is deep or extensive, and can be safely covered and protected in situ, investigation may be deferred to the main works stage. If suspected archaeological remains (of pre-1900 or early 20th century date) are encountered, works will stop in the immediate vicinity of the find until the Project Archaeologist can assess the site.

5.3

Discovery of Archaeological or Cultural Remains

If in situ archaeological features or deposits (of pre-1900 or early 20th century date) are identified during clearance works, the Project Archaeologist will stop works in the immediate vicinity by notifying the Project Manager and will investigate and record the remains, in accordance with accepted archaeological practice as set out in this DWP and the requirements of the HNZPT Authority. If the feature is deep or extensive, and can be safely covered and protected in situ, investigation may be deferred to the main works stage. If remains indicating MÄ ori occupation are exposed the protocols outlined in section 5.4 of this DWP will be followed. If significant archaeological features or deposits are identified during clearance works the Auckland Council (Cultural Heritage Implementation Team Leader and Compliance and Monitoring Officer), HNZPT, and Mana Whenua will first be notified by the Project Archaeologist, and the remains will then be investigated and recorded in accordance with accepted archaeological practice and as directed by HNZPT, if of pre-1900 date. Any significant remains of 20th century date will also be investigated and recorded as directed by the Auckland Council Cultural Heritage Implementation Team Leader. If remains indicating Maori occupation are exposed the protocols outlined at section 5.4 of this DWP will be followed.

5.4

Mana Whenua protocols

5.4.1

Archaeological Remains

If archaeological remains relating to MÄ ori occupation are exposed, the Project Archaeologist will inform the appropriate Mana Whenua representatives.

5.4.2

KĹ?iwi Tangata (Human Remains)

If bone material is identified that could potentially be human, the following protocol will be adopted:

10 •

Earthworks/investigation will cease in the immediate vicinity while an archaeologist establishes whether the bone is human;

•

If it is not clear whether the bone is human, work shall cease in the immediate vicinity until the Auckland University reference collection and/or a specialist can be consulted and a definite identification made;

•

If bone is confirmed as human (kōiwi tangata), the archaeologist will immediately contact the Mana Whenua representatives, HNZPT, the NZ Police and Auckland Council Cultural Heritage Implementation Team Leader and Compliance and Monitoring officer;

•

The site will be secured in a way that protects the kōiwi as far as possible from further damage;

•

Once the NZ Police and HNZPT are satisfied that the remains are archaeological, consultation will be undertaken between the Mana Whenua representatives, the HNZPT Regional Archaeologist, the Auckland Council Cultural Heritage Implementation Team and City Rail Link Limited (CRLL) to determine and advise the most appropriate course of action. No further action will be taken until responses have been received from all parties, and the kōiwi will not be removed until advised by HNZPT;

•

The Mana Whenua representatives will advise on appropriate tikanga and be given the opportunity to conduct any cultural ceremonies that are appropriate;

•

If the Mana Whenua representatives are in agreement and so request, the bones may be further analysed by a skilled bio-anthropological specialist prior to reburial, in line with the HNZPT Guidelines Kōiwi Tangata Human Remains (2010); and

•

Activity in that place can recommence as soon the bones have been reinterred or removed and authorisation has been obtained from HNZPT.

5.4.3

Taonga (Māori Artefacts)

Māori artefacts such as carvings, stone adzes, and greenstone objects are considered to be taonga (treasures). These are taonga tūturu within the meaning of the Protected Objects Act 1975. Taonga may be discovered in isolated contexts, but are generally found within archaeological sites. If taonga are discovered the following protocols will be adopted: •

The area containing the taonga will be secured in a way that protects the taonga as far as possible from further damage, consistent with conditions of the Archaeological Authority (no. 2017/793);

•

The Project Archaeologist will then inform HNZPT, Auckland Council and the nominated Mana Whenua representatives so that the appropriate actions (from cultural and archaeological perspectives) can be determined;

•

These actions will be carried out within the stand down period specified below, and work may resume at the end of this period or earlier if advised by HNZPT or the Project Archaeologist;

•

The Project Archaeologist will notify the Ministry for Culture and Heritage of the find within 28 days as required under the Protected Objects Act 1975. This can be done through the Auckland War Memorial Museum; and

•

The Ministry for Culture and Heritage, in consultation with Mana Whenua, will decide on custodianship of the taonga. If the taonga requires conservation treatment (stabilisation), this can be carried out by the Department of Anthropology, University of Auckland (09-373-7999) and would be paid for by the Ministry. It would then be returned to the custodian or museum.

5.5

Recording of Features and Deposits

Any in situ pre-1900 or significant 20th century archaeological deposits or features exposed during clearance works will be investigated, recorded and sampled consistent with accepted archaeological practice as set out in this DWP and in accordance with the requirements of the HNZPT Authority (no. 2017/793). Detailed notes of each feature and deposit will be made, photographs will be taken, and all subsurface features located will be detailed on the site plan. Stratigraphic drawings and photographs of features and deposits will be undertaken. Sufficient time and opportunity will be allowed for the recording and sampling of any archaeological features or deposits encountered. The archaeologist(s) will record the archaeological feature(s) or deposit(s) as quickly as possible so that works may resume without undue delay. However, if the feature is deep or extensive, and can be safely covered and protected in situ, investigation may be deferred to the main works stage.

5.6

Artefact Management Plan

The locations of artefact deposits will be marked on the site plan and retained for analysis. If large numbers of artefacts relating to European occupation are exposed, a representative sample will be retained. The process for storage, analysis and display shall be as follows: •

Artefacts will be bagged, labelled by date and context, and may initially be stored in a secure on-site lock-up facility provided by the contractor;

•

As soon as is feasible artefacts will be transferred to the Project Archaeologist’s offices for cleaning, recording and analysis;

•

Any significant artefacts and/or artefacts meriting public display, will be identified by the Project Archaeologist and, in consultation with the relevant stakeholders, will be considered either for display within the new Karangahape Road Station or for donation to the Auckland War Memorial Museum, as appropriate;

•

Less significant finds will be disposed of following recording and analysis, subject to CRLL agreement, unless a museum is willing to accept the collection; and

•

Any wooden or fibre artefacts of significance will be wrapped/contained as required for short term preservation and analysis.

Artefacts will be conserved by appropriate specialists if this is recommended by the Project Archaeologist based on the level of significance and suitability for display or addition to museum collections. Any Māori artefacts that meet the criteria of taonga tūturu under the Protected Objects Act 1975 will in addition be managed as set out under the Mana Whenua Protocols (Section 5.4 of this DWP).

5.7

Stand Down Periods

Depending on what is revealed by the clearance works, stand down periods involving the ceasing of works in the immediate vicinity may be required at various stages to allow for archaeological work to be carried out or for consultation with the appropriate parties. Stand down will require clearance works to cease only in the immediate vicinity of the feature or find, and work may proceed in other areas. The maximum stand down periods in Table 5.1 will apply but works may be resumed earlier if the required work has been completed.

12 Timeframes need to be flexible enough to ensure that archaeological works are completed as necessary to ensure that the conditions of the Archaeological Authority (no. 2017/793) are met. Table 5.1:

Maximum Stand Down Periods

Trigger

Stand Down Period

Requirements

Release

Archaeological feature, deposit or artefacts

Maximum two days in each location, but work may continue in areas where no remains are identified.

Sufficient time must be allowed for the archaeologist to investigate and record the remains.

Work resumes when the Project Archaeologist advises the site foreman that work is completed.

Significant archaeological feature, deposit or artefacts, or significant 20th century historic heritage remains, that were not anticipated

Up to three days for a response from HNZPT for pre-1900 remains, and in most circumstances up to three days for any detailed investigation required. Up to three days for a response from Council if significant post-1900 historic heritage remains are found, and up to three days for any detailed investigation required.

The likely requirement is a mitigation investigation and/or recording by standard archaeological techniques, but this will be advised by HNZPT, or by Auckland Council if the find is of 20th century date. Note that there may

Work resumes when the Project Archaeologist advises the site foreman that work is completed.

Human bone found

As agreed between the project manager, HNZPT, Auckland Council and Mana Whenua.

HNZPT and NZ Police to be satisfied that kĹ?iwi identification is correct. Mana Whenua representative(s) to organise reinterment or removal of bones from site and appropriate cultural ceremonies.

Taonga or archaeological remains of MÄ ori origin found

Up to three days

HNZPT and Mana Whenua representative(s) to be consulted on appropriate action. Archaeological recording as required.

5.8

be special circumstances in which a longer period of stand down for investigation is deemed necessary by either HNZPT or Auckland Council.

Work resumes following reinternment or removal of bones from site and when authorisation from HNZPT has been received. Work resumes when the Project Archaeologist or HNZPT advises the site foreman that work is completed

Post Excavation Analysis and Archiving

Artefacts and faunal material retained from the site will be analysed and recorded by the appropriate specialists with the results presented in the final archaeological report, which will be provided to the parties specified in Section 5.9 of this DWP for information and archiving.

13 Depending on what is exposed, consideration will be given to displaying archaeological material such as artefacts within the new Karangahape Road Station. Any artefacts of significance relating to European occupation of the area that are recovered from the site that are not required for display may be offered to the Auckland Museum in consultation with CRLL. Any Māori artefacts (taonga tūturu) will be dealt with in accordance with the Mana Whenua protocols outlined in Section 5.4 of this DWP and the requirements of the Protected Objects Act 1975. Archaeological material identified by the Project Archaeologist as being appropriate for Carbon 14 dating will be sent to the University of Waikato’s Radiocarbon Dating Laboratory for age determination.

5.9

Reporting Requirements

During the course of the project, information on any archaeological discoveries will be provided to the Auckland Council Cultural Heritage Implementation Team and Consent Monitoring Officer, HNZPT and Mana Whenua. Opportunities for provision of information to the public via on site and media releases will be taken in consultation with those parties, depending on whether any significant archaeology is exposed during earthworks. In compliance with the requirements of HNZPT Authority 2017/793, a written summary report will be provided by the Project Archaeologist to CRLL, HNZPT, Auckland Council (Cultural Heritage Implementation Team and Consent Monitoring officer) and Mana Whenua within 20 days of the completion of the project works. A full and final monitoring report will be completed within 12 months of the end of the project works, and will be provided to CRLL, HNZPT, the Auckland Council (for inclusion in the Cultural Heritage Inventory), the NZ Archaeological Association Central File, Mana Whenua and any other parties specified in the designation conditions and archaeological Authority. On completion of the final report, the Project Archaeologist will update the archaeological site records on the NZAA Site Recording Scheme (ArchSite database) and Auckland Council Cultural Heritage Inventory with a summary of the results and reference to the final report. Depending on the significance of the archaeological information recovered, articles may be submitted to academic journals for publication.

Communication and Consultation

Refer to the Project Communication and Consultation Plan attached as Appendix J of the CEMP with respect to consultation with the Auckland Council Cultural Heritage Implementation Team, HNZPT, Mana Whenua and the public in relation to archaeological aspects of the Project. Matters to be discussed with Project stakeholders will include: •

Opportunities for public observation of excavations during the Project;

•

Opportunities and avenues for providing information to Project stakeholders and the public regarding archaeological discoveries during the Project; and

•

The display of archaeological material and artefacts within the new Karangahape Road Station, if material meriting public display is recovered during the Project.

Review and Updating of the DWP

This DWP is subject to a review process with the Community Liaison Group (CLG) established for the Project and a suitably qualified independent peer reviewer (Appendix B).

7.1

DWP Review

The process for reviewing this DWP as a result of a material change to the Project or the annual review is outlined in CRL designation condition 22. This DWP will be reviewed throughout the course of the Project, and at least annually, to reflect material changes associated with changes to construction techniques, the natural environment or due to unresolved complaints. The review shall take into consideration: •

Compliance with the designation or consent conditions, the CEMP, DWPs and Management Plans (MP)s (including site specific plans) and material changes to these plans;

•

Any significant changes to construction activities or methods;

•

Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the Project team;

•

Changes in industry best practice standards;

•

Changes in legal or other requirements (social and environmental legal requirements, consent conditions, CRLL objectives and relevant policies, plans, standards, specifications and guidelines);

•

Results of inspections, monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;

•

Comments or recommendations from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP, DWPs and MPs; and

•

Unresolved complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint.

7.2

DWP Updates

The process for updating this DWP as a result of a material change to the Project or the annual review is outlined in CRL designation condition 23 and section 5.7 of the CEMP. An original copy of this DWP document and subsequent versions will be kept for the Project records (earlier versions marked as obsolete). Each new / updated version of the Archaeology Section of the Historic Character DWP documentation will be issued with a version number and date to eliminate obsolete versions of this DWP documentation being used, and will be kept on site during works. A summary of the review process will be provided to Auckland Council and otherwise be made available on request. CRLL is seeking ISCA (infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia) IS (infrastructure Sustainability) Rating for the whole project lifecycle where the requirements as per ISCA CRL IS Technical Manual – Mahi Rauora Aratohu - Version 1.2 are essential to achieve the Project’s sustainability goal (Reference to CRLL minimum requirements - Appendices 10, 23 and 24 of the contract documents). The IS rating requirements that relate directly to this Historic Character DWP are included in Appendix C. which need to be reviewed, amended (as and if needed) and confirmed as the project proceeds and prior to commencing works to meet the target levels set for the project and agreed on with ISCA and CRLL.

Appendix A:

HNZPTA Authority Requirements

In addition to the requirements of the CRL designation, and this DWP prepared in accordance with CRL designation condition 42, all modification and investigation of pre-1900 archaeological remains are subject to the archaeological provisions of the Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014 (HNZPTA) and must be carried out in accordance with the conditions of an Authority issued by HNZPT under that Act. A general Authority for the Aotea Station to Mt Eden Station/NAL works, including modification of any subsurface remains at the Karangahape Station CSA, has been granted by HNZPT (Authority No. 2017/793). The Authority sets management procedures in place for archaeological discoveries. Care has been taken to ensure that the archaeological procedures set out in this DWP are consistent with the conditions and requirements of the Authority issued by HNZPT.

Appendix B:

Record of CLG and Independent Peer Review Comments

CLG Comments A meeting with the CLG was held on 28 March 2019. No feedback was received.

Comment ID

Date

Time

Forum

Commenter

Comment

Resolution

IPRP Comments Peer Reviewer: Date:

Full copy of Independent Peer Review provided below HCDWP Section

2.1

Comment

Resolution

Table 1.1, and throughout Some of the references to other parts of the document, e.g., to Section 5.8 in Row 5, appear to be incorrect. Please check all cross references in the DWP and amend if required.

Table 1.1 checked and some amendments made

Archaeological sites in the project area refers to early 20th century, or significant 20th century historic heritage (also Section 5). It isn’t clear how this significance is to be determined or how (Section 5.3) the Auckland Council Cultural Heritage Implementation Team Leader will direct that such archaeology be investigated and recorded.

No change. Significance would be determined by the project archaeologist in consultation with the Auckland Council Cultural Heritage Implementation Team Leader. The qualifying term ‘significant’ is necessary as there may be a considerable amount of 20th century archaeological remains (infrastructure etc) that do not merit archaeological recording. Note that the HNZPTA 2014 uses similar terminology in s.43, which provides for a post-1900 site to be declared to be an archaeological site if it “provides, or may be able to provide, significant evidence relating to the historical and cultural heritage of New Zealand”. “Significant evidence” is not defined in the Act.

It should be noted that authority 2017/793 applies to the construction phase of the CRL as well as the demolition phase, and for the entirety of the project, not just Karangahape Station.

Section 2.1 refers to Appendix A, which describes the scope of the Authority 2017/793 as covering all works, and includes the Authority itself

3.1

Project Archaeologist roles and responsibilities states the Project Archaeologist will ensure “that the archaeological team adheres to the contractor’s site safety requirements.” Please check whether the contractor’s safety requirement of CRLL’s have precedence and amend if required.

No change. The contractor’s site safety requirements apply to anyone entering the site.

Table 3.1

Contact details lists Isaac McIvor as HNZPT archaeologist. He has now left HNZPT, please amend (also in the Mt Eden DWP).

Contact list amended

5.1

9A-21 Mercury Lane states that “an archaeologist will be present during final demolition of the buildings and site clearance”, while 5.2 Archaeological Discovery Protocols states that “the possibility that archaeological features and deposits may be exposed during site clearance works will be managed and mitigated by call-in by the contractor.” These two statements are contradictory. If 5.1 applies only to 9A-21 Mercury Lane and 5.2 applies only to other properties, make this clear.

The word ‘elsewhere’ has been added to sentence 1 of 5.2 to clarify that this applies to other properties

5.4.3

Taonga, bullet point 3, “stand down period specified above” should be “specified below.”

Amended

5.6

Artefact Management Plan presumably applies only to artefacts that are not taonga tūturu covered in 5.4.3. Make this explicit. Make it clear that some artefacts of Māori origin, such as stone flakes, are not taonga tūturu.

This section relates to the recording and analysis of all artefacts, whether Maori or European, though Maori artefacts would not be expected. However, for clarification the last sentence has been amended to read: “Any Māori artefacts that meet the criteria of taonga tūturu

under the Protected Objects Act 1975 will in addition be

managed as set out under the Mana Whenua Protocols (Section 5.4 of this DWP).” (Italics indicate the changes made)

5.7

Stand Down Periods This section states that “timeframes need to be flexible” and section 5.6 states that “sufficient time and opportunity will be allowed for the recording and sampling of any archaeological features or deposits encountered.” However, Table 5.1 provides for Maximum Stand Down Periods, which is incompatible with flexible timeframes and sufficient time and opportunity, as well as Condition 3 of HNZPT authority2017/793 which states that “All archaeological evidence encountered during the exercise of this authority must be investigated, recorded and analysed in accordance with current archaeological practice.” Current archaeological practice is potentially time consuming and, while it is understood that the archaeologist will make very reasonable effort to clear the area a quickly as possible, this may not always be possible within the time frames outlined on Table 5.1. This table also states “Note that there may be special circumstances in which a longer period of stand down for investigation is deemed necessary by either HNZPT or Auckland Council.” This is potentially confusing. I suggest that Table 5.1 be changed to Stand Down Triggers, the second column deleted and the table re-formatted to include relevant

No changes have been made, as the contents of this table are consistent with the Archaeological Management Plan approved under the Heritage NZ Authority (2017/793) and have been standard for previous Authorities and Heritage Management Plans approved by Council for other projects. We do not consider there is incompatibility between the fact that contractor’s timeframes need to be flexible, and the minimum stand down periods given, as the necessary flexibility sits within those timeframes. Limited if any remains are likely to be encountered during site clearance and a slightly longer stand down period is given for any significant archaeological remains encountered, with appropriate recognition that HNZPT or Council may require a longer period for investigating any significant discoveries. In addition, there is always the option of deferring investigations until the main works stage, if necessary.

HNZPT, Council and mana whenua response times. 5.8

Post Excavation Analysis and Archiving appears to apply only to artefacts but should include midden / faunal remains and any other archaeological material that may be excavated.

The words ‘and faunal material’ have been added to the first sentence after ‘artefacts’, for clarification

5.9

Reporting Requirements are in compliance with the HNZPT authority. This should be made clear.

“In compliance with the requirements of HNZPT Authority 2017/793” has been added to the start of paragraph 3 of this section

APPENDIX C: ISCA Requirements CRLL is seeking ISCA (infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia) IS (infrastructure Sustainability) Rating for the whole project lifecycle where the requirements as per ISCA CRL IS Technical Manual – Mahi Rauora Aratohu - Version 1.2 are essential to achieve the Project’s sustainability goal (Reference to CRLL minimum requirements - Appendices 10, 23 and 24 of the contract documents). This Appendix includes IS requirements that are necessary to achieve a target level 2 of Her-1 and Her-2 ISCA credits. These requirements remain subject to change as the project goes forward. Hence, the below Table to be reviewed, amended (as and if needed) and confirmed to meet the target level that will be set and agreed upon. The relevant required evidence(s) to achieve the target to be provided at appropriate timing.

ISCA Category

Target Level

Her-1

Construction Requirements

How we Aim to achieve this Refer to Table 1.1 of this DWP

Heritage assessment and management Benchmark Community heritage values have been identified through consultation and integrated into studies. AND Measures to minimise adverse impacts to heritage during construction and operation have been identified and implemented.

Sections 2 and 3, and Table 3.1 Section 6 for consultation

Sections 4 and 5

AND Community and key stakeholders have participated in the heritage studies. AND Heritage values beyond those listed in government registers have been identified, considered and addressed.

Sections 5, 6 and 7

AND Heritage has been interpreted to promote local heritage values.

Section 5 Evidence Heritage report with assessment of lists / registers CV’s of persons undertaking surveys Minutes of community consultation

Section 3.1, 5.8, HNZPT Authority 2017/793

ISCA Category

Target Level

Construction Requirements

How we Aim to achieve this

Records of stakeholder participation in heritage studies. Heritage management plan

Her-2

Refer to Table 1.1 of this DWP

Monitoring of heritage Benchmark

Section 5 and section 5.9 for reporting /lists register

Monitoring of heritage is undertaken at appropriate intervals during construction and operation AND Monitoring and modelling demonstrates maintenance of heritage values.

Section 5.9 requires reporting upon completion of the project

Evidence Monitoring plans. Monitoring reports. CVâ€™s of suitably qualified professional or committee terms of reference. Oversight reports or meeting minutes

An appropriately qualified Archaeologist has been approved under HNZPT Authority 2017/793 (Appendix A)

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix G Contamination Delivery Work Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Auckland City Rail Link In association with:

OUTLINE PLAN Contamination Delivery Work Plan for Karangahape Station CSA Demolition

Document Ref: CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0135 Revision: 1 13 May 2019

INTERNAL WORKING DOCUMENT COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

REPORT

Auckland City Rail Link Contamination Delivery Work Plan for Karangahape Station Construction Support Area Demolition Works Submitted to:

Aurecon New Zealand Limited PO Box 9762, Newmarket, Auckland 1149

Submitted by:

Golder Associates (NZ) Limited Level 2 Nielsen Centre, 129 Hurstmere Road, Takapuna 0622, Auckland +64 9 486 8068 1378206325-119-R-Rev1 May 2019

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Record of Issue Company

Version

Date issued

Review status/details

Aurecon

RevA

13 February 2019

Draft for Aurecon and CRLL review.

Aurecon

RevB

12 March 2019

Updated draft post Aurecon review.

Aurecon

RevC

9 April 2019

Updated draft post CRLL review and CLG meeting.

Aurecon

Rev0

6 May 2019

Final for consent lodgement. Updated draft post Independent Peer Review and receipt of pre-lodgement comments from Auckland Council.

Aurecon

Rev1

13 May 2019

Updated final for consent lodgement following receipt of CRLL comments.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Table of Contents 1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................... 1 1.1

Purpose ............................................................................................................................................. 1

1.2

Report Structure ................................................................................................................................ 1

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................................ 1 2.1

City Rail Link ..................................................................................................................................... 1

2.2

Advance Works Project ..................................................................................................................... 2

2.3

Purpose of CDWP ............................................................................................................................. 3

SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION ...................................................................................... 9 3.1

Geology and Hydrogeology............................................................................................................... 9

3.2

Soil Quality ........................................................................................................................................ 9

3.3

Groundwater Quality ....................................................................................................................... 10

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................................................... 10 4.1

Distribution ...................................................................................................................................... 10

4.2

Overview of Responsibility for this CDWP ...................................................................................... 11

4.3

Specific Roles and Responsibilities ................................................................................................ 11

4.4

Contractor Responsibilities ............................................................................................................. 12

ENVIRONMENTAL SITE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES ......................................................................... 12 5.1

Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 12

5.2

Project Sustainability ....................................................................................................................... 12

5.3

Excavation of Contaminated Soil .................................................................................................... 13

5.4

Stormwater and Sediment Control .................................................................................................. 13

5.5

Groundwater and Perched Water ................................................................................................... 14

5.6

Dust Management ........................................................................................................................... 15

5.7

Transportation of Contaminated Soil .............................................................................................. 15

5.8

Asbestos in Soil ............................................................................................................................... 15

5.9

Soil Disposal.................................................................................................................................... 17

5.9.1

Material classification .................................................................................................................. 17

5.9.2

Management of project soils ....................................................................................................... 18

5.10

Material Importation ........................................................................................................................ 19

May 2019

6.0

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN ................................................................................................................. 20 6.1

Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 20

6.2

General Safety Requirements and Training .................................................................................... 20

6.3

Control Measures ............................................................................................................................ 21

6.4

Identification of Hazards .................................................................................................................. 22

6.5

Identification of New Hazards ......................................................................................................... 22

6.6

Work Area Vapour and Gas Monitoring Action Levels ................................................................... 23

6.7

Hazard Mitigation Procedures ......................................................................................................... 25

6.7.1

Dust inhalation ............................................................................................................................ 25

6.7.2

Vapour inhalation ........................................................................................................................ 25

6.7.3

Dermal contact and ingestion ..................................................................................................... 25

6.8

Personal Protective Equipment ....................................................................................................... 26

6.9

Communication Plan ....................................................................................................................... 26

6.10

Incident Reporting ........................................................................................................................... 26

7.0

UNEXPECTED DISCOVERY OF CONTAMINATION .............................................................................. 26

8.0

VALIDATION REPORTING ...................................................................................................................... 28

9.0

8.1

Record Keeping .............................................................................................................................. 28

8.2

Site Validation Report ..................................................................................................................... 28

REVIEW AND UPDATING OF THE CDWP ............................................................................................. 29

10.0 LIMITATIONS............................................................................................................................................ 29 11.0 REFERENCES .......................................................................................................................................... 29

TABLES Table 1: CRL designation conditions for CDWP. ................................................................................................. 4 Table 2: A2N resource consent conditions for CDWP. ........................................................................................ 5 Table 3: Environmental management responsibilities in relation to contaminated media. ................................ 11 Figure 1: Karangahape Station CSA demolition area. ......................................................................................... 2 Figure 2: CRL OP contents. ................................................................................................................................. 3

iii

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

FIGURES Figure 1: Karangahape Station CSA demolition area. ......................................................................................... 2 Figure 2: CRL OP contents. ................................................................................................................................. 3

APPENDICES APPENDIX A Record of Review APPENDIX B ISCA Information and Assessment APPENDIX C Review Process - Summary of Outcomes APPENDIX D Report Limitations

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Abbreviations and Units Acronym

Meaning

A2N

Aotea to North Auckland Line

AAFM

Airborne asbestos fibre monitoring

Auckland Council

ACM

Asbestos containing material

ACOP

Approved Code of Practice

Asbestos fines

ANZECC

Australian and New Zealand Environment and Conservation Council

AQDWP

Air Quality Delivery Work Plan

ARC

Auckland Regional Council

ARCP

Asbestos Removal Control Plan

Auckland Transport

AUP

Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part)

AVF

Auckland Volcanic Field

BaP eq.

Benzo[a]pyrene equivalent

bgl

Below ground level

CLG

Community and Business Liaison Group

CCP

Communication and Consultation Plan

CDWP

Contamination Delivery Work Plan

CEMP

Construction Environmental Management Plan

CH4

Methane

CHSP

Contractor Health and Safety Plan

CLA

Contaminated Land Assessment

CLS

Contaminated Land Specialist

Carbon monoxide

CRL

City Rail Link

CRLL

City Rail Link Limited

CSA

Construction Support Area

DWP

Delivery Work Plans

ECBF

East Coast Bays Formation

ESCP

Erosion and Sediment Control Management Plan

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Acronym

Meaning

ESM

Environment and Sustainability Manager

f/ml

Fibres per millilitre

Fibrous asbestos

H2S

Hydrogen sulfide

HSO

Health and Safety Officer

ISCA

Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia

JSA

Job Safety Analysis

LEL

Lower explosive limit

Cubic metre

MfE

Ministry for the Environment

Management Plans

NAL

North Auckland Line

NESsoil

Resource Management (National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health) Regulations 2011

Oxygen

OCP

Organochlorine pesticide

Outline Plan

PAH

Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons

PPE

Personal protective equipment

PPM

Parts per million

Tauranga Group

TPH

Total petroleum hydrocarbons

UST

Underground storage tank

VOC

Volatile organic compound

May 2019

1.0 1.1

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

INTRODUCTION Purpose

This Contamination Delivery Work Plan1 (CDWP) has been developed by Golder Associates (NZ) Limited (Golder) for the management and mitigation of the effects associated with the demolition of the buildings and structures in the Karangahape Station (Mercury Lane and East Street Entrance) Construction Support Area (CSA) elements of the City Rail Link (CRL) project (the Project) from a contaminated land perspective.

1.2

Report Structure

The structure of this report is as follows: Sections 1.0 and 2.0 provide general project information. Section 3.0 summarises the contaminated land assessment. Section 4.0 discusses the mitigation and management of effects. Section 5.0 discusses contaminated soil management. Section 6.0 presents a health and safety plan in relation to ground contamination. Section 7.0 discusses procedures for the discovery of contamination during the works. Section 8.0 discusses works summary reporting. This CDWP fulfils the technical reporting requirements for management and mitigation of contamination effects under the Auckland Unitary Plan: Operative in Part (AUP) and the Resource Management (National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health) Regulations 2011 (NESsoil). This CDWP has been prepared in accordance (where relevant and practicable) with Ministry for the Environment (MfE 2011) Contaminated Land Management Guideline No. 1: Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand. This CDWP also satisfies the requirements for reporting, managing and mitigating contaminated land effects in accordance CRL Designation 2500-4 and the Aotea Station to North Auckland Line (A2N) resource consents 2. This report has been prepared by persons considered to be suitably qualified and experienced practitioners in accordance with the NESsoil as documented in Appendix A.

2.0 2.1

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT City Rail Link

The CRL project comprises the construction, operation and maintenance of a 3.4 kilometre (km) underground passenger railway, running between Britomart Station and the North Auckland Rail Line (NAL) near Mt Eden Station.

The Contamination Delivery Work Plan is analogous to a Contaminated Soils Management Plan. The use of CDWP has been adopted for consistency with CRL Designation Condition 57. 2

R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

CRL Enabling Works commenced in December 2015 and the procurement of the main works contract (C3 Alliance) is being progressed with contract award likely in the first quarter of 2019. To allow works to commence as soon as possible upon award of the C3 Alliance, City Rail Link Limited (CRLL) is obtaining the necessary authorisations for demolition of buildings in the Karangahape Station CSA located between Mercury Lane and East Street.

2.2

Advance Works Project

It is proposed to demolish the buildings and structures in the Karangahape Station (Mercury Lane entrance) CSA, as identified in Figure 1 below. The Project is being undertaken in accordance with the CRL Designation 2500-4, confirmed in November 2015 and the Aotea Station to North Auckland Line (A2N) suite of resource consents approved in November 2016. The conditions of these authorisations require the preparation of an Outline Plan (OP), Delivery Work Plans (DWP) and Management Plans (MP). This CDWP has been prepared in accordance with the CRL Designation 2500-4 and resource consent conditions and is identified in the hierarchy of documentation illustrated in Figure 2.

Figure 1: Karangahape Station CSA demolition area.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Figure 2: CRL OP contents.

CRLL plans to commence the process of vacating the tenanted properties in the third quarter of 2019 to ensure sites are vacant in reasonable time ahead of the planned disconnection of services. Demolition will commence in late 2019 and extend for eight to 12 weeks. Demolition will be undertaken in a staged manner the order of which is to be confirmed by the C3 Alliance. Buildings at the northern end of the site are anticipated to be removed first, with demolition works progressing southward. All buildings and structures will be removed to ground level, with the retention of some existing foundations where necessary for site stability. A soft strip (wall linings etc) of salvageable materials and recycling of concrete and reinforcing steel will be carried out where possible. All demolition material will be removed from the Project area and covered during transportation and disposed of at approved facilities. The Project area will be fenced, with lockable gates, to prevent unauthorised entry. Where appropriate, solid plywood fencing will be used, with appropriate signage prohibiting unauthorised entry and identifying hazards.

2.3

Purpose of CDWP

This CDWP has been prepared to document procedures for the mitigation and management of adverse environmental and human health effects associated with contaminants identified in soils (fill) and groundwater within the Project footprint. This CDWP does not consider effects associated with the demolition of buildings and structures and the subsequent management of demolition material. The key mitigation and management measures are summarised below and discussed in the proceeding sections: Appointment of a Contaminated Land Specialist (CLS) during the construction phase of the Project. The Guide National Environmental Standard for Assessing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health (MfE 2012). The CLS will be available during all excavation works and have responsibility for: co-ordinating contaminated land assessments and testing; advising on classification of excavated materials for re-use and disposal; co-ordinating groundwater management and disposal; and training of staff in contaminated land identification and control procedures.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

A Contractor Health and Safety Plan (CHSP) to detail mitigation of risks to construction workers and the general public in relation to the excavation of contaminated soils. Excavation and off-site disposal of soils containing contaminants or hazardous materials (where present). Management procedures for the excavation of contaminated soils, including: handling and storage requirements; measures to prevent the discharge of contamination; and disposal of contaminated soils to an appropriately licensed landfill. Procedures for identifying and managing unexpected discovery of contaminated soils or hazardous materials. The CDWP has been prepared to satisfy the relevant conditions of CRL Designation 2500-4 and the requirements of the A2N resource consents approved by Auckland Council for the Project. For reference, the relevant sections of this CDWP have been cross-referenced as they relate to conditions 57 and 58 of the CRL Designation 2500-4 conditions (Table 1) and conditions 131-150 of the A2N resource consents (Table 2).

Table 1: CRL designation conditions for CDWP.

Relevant condition

Relevant section of CDWP

CRL Designation 57.1

A Contamination DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects relating to contaminated land during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.

57.2

The objective of the Contamination DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on human health which may result from the disturbance of contaminated materials during construction.

57.3

To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Contamination DWP and implemented as required:

This CDWP.

(a) A health and safety plan that addresses: (i) Worker safety in relation to hazardous substances; and (ii) Worker training with regard to handling hazardous substances, identifying potentially contaminated soil/ material, and notification procedures for discovery of contamination;

Sections 6.0 and 7.0.

(b) Procedures for how erosion and sediment control, storm water, dust, and odour control measures will manage the removal of contaminated soil/material;

Sections 5.0.

Section 5.9.

(d) Where any trenches/excavations during civil works are to be sealed as a result of contamination and how this is to be recorded;

Section 8.1.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Relevant condition

58.

Relevant section of CDWP

(e) How and which work areas are to be restricted to authorised personnel only and procedures to limit the presence of ignition sources in these areas (e.g., no smoking within or adjacent to construction area, no welding or open flames near areas with high concentrations of hydrocarbon contamination);

Section 6.0.

(f) Procedures for the monitoring and management of the removal of contaminated soil/material by a suitably qualified environmental specialist;

Sections 4.3 and 8.2.

(g) How the placement of re-used contaminated soil/material will be recorded and tracked;

Section 8.1.

(h) Where areas for stockpiling and storing contaminated soil/ material will be established on the construction site and the procedures for managing the containment of the contaminated soil/material in these areas;

Sections 5.3 and 5.4.

(i) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the general public are to be communicated with on the management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of contaminated soil/material.

Section 6.9.

At the completion of construction works a validation report will be prepared in accordance with any Ministry for the Environment guidelines and submitted to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer documenting the management of soil and evidence of appropriate disposal. The validation report shall include a record of all analytical results, volumes, tip dockets, and any incidents or complaints and how these were addressed. The validation report shall also identify any areas which need on-going monitoring and management by the Requiring Authority.

Section 8.0.

Table 2: A2N resource consent conditions for CDWP.

Relevant condition

Relevant section of CDWP

Regional discharge permit (contaminated land) R/REG/2016/1895 and land use consent R/LUC/2016/1890 (Contaminated Land and Resource Management (National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health) Regulations 2011) 131.

At least 20 days prior to the commencement of construction (earthworks), the Consent Holder shall provide a Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The CSMP shall be prepared by a Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).

This CDWP.

May 2019

Relevant condition

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Relevant section of CDWP

132.

133.

No earthworks shall commence until: (a) certification is provided from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) that the CSMP satisfactorily meets the requirements of Schedule 13 (A4) of the ACRP:ALW, and (b) all measures identified in that plan as being required to be established prior to the commencement of earthworks have been established.

134.

The CSMP shall address the following matters: (a) The areas within the project site designated for the excavation works, including depths and extent of the proposed works, and an updated map/s showing the land disturbance activity areas (b) Excavation, management, and disposal procedures for soil, sediment, dust, surface run-off water, perched groundwater, and groundwater, if encountered (c) Temporary containment, treatment, and testing procedures for any water getting in contact with the contaminated material if the disposal option is to the stormwater system or the marine environment is considered (d) Contingency measures for unexpected discovery of contamination (e) Proposed sampling and analysis, if applicable; and (f) Any proposed works summary reporting.

This CDWP.

The Consent Holder shall notify the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) at least two working days prior to any earthworks activity on the site and provide the following details: (a) Name and telephone number of the project manager and the site owner (b) Site address to which the consents relate (c) Activity to which the consents relate and (d) Expected duration of the works.

To be advised by the Construction Contractor.

All disturbance of contaminated and potentially contaminated soil shall be carried out in accordance with the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 and any changes to the plan shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification prior to the change being implemented.

Implementation of this CDWP.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that all disturbance of contaminated soil shall be supervised by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional, whose responsibilities shall include making sure that the soil management and disposal procedures, the contingency measures outlined in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131, and all relevant consent conditions are adhered to.

Section 4.3.

135.

136.

137.

May 2019

Relevant condition 138.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that regular inspections of the works area shall be carried out by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional. These inspections shall be documented and the relevant records retained and provided to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) in the Site Validation Report (SVR) required by Condition 149.

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Relevant section of CDWP

Sections 4.3 and 8.1.

139.

The Consent Holder shall manage all soil disturbance works to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, silt, sediment or sediment-laden water from the subject site to either land, stormwater systems or the receiving marine Section 5.0. environment. The implementation of erosion and sediment controls shall be in accordance with the ESCP required by Condition 53.

140.

The Consent Holder shall manage all soil disturbance works to avoid the potential for cross-contamination of materials to occur, in particular, movement of contaminated soil around the site and/or deposition of contaminated soil on other parts of the site shall be avoided. Where soils are identified for off-site disposal, they shall be loaded directly for removal, where possible, and all material shall be covered during transportation off site.

Section 5.3.

To minimise the spread of contaminated material, any temporary stockpiles of the excavated contaminated material shall be located within the catchment of erosion and sediment controls for the site. All stockpiles shall be covered with either polythene or an equivalent impermeable material when the site is not being worked and during periods of heavy rain.

Section 5.3.

142.

At all times, dust shall be controlled in accordance with the publication titled Good Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing the Environmental Effects of Dust Emissions, Ministry for the Environment (2001).

Section 5.6. Also refer to the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan (AQDWP).

143.

Excess soil or waste materials removed from the subject site shall be deposited at a disposal site which holds a consent to accept the relevant level or type of contamination.

Section 5.9.2.

The Consent Holder shall implement the procedures for the management, treatment, temporary containment, testing, and disposal of groundwater and surface run-off water via the stormwater system in accordance with the report titled Auckland City Rail Link: Resource Consent Package 2: Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation: Draft Erosion & Sediment Control Management Plan, dated 13 May 2016, prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited, and provided with the application.

Sections 5.4 and 5.5.

141.

144.

145.

Any perched groundwater, or surface run-off water, encountered within the excavation area requiring removal shall be considered as potentially contaminated, and shall either: (a) be disposed of by a licensed liquid waste contractor; or (b) pumped to sewer, providing relevant permits are obtained; or

Sections 5.4 and 5.5.

May 2019

Relevant condition

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Relevant section of CDWP

(c) discharged to the stormwater system, provided testing demonstrates compliance with 50 times the Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council (ANZECC) Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality (2000) for the protection of 95 percent of marine water species, and is free from petroleum hydrocarbons. 146.

147.

148.

149.

150.

Where contaminants which have not been anticipated by the application are identified, works in the area containing the unexpected contamination shall cease until the contingency measures outlined in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 have been implemented, and have been notified to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

Section 7.0.

All imported fill shall: (a) comply with the definition of clean fill material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part); and (b) be solid material of an inert nature; and (c) not contain hazardous substances or contaminants above recorded natural background levels of the receiving site.

Section 5.10.

All sampling and testing of contamination on the site shall be overseen by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional. All sampling shall be undertaken in accordance with Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.5 Site Investigation and Analysis of Soils, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).

Section 4.3.

Within three months of the completion of earthworks on the site, the Consent Holder shall provide a Site Validation Report (SVR) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). The SVR shall be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 - Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).

Section 8.2.

The SVR required by Condition 149 shall address the following matters: (a) a summary of the works undertaken, including a statement confirming whether the excavation of the site has been completed in accordance with the certified CSMP required by Condition 131; (b) the location and dimensions of the excavations carried out, including the relevant site plan; (c) a summary of soil, groundwater, and surface run-off water testing undertaken, if applicable, including tabulated analytical results, and interpretation of the results in the context of the Contaminated Land Rules of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part); (d) material removed from the site; (e) records of any unexpected contamination encountered during the works and contingency measures undertaken, if applicable; (f) details regarding any complaints and/or breaches of the procedures set out in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 and the conditions of this consent;

Section 8.0.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Relevant condition

Relevant section of CDWP

(g) results of testing, if required, of any spoil disposed off site; and (h) results of testing of any imported fill material to ensure compliance with the definition of clean fill material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part).

3.0 3.1

SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION Geology and Hydrogeology

The geology of the Project footprint has been established by earlier project investigations and is documented in the City Rail Link Concept Design Geotechnical Interpretative Report (Stage 2)3 (Aurecon 2013). The general vertical stratigraphic sequence comprises fill overlying Tauranga Group (TA) overlying East Coast Bays Formation (ECBF) (Waitemata Group) and Auckland Volcanic Field (AVF). A brief description of the main geological units that comprise the subsurface geology underlying the A2N alignment and surrounds is provided below: Fill surficial fill variably comprised of clays, silts, sands, and rubble. Fill is typically up to around 4 metres (m) thick. The exact composition and thickness varies irregularly. Car parts, brick, metal and glass were observed in fill at borehole EB312 (at the corner of Mercury Lane and Canada Street) between 0.1 and 2.74 m below ground level (bgl). TA alluvium, typically composed of clayey to sandy silts. These sediments are derived predominantly from erosion of the ECBF. Some areas of very soft TA and high organic content TA have been encountered during investigations. ECBF which is composed of a sequence of sandstone beds with interbedded mudstone and siltstone layers. The ECBF extends to depths >100 m below ground surface and contains discontinuities including faults and joints. Three weatheringidentified as Residual ECBF, Weathered ECBF and Unweathered ECBF. AVF

three distinct lithologies are present; ash, tuff, and basalt lava.

A groundwater monitoring well was installed in borehole EB312 at the corner of Mercury Lane and Canada Street. Groundwater levels were measured between 3.35 m and 3.75 m bgl in June 2015 (Golder 2016).

3.2

Soil Quality

Contaminated land assessments (CLA) have previously been undertaken within the Karangahape Road area to support the Project (AECOM 2012a, 2012b; Golder 2016). Investigations undertaken as part of the CLA did not necessarily target specific locations but rather they were positioned to provide an overview of potential ground contamination issues within the Project alignment. The CLA were also undertaken in conjunction with geotechnical investigations and hence the investigation locations were positioned for both geotechnical and environmental purposes.

The report is available on request.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Soil quality testing undertaken as part of the CRL project to date has focused on potential contaminants of interest likely to be associated with the urban land use setting for this package of work. Specifically, the soil analysis comprised the following common contaminants considered appropriate for fill with unknown origin and road infrastructure: Metals and metalloids

arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, mercury, nickel and zinc.

Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH). Total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH). Overall the investigations to date have documented the presence of contaminants in soil that exceed published background concentrations (Auckland Regional Council (ARC) 2001). With the exception of isolated exceedances of certain contaminants (namely benzo[a]pyrene equivalent (BaP eq.)) within the road base fill material, contaminant concentrations in soil have not been detected above applicable standards for the protection of human health based on a commercial/industrial land use exposure scenario. Contaminant concentrations around the Project area, including in the fill material at the corner of Mercury Lane and Canada Street have not been detected above Auckland Council discharge criteria. Given the current Project involves primarily the demolition of buildings and structures to ground level, there is considered to be a low probability of encountering contaminated soils during demolition. However, there is the potential to encounter unexpected contamination in fill material beneath and adjacent to the building structures, particularly if below ground structures such as basements, foundations and underground storage tanks (USTs) are being excavated.

3.3

Groundwater Quality

Groundwater quality has been assessed at a number of locations adjacent to the Project area including at the corner of Mercury Lane and Canada Street (Golder 2016). As the Project involves primarily the demolition of buildings and structures to ground level, and the measured depth to groundwater adjacent to the Project area, groundwater is unlikely to be encountered and require specific management as part of the works covered by this CDWP. However, if below ground structures are to be excavated, then contingency for groundwater management may be required.

4.0 4.1

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES Distribution

This CDWP shall be readily available on site at all times and distributed by the Construction Contractor to all relevant parties undertaking the works at the Project site. The provisions of the CDWP shall be outlined to all parties during the site health and safety induction and acknowledged formally as part of this Project (i.e., signed project induction register). In accordance with the conditions of the CRL Designation 2500-4 and A2N regional consents, any changes to the CDWP must be approved by the Requiring Authority, a suitably qualified Contaminated Land Practitioner, and subsequently certified by Auckland Council.

May 2019

4.2

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Overview of Responsibility for this CDWP

Each person involved in the Project has responsibility to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse environmental and human health effects. There are three key groups with responsibility for environmental and human health management during the Project: CRLL as the Project owner. CRLL as the holder of the resource consents and Requiring Authority responsible for the designation. The Construction Contractor as the contractor undertaking the works. Auckland Council as the consent authority who audits the works and monitors compliance with resource consent conditions, designation conditions and the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and sub-management/delivery plans. An Environment and Sustainability Manager (ESM) is to be appointed as part of the Construction Team during the construction phase of the Project. The ESM is to be involved throughout this period to give advice and to ensure that the CEMP and sub-plans are implemented and maintained. Further details of responsibilities during the construction phase are included below.

4.3

Specific Roles and Responsibilities

The key roles in relation to contaminated soil management during construction of the Project are outlined in Table 3. The key management roles for each organisation in relation to the overall environmental management during the construction of the Project are outlined in the CEMP.

Table 3: Environmental management responsibilities in relation to contaminated media.

Role

ESM

Responsibilities Key contact for compliance monitoring. Inspections, auditing and checking of environmental management practices and procedures. On-site compliance with consent conditions, DWPs, other requirements and tracking compliance information. Attendance at compliance meetings with Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officers. Report to CRLL changes to demolition techniques or natural environmental changes which require alterations to DWPs, existing consents or new resource consents. Prepare, review and update of CEMP and relevant sub plans. Facilitate and oversee environmental monitoring. Update and maintain the environmental portion of the Project Risk Register. Training of all staff including subcontractors. Reporting on environmental and sustainability KPIs. Undertaking incident investigations.

May 2019

Role

CLS

4.4

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Responsibilities Supervision of disturbance of contaminated soil and ensuring that the soil management and disposal procedures, the contingency measures outlined in this CDWP, and all relevant consent conditions are adhered to. Completing and documenting regular inspections and providing relevant records to Council (Team Leader Compliance Monitoring, Central) as required by the relevant resource consent conditions. Provision of advice in regard to all potentially contaminated materials as required during land disturbance works. Collation of soil disposal dockets. For any required soil testing, provide guidance on the analytical testing (suites) required and/or complete the testing. Delegation of work to a more junior contaminated land practitioner, as appropriate.

Contractor Responsibilities

It is the responsibility of the Construction Contractor to implement this CDWP and adhere to all pertinent regulatory requirements and conditions of consent. The Construction Contractor shall engage a CLS to carry out inspections and provide advice in regard to all potentially contaminated materials as required during land disturbance works. Activities associated with the testing, excavation, management and disposal of soil shall at all times be undertaken in accordance with this CDWP and the requirements of WorkSafe New Zealand (WorkSafe), MfE and Auckland Council.

5.0 5.1

ENVIRONMENTAL SITE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES Overview

This section details the procedures for the management of contaminated media (soil, groundwater and surface water) during earthworks. It includes control measures for reducing human exposure to contaminated soils and minimising contaminated discharges to air, land or water.

5.2

Project Sustainability

CRLL is seeking ISCA (infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia) IS (Infrastructure Sustainability) Rating for the whole project lifecycle. The requirements of the ISCA CRL IS Technical Manual Mahi Rauora Aratohu - Version 1.2 are essential to ac requirements - Appendices 10, 23 and 24 of the contract documents). The IS rating requirements that relate directly to this CDWP are included in Appendix B, which need to be reviewed, amended (as and if needed) and confirmed as the project proceeds and prior to commencing works to meet the target levels set for the project and agreed on with ISCA and CRLL.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

The contamination status of soil in the Project area is discussed in Section 3.0 of this CDWP. Although very limited soil contamination was identified, it was noted that as the assessment was limited in scope, contaminated soils above applicable standards defined by the NES soil and AUP may be present within fill. Based on the low levels of identified soil contamination, there was no requirement for a remedial action plan to be prepared for the Project. It is, however, possible that unexpected soil contamination or hazardous materials could be discovered during the excavation works (refer Section 7.0 of this CDWP). If unexpected soil contamination is identified, soil remediation and management options would be assessed and implemented in accordance with the ISCA CRL IS Technical Manual (Mahi Rauora Aratohu - Version 1.2) to be implemented for this Project (refer Appendix B).

5.3

Excavation of Contaminated Soil

While the protocols below can be applied to all project earthworks, contamination has only been identified within fill and therefore the protocols are most relevant to earthworks within fill: Erosion and sediment controls shall be implemented in accordance with the Project Erosion and Sediment Control Management Plan (ESCP) before earthworks commence. Soil, where excavated, shall be placed directly into a truck for immediate off-site disposal. Soils retained on site as part of the contingency storage shall be placed in a designated area, appropriately bunded and covered so as to minimise emission of particulates and stormwater run-off. Retention of material containing visual or olfactory evidence of hydrocarbon contamination shall not take place. Spillages of soil during placement in trucks shall be cleaned up as soon as practicable following the spillage. Spillages shall not be left unattended as contaminated soil could be trafficked by trucks and transported onto public roads. The earthworks shall be monitored by the CLS or other suitably trained personnel, and if potentially contaminated soil or groundwater is encountered during earthworks, the works shall cease and the procedures documented in Section 7.0 of this CDWP shall be followed.

5.4

Stormwater and Sediment Control

Erosion and sediment control shall be implemented as described in the Project ESCP prepared in accordance sion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region (Leersnyder et al 2016) and implemented by the Construction Contractor. All surface water and sediment control, and monitoring is to be managed in accordance with the requirements of the Project ESCP. The following surface water and sediment management measures and controls shall be implemented by the Construction Contractor as required: Land disturbance areas shall be minimised and stabilised as soon as practicable. Soils that are identified for off-site disposal must be loaded directly into disposal trucks and covered for removal. Where stockpiling of spoil materials is required, cover and/or bunding shall be provided, as necessary, to mitigate the generation of sediment laden surface water.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Surface water should be diverted away from the construction zones, and appropriate run-off controls are to be established to minimise off-site discharge. Surface water which collects within the construction zones: is to be pumped to a sediment control system or settlement tank(s) before being discharged to the stormwater system; is to be subject to further treatment (for example, flocculent additives) whilst being processed through the sediment control system or settlement tanks. Use of flocculent treatment will require the preparation of a Flocculant Treatment Management Plan; and if discharged to stormwater, must be compliant with 50 times the Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council (ANZECC 2000) Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality for the protection of 95 % of marine water species. Auckland Council requires evidence of testing to demonstrate compliance. Tracking of spoil materials onto roadways is to be minimised. In order to reduce the tracking of spoil, site vehicles should be directed towards hard standing areas wherever possible. Regular visual observations of sediment conditions shall be completed by the Construction Contractor. If a sediment release occurs, the time, duration, location and cause is to be recorded in the daily report together with any remedial actions undertaken. Any complaints about sediment spillage or management shall be recorded on an Environmental Incident/Event form and entered into the Enquiry and Complaints Register (refer CEMP).

5.5

Groundwater and Perched Water

Groundwater is unlikely to be encountered given the Project is primarily limited to the demolition of buildings and structures to ground level. However, perched groundwater may be encountered within excavations to remove basements or USTs, etc. Groundwater, perched water or surface run-off water requiring removal is to be managed via the following methods: Groundwater or perched water which accumulates within excavations is to be managed in the same way as surface water i.e., pumped to a sediment control system or settlement tank(s) before being discharged to the stormwater system (refer Section 5.4). If groundwater or perched water is discharged to stormwater, it must be compliant with 50 times the ANZECC (2000) guidelines for the protection of 95 % of marine water species. Auckland Council requires evidence of testing to demonstrate compliance. Alternatively, groundwater or perched water may be pumped to the sewer network, providing relevant permits are obtained; or vacuum excavated and removed from construction zones and disposed to a licenced facility.

May 2019

5.6

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Dust Management

All dust control and monitoring shall be implemented by the Construction Contractor and managed through the Project Air Quality DWP (Golder 2019). Odour monitoring requirements are outlined in the Project Air Quality DWP. To minimise the generation of dust during earthworks (particularly during earthworks within fill), the following controls shall be implemented: Weather forecasts shall be obtained each day to check for predicted high wind conditions and any such predictions shall be notified to relevant construction staff so that dust management procedures can be adequately prepared and implemented. In windy conditions, if soils are dry and friable during excavation then they shall be dampened. Limit drop heights of soil from the excavator bucket into trucks. Immediately clean up spilled soil from the loading areas prior to loading additional trucks. Ensure vehicles do not leave site with excess soils between the tyre tread as this will be distributed on public roads and may generate dust. If dust cannot be controlled during excessively windy conditions, then earthworks shall cease until conditions are favourable. If a dust release occurs, the time, duration location and cause shall be recorded in the daily report together with any remedial actions undertaken.

5.7

Transportation of Contaminated Soil

The following measures shall be implemented to minimise generation of dust and to prevent contaminated soils from being dispersed onto roads or transported to another site (excluding transport to a licenced disposal facility): Any excess soil on vehicle tyres shall be removed before vehicles leave the works area. Excess soil shall be removed from vehicles and plant before they leave the works area. All trucks transporting excavated soil to the selected disposal facility shall be covered to prevent the spillage of soil and dust emissions. The contractor shall be responsible for both monitoring and cleaning up any soil that is deposited onto public roads or walkways from the Project.

5.8

Asbestos in Soil

Given the likely age (pre-1980s) of the current buildings and the commercial/industrial setting of the Project, there is considered to be a potential to encounter asbestos in soil in fill material present beneath and adjacent to the site buildings. Visible evidence of asbestos in soil will typically be in the form of cement materials (e.g., flat or corrugated cement sheeting and pipes). Further assessment of those soils could identify fibrous asbestos (FA) or asbestos fines (AF) that are not visible to the naked eye.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Where potential asbestos containing material (ACM) is observed, the protocol outlined in Section 7.0 of this CDWP is to be implemented. In the event that the presence of ACM, FA or AF is confirmed, appropriate health and safety procedures, as outlined in the New Zealand Guidelines for Assessing and Managing Asbestos in Soils (BRANZ Limited (BRANZ) 2017) (henceforth the Asbestos in Soil Guidelines) must be implemented. The controls implemented should be commensurate with the disturbance classifications based on the concentration(s) of asbestos in soil (refer section 6 of the Asbestos in Soil Guidelines). The following procedures are assumed to apply at this stage when asbestos contaminated soils are exposed at the site and are in addition to those detailed in the Site Management Plan for other types of contaminants.

Site access Access shall be strictly controlled and limited to essential personnel only. Appropriate fencing and warning signs shall be erected to provide physical separation between the management areas.

Security and signage The site hazard board (located by the general site entrance) is to include details pertaining to the asbestosrelated works.

General safety requirements Soil disturbance works involving asbestos is to be carried out in accordance with the Health and Safety at Work (Asbestos) Regulations 2016, WorkSafe guidance and the Asbestos in Soil Guidelines. Depending on the concentrations of asbestos in soil, a Licensed Asbestos Removalist may need to be engaged and an Asbestos Removal Control Plan (ARCP) prepared in addition to this CDWP. All personnel involved in the works are to be given asbestos awareness training (as a minimum), prior to performing asbestos-related work or unlicensed removal work. The Health and Safety Officer (HSO), in conjunction with the CLS and Licensed Asbestos Removalist, shall identify and ensure adequate supply of additional personal protective equipment (PPE) and other safety requirements for works in the asbestos works area, which may comprise: Respiratory protective equipment (e.g., P2 or P3 mask). Disposable gloves. Disposable (e.g., Tyvek) coveralls (to be changed after each use). Disposable boot covers or dedicated footwear (including toe and sole protection) not for other use until fully decontaminated. Protective equipment shall be replaced, as required, and in ac recommendations. Decontamination procedures shall comply with the requirements set out in the Asbestos in Soils Guidelines (refer to Table 6 and 7 of the document). As a minimum the decontamination procedures described in Section 6.7 shall be implemented. In addition, works involving asbestos may require: A personnel decontamination unit(s) to be available; and Wash down water and sediment to be collected for treatment. Alternatively, runoff from equipment wash down may be allowed to collect on a layer of non-woven geotextile fabric, the fabric can then be rolled up for disposal.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Asbestos fibre monitoring Airborne asbestos fibre monitoring (AAFM), undertaken in accordance with the Approved Code of Practice Management and Removal of Asbestos (ACOP) (WorkSafe 2016), may be required for the duration of the earthworks programme depending on the concentrations of asbestos in soil (refer to the Asbestos in Soil Guidelines). AAFM would provide supporting data to verify that airborne asbestos fibre concentrations did not exceed the threshold value of 0.01 fibres per millilitre (f/ml) of air during earthworks involving asbestos containing soil at the site. Where fibre concentrations exceed 0.01 f/ml, additional controls as outlined in Part H Section 30 of the ACOP are to be implemented. AAFM must be conducted in accordance with the ACOP and the Guidance Note on the Membrane Filter Method for Estimating Airborne Asbestos Fibres 2nd Edition [NOHSC:3003] (Australian Government 2005).

Disposal of soil Asbestos containing soils are to be kept wet at all times and the procedures detailed in Section 5.6 be implemented throughout the excavation of asbestos containing soils. All excavated soils containing asbestos shall be disposed to landfill as asbestos waste. Excavated material shall, where possible, be placed directly on a lined truck/in lined skip and covered in polythene, for off-site disposal.

5.9

Soil Disposal

5.9.1

Material classification

The majority of spoil material generated as part of the land disturbance works will likely be removed from the Project area and disposed off site. A summary of the soil disposal classifications with respect to cleanfill, managed fill and contaminated material is provided below.

Cleanfill There are various documents containing different definitions of cleanfill (e.g., MfE (2002), WasteMINZ (2016)). Given that the regulatory status of these documents is not well defined, the cleanfill definition presented in the AUP has been adopted for assessment purposes. It is noted that condition 147 of the A2N discharge permit requires imported fill to meet the definition of cleanfill in Section J1 of the AUP. Cleanfill material is defined in the AUP as: natural material such as clay, gravel, sand, soil and rock which has been excavated or quarried from areas that are not contaminated with manufactured chemicals or chemical residues as a result of industrial, commercial, mining or agricultural activities hazardous substances and material (such as municipal solid waste) likely to create leachate by means of biological breakdown; product and materials derived from hazardous waste treatment, stabilisation and disposal practices; materials such as medical and veterinary waste, asbestos, and radioactive substances; soil and fill material which contain any trace element specified in Table E30.6.1.4.2 at a concentration greater than the background concentration in Auckland soils specified; sulfidic ores and soils; combustible components;

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

more than 5% by volume of inert manufactured materials (e.g. concrete, brick, tiles); and more than 2% by volume of attached biodegradable material (e.g. vegetation). In simple terms, cleanfill includes materials such as uncontaminated soils, cured asphalt, bricks, unreinforced concrete, fibre cement building products (excluding asbestos) and glass. Non-cleanfill materials would include soils with analytical results showing detectable organic (e.g., hydrocarbon) compounds and/or exceedance of background concentrations of metals/metalloids (ARC 2001), ACM, asphalt (new), green waste and household refuse.

Managed fill For the purpose of this assessment, managed fill is defined as: Soil containing metals/metalloids above background concentrations for the Auckland Region (ARC 2001) but below relevant landfill waste acceptance criteria. Soil containing detectable hydrocarbon compounds that are below relevant landfill waste acceptance criteria. Soil that does not contain hazardous substances or materials in the form of household and industrial waste, organic waste or asbestos containing material.

Contaminated material Contaminated material, in the context of this assessment, is defined as: Soils with concentrations of contaminants exceeding managed fill acceptance criteria. Household and industrial waste. Soils containing asbestos.

Re-use or disposal options Soils classified as cleanfill can be disposed of to a cleanfill facility or operation, subject to obtaining necessary approvals from Auckland Council and the cleanfill operator. Disposal or re-use of cleanfill must also comply with the permitted activity standards in Chapter E13.6 of the AUP.

5.9.2

Management of project soils

The soil quality data collected to date indicate that fill materials do not meet cleanfill criteria on the basis that they contain concentrations of metals/metalloids above published background concentrations (ARC 2001), and detectable concentrations of PAHs. The soil quality data collected to date indicate that fill material may be suitable for disposal at a managed fill facility subject to operator approval. Soils classified as managed fill can either be disposed of to a managed fill only site or be disposed of as managed fill to a licensed hazardous waste landfill. Managed fill and landfill facilities within the Auckland and Waikato regions operate under resource consents which include site-specific acceptance criteria dictating what materials can be accepted including maximum concentrations for certain contaminants. The Three Kings Controlled Fill licenced facility provides a potential managed fill disposal site. Pre-approval is required before spoil can be disposed of at this facility. Where soils are to be excavated and require off-site disposal, it is likely that additional testing of excavated materials will be required during works e.g., one sample collected for every 250 cubic metres (m3) of spoil generated for disposal. The sampling rate should be established by the CLS based on the scale of the earthworks, field evidence of potential soil contamination and the pre-approval testing requirements of facility identified for disposal of soil. Guidance with respect to the extent of this testing will be provided by the operator of the facility as part of the pre-approval process.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Should a different managed fill facility be selected for disposal, soil material will be required to meet the specific conditions of entry and acceptance criteria and pre-approval will be required. Managed fill acceptance criteria vary between waste facilities. Classification of managed fill may vary in regions outside of Auckland. Soil quality testing of the underlying natural deposits indicates these materials are suitable for disposal as cleanfill. Soils classified as cleanfill can be disposed of to a cleanfill facility or operation, subject to obtaining necessary approvals from Auckland Council and the cleanfill operator. Soils classified as contaminated fill must be disposed of to a licensed hazardous waste landfill. Receipts documenting the location and volume of soils disposed are to be collated and provided to the CLS and ESM at the completion of the land disturbance activities programme.

5.10

Material Importation

Clean quarry materials may be imported to complete the subgrade as part of surface reinstatement. Material sourced from a certified quarry or supplier does not require testing. It is not anticipated that soil materials will be imported to the Project to complete the land disturbance activities programme. However, in the event that soil materials are imported these shall meet the AUP definition of cleanfill (refer Section 5.9.1 of this CDWP), in accordance with condition 147 of the A2N discharge permit, and: Analytical testing of this material shall be completed prior to importation. Soil testing undertaken at a rate of one soil sample per 100 m 3 of soil materials. The CLS shall provide guidance of the analytical testing (suites) required and/or complete the testing (if required). The analytical suite is likely to include (but not be restricted to, dependent on the source site) trace elements (arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, mercury, nickel and zinc), TPH, PAHs and organochlorine pesticides (OCP) as a minimum. Depending on the source of the materials (land use history of the source site), other analytes may also be included on the analytical suite. Irrespective of the type of materials imported to the site (quarry materials or soil), all vehicle movements including registration, estimated weight, and source location are to be recorded. Receipts summarising the source and volume of quarry materials are also to be collated and provided to the CLS and ESM at the completion of the land disturbance activities programme.

6.0 6.1

HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN Overview

This health and safety plan provides procedures to be followed for site personnel working in and around contaminated soil and groundwater during the Project excavation works. The following is designed to dovetail with the Construction Contractor s Health and Safety Management Plan.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

The procedures have been developed to provide a framework for managing potential contamination-related effects at the site. However, these procedures are not intended to relieve the owner or controller of the place of work of either their responsibility for the health and safety of their workers, contractors and the public, or their responsibility for the protection of the environment. All works will be completed in accordance with this health and safety plan. Additionally, daily health and safety toolbox meetings are to be undertaken and documented. All parties working on the Project shall comply with: Applicable parts of their Company Health and Safety Policy. Any other site-specific or task-specific Health and Safety Plan. The Health and Safety at Work Act 2016 and Regulations. Any other applicable legislation, regulations, codes and guidelines. Sub-contractors engaged on Project works are required to provide their own Health and Safety Plan for their equipment and workers.

6.2

General Safety Requirements and Training

All relevant personnel shall participate in a site induction that includes a review of procedures with respect to site contamination. The induction shall be provided such that all relevant personnel understand, prior to commencing work, what procedures are to be implemented and why. The purpose of the induction is to educate the workers with respect to the hazards associated with contaminated soil, safe working procedures, safety equipment and requirements, and the response plan in the event of an emergency. A HSO, or similar, shall be appointed by the Construction Contractor for the duration of the works so that where contamination is being managed, there is a designated person responsible for the implementation of and adherence to contamination-related health and safety procedures, in addition to the other site-specific health and safety requirements. The designated HSO shall ensure that all relevant personnel are familiar with the application and use of required PPE and procedures specified in this CDWP and other site-specific documentation prior to the commencement of work. The following general safety procedures shall be followed by all personnel entering and/or working in the Project construction zone: Hazards encountered and not identified during the site induction/toolbox shall be reported to the designated HSO. Any incidents shall be reported to the HSO. Site personnel shall avoid unnecessary contact with documented and potentially contaminated soil and groundwater. Site personnel that may come into contact with contaminated soil or groundwater shall be kitted with the minimum level of PPE as defined in Section 6.8.

May 2019

6.3

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Control Measures

Throughout this Project, effective application of the hazard and risk management processes shall include: Consultation with all relevant parties involved and assigning responsibilities. Encouraging different points of view. Consultation with safety representatives and safety committees. Encouraging safe thinking across the Project workforce. Empowering personnel to intervene if an unsafe situation is observed. Involving relevant personnel and sub-contractors. Risk controls are to be prepared using the Hierarchy of Controls as a guide:

Example questions are provided to illustrate each step. 1)

ELIMINATION

SUBSTITUTION

ENGINEERING

does the task that creates the hazard need to be performed? can a different tool be used? can the hazard be guarded to protect people?

May 2019

6.4

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

ADMINISTRATION are there warning signs and a procedure to address the hazard? Administrative controls include procedures to reduce the risks associated with identified hazards. These controls include: a)

Job Safety Analysis (JSA) or Task Analysis.

Work plans.

Training.

Warning signs.

Communication with the Site Manager/HSO.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

is the appropriate PPE being used? The following is noted:

PPE is considered to be the lowest level of protection against a hazard.

No single combination of protective equipment and clothing can provide protection against all hazards; PPE should be used in conjunction with other protective methods.

The types of PPE will depend on the specific task undertaken. However, certain minimum PPE is required in all work areas.

Identification of Hazards

This CDWP identifies potential hazards associated with the presence of soil and groundwater contamination, and fill materials and recommends procedures to mitigate these risks. Site investigation works have reported low level soil contamination within fill material. Principally, the soil contamination comprises metals/metalloids and PAHs. Other hazards that may be identified during the works are outlined in Section 7.0. Contamination of soil has not been identified above relevant applicable standards for the protection of construction workers. However, during any excavation works there is potential for encountering previously undocumented contamination of soils. Potential exposure routes for contaminants include: Inhalation of dust (potentially contaminated and uncontaminated). Ingestion of potentially contaminated media. Dermal absorption of potentially contaminated media. Skin and eye contact with potentially contaminated media.

6.5

Identification of New Hazards

There is the potential for additional hazards to be identified and encountered during the Project. The Construction Contractor is responsible for reviewing any new work element and assessing whether there are any new associated hazards and associated elimination, isolation and minimisation measures. The Construction Contractor shall seek review by the CLS if necessary. The Construction Contractor shall then instruct all personnel on the health and safety procedures associated with the new hazard.

May 2019

6.6

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Work Area Vapour and Gas Monitoring Action Levels

The Project primarily involves the demolition of buildings and structures to ground level and is not anticipated to comprise significant excavation below existing floor slabs. Excavations below existing floor slabs are only anticipated to occur where removal of underground storage tanks (USTs) is required. The Construction Contractor shall be responsible for vapour monitoring of ambient air for any works required to be undertaken within an excavation below existing floor slabs to assess organic vapours within the breathing zone. Where available, information on the potential levels of vapours along the excavation should be reviewed in advance and the need for third party monitoring evaluated. Ambient air quality within the works area shall be monitored using a calibrated gas meter(s) able to measure volatile organic compounds (VOCs), Lower explosive limit (LEL), oxygen (O2), methane (CH4), carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrogen sulfide (H2S) during ground breaking and prior to entry of the excavation. The gas meter shall be calibrated prior to commencement of works each day using a suitable standard of known concentration. The selected gas meter shall be suitable for the detection of organic compounds likely to be encountered during the works. Controls are not required if there is a VOC reading of 10 parts per million (ppm) or less within the breathing zone (approximately within 300 mm of the nose). If VOC readings are measured above 10 ppm in the breathing zone, then workers shall leave the hazardous area. A respirator shall be worn when re-entering the area to re-testing the atmosphere. If readings are above 50 ppm, work shall stop and the Site Manager/HSO shall be informed. Changes in procedures or the use of additional controls may be considered. HSO approval is needed prior to restarting works. Atmosphere testing with a LEL meter is required for the duration of works. If LEL concentrations are identified above 1 % LEL, then the source of this concentration is to be either isolated or controlled and retested prior to commencing works. At 10 % LEL, work shall be stopped and the Site Manager/HSO informed. Changes in procedures or the use of additional controls may be considered but will need to be addressed in revised work procedures. The LEL meter may also measure concentrations of O2, H2S and CO, which can cause potential hazards in confined spaces and H2S and CO can result in asphyxiation. Ambient air is considered to be oxygen-deficient when the O2 concentration is less than 19.5 % by volume, which shall be used as an Action Level for O 2. For H2S, respiratory tract irritation and eye inflammation occurs at around 200 ppm. National occupational exposure limits for H2S are 15 ppm for short-term exposure (15 minute average) and 10 ppm for long-term exposure (8-hour average). However, H2S, which can be smelt (rotten eggs) between 0.01 ppm and 1.5 ppm, can cause acute health problems between 2 ppm and 5 ppm. H2S greater than 2 ppm shall be used as the Action Level for stopping work and re-assessing conditions. Respirators are available to prevent exposure to H2S. CO is an asphyxiant and is combustible, with a national occupational exposure limit of 30 ppm for long-term exposure (8-hour average). An Action Level of 20 ppm for CO shall be used. In summary the Action Levels are: VOCs: 10 ppm in breathing zone for stop work and reassessment of concentrations. 50 ppm in breathing zone triggers stop work and re-assessment of work environment and controls.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

LEL: 0 % if hot work is proposed; 1 % triggers isolation and re-assessment of work environment and controls; and 10 % triggers stop work. O2 less than 19.5 % triggers stop work and re-assessment of work environment and controls. H2S greater than 2 ppm triggers stop work and re-assessment of work environment and controls. CO greater than 20 ppm triggers stop work and re-assessment of work environment and controls.

6.7

Hazard Mitigation Procedures

6.7.1

Dust inhalation

Inhalation of dust (whether it is contaminated or not) can pose a health risk and therefore the dust control measures shall be implemented for the duration of the earthworks as outlined in Section 5.6. The following additional measures shall be considered to minimise inhalation of dust: Monitor wind speed and direction and, where practicable, stand up wind of excavations and vehicle loading areas. If exposure to dust cannot be prevented, then dust masks shall be worn until dust generation is reduced.

6.7.2

Vapour inhalation

The investigations to date indicate there is a low potential for the presence of volatile contaminants that are likely to represent a human health risk with respect to the inhalation exposure route. However, potential vapour inhalation risks may occur where USTs are encountered during the demolition works. Section 6.6 outlines trigger levels and mitigation measures in relation to potential vapour exposure.

6.7.3

Dermal contact and ingestion

Soil quality assessments to date indicate that soils and fill material do not contain contaminant concentrations exceeding relevant applicable standards for the commercial/industrial land use exposure scenario. In the event that excavation works are required, the following measures (precautionary for soils) shall be implemented to ensure skin contact with and ingestion of contaminated soil and groundwater is minimised: Disposable impermeable gloves shall be worn by personnel who need to have contact with contaminated soil or groundwater during any excavation works. Tear resistant gloves shall be worn by personnel who need to handle waste materials. Overalls (waterproof for groundwater contact) shall be worn if there is the potential for contaminated soil or groundwater to contact other parts of the body (legs, arms etc.). There shall be no eating, drinking or smoking in the works area to prevent contaminated soil or groundwater contacting food or being ingested directly via soiled hands.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

A key factor in controlling dermal contact and ingestion of contaminated soil or groundwater is through maintaining good personal hygiene. The following shall be observed for works involving contaminated soils: Hand-to-mouth and hand-to-face contact shall be avoided during work. Hands and faces shall be washed (at designated facilities) before eating, drinking and smoking. Eating, drinking and smoking shall only be permitted in designated areas. Overalls worn within the works area shall be removed before leaving the works area, i.e. for meal breaks, toilet breaks and at the end of each working day.

6.8

Personal Protective Equipment

All workers handling or coming into contact with soil and/or groundwater shall wear the following PPE to protect against the above risks: Overalls or disposable coveralls (consider whether waterproof overalls are required). Impermeable gloves (tear resistant if appropriate). Disposable dust masks shall be available to workers for use if dust is being generated. Changes to site-specific PPE requirements shall be reflected in all health and safety documentation and all parties notified. The PPE specified above is in addition to that required by the Construction Contractor for non-contamination related health and safety. Additional PPE requirements for work involving asbestos are outlined in Section 5.8.

6.9

Communication Plan

The communication and consultation procedures are detailed within the Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP) attached to the Project CEMP. The CCP details the way in which the general public, stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties are to be communicated with on Project matters, including the management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of contaminated fill, and the process for public and affected parties to register a complaint.

6.10

Incident Reporting

Procedures relating to environmental emergencies and incidents are detailed within the CEMP. The CEMP should be referenced for further information on environmental incidents including spill response, incident recording and reporting.

7.0

UNEXPECTED DISCOVERY OF CONTAMINATION

If evidence of contaminated soils and groundwater or hazardous materials, not previously documented in the CLA or this CDWP is encountered during earthworks, work in the area of concern shall cease until the CLS has assessed and identified the material. practicable following an unexpected discovery of contamination and initial assessment by the CLS.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Evidence of additional contamination likely to trigger a stop work procedure may include: Visual (buried refuse, metal objects, building material, soil or water staining/bleaching or discolouration). Chemical odours (fuel, sulfurous, rotting vegetation or sewage).

Auditory (gas leaks, flowing or dripping liquid). Fibrous cement-based board materials that may contain asbestos. If any such indicator is observed during earthworks, the following steps shall be taken: Cease all work within a 20 m radius and make the work area safe. If possible, contain any contaminant discharge and shut off/divert any water flow. Advise the CLS. CLS. The CLS shall assess the site. If the assessment concludes that confirmation of contamination is required, the following actions shall be implemented: Control the site: install temporary fencing, temporary cover, silt traps and bunding as required around the area of potential contamination. Small volumes of excavated soil shall be contained in covered skips to minimise contaminated discharges from rainfall run-off and dust. If this is not possible, larger volumes shall be covered and bunded to manage dust and storm water run-off. Potentially contaminated water shall be collected and disposed of to an appropriately licensed treatment facility. It must not be discharged to the construction stormwater system. Samples of the suspect material shall be collected (by appropriately trained and qualified personnel) for laboratory analyses using appropriate procedures. The results of the laboratory analysis shall be assessed against the relevant human health and environmental discharge regulatory standards/acceptance criteria as appropriate. The CLS shall be consulted on the handling and management of contaminated soil and/or water, and any specific health and safety precautions that may need to be taken to minimise risk to construction workers and/or the general public. Any soils or material requiring off-site disposal must be disposed of at facilities consented to accept the material. Maintain a register of any contaminated material discovered, including location, type, quantity and disposal record (landfill receipts and waste manifest).

May 2019

8.0 8.1

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

VALIDATION REPORTING Record Keeping

The Construction Contractor shall implement a site log for soil disturbance and removal work. This shall record the following information: Description of daily work activities including visual inspections and location of any contaminated material. Weather conditions (approximate temperature, wind speeds/direction, rainfall, humidity from the nearest weather station is satisfactory).

a weekly log

Non-conformances to this CDWP and any rectification works undertaken. Photographic record to support documented evidence of activities. Vehicle movements including registration, estimated weight, and disposal locations. Receipts summarising soil disposal and importation. The site log shall be collated and summarised on a regular basis. The Construction Contractor shall provide a summary of the site log (including supporting information) to the CLS and ESM on a monthly basis.

8.2

Site Validation Report

Conditions 58 of the CRL Designation (condition 58) and A2N discharge permit (condition 149) require the preparation of a Site Validation Report (SVR) following completion of earthworks. The SVR is to be prepared to a standard that satisfies MfE (2011) reporting requirements and be included Contaminated Validation and Completion of Construction report to be prepared in accordance with Condition 58 of the CRL Designation once the entire CRL works are complete. The current project relates to the demolition of buildings to ground level, with minimal ground disturbance proposed. In order to address the presence of contaminated soil and / or groundwater encountered as part of any excavations required, the following information shall be collated to enable preparation of the SVR required by the Designation and A2N discharge permit: A summary of the works undertaken, including a statement confirming whether the demolition of the site has been completed in accordance with the certified CDWP. The location and dimensions of the excavations carried out, including the relevant site plan. A summary of soil, perched water, and groundwater testing undertaken, if applicable, including tabulated analytical results, and interpretation of the results in the context of the contaminated land rules of the AUP. from the site. Records of any unexpected contamination encountered during the works and contingency measures undertaken, if applicable. Details regarding any complaints and/or breaches of the procedures set out in the certified CDWP required by the conditions of this consent. Results of testing, if required, of any spoil disposed off site. Results of testing of any imported fill material to ensure compliance with the definition of 'cleanfill' as per the AUP.

May 2019

9.0

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

REVIEW AND UPDATING OF THE CDWP

This CDWP is subject to a review process with the Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG) established for the Project and a suitably qualified independent peer reviewer. A summary of the outcomes of this review process is attached in Appendix C.

10.0 LIMITATIONS Appendix D. The statements presented in that document are intended to advise you of what your realistic expectations of this report should be, and to present you with recommendations on how to minimise the risks to which this report relates which are associated with this project. The document is not intended to exclude or otherwise limit the obligations necessarily imposed by law on Golder Associates (NZ) Limited, but rather to ensure that all parties who may rely on this report are aware of the responsibilities each assumes in so doing.

11.0 REFERENCES AECOM 2012a. Stage 1 Environmental Site Assessment. Report prepared by AECOM New Zealand Limited for Auckland Transport. 21 March 2012 AECOM 2012b. Contaminated Land Assessment. Report prepared by AECOM New Zealand Limited for Auckland Transport. 25 July 2012. ANZECC 2000. Australian and New Zealand Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality. National Water Quality Management Strategy Paper No. 4, Vol. 1 (2nd revision). ANZECC, Canberra.ARC 2001. ARC 2001. Background concentrations of inorganic elements in soils from the Auckland Region. Technical Publication 153, October 2001. Auckland Regional Council, Auckland. Aurecon 2013. City Rail Link Concept Design Geotechnical Interpretative Report (Stage 2). Report prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited for Auckland Transport. BRANZ 2017. New Zealand Guidelines for Assessing and Managing Asbestos in Soil. BRANZ Limited in association with Australasian Land and Groundwater (ALGA), November 2017. Golder 2016. Auckland City Rail Link: Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Contaminated Land Assessment. Report prepared by Golder Associates (NZ) Limited for Aurecon New Zealand Limited on behalf of Auckland Transport, May 2016. Golder 2019. Auckland City Rail Link Air Quality Delivery Work Plan for Karangahape Station Construction Support Area Demolition Works. Report prepared by Golder Associates (NZ) Limited for Aurecon New Zealand Limited on behalf of City Rail Link Limited, May 2019. Leersnyder H, Bunting K, Parsonson M, Stewart C 2016. Erosion and sediment control guide for land disturbing activities in the Auckland region. Auckland Council Guideline Document GD2016/005. Prepared by Beca Ltd and SouthernSkies Environmental for Auckland Council. June 2016. MfE 2002. A Guide to the Management of Cleanfills. Ministry for the Environment, Wellington.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

MfE 2011. Contaminated Land Management Guideline No. 1: Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand. Ministry for the Environment, Wellington. MfE 2012. National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health WasteMINZ 2018. Technical Guidelines for Disposal to Land. Waste Management Institute New Zealand. WorkSafe 2016. Approved Code of Practice: Management and Removal of Asbestos. WorkSafe New Zealand, November 2017.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

APPENDIX A

Record of Review

NES1 - Record of Review 2 Client Name:

Aurecon New Zealand Limited

Project Number:

1378206325

Project:

City Rail Link

Project Manager:

Andrew Hart

Report Reference:

1378206325-119-R-Rev

Name

Role

Qualifications

Stephanie Koviessen

Author

BSc

13-Feb-19

Andrew Hart

Technical Reviewer

BSc, MSc (Dist)

13-Feb-19

Years of contaminated land experience

Signature

Date

Notes: 1

Resource Management (National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health) Regulations 2011.

Record of review demonstrating that the persons preparing and certifying this report are suitably qualified and experienced practitioners.

NES Review Document: 01 Document Owner: SIRA

Version: 1.0 Page 1 of 1

Issue Date: April 2013 Review Date: April 2013

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

APPENDIX B

ISCA Information and Assessment

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Implementation of ISCA CRLL is seeking ISCA (infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia) IS (Infrastructure Sustainability) Rating for the whole project lifecycle. The requirements of the ISCA CRL IS Technical Manual Mahi Rauora Aratohu requirements - Appendices 10, 23 and 24 of the contract documents). This Appendix includes IS requirements that are necessary to achieve a target level 2 of Dis-4 ISCA credits. These requirements remain subject to change as the project goes forward. Hence, the below Table to be reviewed, amended (as and if needed) and confirmed to meet the target level that will be set and agreed upon. The relevant required evidence(s) to achieve the target to be provided at appropriate timing.

ISCA category

Lan-3 Aim: To reward projects that assess contamination and perform sustainable remediation.

Target level

Construction requirements

How we aim to achieve this

Benchmark The requirements for Level 1 are achieved. Level 1 requirements include the following: - Site assessment follows the recommended approach in Schedule A 'Recommended general process for assessment of site contamination' of National Environment Protection (Assessment of Site Contamination) Measure 1999. AND Remediation options are identified and selected using a sustainability hierarchy. Evidence Contamination reports and Rem

A site assessment has been completed in the vicinity of the Project as part of the wider CRL project. However, specific assessments have not been undertaken within the Project footprint. It is possible that unexpected soil contamination or hazardous materials could be discovered during the works. If unexpected soil contamination is identified, due to spatial restrictions within the construction zones, it is likely that this will be directly loaded into trucks for disposal at a licensed landfill. Soil disposal locations will be based on the soil classification hierarchy and approval process that is outlined in Section 5.8.2 of this CDWP.

Benchmark Site assessment work audited by qualified independent specialist.

Completed as part of resource consenting process for this Project.

Benchmark Sustainability appraisal of remediation options is undertaken against the sustainability indicators in Table 1 of 'A Framework for Assessing the Sustainability of Soil and Groundwater Remediation' and using multi-criteria analysis or other scored or quantified means.

Not applicable. Refer above for soil management discussion relating to unexpected soil contamination or hazardous materials discovery.

May 2019

ISCA category

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Target level

Construction requirements

How we aim to achieve this

Benchmark Remediation appraisal and selection audited by qualified independent specialist.

Not applicable.

Evidence Evidence as for Level 1, audit report, and auditor qualifications.

Not applicable.

ISCA Lan-3 Sustainability Hierarchy The ISCA Lan-3 sustainability appraisal process includes the following sustainability hierarchy for remediation: 1)

If practicable, on-site treatment of the contamination so that it is destroyed or the associated risk is reduced to an acceptable level.

Off-site treatment of excavated soil, so that the contamination is destroyed or the associated risk is reduced to an acceptable level, after which soil is returned to the site.

Consolidation and isolation of the soil on site by containment with a properly designed barrier

Removal of contaminated material to an approved site or facility, followed, where necessary, by replacement with appropriate material.

Where the assessment indicates remediation would have no net environmental benefit or would have a net adverse environmental effect, implementation of an appropriate management strategy.

If an option less favourable than the first option is selected, then justification for not selecting options higher on the hierarchy must be provided. In cases where no readily available or economically feasible method is available for remediation, it may be possible to adopt appropriate regulatory controls or develop other forms of remediation.

Soil Remediation Options Assessment Tool If any unexpected discovery of contaminated soil is encountered during the Project, it will be managed using the ISCA sustainability hierarchy approach. Soil remediation and management options will be assessed in accordance with a rating tool and the following multiple category assessment table will be used.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

APPENDIX C

Review Process - Summary of Outcomes

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Community Business Liaison Group (CLG) Review Outcomes A summary of the CDWP was presented to the Community Business Liaison Group (CLG) followed by a meeting with the CLG on 28 March 2019. The CLG meeting was attended by the parties listed in Table C1.

Table C1: CLG meeting attendees.

Attendee

Address

Dave Perkin

51 Pitt Street (Beggs)

Muy Chhour

184 Karangahape Road

Tony Rennell

238 Karangahape Road

Grady Elliott

266, 278, 270 & 335 Karangahape Road

Lynne Frith

78 Pitt St (Methodist Church)

Julie Adamson

78 Pitt St & 203-235 Karangahape Road

Richard Northey

8 Hereford St (Waitemata Local Board rep)

Cecilia Lo

246-254 Karangahape Road

Michael Richardson

8/59 Pitt Street (K Rd Business Association)

Carol Eggleton

235 Karangahape

Lawson Sue

66-68 Pitt Street

No comments were received from the CLG regarding the CDWP (Table C2).

Table C2: CLG meeting comments and resolutions.

Comment ID

Date

Time

Forum

Comment

Resolution

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

Independent Peer Review (IPR) Outcomes The CDWP was reviewed by the Independent Peer Reviewer (Terre Nicholson of HD Geo). The IPR, as documented in the letter dated 23 April 2019, considered the CDWP adequately addressed the requirements of the Designation conditions and no further edits were required.

May 2019

1378206325-119-R-Rev1

APPENDIX D

Report Limitations

GAIMS Document No.: 19a, Version 2.1

Issue Date: January 2018

Report Limitations This Report/Document has following limitations: i) no responsibility is accepted for the use of this Report/Document, in whole or in part, in other contexts or for any other purpose. ii) to restrictions and limitations. Golder did not perform a complete assessment of all possible conditions or circumstances that may exist at the site referenced in the Report/Document. If a service is not expressly indicated, do not assume it has been provided. If a matter is not addressed, do not assume that any determination has been made by Golder in regards to it. iii)

Conditions may exist which were undetectable given the limited nature of the enquiry Golder was retained to undertake with respect to the site. Variations in conditions may occur between investigatory locations, and there may be special conditions pertaining to the site which have not been revealed by the investigation and which have not therefore been taken into account in the Report/Document. Accordingly, if information in addition to that contained in this report is sought, additional studies and actions may be required.

iv)

The passage of time affects the information and assessment provided in this Report/Document. of the Report/Document. The Services provided allowed Golder to form no more than an opinion of the actual conditions of the site at the time the site was visited and cannot be used to assess the effect of any subsequent changes in the quality of the site, or its surroundings, or any laws or regulations.

Any assessments, designs and advice made in this Report/Document are based on the conditions indicated from published sources and the investigation described. No warranty is included, either express or implied, that the actual conditions will conform exactly to the assessments contained in this Report/Document.

vi)

Where data supplied by the client or other external sources, including previous site investigation data, have been used, it has been assumed that the information is correct unless otherwise stated. No responsibility is accepted by Golder for incomplete or inaccurate data supplied by others.

vii)

The Client acknowledges that Golder may have retained subconsultants affiliated with Golder to provide Services for the benefit of Golder. Golder will be fully responsible to the Client for the Services and work done by all of its subconsultants and subcontractors. The Client agrees that it will only assert claims against and seek to recover losses, damages or other liabilities from Golder and and agrees it will not have any legal recourse, and waives any expense, loss, claim, demand, or cause of action,

viii)

This Report/Document is provided for sole use by the Client and is confidential to it. No responsibility whatsoever for the contents of this Report/Document will be accepted to any person other than the Client. Any use which a third party makes of this Report/Document, or any reliance on or decisions to be made based on it, is the responsibility of such third parties. Golder accepts no responsibility for damages, if any, suffered by any third party as a result of decisions made or actions based on this Report/Document.

golder.com

Auckland Office Level 4, Aurecon House 139 Carlton Gore Road Auckland 1023 New Zealand T +64 9 520 6019 F +64 524 7815

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix H Air Quality Delivery Work Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

City Rail Link In association with:

OUTLINE PLAN Air Quality Delivery Work Plan for Karangahape Station Construction Support Area Demolition Works

Document Ref: CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0133 Revision: 0 7 May 2019

INTERNAL WORKING DOCUMENT COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

REPORT

Auckland City Rail Link Air Quality Delivery Work Plan for Karangahape Station Construction Support Area Demolition Works Submitted to:

Aurecon New Zealand Limited PO Box 9762, Newmarket, Auckland 1149

Submitted by:

Golder Associates (NZ) Limited Level 2 Nielsen Centre, 129 Hurstmere Road, Takapuna 0622, Auckland +64 9 486 8068 1378206325-118-R-Rev0 May 2019

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Record of Issue Company

Version

Date issued

Review status/details

Aurecon

RevA

20 February 2019

Draft for Aurecon and CRLL review.

Aurecon

RevB

12 March 2019

Updated draft post Aurecon review.

Aurecon

RevC

9 April 2019

Updated draft post CRLL review and CLG meeting.

7 May 2019

Final for consent lodgement. Updated draft post Independent Peer Review and receipt of pre-lodgement comments from Auckland Council.

Aurecon

Rev0

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Table of Contents 1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................... 1 1.1

Purpose ............................................................................................................................................. 1

1.2

Report Structure ................................................................................................................................ 1

1.3

Environmental Objective ................................................................................................................... 6

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT............................................................................................................ 6 2.1

City Rail Link ..................................................................................................................................... 6

2.2

Advance Works Project ..................................................................................................................... 6

2.3

Sensitive Locations ........................................................................................................................... 8

DUST EMISSIONS SOURCES AND MITIGATION .................................................................................... 8 3.1

Introduction........................................................................................................................................ 8

3.2

Overview of Dust Sources ............................................................................................................... 10

3.3

Risk Assessment and Controls and Procedures for Dust Sources ................................................. 11

DUST MONITORING PROGRAMME ....................................................................................................... 13 4.1

General Site Monitoring .................................................................................................................. 13

4.2

Visual Inspections of Dust Emissions ............................................................................................. 14

4.3

Continuous Monitoring of Total Suspended Particulate .................................................................. 15

5.0

OTHER MINOR DISCHARGES TO AIR................................................................................................... 16

6.0

COMPLAINTS RESPONSE AND RECORDING ...................................................................................... 17

7.0

ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING................................................................................................................. 17 7.1

8.0

9.0

Project Staff ..................................................................................................................................... 17

RECORD KEEPING .................................................................................................................................. 17 8.1

Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 17

8.2

Daily Log ......................................................................................................................................... 18

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................................................... 19 9.1

Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 19

9.2

Specific Roles and Responsibilities ................................................................................................ 19

9.3

Contact Details ................................................................................................................................ 20

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

10.0 AQDWP AUDITING AND REVIEW .......................................................................................................... 20 10.1

Introduction...................................................................................................................................... 20

10.2

Auditing ........................................................................................................................................... 20

10.3

Review............................................................................................................................................. 21

11.0 PROJECT SUSTAINABILITY ................................................................................................................... 21 12.0 LIMITATIONS............................................................................................................................................ 21 13.0 REFERENCES .......................................................................................................................................... 21

TABLES Table 1: CRL designation conditions for AQDWP. ............................................................................................... 2 Table 2: CRL resource consent conditions for AQDWP. ...................................................................................... 3 Table 3: Risk assessment and description of controls and procedures for dust sources within the project. ..... 11 Table 4: Training requirements. .......................................................................................................................... 17 Table 5: Record keeping requirements. ............................................................................................................. 18 Table 6: Environmental management responsibilities. ....................................................................................... 19

FIGURES Figure 1: CRL Karangahape Station demolition area. .......................................................................................... 7 Figure 2: CRL hierarchy of documentation. .......................................................................................................... 7 Figure 3: Receptors within 100 m of demolition area. .......................................................................................... 9

APPENDICES APPENDIX A Daily Log Form APPENDIX B Community Business Liaison Group and Peer Review Outcomes APPENDIX C ISCA Requirements APPENDIX D Report Limitations

iii

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

List of Abbreviations Acronym

Meaning

ACZ

Active construction zone

AQDWP

Air Quality Delivery Work Plan

AQMP

Air Quality Management Plan

CEMP

Construction Environmental Management Plan

CCP

Project Communication and Consultation Plan

CLDWP

Contaminated Land Delivery Work Plan

CRL

City Rail Link

CRLL

City Rail Link Limited

CSA

Construction support area

DWP

Delivery Work Plan

ESM

Environment and Sustainability Manager

MfE

Ministry for the Environment

Management Plans

NAL

North Auckland Line

RMA

Resource Management Act 1991

TSP

Total suspended particulate

List of Units Unit

Meaning

°C

Degrees Celsius

Kilometre

km/hr

Kilometres per hour

Metre

m²

Square metre

m³

Cubic metre

May 2019

1.0 1.1

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

INTRODUCTION Purpose

This Air Quality Delivery Work Plan1 (AQDWP) has been developed by Golder Associates (NZ) Limited (Golder) for the management and mitigation of the air quality effects associated with the demolition of the buildings and structures in the Karangahape Station (Mercury Lane and East Street Entrance) Construction Support Area (CSA) elements of the City Rail Link (CRL) project (the project). The purpose of this AQDWP is to provide a framework for managing the air discharges, especially dust emissions, so that potential significant adverse environmental and human health effects beyond the boundary of the construction site are avoided. This is to be primarily achieved by:



Identifying the sources of fugitive dust emissions associated with the demolition activities.



Describing controls and procedures to prevent fugitive dust emissions from each significant source.



Describing inspection and dust monitoring programs.



Describing the training of personnel necessary for the AQDWP to be effectively implemented.



Describing the necessary record-keeping to verify and document ongoing compliance with the AQDWP.



Establishing the roles and responsibilities of staff throughout the organisation in relation to the AQDWP.

Dust emissions are considered the primary contaminant of concern discharged to air from the proposed demolition works. Combustion emissions from the operation of vehicles, and any residual emissions from emission control equipment associated with the works are expected to give rise to air quality effects that are negligible. Regarding odour, it is expected that there is very limited potential for odour to be generated by the project. As such, this AQDWP focuses on the management of dust emissions from the works as the effects of other emission sources are considered insignificant. This AQDWP fulfils the reporting requirements for the management and mitigation of air quality effects under the Auckland Unitary Plan: Operative in Part (15 November 2016). This AQDWP also satisfies the requirements for reporting, managing and mitigating air quality effects in accordance CRL Designation 2500-4 and the Aotea Station to North Auckland Line (A2N) resource consents 2. This AQDWP has been prepared by a senior qualified person in accordance (where relevant and practicable) with the Ministry for the Environment (MfE 2016) Good Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing Dust.

1.2

Report Structure

The structure of the AQDWP is designed to provide a logical and practical framework for the management of air emissions from the CSA. The AQDWP has the following key sections:



Section 2.0 provides a description of the project and site demolition activities.



Section 3.0 identifies the potential dust emissions sources and the structural and operational controls that are proposed to mitigate the risks associated with each source.



Section 4.0 outlines a proposed dust monitoring programme.

The Air Quality Delivery Work Plan is analogous to an Air Quality Management Plan. The use of AQDWP has been adopted for consistency with CRL Designation Condition 59.

R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038.

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0



Section 5.0 discusses other minor discharges to air.



Section 6.0 discusses complaints response and record keeping.



Section 7.0 provides a program for training and awareness of staff.



Section 8.0 outlines the records that are required to be kept as part of compliance with this AQDWP.



Section 9.0 establishes the roles and responsibilities of staff.



Section 10.0 outlines the procedures for auditing and reviewing this AQDWP.



Section 11.0 outlines the sustainability approach for the project.

The AQDWP has been prepared to satisfy CRL Designation 2500-4 condition 59 and also the requirements of the Aotea Station to North Auckland Line (NAL) resource consents. For reference, the relevant sections of this AQDWP as they relate to the designation and resource consent conditions are summarised in Table 1 and Table 2.

Table 1: CRL designation conditions for AQDWP.

Relevant condition

Relevant section of AQDWP

59.1 An Air Quality DWP shall be prepared to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.

Whole AQDWP

59.2 The objective of the Air Quality DWP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid dust and odour nuisance being caused by construction works and to remedy any such effects should they occur.

Whole AQDWP

59.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Air Quality DWP and implemented as required: a)

The procedures to be implemented for the continuous monitoring of Total Suspended Particulate (TSP) concentrations and meteorology including, but not limited to, the establishment of two monitoring sites (to the north and south of the site);

Section 4.3

Identification of the sensitive locations, and the specific methods for monitoring, including trigger limits to determine whether further action (such as implementation of the mitigation measures discussed below or other mitigation measures) is required;

Section 2.3 and 4.3

Procedures for responding to malfunctions with construction machinery or works causing accidental dust discharges including, but not limited to, the requirement to remedy any malfunction within 24 hours;

Sections 5.0 and 8.0

Procedures for monitoring weather conditions and the requirement that water spray is used on soil stockpiles, any non-paved construction areas, and the wheels of trucks where dust may disperse beyond the site;

Table 3, Section 3.3

Procedures for establishing when the covering of trucks will be required;

Table 3, Section 3.3

May 2019

Relevant condition f)

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Relevant section of AQDWP

Procedures for determining when hard surfaced areas in construction yards and active construction areas should be cleaned including, but not limited to, the requirement that such areas be cleaned whenever dust generation occurs due to traffic on these surfaces;

Table 3, Section 3.3

Procedures for responding to discharges of odour (including in the event of excavation of contaminated sites) including, but not limited to, the requirement to address discharge of objectionable odour by immediately ceasing the activity causing the discharge;

Table 3, Section 5.0

Procedures for equipment inspection (including timeframes for regular inspections), maintenance, monitoring and recording, including baghouses, pressure relief valves and high level alarms to mitigate dust emissions;

Table 3, Sections 3.3 and 4.0

Procedures for, where practicable, limiting dust and odour nuisance and the methods for monitoring these procedures including identification of contingency measures to address identified and verified adverse effects on sensitive receptors. Contingency measures may include options such as: i. Cleaning of air filtration intakes; or ii. Cleaning of other buildings and infrastructure

Table 3, Sections 3.3 and 4.0

Procedures for responding to any complaints received and the timeframes for response to complaints and reporting.

Section 6.0

Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the communities in the vicinity of construction works are to be communicated with on the management of the adverse effects relating to air quality.

Section 6.0

Table 2: CRL resource consent conditions for AQDWP.

Relevant condition

Relevant section of AQDWP

218. The Consent Holder shall ensure that all processes on the project work site shall be implemented, operated, maintained, supervised, monitored and controlled so that any emissions authorised by this consent are maintained at the minimum practicable level.

Whole AQDWP

219. Unless provided for by Condition 220, there shall be no dust or odour beyond the boundary of the project work site caused as a result of on-site processes which, in the opinion of Council, is noxious, offensive or objectionable.

Whole AQDWP

220. Any noxious, offensive or objectionable dust or odour beyond the boundary of the project work site caused as a result of construction and earthworks activities associated with the project shall be mitigated as soon as practicable in accordance with the requirements of the certified Air Quality Management Plan as required by Condition 222.

Whole AQDWP

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Relevant condition

Relevant section of AQDWP

221. The Consent Holder shall ensure that beyond the boundary of the project worksite, there shall be no hazardous air pollutant caused as a result of construction and earthworks activities associated with the project that causes, or is likely to cause, adverse effects on human health, environment or

Table 3, Sections 3.3 and 4.0

property. Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP) 222. The Consent Holder shall review the draft Air Quality Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station to North Auckland Line, dated May 2016, and submit to Council

Not applicable

(Team Leader Central Monitoring) a final AQMP/s which is generally consistent with the draft AQMP provided in support of the application. 223. The final AQMP/s shall be prepared by a Senior Qualified Person, provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction and shall include: a. a clear identification of the type and location of the controls proposed; b. a detailed framework for the management, mitigation and monitoring of construction and earthworks activities associated

Whole AQDWP

with the project; c. a focus principally on the sources of dust discharges, and d. an assessment of the risk of discharges from each ACZ and the associated CSA. 224. The final AQMP/s shall also provide detailed methods including, but not limited to, the following matters: a. methods to ensure exposed surfaces remain dampened to minimise dust emissions (possible examples include a water spray system or other

Table 3, Section 3.3

suitable system, water carts and other suppression methods); b. ensuring a 20 km/hr vehicle speed limit within the ACZs and CSAs; Table 3, Section 3.3 c. operation of wheel washes; d. regular sweeping of public roads around the exit points of ACZs and CSAs and sealed vehicle accessways within these areas;

Table 3, Section 3.3

e. measures for supressing dust from any temporary stock piles (demonstrating how they are to be limited to no more than 24 mÂł of

Table 3, Section 3.3

uncovered spoil at any one time in each ACZ); f. measures for the handling of cement associated with the forming of cement stabilised columns, including filter systems and high-level alarms

Not applicable

where a silo is used; g. covering of loads of material being delivered and removed from the site;

Table 3, Section 3.3

May 2019

Relevant condition

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Relevant section of AQDWP

h. instrument monitoring of dust concentrations (including identification of a monitoring methodology, monitoring network and appropriate alert thresholds) to ensure that any significant dust effects arising from the ACZs or CSAs are identified and remedied as soon as practicable throughout the project;

Section 4.0

i. the locations of instrument dust monitoring sites, including at least three re-locatable and/or fixed monitors to be associated with each of ACZs A, K and M, and the duration of this monitoring;

Section 4.0

j. measures for responding to continuous instrument dust monitoring trigger alarms, including contingency measures to reduce measured concentrations below the trigger thresholds and provisions for responding after standard operating hours;

Section 4.3

k. measures for undertaking meteorological observations and visual inspections of dust or other air discharges from the project, to be completed at least on a daily basis, with all relevant information logged; and

Sections 4.1 and 4.2

l. information regarding complaint logging, investigation and response procedures, training and roles and responsibilities.

Section 6.0

The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the AQMP/s with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the AQMP; otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council. 225. Any change to the AQMP/ shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. No activity reliant upon a change to the AQMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the proposed change within 10 working days from receipt of the change; otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council. 226. All works shall be undertaken in accordance with the certified AQMP/s.

Implementation of this AQDWP

Monitoring Requirements 227. Prior to the commencement of construction, and for the duration of excavation and construction associated with the project which have the potential for significant dust emissions, the Consent Holder shall install, operate and maintain continuous dust monitoring undertaken using mobile instruments for the purposes of monitoring Total Suspended Particulates (TSP). The locations, durations and methods of TSP monitoring at each of ACZs A, K and M shall be in accordance with the details in the certified AQMP(s) required by Condition 222.

Section 4.0

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Relevant condition

Relevant section of AQDWP

228. The dust monitoring instruments shall be fitted with an alarm system that sends a warning to the responsible person identified by the AQMP/s when dust concentrations exceed alert levels specified by the certified AQMP/s. The Consent Holder shall ensure that the responsible person, or other

Section 4.0

nominated person, is available at all times to take immediate action to reduce dust emissions from the site.

1.3

Environmental Objective

The primary environmental objective of this AQDWP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid dust and odour nuisance being caused by the project construction works and to remedy any such effects should they occur. This objective will be achieved by ensuring that all site activities are contained within appropriate areas and site activities will not result in any discharges to air resulting in unacceptable levels of contaminants within the surrounding environment.

2.0 2.1

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT City Rail Link

The CRL project comprises the construction, operation and maintenance of a 3.4 km underground passenger railway, running between Britomart Station and the NAL near Mt Eden Station. CRL Enabling Works commenced in December 2015 and the procurement of the main works contract (C3 Alliance) is being progressed with contract award likely in the first quarter of 2019. To allow works to commence as soon as possible upon award of the C3 Alliance, City Rail Link Limited (CRLL) is obtaining the necessary authorisations for demolition of buildings in the Karangahape Station CSA located between Mercury Lane and East Street.

2.2

Advance Works Project

It is proposed to demolish the buildings and structures in the Karangahape Station (Mercury Lane entrance) CSA as identified in Figure 1 below. The project is being undertaken in accordance with the CRL Designation 2500-4, confirmed in November 2015 and the Aotea Station to NAL suite of resource consents approved in November 2016. The conditions of these authorisations require the preparation of an Outline Plan (OP), Delivery Works Plans (DWP) and Management Plans (MP). This AQDWP is prepared in accordance with the CRL Designation 2500-4 and resource consent conditions as identified in the hierarchy of documentation illustrated in Figure 2. As outlined in Table 3 prior to demolition, an asbestos survey will be carried out by a â€˜competent surveyorâ€™ on each building to be demolished.

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

9A, B, C 11-13

20-24

17-21

23-31 38

Figure 1: CRL Karangahape Station demolition area.

Figure 2: CRL hierarchy of documentation.

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

CRLL plans to commence the process of vacating the tenanted properties in the third quarter of 2019 to ensure sites are vacant in reasonable time ahead of the planned disconnection of services. Demolition will commence in late 2019 and extend for eight to 12 weeks. Demolition will be undertaken in a staged manner the order of which is to be confirmed by the C3 Alliance. Buildings at the northern end of the site are anticipated to be removed first, with demolition works progressing southward. All buildings and structures will be removed to ground level, with the retention of some existing foundations where necessary for site stability. A soft strip (wall linings etc) of salvageable materials and recycling of concrete and reinforcing steel will be carried out where possible. All demolition material will be removed from the project area and covered during transportation and disposed of at approved facilities. The project area will be fenced, with lockable gates, to prevent unauthorised entry. Where appropriate, solid plywood fencing will be used, with appropriate signage prohibiting unauthorised entry and identifying hazards.

2.3

Sensitive Locations

Off-site locations within approximately 100 m from the project area are considered sensitive to potential dust and odour impacts given the nature of the receiving environment. See Figure 3 for map of sensitive receptor locations. Examples of activities surrounding the project area are as follows:

       

3.0 3.1

Pedestrian access to offices and other places of work. Shopping/Commercial/Business activities fronting these streets sections. Bar patronage along Mercury Lane and Karangahape Road. Non-profit organisations – New Zealand Prostitute Collective and Eat My Lunch. Accommodation – BK Hostel. Entertainment venue – Studio the Venue, Art Space, and Mercury Theatre. The Lightpath cycle and pedestrian walkway along the Southern Motorway. Residential building along Karangahape Road (259-281 Karangahape Road).

DUST EMISSIONS SOURCES AND MITIGATION Introduction

This section provides a description of the dust emission sources and mitigation measures for the proposed demolition activities within the project footprint. It includes a qualitative risk assessment for each key activity to identify the priority activities on the site that represent the highest risks in terms of creating an adverse dust effect beyond the boundary of the site. Finally, the emission controls and procedures for each activity are described, as well as the person responsible for the implementation and management of dust control. Each of the potential risks is assessed in terms of the probability that they might occur (low, medium or high) and of the level of the consequence in case they do occur (low, medium or high). For instance, a potential risk with a low probability means that it is likely to occur only one to five times during the whole period of construction activities. A potential risk with a high probability means that it is likely to occur at least once per week during the period of construction activities. The consequence is independent of the probability and is related to effects on the environment (beyond the boundary of the site) of that risk when it does occur. A lowlevel consequence means that any effects to the environment should be less than minor and no sensitive receptors would be affected. A high-level consequence, on the other hand, means effects on the environment may be significant and that sensitive receptors are likely to be affected.

5919500

AN DM AR BO

5919500

Central Auckland

KARA NG

AHAP

E ROA

Map Extent

E LAN

DAY ET E STR

LEGEND

T EAS

STR

Receptors within 100 m of site Property parcels

CROSS STREET

EET

ATO L A G

TRE SS

MERCURY LANE

Site boundary

TR EE T UE EN S

STATE HIGHWAY 16

TON -HAMIL D N A L AUCK RWAY MOTO

METRES

WAY 16 STATE HIGH

PROJECTION: NZGD 2000 New Zealand Transverse Mercator CLIENT

AURECON NEW ZEALAND LTD PROJECT

CITY RAIL LINK - KARANGAHAPE ROAD CSA DEMOLITION TITLE

RECEPTORS WITHIN 100 M OF DEMOLITION AREA CONSULTANT

YYYY-MM-DD

2019-05-07

PREPARED

REVIEW

APPROVED PROJECT NO.

For more information regarding our GIS services/consultancy, please contact Reza Kalbasi (GIS Leader at Golder Associates NZ); rkalbasi@golder.co.nz

100

REFERENCE SCALE: 1:1,200 (at A3)

STATE HIGHWAY 1

AU CK LA MO ND-H TO AM RW ILT AY ON

1378206325

REPORT

118

25mm

AUCKLAND -HAMILTON MOTORWA Y

Information contained in this drawing is the copyright of Golder Associates (NZ) Ltd. Unauthorised use or reproduction of this plan either wholly or in part without written permission infringes copyright. © Golder Associates (NZ) Ltd.

MW REV.

FIGURE

CANADA S TREET

UP PE RQ

Path: K:\GIS\Projects-Dynamics\2019\7403\1378206325_CityRailLink\MapDocuments\1378206325-115-R-F002-Rev0_A3L_GIS.mxd

TH SOU

1. Aerial: LINZ and Eagle Technology, CC-BY-3.0-NZ. 2. Map image: © OpenStreetMap (and) contributors, CC-BY-SA Sourced from the LINZ Data Service and licensed for re-use under the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 New Zealand licence 3. Schematic only, not to be interpreted as an engineering design or construction drawing.

EET R T S

IF THIS MEASUREMENT DOES NOT MATCH WHAT IS SHOWN, THE SHEET SIZE HAS BEEN MODIFIED FROM: A3

NOTES

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

The risk level is assessed as low, medium or high based on the combination of the assessments of probability and consequence. The resulting risk level indicates the priority of that activity in terms of control measures and procedures for minimising dust emissions. The risk assessment has been undertaken on the basis of the demolition activities proposed by CRLL. Due to the relatively short duration of demolition phase of the project, the risk assessment will need to be reviewed at critical milestones during the project, such as when there is a new or changed activity, changes to equipment or location of activities or when there is a change to legislative/consent/designation requirements. An annual review is not considered necessary in this instance given the short-term nature of the works.

3.2

Overview of Dust Sources

The main discharge into air arising from the demolition activities is particulate matter (dust). The following key activities are potential sources of dust emissions from the proposed demolition activities:



Due to unpaved surfaces, some storage of demolition materials and vehicles accessing and departing from the demolition site.



The breaking apart, removal and handling of wall linings (such as plaster board).



The use of concrete saws.



Use of excavator with breaker or claw to break apart and pull-down concrete building structures.



Use of excavator with breaker to break apart concrete foundation slabs.



The sorting and segregation of concrete from reinforcing steel.



The loading of demolition materials into trucks for removal from the site.

It is understood that there will be no on-site crushing of concrete, which can be a significant source of dust associated with demolition activities. The stockpiling of spoil and other bulk materials on site can be sources of dust for most earthworks and demolition activities if not controlled. Where practical, materials will be loaded directly into trucks, covered and removed off site. The next section describes the risks associated with the above key activities in terms of the potential to result in adverse effects on sensitive locations. Section 3.3 also details the associated mitigation measures that are to be used to control or suppress dust emissions from each activity. The termination of utility services to buildings and soft strip demolition are generally not expected to be a significant source of dust. The removal of asbestos is not considered in detail in this AQDWP. If asbestos is identified it will be removed in a controlled manner in accordance with relevant WorkSafe New Zealand (WorkSafe) requirements and the Contamination Delivery Work Plan (CDWP) (Golder 2019).

May 2019

3.3

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Risk Assessment and Controls and Procedures for Dust Sources

The risk assessment and the controls/procedures for mitigating dust emissions from the key activities within the project are provided in Table 3. Within Table 3 the probability that a risk of unmitigated dust emission would occur is denoted as ‘P’, the level of the consequence in case the risk does occur is denoted as ‘C’ and the overall risk assessment as ‘R’. The control/procedure for each activity is intended to ensure that dust emissions are effectively controlled such that any off-site effects that may occur are of an acceptable level.

Table 3: Risk assessment and description of controls and procedures for dust sources within the project.

Activity/ Facility

Building demolition

Potential unmitigated risk

Asbestos

Dust and concrete dust containing crystalline silica from demolition of buildings

Control/Procedure

Person responsible

M-H

Prior to demolition (including removal of wall linings, cabling, pipework, joinery etc.), an asbestos survey is to be carried out at the building to be demolished by a ‘competent surveyor’ and if asbestos is present, be removed by a Licensed Asbestos Removalist and the building cleared by an independent Licensed Asbestos Assessor prior to demolition of the buildings. Notwithstanding this, the use of water sprays shall be used to dampen the area of demolition during dry weather.

Environment and Sustainability Manager (ESM) or delegated person

Dust from removal of plaster board is to be controlled by wetting the plaster board as it is broken up. Dust from the knocking down and breakup of blockwork or concrete and from the removal of rubble and will be controlled using water sprays or fogging systems directed onto the activity during dry and windy weather.

ESM or delegated person

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Activity/ Facility

Potential unmitigated risk

Exit of vehicles from site to public roads

Dust emissions from dried and re-suspended muddy material that is transported on the wheels of trucks and machinery exiting the CSAs and the site onto the adjoining roads.

Control/Procedure

Person responsible

M-H

When a build-up of muddy material is observed on wheels, these will be washed prior to the vehicle driving onto the paved truck access. A wet-vacuum sweeper truck will be used weekly to sweep the public road and site access way.

ESM or delegated person

Unpaved areas

Unpaved areas may be present within the CSAs, especially following the demolition of existing buildings in those areas.

Potential dust from unpaved areas will be suppressed by routinely applying water across areas that are frequently trafficked on dry days. During particularly dry conditions this may require reapplication of water over unpaved surfaces at a frequency of 30-minutes or less. In addition, windbreaks or hoarding fences will be installed around the perimeter of the CSA to minimise wind speeds. Unconsolidated areas are to be compacted.

Uncovered loads of demolition waste being transported

Dust generated from the loads as vehicles access public roads and build up speed resulting in a billowing effect acting on dusty loads.

All loads leaving the site are to have their loads covered.

ESM or delegated person

Movement of vehicles

Dust emissions from the action of wheels and tracks associated with the movement of vehicles (trucks, loaders and excavators) during dry weather.

L-M

In addition to the watering measure described above, vehicle/machinery speeds will be limited to 15 km/hr. Machinery is expected to be already travelling at very slowly and well within this speed limit.

ESM or delegated person

Paved areas

Paved areas can result in dust emissions where a build-up of dusty material occurs over time, allowing that material to be entrained by vehicles or by the wind.

Paved areas, particularly frequently trafficked areas, are to be cleaned on a weekly basis using a vacuum sweeper truck to remove the build-up on any dusty material.

ESM or delegated person

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Activity/ Facility

Concrete cutting and breaking

Contaminated soils

Potential unmitigated risk

Concrete dust containing crystalline silica generated through cutting and breaking processes.

Contaminated dust and/or odour associated with planned or unexpected discovery of contaminated soils.

Control/Procedure

Person responsible

Sources of dust associated with this activity will be very localised but concentrated. Only wet cutting of concrete should be undertaken. Any breaking of concrete should only be done under wet conditions (such as a water spray directed onto to the area where breaking occurs).

ESM or delegated person

L-M

Demolition and removal of foundations may occur within reclamation fill or reworked materials, where contaminated soils may be encountered. See the Contamination Delivery Work Plan (CLDWP – Golder 2019).

ESM or delegated person

Notes: P – Probability; C – Consequence; R – Risk assessment (Priority); L – Low; M – Medium; H – High. ESM – Environment and Sustainability Manager.

In addition to the dust control/procedure noted below, consideration of dust management will form part of the demolition team’s daily toolbox meeting. The daily meeting is to include consideration of the weather forecast for that day and, where necessary, subsequent communication with immediate and potentially affected neighbours. Where it is verified that dust emissions from the project have caused a significant impact on a neighbouring property, contingency response measures are to be determined and instigated, which may include the cleaning of air filtration intakes, or cleaning of buildings and infrastructure as necessary.

4.0 4.1

DUST MONITORING PROGRAMME General Site Monitoring

The following general site monitoring will be undertaken:



Daily – The project ESM or delegated person will conduct twice daily visual inspections of the project area (including all subcontractor activities), and any issues identified will be recorded and where necessary appropriate response measures actioned. The daily monitoring will include wind conditions and visual inspections in order to check compliance with this AQDWP, and observations shall be recorded in a Daily Log (see Section 4.2 for further details).

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0



Weekly – Formal site inspections are to be completed by the ESM. Project area specific checklists will be developed by the ESM to check compliance with this AQDWP.



Monthly – A representative from CRLL, and relevant Site Manager will undertake a monthly site visit with the project ESM, to confirm the work procedures containing environmental controls are being implemented in accordance with this AQDWP. A review of the current risk assessment table (Table 3) will be carried out by project ESM, updating it as required.

At the end of each month, the project ESM will submit a site inspection and environmental performance report to CRLL. The report will include but not be limited to a summary of environmental issues that occurred and actions taken during the month to ensure compliance with this AQDWP. The report will include: i)

Completed project area checklists.

ii)

Details of any action item requests.

iii)

Dust or odour incidents that occurred.

iv)

Complaints received.

Investigations and corrective actions associated with complaint or incident investigations.

vi)

Staff environmental inductions and awareness training.

This AQDWP outlines two monitoring procedures that are to be carried out in order to ensure dust emissions are minimised. These are detailed in the following sections.

4.2

Visual Inspections of Dust Emissions

Visual inspections of the perimeter of the project area will be performed on a twice daily basis during the demolition activities and recorded. The visual inspections will help to ensure dust control measures are being effective. Records from daily visual inspections recorded in the Daily Logs can also be a useful tool for investigating and responding to complaints. The specific procedures for carrying out visual inspections are outlined below:



Visual inspections will be performed twice each day of operation by the ESM or delegated person around the whole perimeter of the Project area. The exits of the Project area onto adjoining roads will be inspected in order to verify that significant levels of mud or dusty material is not being carried by trucks and machinery onto public roads, and remedial action taken where necessary.



If visible dust emissions are identified beyond the site boundary, the following details must be recorded in the Daily Log form:

▪ the source of the visible dust emissions (special note needs to be taken if dust source is concrete dust as this contains crystalline silica);

▪ the level (extent) of the visible dust emissions: 1) minor visible emissions (<5 m from source), 2) moderate visible emissions (5 to <30 m from source), 3) major visible emissions (>30 m from source),

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

▪ a brief description of the colour and opacity of the visible dust emissions (e.g., dim brown, hazy grey, dense black, etc.); and

▪ the time and general weather conditions (i.e., windy, calm, warm, etc.) at the moment the visible dust emissions were identified.



If the assessed level of visible dust emissions is moderate or major, or due to concrete dust, the duty or site manager for the project area must be notified for further action, including ceasing on-site dust generating activities.



When notified for further action, the duty or site manager will investigate the situation and take necessary measures to ensure dust levels do not give rise to offensive or objectionable dust impacts. Such actions will also be recorded in the Daily Log.

4.3

Continuous Monitoring of Total Suspended Particulate

Overview Continuous dust monitoring will be carried out at representative locations adjacent to sensitive areas at all times when dust generating activities related to demolition works are undertaken on site. It is expected that at least two monitors will be in use at any given time and the location of the monitors will be evaluated and relocated routinely as the location of demolition works shifts. The monitoring will provide information on realtime dust levels that can be used for managing dust events if and when they occur. This monitoring programme is designed to complement and enhance the visual inspections described above. The monitors will be linked to alarms and when trigger levels are exceeded SMS messages will be sent to the duty manager indicating the need to take additional measures to ensure off-site dust effects are controlled (including after-hours). The monitors will be easily re-locatable, able to run without mains power supply and will employ optical nephelometry that works by directing a laser beam through a sample of air containing particulate and measuring the light scattered by the particles in the sample.

Setup and locating device The objective in siting the monitors is to ensure they are located close to sensitive off-site neighbours and adjacent to demolition activities as they occur. The monitors will most likely be located along the top of the hoardings. This will allow the monitoring to pick up on high dust levels as they occur and allow a response to reduce the dust before it becomes a nuisance for the neighbours. In line with Institute of Air Quality Management (IAQM) Guidance on Monitoring in Vicinity of Demolition and Construction Sites (2018)3 recommendations care needs to be taken with regard to the immediate surrounds when positioning samplers. Sampler inlets should be located:



In a clear, unobstructed position;



Some metres away from any large structures (such as walls of buildings) that might interrupt airflow;



Immediately above the sampler should be open to the sky (free in an arc of at least 270°), with no overhanging trees or other structures;



The sampler head should ideally be located between 1.5 to 4 m above ground level.

https://iaqm.co.uk/text/guidance/guidance_monitoring_dust_2018.pdf See section 4.26.

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Data will be automatically telemetered to, and stored at, the site office. The results of the real-time monitoring results shall be displayed in the site office for easy reference to and quick response by staff. Security fencing is to be set up around each instrument to deter vandalism or theft. It should also be clearly marked so as to avoid the likelihood of damage from machinery or vehicles operating nearby. If the monitors are run using batteries only, instead of relying on solar photovoltaic cells, then the units shall have a battery alarm that notifies the duty manager via SMS text when to change the battery over. A battery recharge and change over schedule shall also be prepared and adhered to.

Trigger Alarms and Response A pre-determined TSP concentration averaged over 1-hour is to be used as a trigger for activating an alarm response where by an audible alarm sounds within the site office and the site manager and duty manager are notified electronically (i.e., text message to their cell phones). The pre-determined TSP concentration to be initially used as the trigger alarm threshold is as follows:



70 µg/m³ as a 1-hour average.

The above trigger alarm threshold is a preliminary value and may need to be adjusted depending on the monitor type, experience with the operation of the monitors, and any subsequent feedback from neighbours. Immediately following the activation of a trigger alarm, the duty manager or delegated staff member will investigate the cause of the alarm trigger to determine whether additional mitigation measures are required to reduce dust emissions. Each trigger alarm event is to be recorded in the Daily Log along with the findings of the investigation and any mitigation responses taken. The duty manager is to check the data display system each day of operation to confirm that the monitors are operating correctly, and that the data is being downloaded.

Calibration and Maintenance As part of the calibrations and maintenance programme, the dust monitors will be checked and calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

5.0

OTHER MINOR DISCHARGES TO AIR

Combustion emissions from the operation of vehicles, and any residual emissions from emission control equipment associated with the project are expected to give rise to air quality effects that are negligible. However, all machinery and control equipment will be subjected to weekly checks for excessive and prolonged visible emissions and will be serviced in accordance with the supplier’s recommendations. Any malfunctioning machinery is to be repaired, replaced or removed from site within 24 hours. The Project is not expected to give rise to any offensive or objectionable odour effects. Accordingly, odours effects are expected to be less than minor. If the project results in unforeseen odour emissions or it becomes apparent that odour emissions may occur from an activity, then operations associated with that activity will cease and measures to address the discharge promptly investigated and implemented (including procedures for responding to discharges of odour and equipment inspection).

May 2019

6.0

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

COMPLAINTS RESPONSE AND RECORDING

Although measures of this AQDWP are aimed at avoiding complaints regarding dust occurring (complaints regarding odour are not anticipated), in practice complaints may be made on occasions by members of the public. It is important to ensure that any complaints that are received are recorded, promptly investigated to identify and resolve the cause of the complaint and appropriately responded to. The requirements and procedures on how to accomplish this are detailed in the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and the project Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP).

7.0 7.1

ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING Project Staff

To achieve an effective AQDWP and to ensure off-site air quality impacts comply with resource consent and the CRL designation condition requirements, all project staff (contractors and subcontractors) will undergo general air quality awareness training and training about their responsibilities under the ADWP. As part of the site staff induction, matters relating to dust management will be communicated to all staff and subcontractors prior to starting work on site. Information will be provided on any procedural and/or structural controls employed on the project to mitigate risk to air quality. Site engineers responsible for writing work plans and undertaking site specific safety and environmental risk assessments will also be given guidance on how to assess and plan for the environmental issues considered within the AQDWP. Air quality and other environmental issues will form a regular part of toolbox meetings (to be attended by contractor staff and subcontractors) to ensure all workers are aware of the key issues. The training requirements outlined in Table 4 are aimed to ensure all staff will receive appropriate training to fully understand the risks of activities on the sites to the environment, particularly with regard to off-site dust impacts, and the requirements of this AQDWP. Regular review of training requirements will be undertaken to ensure all staff are appropriately trained.

Table 4: Training requirements.

Training requirements

Frequency

Attendance

General site environmental management training and familiarly with the AQDWP

As required during new staff induction

All new staff members

Responding to complaints regarding dust and air quality concerns

As required

Site manager, delegated staff member and duty managers

8.0 8.1

RECORD KEEPING Overview

The record keeping requirements of the AQDWP are outlined in Table 5. Details on the Daily Log are provided below.

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Table 5: Record keeping requirements.

Records

Responsibility

Location

Daily Log and weekly/monthly environmental site inspections

ESM

Project office

Complaint records

ESM and on-site personnel involved in the complaint response

Project office

Environmental incident reports

ESM and on-site personnel involved in the environmental incident

Project office

Environmental emergency reports

ESM and on-site personnel involved in the environmental emergency

ESM office

Annual environmental audit

ESM

ESM office

Training records

ESM

ESM office

Revisions to the AQDWP and relevant sub-plans

ESM

ESM office

8.2

Daily Log

Construction activities can be affected by a number of different external and internal factors, such as weather conditions or equipment malfunction, which can contribute to an increase in dust emissions. Various control and mitigation measures are to be carried out on the site in order to prevent such effects. Monitoring and inspection procedures will be used to assess the level of dust emissions both on the site and beyond its boundary. Recording relevant monitoring and inspection results, as well as the conditions of external and internal factors, can help to assess if control measures are being effective and to define appropriate corrective or preventive actions in case any undesirable effects are detected. The Daily Log will provide a record of the relevant monitoring and inspection results. The site or duty manager for the project will fill out the Daily Log form twice each day and file it in a designated file in the project site office. An example Daily Log form is provided in Appendix A of this ADWP. The following information will be recorded in the Daily Log form: i)

Results of the visual inspections of dust emissions and wind conditions (see Section 4.2 for Visual Inspections procedures).

ii)

Any dust control equipment malfunctions and any remedial action(s) taken.

iii)

General weather conditions during the day (i.e., windy, calm, warm, rain, etc.).

iv)

The frequency of watercart and/or water sprinkling system use.

Complaints received and responses to complaints.

vi)

The use of other mitigation measures, such as the use of chemical dust suppressants or covering of storage piles, and the reasons leading to their use.

vii)

The date, time and signature of the person entering the information.

May 2019

9.0 9.1

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES Overview

Each person involved in the project has equal responsibility to strive to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse dust effects. There are three key groups with responsibility for environmental management of the project:



CRLL as the project owner, holder of the resource consents and Requiring Authority responsible for the designation.



The Primary Contractor as the organisation undertaking the works.



Auckland Council (AC) as the consent authority who audits the works and monitors compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP and Sub-Plans.

During the project, an ESM will be appointed by the primary contractor as part of the Construction Team who will be involved throughout the contract period to give advice and to ensure that the AQDWP and other environmental sub-plans are implemented and maintained.

9.2

Specific Roles and Responsibilities

The key organisations, management roles and responsibilities in relation to air quality management during the demolition associated with the project are outlined in Table 6 below.

Table 6: Environmental management responsibilities.

Organisation

Role

Responsibilities

 CRLL

Consent holder and Project Manager

    

Primary contractor

Project Manager ESM Construction Manager

     

Compliance with the Resource Management Act (RMA) and consent requirements. Applications for new resource consents associated with changes to the activities proposed within the project. Review of contractor’s site specific environmental management plans and relevant sub-plans. Key contact for compliance monitoring. Inspections, auditing and checking of environmental management practices and procedures. On-site compliance with consent conditions, DWPs, other requirements and tracking compliance information. Attendance at compliance meetings with Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officers. Report to CRLL changes to demolition techniques or natural environmental changes which require alterations to DWPs, existing consents or new resource consents. Prepare, review and update of CEMP and relevant sub plans. Facilitate and oversee environmental monitoring. Update and maintain the environmental portion of the Project Risk Register. Training of all staff including subcontractors.

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Organisation

Role

Responsibilities Reporting on environmental and sustainability KPIs. Undertaking incident investigations.

Sub-contractors

Construction Manager

    

Auckland Council

Air Quality Consents Team

  

Reviewing and certifying the management plans. Auditing to assess compliance with the AQMP. Auditing to assess compliance with resource consent requirements.

   

Attend daily toolbox meetings as required. Be trained in dust and odour management. Responsible for reporting dust and odour incidents. Ensure dust and odour management procedures adhered to.

All Construction Team staff

N/A

9.3

Adherence to the AQDWP and sub-plans. Adherence to resource consent requirements. Variation of specific management plans, and relevant sub-plans as required.

Contact Details

Contact details for those with key responsibilities in the implementation of this AQDWP will be provided in the final version of the AQDWP once the contractor has been engaged.

10.0 AQDWP AUDITING AND REVIEW 10.1 Introduction This AQDWP may require review and amendment during the life of the project to reflect changes to activities, risks, mitigation measures, responsibilities and management processes. The ability to make changes to the AQDWP is an important aspect of continually improving the effectiveness of the AQDWP. A review process should also be undertaken once the demolition methods are finalised. Auditing and review will be undertaken by the ESM. Auditing and review will be used to provide an independent appraisal of the site’s performance in relation to the objectives of the AQDWP. The results of this review process will enable project staff, CRLL and Auckland Council to assess suitability, adequateness and effectiveness of site operations from an environmental perspective.

10.2

Auditing

Auckland Council may visit the site to undertake site inspections and assess compliance with the designation conditions. Site staff will be available to assist Auckland Council staff during these inspections and provide any information required. In particular, any information or records required to be available by any designation condition or resource consents held by CRLL will be kept on site and will be readily available upon request. All documentation relating to this AQDWP shall be appropriately filed for auditing and review purposes.

May 2019

10.3

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Review

This AQDWP will be reviewed and updated when necessary to reflect changes in the demolition methodologies, and throughout the course of the project as required to reflect material changes associated with a new or changed activity, equipment or location of activities. The procedure for making changes to this AQDWP are given in the CEMP. The AQDWP is subject to a review process with the Community Liaison Group (CLG) established for the project and a suitably qualified independent peer reviewer. A summary of the outcomes of this review process will be provided in Appendix B.

11.0 PROJECT SUSTAINABILITY CRLL is seeking ISCA (Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia) IS (Infrastructure Sustainability) Rating for the whole project lifecycle. The requirements of the ISCA CRL IS Technical Manual – Mahi Rauora Aratohu - Version 1.2 are essential to achieve the project’s sustainability goal (Reference to CRLL minimum requirements - Appendices 10, 23 and 24 of the contract documents). The IS rating requirements that relate directly to this AQDWP are included in Appendix C, which need to be reviewed, amended (as and if needed) and confirmed as the project proceeds and prior to commencing works to meet the target levels set for the project and agreed on with ISCA and CRLL.

12.0 LIMITATIONS Your attention is drawn to the document, “Report Limitations”, Appendix D. The statements presented in that document are intended to advise you of what your realistic expectations of this report should be, and to present you with recommendations on how to minimise the risks to which this report relates which are associated with this project. The document is not intended to exclude or otherwise limit the obligations necessarily imposed by law on Golder Associates (NZ) Limited, but rather to ensure that all parties who may rely on this report are aware of the responsibilities each assumes in so doing.

13.0 REFERENCES Golder 2019. Auckland City Rail Link – Contaminated Land Delivery Work Plan for Karangahape Station Construction Support Area Demolition Works. Report prepared by Golder Associates (NZ) Limited for Aurecon New Zealand Limited on behalf of City Rail Link Limited, May 2019. MfE 2016. Good Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing Dust. Wellington: Ministry for the Environment. Ministry for the Environment. Publication number: ME 1277. IAQM 2018. Guidance on Monitoring in the Vicinity of Demolition and Construction Sites. October 2018 (version 1.1). Institute of Air Quality Management.

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

APPENDIX A

Daily Log Form

DAILY LOG FORM Date:___/___/_____  Mon  Tue  Wed  Thu  Fri Sat  Sun

VISIBLE DUST EMISSIONS Source

Level*

Colour/Opacity

Time

Weather Cond.

Wind Speed / Wind Direction

(i.e. rain, windy, calm)

(e.g. “7 m/s / NE”)

_______________

____

___________

___:____

____________

__________/_________

_______________

____

___________

___:____

____________

_________/_________

_______________

____

___________

___:____

____________

_________/_________

_______________

____

___________

___:____

____________

_________/_________

_______________

____

___________

___:____

____________

_________/_________

_______________

____

___________

___:____

____________

_________/_________

_______________

____

___________

___:____

____________

_________/_________

_______________

____

___________

___:____

____________

_________/_________

_______________

____

___________

___:____

____________

_________/_________

_______________

____

___________

___:____

____________

_________/_________

*Levels (extent) of visible dust emissions: (1) Minor visible emissions (<5m from source); (2) Moderate visible emissions (<30m from source); (3) Major visible emissions (>30m from source).

INVESTIGATION AND RESPONSE Date event was investigated:___/___/_____ Person responsible for investigation and response:________________________________ Possible cause(s):

Corrective actions:

 Dust from wind erosion of exposed ground

Date:

Description:

 Watercart not used properly

___/___/_____

___________________________________________

 Exceedance of speed limit in unpaved surface

___/___/_____

___________________________________________

 Materials not handled or stored properly

___/___/_____

___________________________________________

 Loading/Unloading not carried out properly  Other_________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________

Preventive actions: Date:

Description:

___/___/_____

___________________________________________

___/___/_____

___________________________________________

___/___/_____

___________________________________________

________________________________________________

VEHICLES AND MACHINERY – PRESTART CHECK Equipment identification

Excessive or prolonged visible emissions observed?

If yes, describe action taken (e.g., equipment repaired or removed from site within 24 hours):

___________________

________________________

_________________________________________________________

___________________

________________________

_________________________________________________________

___________________

________________________

_________________________________________________________

Person responsible for the above information: Name:______________________ Job Title:_________________________ Signature:______________________ Date:___/___/_____

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

APPENDIX B

Community Business Liaison Group and Peer Review Outcomes

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Community Business Liaison Group Review Outcomes A summary of the AQDWP was presented to the Community Business Liaison Group (CLG) followed by a meeting with the CBLG on 28 March 2019. The CLG meeting was attended by the parties listed in Table B1.

Table B1: CLG meeting attendees.

Attendee

Address

Dave Perkin

51 Pitt Street (Beggs)

Muy Chhour

184 Karangahape Road

Tony Rennell

238 Karangahape Road

Grady Elliott

266, 278, 270 & 335 Karangahape Road

Lynne Frith

78 Pitt St (Methodist Church)

Julie Adamson

78 Pitt St & 203-235 Karangahape Road

Richard Northey

8 Hereford St (Waitemata Local Board rep)

Cecilia Lo

246-254 Karangahape Road

Michael Richardson

8/59 Pitt Street (K Rd Business Association)

Carol Eggleton

235 Karangahape Road (Leo Oâ€™Malleys)

Lawson Sue

66-68 Pitt Street

No comments were received from the CLG regarding the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan (Table B2).

Table B2: CLG meeting comments and resolutions.

Comment ID

Date

Time

Forum

Comment

Resolution

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

Independent Peer Review (IPR) Outcomes The following comments (Table B3) were received from Independent Peer Reviewer on the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan. Overall, the Independent Peer Reviewer considered the document addressed the requirements of the designation conditions well. Peer Reviewer: Air Matters Limited â€“ Carol McSweeney Date: 1 May 2019 Table B3: Independent peer review comments and resolution.

AQDWP section

Comment

Resolution

Section 10.0

No consultation plan cross referenced apart from the review of this AQDWP. No process for ongoing communication with the community as required by this designation condition

Cross reference to the Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP) is provided in Section 6.0. Table 1 has been updated to reflect this.

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

APPENDIX C

ISCA Requirements

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

ISCA REQUIREMENTS CRLL is seeking ISCA (infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia) IS (Infrastructure Sustainability) Rating for the whole project lifecycle. The requirements of the ISCA CRL IS Technical Manual – Mahi Rauora Aratohu - Version 1.2 are essential to achieve the Project’s sustainability goal (Reference to CRLL minimum requirements - Appendices 10, 23 and 24 of the contract documents). This Appendix includes IS requirements that are necessary to achieve a target level 2 of Dis-4 ISCA credits. These requirements remain subject to change as the project goes forward. Hence, the below Table to be reviewed, amended (as and if needed) and confirmed to meet the target level that will be set and agreed upon. The relevant required evidence(s) to achieve the target to be provided at appropriate timing.

ISCA category

Target level

Dis-4

Construction requirements

How we aim to achieve this

Benchmark Measures to minimise adverse impacts to local air quality during construction have been identified and implemented.

Section 3 Section 3.3 and Table 3

Air Quality

AND Monitoring of air emissions and/or air quality is undertaken at appropriate intervals and in response to complaints during construction. AND Monitoring and modelling demonstrates no recurring or major exceedances of air emission or air quality goals. Evidence Design report, as-built drawings, environmental management plan, asset management plan. Monitoring reports.

Section 4 – sections 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3 for monitoring Section 6 for complaints, and Section 8 for record keeping/complaints records Modelling is not covered in this DWP. The need for modelling or otherwise to be reviewed once the project goes forward and to be addressed accordingly prior to work progress.

May 2019

1378206325-118-R-Rev0

APPENDIX D

Report Limitations

GAIMS Document No.: 19a, Version 2.1

Issue Date: January 2018

Report Limitations This Report/Document has been provided by Golder Associates (NZ) Limited (“Golder”) subject to the following limitations: i)

This Report/Document has been prepared for the particular purpose outlined in Golder’s proposal and no responsibility is accepted for the use of this Report/Document, in whole or in part, in other contexts or for any other purpose.

ii)

The scope and the period of Golder’s Services are as described in Golder’s proposal, and are subject to restrictions and limitations. Golder did not perform a complete assessment of all possible conditions or circumstances that may exist at the site referenced in the Report/Document. If a service is not expressly indicated, do not assume it has been provided. If a matter is not addressed, do not assume that any determination has been made by Golder in regards to it.

iii)

iv)

The passage of time affects the information and assessment provided in this Report/Document. Golder’s opinions are based upon information that existed at the time of the production of the Report/Document. The Services provided allowed Golder to form no more than an opinion of the actual conditions of the site at the time the site was visited and cannot be used to assess the effect of any subsequent changes in the quality of the site, or its surroundings, or any laws or regulations.

vi)

vii)

The Client acknowledges that Golder may have retained subconsultants affiliated with Golder to provide Services for the benefit of Golder. Golder will be fully responsible to the Client for the Services and work done by all of its subconsultants and subcontractors. The Client agrees that it will only assert claims against and seek to recover losses, damages or other liabilities from Golder and not Golder’s affiliated companies. To the maximum extent allowed by law, the Client acknowledges and agrees it will not have any legal recourse, and waives any expense, loss, claim, demand, or cause of action, against Golder’s affiliated companies, and their employees, officers and directors.

viii)

golder.com

Auckland Office Level 4, Aurecon House 139 Carlton Gore Road Auckland 1023 New Zealand T +64 9 520 6019 F +64 524 7815

Appendix I Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

City Rail Link In association with:

REFERENCE DESIGN Karangahape Road Demolition: Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan

Document Ref: CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Revision: 1 9 May 2019

INTERNAL WORKING DOCUMENT COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

Document control record Document prepared by: Aurecon New Zealand Limited Level 4, 139 Carlton Gore Road Newmarket Auckland 1023 PO Box 9762 Newmarket Auckland 1149 New Zealand

T F E W

+64 9 520 6019 +64 9 524 7815 auckland@aurecongroup.com aurecongroup.com

A person using Aurecon documents or data accepts the risk of: a)

Using the documents or data in electronic form without requesting and checking them for accuracy against the original hard copy version.

Using the documents or data for any purpose not agreed to in writing by Aurecon.

Document control Report title

Karangahape Road Demolition: Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan

Document ID

CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT0131

Project number

251926

Client

City Rail Link Limited

Client contact

Aidan Kirkby-McLeod

Rev

Date

Revision details/status

Prepared by

Author

Verifier

0.1

19 March 2019

Draft for internal review

R Hardy

H McLean

1 April 2019

Draft for client review

0.2

L Strogen R Hardy

R Hardy L Strogen

A KirkbyMcLeod

0.3

8 May 2019

Draft for peer review

R Hardy

IPR

9 May 2019

Final for verification and approval

R Hardy

L Strogen

H McLean

Current revision

Approver

G.Daniel

Approval Author signature

PP. R Hardy

Approver signature

Name

Rochelle Hardy

Name

Grant Daniel

Title

Associate

Title

Technical Director

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Contents 1

Introduction

1.1

Overview

1.2

Objective of the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan

1.3

CRL Condition Requirements

1.4

SIDB DWP Author

1.5

Roles and Responsibilities

Project Description

2.1

Project Context

2.2

Demolition Works

2.3

Programme

2.4

Hours of Operation

2.5

Construction Workforce and Parking

Social Environment

3.1

Project Area Demographic Profile

3.2

Project Area Business Profile

3.3

Local Community Planning

CRL NOR Social Impact Assessment

4.1

Summary of Social Impact Assessment

4.2

Summary of Submissions from Original NOR

Consultation and Engagement

5.1

Introduction

5.2

Establishing an Affected Area

5.3

The Projectâ€™s Affected Area and Community

5.4

Engagement with Affected Parties

Implementation Plan

6.1

Introduction

6.2

General

6.3

Air Quality Impact

6.4

Noise and Vibration Disruption

6.5

Transport, Access and Parking Disruption

6.6

Utility Disruption

6.7

Amenity Impact

6.8

Community Safety

6.9

Business Visibility Disruption

6.10 Economic Opportunity/ Impact

On-going Implementation

7.1

Introduction

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

i CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

7.2 8

Monitoring

Complaints

8.1

Introduction

8.2

Helpdesk

8.3

Complaints Process

8.4

Disputes resolution

Reporting

9.1

Annual Report

9.2

CLG Reporting

Appendices Appendix A Affected Parties Plan and schedule Appendix B Record of CLG and Independent Peer Review feedback Appendix C SIBD DWP Interview Questionnaire Sheets Appendix D Business Support Programme â€“ Example of Business Owner Letter

Figures Figure 1-1 Karangahape Road Active Construction Zone and Construction Support Area Figure 2-1 Location of CRL Mt Eden demolition area Figure 3-1 2013 Census Mesh blocks for Project area Figure 6-1 Examples of Hoarding and Skim Panel screening used on CRL

2 12 15 48

Tables Table 1-1 CRL Designation conditions 61.1 â€“ 61.8 Social Table 1-2 Project roles and responsibilities Table 2-1 List of buildings to be demolished Table 3-1 Census Mesh block data for Project area Table 6-1 External Consultation Requirements Table 8-1 Helpdesk Enquiries Table 8-2 Complaints Management

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

5 8 13 16 47 54 55

ii CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Glossary of abbreviations The following abbreviations have been used throughout the document and are listed below for reference. Term

Meaning

ACZ

Active Construction Zone

AEE

Assessment of Environmental Effects

AQ DWP

Air Quality Management Delivery Work Plan

A2N

Aotea Station to North Auckland Line

Auckland Transport

CCP

Communication and Consultation Plan

CEMP

Construction Environmental Management Plan

CLG

Community and Business Liaison Group

CPTED

Crime Prevention through Environmental Design

CNV DWP

Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan

CRL

City Rail Link

CRLL

City Rail Link Limited

CSA

Construction Support Area

DWP

Delivery Work Plan

IPR

Independent Peer Review

K-Road

Karangahape Road

NAL

North Auckland Rail Line

NoR

Notices of Requirement

NUO

Network Utility Operators

SIA

Social Impact Assessment

SIBD DWP

Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan

SSCNVMP

Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan

TAP DWP

Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan

TMP

Traffic Management Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

iii CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Introduction

1.1

Overview

The demolition works necessary to create the Karangahape Road (“K-Road”) CSAs and ACZ constitutes the Project, the subject of this Delivery Work Plan (DWP). This DWP has been prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited (Aurecon). It forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) for the Project being one of the environmental management tools to control and mitigate potential adverse social effects associated with the Project’s construction. The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP (SIBD DWP) outlines specific measures for the affected community (parties by proximity). Cross reference with other DWPs which outline mitigation measures for issues such as dust, noise, traffic, access and parking is provided. This report follows the recommended structure and content of the draft outline Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan provided during the CRL Notice of Requirement hearing1.

Attachment A to Amelia Joan Linzey’s Statement of Evidence.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

2 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

1.2

Objective of the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan

The objective of this SIBD DWP is to describe the measures which will be undertaken to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of the Project arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community so far as reasonably practicable. It identifies mitigation measures that will be undertaken with regards to the following potential adverse social impact and business disruption effects:

▪ ▪

Disruption to access;

▪ ▪

Loss of amenity for residents and businesses because of demolition activities; and

Disruption effects that result or are likely to result in the loss of customers to businesses because of demolition activities;

Disturbance to affected parties by proximity (i.e. noise and vibration, traffic/access, dust).

As required under CRL designation condition 61.6, the SIBD DWP will be implemented throughout the entire demolition period and for up to 12 months following the completion of the Project if required. It will be the primary tool for the Project’s management of social impacts and business disruption. An Independent Peer Review (IPR) has been completed prior to submission to Auckland Council, in compliance with CRL designation condition 61.7. With respect to the requirements of CRL designation condition 61.8, an annual report will be prepared by CRLL on the identification, monitoring, evaluation and management of the effects outlined in the SIBD DWP and supported by a summary of matters raised by the community and responses and actions undertaken. A Project Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP) has been prepared for the Project (Appendix K of the Project CEMP). The SIBD DWP should be read in conjunction with the CCP, and the other DWPs appended to the CEMP as referred to in Table 1-1. The CCP is an integral part of the relationship process for the Project’s stakeholder groups ensuring positive engagement and support is maintained throughout the demolition works. This will be achieved by minimising disruption, ensuring the affected communities and the wider public are well informed, involved in the process, feel safe, and that feedback, queries and complaints are responded to within the allocated timeframes. This SIBD DWP has been prepared and informed by consultation with the affected community (the directly affected in proximity parties) consisting of residents, property owners, business owners/operators located on: Canada Street, Mercury Lane, Cross Street, Karangahape Road (from 238 – 312) and South Street. An Engagement Plan is provided at Appendix A and confirms the affected community with whom consultation was sought. The SIBD DWP preparation timeframe was between 11th February – 14th March 2019 with emails or letters (where no email was available) advising of the Project and seeking an interview was issued to stakeholders on 4th February 2019. In addition, members of the engagement team reached out to stakeholders either by emailing, phoning or premise drop ins over the engagement period to confirm appointments or gain insight depending on stakeholders’ availability/time constraints. These follow ups were undertaken to ensure that as many of the affect parties as possible were given the opportunity to provide input to the SIBD DWP. All engagement meetings were attended by the main author of this DWP (Rochelle Hardy) and Louise Strogen and/or Briony Hill who were part of the SIBD DWP engagement team, along with either Sonya Leahy, CRLL Stakeholder Communications Manager, or Aidan Kirkby-McLeod, CRLL Senior Planner, or another representative from the CRLL planning team over various dates within this time period, depending on availability of the stakeholder.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

3 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

A Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG) has been convened for the purposes of the Project including the review of draft DWPs. The input of the CLG on the recommendations of this SIBD DWP has been obtained2. The SIBD DWP has also been informed by discussions with a representative from K-Road Business Association (5th March 2019) and with the Street Response Manager at CRLL and matters incorporated into the Implementation Plan at section 6 of this report, A record of consultation with the affected community is provided in Section 5 while the feedback of the Project CLG membership and IPR is included in Appendix B.

1.3

CRL Condition Requirements

Table 1-1 outlines the relevant CRL designation conditions and how these are addressed within this SIBD DWP.

SIBD DWP summary circulated to the Project CLG membership on 13 March 2019, SIDB DWP author in attendance at Project CLG meeting on 28 March 2019, and copy of draft SIBD DWP was made available on request at the meeting.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

4 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Table 1-1 CRL Designation conditions 61.1 â€“ 61.8 Social

Condition

Reference

Section where addressed in this DWP

Matter Addressed in another Project DWP

61.1

The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP. The objective of the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities so far as reasonably practicable.

1.2

N/A

61.2

To achieve this objective the Requiring Authority shall engage a suitably qualified specialist(s) to prepare a Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP to address the following specific issues:

1.4

N/A

How disruption to access (including pedestrian, cycle, passenger transport and service/private vehicles) for residents, community services and businesses as a result of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided, remedied or mitigated;

4.3, 5

How the disruption effects that result or are likely to result in the loss of customers to businesses as a result of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided, remedied or mitigated;

4.3, 5

N/A

How the loss and/or relocation of community facilities and the loss or change to catchments associated with these facilities as a result of the property acquisition process particularly to the Chinese Community Centre and Life Centre Church and the temporary loss of car parking at Hopetoun Alpha will be mitigated; and

N/A

Other Project DWPs and CEMP

61.3

How loss of amenity for residents, community services and businesses as a result of construction activities will be or has been mitigated through the CEMP and other DWPs. The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be prepared in consultation with the community, community facility operators, business owners, affected parties and affected in proximity parties to:

Transport, Access and Parking (TAP) DWP

4, Appendix A & B

Understand client and visitor behaviour and requirements and operational requirements of community facilities and businesses;

4.3

Identify the scale of disruption and adverse effects likely to result to businesses, residents and community services/facilities as a result of construction of the City Rail Link;

4.3

N/A The following DWP: Air Quality (AQ) DWP Transport, Access and Parking (TAP) DWP Construction Noise and Vibration (CNV) DWP

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

5 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition

Section where addressed in this DWP

Assess access and servicing requirements and in particular any special needs of residents, community facilities and businesses; and

4.3

To develop methods to address matters outlined in (b) and (c) above, including:

Reference

i. The measures to maximise opportunities for pedestrian and service access to businesses, residents and social services/facilities that will be maintained during construction, within the practical requirements of the Transport, Access and Parking conditions (Conditions 25 to 30) and the Transport, Access and Parking DWP;

61.4

Matter Addressed in another Project DWP TAP DWP

4.3, 5.5

TAP DWP

ii. The measures to mitigate potential severance and loss of business visibility issues by way-finding and supporting signage for pedestrian detours required during construction;

TAP DWP

iii. The measures to promote a safe environment, taking a crime prevention through environmental design approach;

5.8

N/A

iv. Other measures to assist businesses and social services/facilities to maintain client/customer accessibility, including but not limited to client/customer information on temporary parking or parking options for access;

4.3, 5

TAP DWP

v. Other measures to assist residents, businesses and social services/facilities to provide for service delivery requirements;

4.3, 5

TAP DWP

vi. The process (if any) for re-establishment and promotion of normal business operation following construction;

N/a

N/A

vii. If appropriate and reasonable, requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for relocation (including information to communities using these services and facilities to advise of relocations); and

N/a

CCP

viii. The measures to remedy and mitigate the disruption impacts to the community as a result of any closure and/or relocation of community services and facilities required by the Project.

N/a

TAP DWP and other DWPs

The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall include: a)

A summary of the findings and recommendations of the Social Impact Assessment report (2013);

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

6 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Condition

Section where addressed in this DWP

A record of the consultation undertaken with the community including specific access and operational requirements of individual businesses and residents including, if relevant, consultation on the necessity for, and the feasibility of, options and requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for relocation);

4, Appendix B

An implementation plan of the methods to mitigate the disruption effects (as developed in 61.3 above);

Reference to any site/business specific mitigation plans that exist (though these may not be included in the DWP); Cross reference to detail on how the CEMP and DWPs have responded to the issues of resident, business and social service/facility accessibility and amenity;

Details of on-going consultation with the local community through the Community Liaison Groups to provide updates and information relating to the timing for project works and acquisition;

Details of best endeavours steps undertaken with regard to acquisition and/or relocation of the Chinese Community Centre and Life Centre Church under the Public Works Act 1981; and

The process for resolution of any disputes or complaints in relation to the management / mitigation of social impacts (including business disruption impacts).

Reference

CNV DWP

CCP

N/A

61.5

In relation to the site at 32 Normanby Road, the Requiring Authority shall consult with sub-lessees in the presence of the landowner and head lessee when developing site/business specific mitigation plans, unless the sub-lessee(s) request otherwise.

N/A

61.6

The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the City Rail Link and for up to 12 months following the completion of the Project if required.

1.2

61.7

Suitably qualified independent specialists for the social impact and business disruption mitigation (whose appointment shall be agreed by the Council) shall peer review the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP pursuant to Condition 11.

1.2

61.8

The Requiring Authority shall prepare an annual report on the identification, monitoring, evaluation and management of the effects outlined in the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP together with a summary of matters raised by the community, and how these have been responded to. The report shall be presented to the Community Liaison Groups.

6, 8

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Matter Addressed in another Project DWP

CCP

7 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

1.4

SIDB DWP Author

This SIDB DWP has been prepared by Rochelle Hardy and Louise Strogen from Aurecon. Rochelle has over 20 years’ experience in resource management planning, environmental impact assessment and consultation. She has a certificate of engagement from the International Association of Public Participation (IAP2) and is a member of the New Zealand Association for Impact Assessment (NZAIA). Rochelle has extensive experience in access projects including public transport strategy for Canterbury Regional Council, City of Parramatta, and rail corridor studies for Christchurch City Council. She has been involved in the Canterbury Earthquake recovery and Port Hills Fire recovery working with landowners around demolition works, decanting and displacement of occupants. Louise also has over 20 years’ experience in environmental planning, social impact assessment and consultation. She is a member of the IAP2 and the NZAIA. Her SIA experience in New Zealand includes preparing the Social Impact Assessment for the Britomart Station Notice of Requirement (2015) and undertaking the assessment of social effects for a range of NZ Transport Agency project’s such as the Northern Corridor Improvements Project (2016/17) and the Southern Corridor Improvements Project (2014/15). She has previously prepared the required SIBDWP for the proposed CRL Albert Street Canopy Removal and Utilities Diversion project (August 2017) and the CRL Mt Eden Demolition project. The SIBD DWP authors will have no role during the implementation of the SIBD DWP, as this will be the responsibility of the C3 Alliance contractor including their suitably qualified social impact adviser and those CRLL staff who will form part of the C3 Alliance.

1.5

Roles and Responsibilities

The key personnel/roles responsible for the delivery of this DWP are identified in Table 1-2. All site personnel including subcontractors will be responsible for following the requirements of the DWP. While the C3 Alliance preferred bidder was announced on 17 April 2019, names and contact details for key personnel/roles cannot currently be provided but the appointments are expected shortly. Table 1-2 Project roles and responsibilities

Role

Responsibilities

C3 Alliance

▪

The main and readily accessible point of contact for persons affected by the Project in addition to the 24-hour complaints service.

▪

Inform the community of project commencement and progress.

▪

Liaise fortnightly with the Project affected community.

▪

Manage stakeholder enquiries and complaints.

▪

Immediately report high risk issues to the CRLL Project Manager and the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications.

▪

Report weekly to C3 Alliance Management Team and the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications on all key community relations and stakeholder management issues.

▪

Work with the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications to manage and track stakeholder relations and risks.

▪

Assist the CRLL Communications team with: - stakeholders communications; - delivering communications activity; and

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

8 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Role

Responsibilities - media enquiries. ▪

Provide communications collateral and strategic advice to the C3 Alliance Construction Manager on critical stakeholder engagement, communications and relationship building.

▪

Assist the Construction Manager in the briefing of site personnel with respect to stakeholder communications; - the mandatory site inductions regarding the standards and requirements for community relations; and - the protocols to follow if they are approached by a member of the public or the media.

C3 Alliance

CRLL Construction Manager

▪

Demolition delivery

▪

Adherence to the CEMP and delivery work plans (including this DWP) by site personnel.

▪

Building trust in the team’s capabilities by personally leading the process and providing expertise in specialist areas. Alerting the relevant person to stakeholder groups, individuals or issues that need attention.

▪

Providing technical information and project progress/milestone information to CRLL for briefings and CLG meetings.

▪

Leading the response to issues management and crisis management.

▪

Ensuring that subcontractors adhere to the Project communication protocols and procedures.

▪

Key contact for compliance monitoring.

▪

Inspections, auditing and checking of environmental management practices and procedures.

▪

On-site compliance with consent conditions, DWPs, other requirements and tracking compliance information.

▪

Attendance at compliance meetings with Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officers.

▪

Report to CRLL changes to construction techniques or natural environmental changes which require alterations to delivery work plans, existing consents or new resource consents.

▪

Prepare, review and update of CEMP and relevant sub plans.

▪

Ensures the requirements of the ISCA rating related credits (in conjunction with other DWPs which includes but not limited to – AQ DWP, CNV DWP and the CCP) are met.

▪

Facilitate and oversee environmental monitoring.

▪

Update and maintain the environmental portion of the Project Risk Register.

▪

Training of all staff including subcontractors.

▪

Reporting on environmental and sustainability KPIs.

▪

Undertaking incident investigations.

▪

Managing performance of the Contractor.

▪

Responsible for the Contractor’s adherence to DWPs.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

9 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Role

Responsibilities

CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications

CRLL Street Response Manager

▪

Manager of CRL Communications for CRLL and responsible for communicating key aspects of the Project to stakeholders, affected parties and public.

▪

Manages CRL Communications Strategy and is point of contact for CRLL.

▪

Manages CLGs for Project.

▪

Manages CRLL’s online presence, specifically the CRLL website.

▪

Manages CRL street response measures including street cleaning, graffiti removal.

▪

Co-ordinates with K-Road Business events. Proactively identifying opportunities to mitigate impact on businesses.

The content of Table 1-2 will be updated following the appointment of all nominated personnel within the C3 Alliance confirming the following: ▪

the exact role titles of key personnel; and

▪

the names and contact details of the key personnel.

This information is required to be presented at Project kick off meetings/CLG noted at section 5.2.1(a) below and any Project communications required under the CCP. The CCP will also be updated following the C3 Alliance contract award with the above information. Until the C3 Alliance is in place, affected parties and stakeholders can contact the CRLL Stakeholder Communication Team or the CRLL Planning Team in respect of the Project for assistance by emailing info@cityraillink.govt.nz or via the contact page on the CRL website (https://www.cityraillink.co.nz/crlcontact). Following mobilisation of the C3 Alliance, a specific K-Road Project suffix will be provided via the CRL help desk (0800 CRL TALK (0800 275 8255)) with queries managed by the C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

10 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Project Description

2.1

Project Context

As indicated in Section 1, the size of the CRL project means that various packages of enabling works are separated into several smaller construction contracts. The CRL project consists of five distinct ACZs which are supported by five CSAs. ACZs are the locations where the physical CRL infrastructure is to be constructed. CSA are locations required to support construction activities. The ACZ described in this DWP is in relation to ACZ K1 and K4 (Mercury Lane shaft and entrance building). ACZ K1 and K4 are supported by CSA 3. The Project is necessary to construct the CRL in this location, including the new underground rail lines and K-Road Station. The CRL works in this location have been identified as being on the overall CRL project's critical path, therefore, CRLL are obtaining the necessary authorisations for the required building demolition in order to allow works to commence as soon as possible upon award of the C3 Alliance.

2.2

Demolition Works

Demolition works involve the removal of all buildings and structures to ground level across six sites

identified in in and listed in Table 2-1. All properties within the identified area are authorised for demolition under CRLLâ€™s designation.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

11 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Except for the Mercury Plaza site at 23-31 Mercury Lane and 38 East Street, discussed below, all other properties included in the Project area were purchased by Auckland Transport (AT) for the purposes of the CRL project and are currently under CRLLâ€™s management. CRLL has completed negotiations with the owner of Mercury Plaza (23-31 Mercury Lane and 38 East Street) for this site to be occupied by the contractor to support construction activities for the duration of the CRL project works and to demolish the existing structures on the site. This land will be returned to the owner at the end of the project for future development. Partial demolition of the structures at 16D, 16E and 18 East Street is also required. CRLL has commenced negotiations with the owners to temporarily vacate the buildings for a short period. This will allow for demolition of that part of the building required to be removed, and the remaining structure to be made fit for purpose. These two properties will undergo an engineering assessment so that specific demolition methodologies can be developed. CRLL plan to commence the process of vacating the properties in the third quarter of 2019. This will be done to ensure that all properties are vacant in reasonable time ahead of the planned disconnection of services and so that comprehensive asbestos studies can be undertaken. Dismantling of buildings will primarily be carried out using a large excavator with a pulveriser or shear attachment, crane, and hand tools. A concrete saw and small excavator mounted concrete breaker will be used to remove foundations where required, and where not practicable to crush with a pulveriser attachment. Demolition includes the provision of all precautionary safety measures, screens, scaffoldings, hoardings, covered walkways and the like, for carrying out the demolition work. The specialist demolition contractor engaged to carry out the works will develop a demolition plan or method statement for each of the individual structures covered under this methodology prior to commencing the work as outlined in the HSE Approved Code of Practice for Demolition.

Figure 2-1 Location of CRL K-Road demolition area

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

12 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Table 2-1 List of buildings to be demolished

Address

Demolition

Existing Use

9A, 9B, & 9C Mercury Lane

Entire property

Mixed use

11-13 Mercury Lane

Entire property

SENZ Training and Employment

17-21 Mercury Lane

Entire property

Community space for church / vacant

23-31 Mercury Lane

Entire property

Food Hall and Asian Supermarket

38 East Street

Entire property

Food Hall and Asian Supermarket

20-24 East Street

Entire property

Tent Town, machinery associated with Croucher Properties

16D & 16E East Street

Partial demolition

Residential and business (owner / occupier)

18 East Street

Partial demolition

Bed sit / accommodation

Demolition will be undertaken in a staged manner, the order of which is to be confirmed by the C3 Alliance. A likely scenario is the buildings at the northern end of the site would be removed first with works progressing southward. All buildings and structures will be removed to ground level, with the retention of some existing foundations where necessary for site stability. A soft strip of salvageable materials will be carried out where possible. All demolition material will be removed from the Project area and disposed of at approved facilities.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

13 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

The Project area will be fenced, with lockable gates, to prevent unauthorised entry. Where appropriate, solid plywood fencing will be used, with appropriate signage prohibiting unauthorised entry and identifying hazards.

2.3

Programme

Piling and earthworks for the CRL project are expected to commence in late 2019/early 2020 and the demolitions are required to be completed ahead of this to allow for the contractor’s mobilisation of heavy plant and equipment. Based on this timeframe, the Project is anticipated to commence late 2019. It is expected that the demolitions will require approximately 8-12 weeks to complete based on CRLL’s current understanding of underground services and building conditions. Should additional complexity be encountered during the Project, then the Project duration may extend beyond 12 weeks. The site preparation and demolition sequence for a typical site is summarised as follows and detailed in the CEMP:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Site fencing/hoarding (prior to main demolition works).

▪

Levelling the site (post demolition).

Protection of adjacent structures (4 weeks). Salvage of materials (4 weeks). Demolition, including foundations and the removal and disposal of all demolished material (12 weeks).

As confirmed at Section 2 of the CEMP a demolition plan will be developed in accordance with the Health and Safety Work Act 2015 (Asbestos) Regulations, 2016 and the Approved Code of Practice on the Management and removal of Asbestos. The C3 Alliance will be responsible for the preparation of site-specific demolition plans including the necessary assessment for asbestos containing materials and any necessary asbestos management plan.

2.4

Hours of Operation

Works will generally be undertaken between 7:00 am and 6:00 pm Monday to Friday, and 7:00 am to 2:00 pm Saturday. Designation conditions require that noise and vibration limits are adhered to, which generally restrict noise and vibration generating activity to between 0700 and 2200 (designation conditions 31 to 35). The CNV DWP notes that, although no night-time works are programmed, if night works are required guidance on suitable management measures shall be sought from the Specialist Noise and Vibration Advisor.

2.5

Construction Workforce and Parking

The workforce is anticipated to be small and will vary through the work stages but at most 20 – 30 staff will service the Project. Additional subcontractor workforce such as traffic management and utilities staff will attend the site intermittently. The demolition area has sufficient hardstand area to allow for the establishment of temporary office, ablution, and dayroom facilities. The specialist contractor will establish these on site prior to any demolition works commencing. Workforce shifts will generally begin prior to the morning commuter peak and finish after the evening commuter peak. The TAP DWP indicates that travel demand management practices such as car sharing and staff shuttles are not expected to be necessary or effective.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

14 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

As the demolition works are expected to commence at the northern extent of the area, the project workforce will have access to existing hardstand area within 9a, 9b and 9c Mercury Lane which provides sufficient car parking provision for 10 â€“ 15 staff. The workforce will also have access to the existing off-street parking spaces elsewhere within the vacated properties. The TAP DWP indicates that this is sufficient for the anticipated demolition workforce. Should additional car parking be required for the demolition workforce, the adjacent Wilson car park on Cross Street caters for 600 cars and provides early bird rates. Consequently, use of on-street parking for staff associated with the proposed works should not occur.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

15 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Social Environment

The following section provides an overview of the social, cultural and business context in within the stakeholder engagement area. The aim of this section is to provide an overview of the community that may be affected by the demolition works.

3.1

Project Area Demographic Profile

With respect to the 2013 Census3, the Project Area and Affected Party Area (as defined at Appendix A) is located within Mesh blocks 0412000, 0412100, 0412200. The relevant mesh block areas are shown in Figure 3-1 below. Figure 3-1 2013 Census Mesh blocks for Project area

Table 3-1 Census Mesh block data for Project area

Mesh Block

Population

Male: Female split %

Median Age

Households #

0412000 â€“ South Street to Karangahape Road

65%: 35%

33.2

0412100- East Street to Mercury Lane

60%: 40%

37.5

0412200 - Mercury Lane to Upper Queen Street

303

55%: 45%

29.6

102

Totals / Averages

444

60%: 40%

132

Statistics New Zealand (2013). Individual Part 1. Meshblock Datasets - Auckland Region. Wellington: New Zealand Government.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

16 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

According to 2013 Census4 mesh block information, an estimated 444 people live in 132 households within the immediate area of the Project5. Based on interviews approximately 180 residents are located at George Court. These numbers correlate to the apartment living and smaller, standalone rentals within the area. The population split between 60% male and 40% female residents. Residential properties are scattered throughout the area with largest concentrations at George Court on the corner of K-Road and Mercury Lane. Several residential properties are also located on East Street comprising a mixture of units, approximately two large properties and flats. The demographic across these properties is varied with a mix of rental properties and owner/occupier properties. Several residents also work from home and two interviewees reside and live in the area. The residential population appears from the Census data to be relatively transient with people living in the area for 4 years or less and approximately one third living in the area for less than a year. The residential population typically consists of renting working-aged couples, with a median age of 33 years and over half of respondents indicated being in full time employment. This was consistent with information gained during interviews. While the ethnic demographic of the Project area based on the Census data is predominantly European, the wider population appears to be a largely migrant community. Approximately two thirds of respondents overseas born, and just under one third of these respondents indicated they have lived in NZ for less than 10 years.

3.2

Project Area Business Profile

The project area comprises a broad range of activities and supports both day and night activities. The business sector within proximity to the Project site is varied as evidenced by the K-Road Business Association’s list of 600 members6. A change in business type is evident in the wider area with more contemporary cafes opening on K-Road and a cluster of art galleries near East Street. Properties located on K-Road are predominantly food and beverage outlets with several speciality stores including a second-hand clothing store, vaping merchandise, Chinese Health Centre and two convenience stores. Three ground floor properties were vacant at the time of the site visits and one building was for sale. Two sites were undergoing refurbishment. It is understood that some of the properties also provide residential accommodation on the first-floor level. The corner sites on K-Road / East Street are currently leased to art galleries. With three separate art galleries and spaces located in 312 K-Road and 292-300 K-Road. Two commercial properties (270 K-Road and 292-300 K-Road) were sold during the consultation period. Both agents’ websites described the CRL Station Development as a positive attribute to business in the area: On 292-300 K-Road: It’s a block away from City Rail Link’s planned Karangahape station, in what will become a sought-after location with station’s expected completion in 2024…. … the nearby new City Rail Link station is set to become the catalyst for K Rd’s next regeneration, with most of the surrounding area zoned for more intensive use…. The planned Karangahape Station on Mercury Lane will be a short walk away. A laneway

2018 Census information is not available at the time of writing. Statistics New Zealand (2013). Individual Part 1. Meshblock Datasets - Auckland Region. Wellington: New Zealand Government. 6 K' Road Business Association (2019). K Road Businesses. [online] Available at: https://www.kroad.com/directory/ [Accessed 21 Feb. 2019]. 5

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

17 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

between Mercury Lane and East St will enhance the connectivity of the station to the adjoining precinct west of its entrance On 270 K-Road: To the rear of the property is a laneway off Mercury Lane which will border the entranceway to the K Rd CRL station…. There is no doubt that the advent of the new station will further enhance the rejuvenation and intensification of activities in this part of K Rd which will benefit surrounding property owners.

Activities in East Street are more mixed with residential units, home-based occupations, an electric bike shop and a range of specialist businesses. A number of these – such as European Motors – provide services that support the local area. Similarly, Mercury Lane and Cross Street support a range of activities and the highest concentration of residents in the Project area with George Court apartment complex and mixed-used occupancies at 1 Cross Street. A Wilsons carpark is located on Cross Street and provides parking for several businesses in the area with some businesses leasing staff car parks. There has been an increase in spending in the area with growth in the cafes, restaurants and takeaways sector. Several stakeholders who have operated businesses or owned property in the area for longer than 15 years commented on the significant changes that have occurred in the area, noting that ‘less desirable’ people still frequent the area. The creative industries are strong in the Karangahape Road area. There is a strong presence of visual arts, performing arts, design, advertising and music from both established and up-and-coming artist. October-December is the busiest quarter for the greatest share of businesses, followed by January to March7. The busiest time of day across weekdays and weekends is midday to 2pm. Weekends tend to be busier for businesses with peaks periods having 50+ customers for the largest share of businesses (35%). By comparison, the largest share on weekdays (27%) has between 20 and 49 customers8. K-Road has an active and effective business association with 600 members. The K-Road Business Association is an incorporated society whose aim is to foster the economic development of the KRoad precinct. It delivers a programme of marketing and events, networking opportunities and advocacy to local bodies. The K-Road Business Association is also a partner with Auckland Council in its city-wide Business Improvement Programme (BID Programme). Observations to date indicate that this is an area of turnover, although there are some long standing operations.

3.3

Local Community Planning

There are several statutory and non-statutory plans and policies that provide a high-level context for the Project. Strategies, plans and policies prepared by the community (or with input from the local community) can provide a good indication of the social matters of importance to them and of any key community aspirations. The most relevant for the Project area is the Karangahape Road Plan 20142044. Development of the K-Road Plan 2014-20449 was led by the Waitematā Local Board in collaboration with the K-Road Business Association. The purpose of the K-Road Plan is to provide a planning framework to guide growth and change in the K-Road area over the next 30 years. The Karangahape 7 https://at.govt.nz/media/1977616/karangahape-road-enhancements-project-business-survey-2018.pdf 8 Op.cit. 9

Waitemata Local Board (2014). Karangahape Road Plan 2014-2044. [online] Auckland: Auckland Council. Available at: https://www.aucklandcouncil.govt.nz/plans-projects-policies-reports-bylaws/our-plans-strategies/place-basedplans/Documents/karangahape-road-plan-2014-2044.pdf [Accessed 19 Feb. 2019].

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

18 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

CRL station is considered a catalyst to change and a major urban transformation project that will help deliver projects and improvements to the K-Road area. The Plan has prioritised actions and outcomes with the delivery of the CRL and new train station in K-Road area. The Plan supports the wider vision for Auckland becoming the world’s most liveable city. At a local level this is to be achieved by developing K-Road as a safe and well-connected place that offers a range of housing and employment generating activities connected to a resilient public transport network, celebrates and protects its distinctive historical and cultural heritage and reinforces its role as the colourful entertainment and creative fringe of the city centre. This plan identifies six key moves (focus areas) which guide how the area could respond to the challenges and opportunities facing the area. Promotion of the CRL station at K-Road is one of the six key moves. The Plan states that CRL and new train station at K-Road have significant benefits in terms of connection to the rest of the city, place-making and development opportunities. As such, the Project will facilitate the delivery of the CRL project and aligns with the aspirations and outcomes sought in the K-Road Plan. Figure 3-2 Karangahape Road Plan - Six Key Moves

3.3.1

K-Road Enhancement Project

The K-Road Enhancement Project is a joint project between AT and Auckland Council. The focus is retaining the street’s unique character and life while supporting change. Proposed enhancements include walking and cycling facilities along and around K-Road. A meeting was held with AT’s engagement team on 11 February 2019. AT noted that the project is anticipated to commence early 2019 at Ponsonby Road with works occurring near the Project area between March and October 2020. This will be confirmed once AT releases its staging proposal. They indicated that starting at the opposite end would avoid simultaneous project work. Staging for the K-Road Enhancement Project is in twelve sections and each stage is expected to take two months. The upgrades will include relocating or building new kerbs, installation of new bins, bicycle racks and seating, new street lighting and rain gardens and tree pits. Submissions on the project have been generally supportive, however, issues such as parking restraints and the disruptive nature of infrastructure construction have been raised. AT is working with the K-Road Business Association to development targeted engagement with businesses. The K-Road

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

19 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Business Association is also working with local businesses to ensure they have developed resilience business initiatives to address any disruption during construction. Coordination between parties on communications / business support initiatives is recommended to alleviate potential business disruption. AT supported this approach.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

20 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

CRL NOR Social Impact Assessment

4.1

Summary of Social Impact Assessment

A Social Impact Assessment (SIA) 10 was prepared as one of the suite of technical reports to inform the assessment of environmental effects (AEE) for the original Notices of Requirement (NoR) for the CRL. The purpose of this NoR SIA was to provide an assessment of the likely social consequences (benefits and dis-benefits) that may arise because of the CRL project. The SIA was informed by a literature review and policy context review, coupled with feedback from the community and stakeholder consultation process undertaken by AT. The latter included consultation carried out previously by KiwiRail and the Auckland Regional Transport Authority. A review of other technical assessments prepared to support the AEE for the NoR (e.g. noise and vibration, air quality, traffic and transport) relevant to potential social impacts was also undertaken. AT is working with the K-Road Business Association to develop targeted engagement with business. The NoR SIA identified four potential areas of adverse social effect arising from the construction of the CRL:

▪

That the loss or disturbance of community facilities and social services because of the proposed works could disrupt people’s way of life and community cohesion;

▪

That severance between communities, facilities, residents and businesses, particularly during construction, could impact on people’s way of life and community cohesion;

▪

That the physical impacts of construction works could impact on people’s health and wellbeing (e.g. due to nuisance or disturbance from construction noise, vibration or other discharges, or from the uncertainty/frustration arising from changes in accessibility for people living and working in the areas affected by construction activity); and

▪

That there are impacts on individual tenants and landowners, resulting from issues associated with property purchase, relocation and/or displacement.

The NoR SIA provides the broad scope of potential impact across the entire CRL project area. The SIBD DWP has tested and expanded upon these findings via direct engagement with potential affected parties and observations on site. The NoR SIA, through social profiles and site visits, identified the social environment within which the CRL would be constructed and operate. It had regard to the existing transport network and the demographic cross-section of inner-city Auckland. The NoR SIA also characterised the land uses adjoining and within the CRL designation footprint as: commercial and office buildings; apartments and visitor accommodation; warehouses and storage facilities; entertainment centres and restaurants; civic buildings and community centres; and residential accommodation. This is generally consistent with K-Road Project area; however, a mixeduse environment is more evident in the area south of K-Road. By contrast, the K-Road area has predominantly food and beverage outlets, convenience stores and retail activities. A small agglomeration of art galleries is also located at the western edge of the Project area.

Crack, C. and Linzey, A (2013). City Rail Link Notice of Requirement: Social Impact Assessment. Prepared for Auckland Transport as part of the CRL Notice of Requirement.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

21 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

A summary of the Traffic Impact Assessment (TIA) identified that the adverse temporary effects all relate to the management of the existing road transport network during construction. The key adverse temporary effects include disruptions or inconvenience to:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Emergency service vehicles; Bus operators and users (private and public); Private vehicles; Couriers and delivery vehicles; Freight vehicles; and Cyclists and pedestrians.

These potential effects were related to temporary road closures and a reduction in lanes resulting in a reduction in road network capacity, restriction in access to private properties and businesses due to works occurring within the road reserve, and the movement of construction vehicles to and from the construction site. These are discussed in further detail in sections 5 and 6 of this report. The Project area is located within the footprint of CRL designation 4 and the SIA noted that the most commonly occurring land use in this area is food establishments on K-Road and in the Mercury Plaza food court. Other activities identified included the Green Party headquarters for Auckland Central and a ‘commercial’ event facility and identified heritage building (Mercury Theatre). The Green Party office has since relocated. The NoR SIA did not identify any key land uses or community facilities within or adjoining the CRL designation within the Project works subject to this DWP. However, the following were identified during site visits:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

NZ Prostitutes Collective, 2 Canada Street Great Wall Health Centre, 238 Karangahape Road Aido Trust, 12 East Street Congregational Church of Jesus, 3-7 East Street (now vacated) Cross Street Markets (Street Markets from Thursday to Saturday), 2 Cross Street.

The NoR SIA indicates that once operational, the CRL would facilitate a modal choice change from private car to public transport use with a decrease in road congestion as well as providing the opportunity to stimulate economic development and the regeneration of the city centre area which would enhance community well-being. The NoR SIA concluded that the majority of actual or potential adverse effects associated with the CRL project would occur during the period up to11 and during surface construction works being undertaken. Effects associated with construction were:

▪

Potential impacts on people’s well-being particularly during construction due to physical environment effects, such as noise and vibration.

▪

Potential disruption to people’s way of life and community cohesion by works affecting access and the presence of physical barriers.

▪ ▪

Potential visual impact leading to perception of severance and inaccessibility and reduced safety.

Health effects because of construction dust.

This includes enabling or early works, such as that proposed under this programme of works

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

22 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

The NoR SIA considered that the most effective method for mitigating the adverse effects of the Project is regular and ongoing communication and liaison with those affected parties to provide certainty (where able). This SIBD DWP expands on this and recommends specific mitigation based on stakeholder engagement.

4.2

Summary of Submissions from Original NOR

A review of the public submissions on the NoR revealed seven affected properties within the Project area that made a submission, including:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

238 Karangahape Road; 246 Karangahape Road; 256 Karangahape Road; 15-19 East Street; 18 East Street; 2 Canada Street; 30 Mercury Lane.

The nature of the submissions by the affected parties pertain to effects on visual amenity, character and built heritage values, noise, vibration and construction effects, induced traffic congestion and effect on transportation linkages, design, risks of access to property and businesses (both pedestrian and vehicles), and the consequential potential loss of income and services. The George Court Building Body Corp. raised concerns about the potential for noise pollution from the proposed ventilation shaft in Mercury Lane. The now vacant Equippers Church requested noise limits to be established on Sundays. A common theme raised by several submissions was the desire for timely and informative communications throughout the duration of the CRL project.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

23 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Consultation and Engagement

5.1

Introduction

This SIBD DWP has been prepared through engagement and consultation with the community (business and residential) located immediately adjacent the Project area to understand how the works may potentially disrupt residents and individual businesses/services (staff and customers) as well as any specific access requirements. The consultation process was progressed as summarised in Table 5-1. Table 5-1 Engagement Plan

Task

Activity

1. Confirm properties that will

▪

A review of aerial photographs and street view against the proposed works area;

▪

A site visit to the proposed works area and surround streets to confirm properties (e.g. residents and businesses) which may be directly affected and affected by proximity;

▪

Review public submissions on the NoR to see who made comment from the Project area;

▪

Compile a list of directly affected and affected by proximity properties and map them; and

▪

Confirm property ownership via LINZ Quick Map service, as of March 2019.

2. Liaise with the CRLL GM

▪

Corporate Relations & Communications

Clarification of existing relationships with property owners and occupiers.

▪

Review of previous communications and agreements.

3. Engagement Programme

▪

Compile contact database based on information gathered from Task 1 and 2.

▪

Feedback questionnaire developed.

▪

Emails and letters sent to database requesting meeting.

▪

Letter drop to properties on which no contact details were found.

▪

Follow up emails, cold calls to property and requests for contacts while at engagement meetings progressed to ensure contact made with as many stakeholders as possible.

▪

Attendance at meetings.

▪

Feedback documented.

potentially be affected by the demolition works

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

24 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Task

Activity

4. Review of other DWPs

▪

Review draft DWPs prepared and any notes from meetings with parties: o Air Quality; o Noise and Vibration; o Transport, Access and Parking.

5. Consultation on draft DWP

▪

Community Liaison Group; and

▪

All parties on database.

All engagement meetings were attended by the main author of this DWP (Rochelle Hardy) and Louise Strogen and/or Briony Hill who were part of the SIBD DWP engagement team, along with either Sonya Leahy, CRLL Stakeholder Communications Manager, or Aidan Kirkby-McLeod, CRLL Senior Planner, or another representative from the CRLL planning team.

5.2

Establishing an Affected Area

The approach taken by this DWP was to profile and scope the works area with a property search and site visits, a review of technical assessments that had been prepared for the CRL NoR; relevant consultation and feedback received to date (including public submissions on the NoR) from properties within the Project area, and the output of other DWP workstreams. Considering the social context and key potential social effects associated with the Project (supported through the assessments undertaken as part of the other DWPs and Management Plans, the TAP DWP and CNV DWP), the scope of this SIBD DWP has been refined to those properties ‘in proximity’ of the works and potential traffic routes to and from the site as well as the two properties which will be directly affected with demolition of structures within their rear yards. The output from this work was an Engagement Map provided at Appendix A, which identified:

▪ ▪ ▪

Directly affected parties; Affected parties by proximity; and Neighbouring uses and activities.

This has been used as the basis for the necessary engagement associated with the preparation of this DWP and confirmed by further site visits and observations made. While not considered to be directly affected by the works, consultation with a representative of the KRoad Business Association took place to gauge impact on the business community within the Project area and ensure that any assumptions around the scope of affected parties were correct.

5.3

The Project’s Affected Area and Community

The owners and occupiers likely to be affected by the Project construction works are shown in Figure 5.1 and listed in Table 5-2 below. This is broken into three general areas based on the proximity of the property to demolition works. Property owners and businesses in the demolition area have been engaged with separately by CRLL.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

25 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Figure 5-1 Affected Areas

Table 5-2 Likely Affected Parties

Property

Property Use

Property Owner

Occupier

2 Mercury Lane

Refer 238 K-Road

Residential address for

3-5 Mercury Lane

Accommodation

L & C Holdings Limited â€“

Mercury Bar and Gaming Lounge

Retail

Cecilia Lo

White Elephant Op Shop

Mercury Lane George Courts

Food / Beverage 9 Mercury Lane 24 Mercury Lane

BK Hostel

Other / Studio /

Equippers Property Trust -

Events

Matt Gregory

Carpark

Parly Assets Limited - James

Wilsons Car Park

Pierce Brown 30 Mercury Lane

Carpark

Sterling Nominees Limited -

Wilsons Car Park

Daniel Friedlander K Road 238 K-Road

Residential

Anthony Segedin, Toby King

Multiple Residential Occupiers

Commercial

(Body Corp Chair)

Kiwi Education;

Health

Graham Shirley (Building

Gadenza Guitars;

Manager)

Hala Hair; Zambero (external entrance); Great Wall Health Centre; Private Florist; Karanga Ink, Graham Shirley Goldsmith

246-254 K-Road

Refer 3-5 Mercury Lane

256 K Rd

Commercial Food and Beverage

Lum Joe Ng

Mithaiwala Restaurant / CafĂŠ Shosha (Vape & Hookah Store)

Retail

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

26 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Property

Property Use

Property Owner

Occupier

258 K Rd

Vacant

Kim Jang Ho

Vacant

268 K Rd

Residential

Oliver Michael Newland

Ink bar & Nightclub Bangkok’s Thai Food Café

Entertainment services 270 K Rd

Entertainment

Icon Commercial Limited

services 278 - 282 K Rd

284 - 286 K Rd

The Family Bar & Club Saloon Bar

Food and restaurant

Rosemary Jane Davies

Apero Restaurant (Ismo Koski)

activities

William / Ferguson Davies

Route 66

Food and restaurant

Huijuan Zhu Kefeng Kong

EnSalade Café

activities

Cosmic

Commercial 290 K Rd

Commercial

Chao-Hwa Yeh

292 - 300 K Rd

Commercial

Morton Property Limited

African Hair Braiding & Extension Centre ArtSpace Tautai Guiding Pacific Arts K Rd Mart Kiwi Bank (ATM only) Vector (transformer only)

312 K Rd

Galleries

Colt Investments Limited /

Ivan Anthony Gallery

Marco Hendrikus Creemers

Bowerbank & Nimow – Art Gallery Michael Lett Gallery

322 K Rd

Vacant

Ka-yu Chow, Ka-ming Chow

Vacant

Spiritual and

3 East Street – Murray Rose

Vacant

East Street 3-7 East Street

community services 8 East Street

Car park

Joyce Tsai-Yee Ho

10 East Street

Health Facility

Joyce Tsai-Yee Ho

12 East Street

Residential

Various residential unit

Adio Trust

owners Multiple occupiers 14 East Street

Residential

Belham Properties Limited

Various residential unit owners

Commercial (owner

Dave Trotter / Miriam

Studio Q

occupier)

Croucher

Accommodation

Davenports City Law Trustee

Co working space 16 East Street 18 East Street

(No.1) Limited Kevin Anthony Pearson 15 – 19 East Street

Accommodation

Davenports City Law Trustee

Backpacker Car World

(No.2) Limited Kevin Anthony Pearson 21 East Street

Commercial

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Stephanie Radcliff

UnoLoco Event Management

27 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Property

Property Use

Property Owner

Occupier

23 East Street

Automotive services

Lornie Properties Limited /

European Motors

Brett and Frank Lornie, Robyn Rendel 25 East Street

Residential

Grant Patrick Williams /

Residential Tenants

Tamakia Trust Trustees Limited 29 East Street

Commercial

Packington Holdings Limited

International Earth Sciences

Jeremy John Hamlyn and

(IESE) Ltd

Martyn Harrison

Electric Bike Team NZS Forex Ltd

South Street 2 South Street

Residential

Grant Patrick Williams &

Residential

Tamaki Trust Trustee Limited 2A South Street

Residential

Grant Patrick Williams &

Residential

Tamaki Trust Trustee Limited 17 South Street

Commercial

Thomas Lee

Gorilla Technology World Net

Canada Street 2 Canada Street

Community Services Education and Training Entertainment

Sterling Nominees Limited

NZ Prostitutes Collective Tanghui Karaoke Bar & Restaurant Servilles

8 Canada Street

Education and Training

Sterling Nominees Limited

Servilles

Commercial Office / Shared Spaces Residential

Murray Rose - Rigadoon Investments Limited

Glamuzina Architects

Cross Street Unit 5 - 1 Cross Street

Epsilon Law; Black & Blue Ltd The Aviary IMPAC Services Nisha Madhan Motion Sickness Voice Brand Agency

2 Cross Street

Northern Escapes Ltd

Cross Street Markets

2A Cross Street

Community workshop

Northern Escapes Ltd

The Warren Woodwork

4a Cross Street

Commercial

K Road Holdings No.2 Ltd

Sunset Tattoo

Entertainment

Galatos 2012 Limited â€“ Andrea Clarke

Galatos

Galatos Street 17 Galatos Street

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

28 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

To ensure a collaborative approach to the development of this DWP, a summary of the SIBD DWP draft recommendations were circulated to the K-Road CLG on 13th March 219. The SIBD DWP main author attended the CLG meeting which took place on 28th March 2019. Matters raised by attendees which relate to social impact and business disruption were recorded, as presented in Table A, Appendix B. In addition, a copy of the Draft SIBD DWP was made available to the K-Road CLG and those parties with whom SIBD DWP had taken place on request. Any comments/feedback received from these parties are documented in Table B, Appendix B. Ongoing updates and information relating to the Project will be provided via scheduled CLG meetings throughout the duration of the Project, with the Project period commencing with the appointment of the C3 Alliance contractor. A CLG will take place at least 4 weeks prior to demolition works commencing to confirm the start date and those matters listed at section 6.1 below. CRL designation condition 7.7 requires a CLG take place at least every three months once construction has commenced.

5.4

Engagement with Affected Parties

The purpose of the engagement programme was twofold. First was to establish relations with the Project community on which to build throughout the demolition works. Where possible a member of the CRLL team was present at the meetings. Secondly, it was to obtain feedback from parties on the matters identified in the CRL designation condition 61.3, i.e. the type and scale of disruption, specific access and servicing requirements, and client and visitor behaviour and requirements. To ensure a level of consistency from the engagement interviews, a series of questions were asked, with copies of the four types of questionnaires (Business, Body Corporate, Residential, Property Owner) provided at Appendix C. The intent of the questionnaire approach was to stimulate discussion around how properties or parts thereof are currently used and any specific issues that may arise because of the Project. These conversations also provided a means by which to confirm whether the potential social impacts identified in the NoR SIA remain valid in the current social environment and for the current Project. The issues raised during engagement were consistent with those identified in the NoR SIA. Recurring themes and issues were access restrictions and parking loss, noise and dust.

▪

Several businesses (i.e. retailers and Wilsons Car Park) were concerned that potential business disruption could lead to perception of severance and inaccessibility.

▪

Stakeholders located on K-Road were not concerned about the demolition effects on access and severance.

▪

Effects of dust were a concern for most people and a concern for businesses in Cross Street and Mercury Lane due to their experience with wind-tunnelling in this area.

▪

Stakeholder engagement also confirmed that noise and vibration would be a concern. Several businesses in East Street undertake activities that are particularly sensitive to noise (Uno Loco Events, International Earth Sciences, David De Noise). The Art Galleries at 312K Road which front East street were also concerned with potential for dust.

▪

Several stakeholders noted that the development would bring positive effects acting as a catalyst for activity in the area, more customer and better travel options for staff.

Engagement meetings were not limited to the questionnaire list, the questionnaires generated discussion on a range of matters including site specific issues. This process also allowed stakeholders to ask questions and seek clarity on timeframes and potential mitigation. There were recurring questions during engagement; commonly asked questions were:

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

29 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

▪ ▪ ▪

What are the timeframes for demolition? When does construction of the station start? What underground works will be required?

In addition, there were requests for ongoing information and clarity around any pre-commencement building surveys. The K-Road Business Association encouraged attendance at local events to engage directly with the community as the Project progresses and as further information is made available. The key issues raised by the affected parties in response to the questions are detailed in Table 5-3. Unless stated otherwise, all stakeholders have been added to the CRL Newsletter circulation list.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

30 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Table 5-3 Key Issues from Engagement Meetings

Property / Stakeholder

Engagement Format

Key Points Raised

▪

East Street 10 East Street Aido Trust

15-19 East Street Backpackers World

16 East Street Owner Occupier Studio Q

Mitigation to address concerns

▪

Road closures and access restrictions for cars, cyclist and pedestrians.

▪

Loss of customer parking.

▪

As set out in the TAP DWP, the works will not generally result in the loss of any existing on-street parking spaces, except for instances where temporary traffic management is required. This will be offset by reduction in parking demand due to the demolition of buildings.

Questionnaire completed by tenant / landlord and returned via email

▪

No concerns were identified by the business owner / landlord. They do not rely on street parking however, access for vehicles is required to operate.

▪

Interview with resident and property / business owner

▪

This property is partially in the footprint of the demolition work. The property owner has some queries around whether they will need to be decanted from the property and how their machinery will be removed and/or protected during the works.

Interview with business owner

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

▪

As set out in the TAP DWP, existing streets and footpaths will remain open during the demolition. As a result, access to all existing properties outside the CRL designation will remain available.

▪

Noise and Vibration will be monitored and mitigated. Refer to Section 6.4 of this DWP and section 5 of the CNV DWP.

▪

A Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) and Site-Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans (SSCVMP) will be developed for this site in accordance with Conditions 37, 38, and 39 of the CRL. As per Appendix C6 of the CNV DWP.

▪

There is no requirement for the occupier to relocate during the works, however, further recommendations provided by the relevant SSCNMP and SSCVMP will be adhered to. Should the final recommendation include relocation, the process will be discussed and agreed with the occupier.

31 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Property / Stakeholder

21 East Street Uno Loco

Engagement Format

Interview with business owner and property owner.

Key Points Raised

Mitigation to address concerns

▪

Would prefer not to have road closure or access restrictions.

▪

Staff currently park in the demolition area and would need to park elsewhere.

As set out in the TAP DWP, existing streets and footpaths will remain open during the demolition. As a result, access to all existing properties outside the CRL designation will remain available.

▪

Concerns with any noise entering workplace as they have a sound studio on site.

▪

The business also operates outside general working hours when events are being organised – access for large loading vehicles is require. Access restrictions would impact on business operations.

▪

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

The property owner was concerned with potential damage to the building.

▪

The Noise and Vibration technical specialist for the Project has confirmed that, with the use of appropriate demolition techniques, there should be negligible vibration arising from the Project which would have the potential to affect this business.

▪

Noise and Vibration will be monitored and mitigated. Refer to Section 6.4 of this DWP and section 5 of the CNV DWP.

▪

Designation condition 46 requires as part of the CEMP process, the confirmation of where and when building condition surveys will be undertaken in relation to vibration and settlement. This property will be subject to the assessment process stipulated in the condition.

▪

The monitoring of noise and vibration will be undertaken for the duration of the works. Refer to Section 6.4 of this DWP and section 5 of the CNV DWP.

32 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Property / Stakeholder

Engagement Format

Key Points Raised

Mitigation to address concerns

23 East Street

Interview with business owner

▪

Access to the property and surrounding area is a key concern for this tenant. They are required to ‘road test’ vehicles as part of repair and warrant of fitness tests. Any limits of access could disrupt business for clients coming to the site and to undertake road tests.

▪

As set out in the TAP DWP, existing streets and footpaths will remain open during the demolition. As a result, access to all existing properties outside the CRL designation will remain available.

▪

Short term temporary traffic management may be required to load/unload plant and materials. This will be limited to sections of East Street, Mercury Lane and Canada Street, however access will be maintained.

▪

The tenant works from home and is a sound engineer, he uses equipment at home which is sensitive to noise disturbance and vibration.

▪

Runs sensitive monitoring equipment on site. Concern that vibration from demolition may affect ability to operate these.

▪

Noise and Vibration will be monitored and mitigated. Refer to Section 6.4 of this DWP and section 5 of the CNV DWP.

▪

Noise and Vibration will be monitored and mitigated. Refer to Section 6.4 of this DWP and section 5 of the CNV DWP.

European Motors

25 East Street

Interview with resident

David De Noise Green

29 East Street ISE Electric Bike Team

Interview with landlord and ground floor tenants

▪

Highlighted the importance of the Project for apartment owners and occupiers.

▪

The landlord is very concerned about the impacts of noise on the properties. One of the tenants provides seismic and vibration monitoring equipment which is sensitive to noise and vibration. The landlord indicated that there are provisions in the tenancy agreement regarding this activity.

▪

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

33 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Property / Stakeholder

Engagement Format

Key Points Raised

Mitigation to address concerns

▪

George Court

The ground floor tenant uses access along Canada Street to test bikes and is concerned about any effects on access and safety for customers using the area.

▪

Karangahape Road 238 Karangahape Road

The property owner does not want trucks parking or operating on the roadway and is concerned that there will be noise from trucks and machinery.

Interview with Building Manager and five12 questionnaires completed by residents

▪

General mitigation measures set out in CNV DWP, these include specific measures to mitigate noise arising from vehicles including: prohibition of tonal reversing alarms, avoiding on-metal contact where practicable during loading and unloading of trucks and avoiding steep internal haul routes and keeping the road surface smooth and well maintained.

▪

Section 5 of the CNV DWP include mitigation measures to address noise from mechanical plant including appropriate distance between the nose source and nearest sensitive receivers.

▪

Several general measures are recommended in the CNV DWP to mitigate vehicle noise. These include prohibiting tonal reversing alarms and avoiding high engine revs (where practicable) through appropriate equipment selection and turn engines off when idle / parked.

▪

Section 5 of the TAP DWP describes notes that large vehicle movements will be occasional in nature, used only to deliver/remove large plant, will take place outside of the commuter peak periods, and will be managed by appropriate mobile traffic management.

▪

Section 2 of the CEMP sets out the Health and Safety procedures for the project and confirms that contractor shall conform fully, both on- and off-site, with the provisions of relevant legislation.

▪ Tenants rely on access to car parking via Mercury Lane and Cross Street. There are two levels of car parks - one at ground floor level existing onto Mercury Lane and basement level onto Cross Street

▪

Note all owner/occupiers were emailed a copy of the questionnaire and encouraged by the Body Corp to complete and return to SIBD DWP author.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

34 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Property / Stakeholder

238 Karangahape Road Residents

Engagement Format

Email correspondence with residents

Key Points Raised

Mitigation to address concerns

▪

Dust and noise would both be a concern as the building is single glazed and residents often leave windows open during the day.

▪

There are retirees living at George Court who would be home during the day.

▪

Noise and Vibration will be monitored and mitigated. Refer to Section 6.4 of this DWP and section 5 of the CNV DWP.

▪

Some residents have expressed concern to the building ▪ manager that the building will be damaged. He added that he was confidence that appropriate tests, mitigation and approaches would be taken to ensure this did not happen and understood that the future underground works are 30m.

▪

Concerned that access to the building car parks may be restricted. Would be concern if on-street parking for visitors and / or deliveries would be affected.

▪ ▪

Residents also wanted to know the timeframes for the work.

▪

Noted. Several stakeholders sought further information on the construction

works. They were referred to the CRLL website (https://www.cityraillink.co.nz/stations-karangahape-rd) and information was circulated via the Body Corporate / Building Manager. ▪

One resident noted that as this is a demolition project they considered the impacts to be minimal. ▪

▪

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Air Quality will be monitored and mitigated. Refer to Section 6.3 of this DWP, section 3 of the AQ DWP. Monitoring procedures including visual and physical monitoring, coupled with appropriate responses and staff training, will ensure dust emissions are minimised.

As set out in the TAP DWP, existing streets and footpaths will remain open during the demolition. As a result, access to all existing properties outside the CRL designation will remain available. As set out in the TAP DWP, the works will not generally result in the loss of any existing on-street parking spaces, except for instances where temporary traffic management is required. This will be offset by reduction in parking demand due to the demolition of buildings. The proposed works will not directly affect the operations of Karangahape Road or Upper Queen Street.

35 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Property / Stakeholder

238 Karangahape Road Orlando Private Florist

246-254 Karangahape Road See also 3-5 Mercury Street

Engagement Format

Key Points Raised

Mitigation to address concerns

▪

Noise and Vibration will be monitored and mitigated. Refer to Section 6.4 of this DWP and section 5 of the CNV DWP.

Concerned about noise impact outside of normal business hours.

Email correspondence with business owner

▪

Deliveries to the site are currently affected by lack of onstreet parking on K-Road. The business owner was concerned that further restrictions would impact on business through further restrictions.

▪

The proposed works will not directly affect the operations of Karangahape Road or Upper Queen Street.

Interview with property owner and business owner

▪

The property owner is concerned that any disruptions to business may impact on her tenants. Leases will come up for renewal over the life of the CRL project and may be affected by the works.

▪

Noted. This is beyond the scope of the Project. The stakeholder was referred to the CRLL website(https://www.cityraillink.co.nz/stations-karangahape-rd) which contains some concept information on post -CRL development.

▪

The tenant of BK Hostel was unsure if she would renew her lease for personal reasons.

Note: Hollywood Bakery was closed for refurbishment at the time of stakeholder engagement.

Hollywood Bakery Express Mart White Elephant Op Shop

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

▪

The owners key concerns are noise and dust impact on the hostel. The hostel owner reiterated concerns with dust due to a sensitive smoke alarm that has been set off by previous dusty activities on Mercury Lane.

▪

The owner sought assurance that there would be no damage to the buildings

▪

The monitoring of noise and vibration will be undertaken for the duration of the works. Refer to Section 6.4 of this DWP and section 5 of the CNV DWP.

36 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Property / Stakeholder

Engagement Format

Key Points Raised

256 Karangahape Road

Meeting business owner

▪

The business owner leases two car parks at Wilsons Car park building on Cross Street. Concerns if any access is restricted at that point.

▪

They had no concerns with the demolitions and simply wanted to know timeframes.

▪

Access to business from on K-Road should not be restricted.

▪

The proposed works will not directly affect the operations of Karangahape Road or Upper Queen Street

▪

Vibration and noise are a concern and any potential damage to buildings from vibration.

▪

The monitoring of noise and vibration will be undertaken for the duration of the works. Refer to Section 6.4 of this DWP and section 5 of the CNV DWP.

Mithaiwala Restaurant / Cafe

268 Karangahape Road

Meeting with property owner

Oliver Newland Ink Bar & Night Club Vacant site Bangkok Thai Food Café Residential (Level 1)

270 Karangahape Road The Family Bar & Saloon Bar 278-282 Karangahape Road Apero Restaurant (280) 300 Karangahape Road – Level 1 Tautai Guiding Pacific Arts Trust Artspace Aotearoa

312 Karangahape Road Bowerbank & Nimow Gallery

Meeting with business owner

▪

Had no concerns with the project or potential effects as he does not believe he will be affected.

Phone call with business owner

▪

No specific concerns; does not believe he will be affected.

Meeting with business owner; email response from gallery owner

▪

Tautai Guiding Pacific Arts Trust has no concerns with the demolition given their distance from the site. They want to know what the timeframes were.

▪

Artspace Aotearoa is concerned that dust may enter the gallery and affect artworks.

Meeting with business owner; phone

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

▪

Seek further information on demolition timeframes and a site plan.

Mitigation to address concerns ▪

As set out in the TAP DWP, existing streets and footpaths will remain open during the demolition. As a result, access to all existing properties outside the CRL designation will remain available.

Note: This building is currently for sale.

Note: This building was sold in March 2019 and will undergo refurbishment in April 2019. There are currently 5 leases applicable to this site including a Vector transformer and Kiwi Bank ATM. The majority are subject to renewal during 2022. ▪

Air Quality will be monitored and mitigated. Refer to Section 6.3 of this DWP, section 3 of the AQ DWP.

▪

The Air Quality technical specialist for the Project has confirmed that given the implementation of the dust mitigation strategies outlined in the AQ DWP, dust effects outside the demolition site are very unlikely to arise.

▪

37 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Property / Stakeholder

Engagement Format

Key Points Raised

Michael Lett Gallery

discussion with property owner

▪

Dust entering the gallery from the entrance on East ▪ Street would be a concern and has the potential to affect art works.

▪

Would be concerned with parking restrictions and limits on access, particularly during exhibition evenings. Dates for Bowerbank & Nimow are Auctions at 6.30pm: June 12, 2019; July 31 2019

▪

As set out in the TAP DWP, existing streets and footpaths will remain open during the demolition. As a result, access to all existing properties outside the CRL designation will remain available.

▪

Some concerns that access may be restricted for staff and delivery vehicles parking on Mercury Lane

▪

As set out in the TAP DWP, existing streets and footpaths will remain open during the demolition. As a result, access to all existing properties outside the CRL designation will remain available.

▪

Concerns that the road may be closed and restrict access due to heavy vehicle movements associated with the demolition work.

▪

The works will not generally result in the loss of any existing on-street parking spaces, except for instances where temporary traffic management is required. This will be offset by reduction in parking demand due to the demolition of buildings.

▪

Concerned that services such as water supply would be affected during demolition and construction.

▪

Planned network service or utility suspension maybe required as the connections to the buildings within the demolition area are terminated or protected for the duration of works. Section 6.6.1 provides specific mitigation measures regarding upcoming outage times with property owners and leaseholders will be consulted at least one week prior to the planned event.

▪

Air Quality will be monitored and mitigated. Refer to Section 6.3 of this DWP, section 3 of the AQ DWP.

▪

Mercury Lane 5 Mercury Lane

Mitigation to address concerns

Interview with tenant

BK Hostel Mercury Bar and Gaming Lounge Refer also 246 -254 K-Road

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

38 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Property / Stakeholder

Engagement Format

Key Points Raised

Mitigation to address concerns

9 Mercury Lane

Meeting with property owner

▪

The Mercury Theatre building is a Notable Receiver, with specific noise and vibration requirements in Condition 39.

▪

Mitigation, management, communication and consultation protocols applying to the Mercury Theatre building and ancillary spaces (excluding the use of the theatre for performance use) are included in the CNV DWP.

▪

Any concrete cutting and breaking shall be timed to occur outside Mercury Theatre performance times to manage potential adverse effects on theatre operations. As set out in the TAP DWP, existing streets and footpaths will remain open during the demolition. As a result, access to all existing properties outside the CRL designation will remain available.

Mercury Theatre and rear portion of 245 Karangahape Road

24 Mercury Lane Wilsons Car Park

▪

Meeting with business owner

That vibration from demolition works has the potential to impact on the building. The owner questions whether a pre-condition survey will be undertaken. A service/loading bay is located to the rear of the building, via the service lane which runs between 9 Mercury Lane and 11-13 Mercury Lane and is accessed directly off Mercury Lane. This is critical for the operation of building.

▪

Would be concerned with any road closures or impacts on access

▪

Would like to have some directional signage provided – happy to provide correct colours (important for Wilsons) and can assist with making signs.

▪ The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager and the CRLL Street Response Manager will liaise with the K-Road Business Association and the local business community to devise other Project related business mitigation opportunities, such as business promotion initiatives or event planning and delivery.

▪ To achieve a consistent look and feel to hoardings, fences and pedestrian containers, as well as the incorporation of way finding and project information, the CRLL marketing team in conjunction with the Contractor will engage with the Project Community to agree on a theme and branding to be used. ▪

Canada Street Unit 3,2 Canada Street NZ Prostitutes Collective

Phone call with property owner and interview with business owners

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

▪

Highlighted the importance around site access and privacy. Many visitors seek discretion when visiting the Collective.

As set out in the TAP DWP, existing streets and footpaths will remain open during the demolition. As a result, access to all existing properties outside the CRL designation will remain available.

39 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Property / Stakeholder

Unit 4, 2 Canada Street & 8 Canada Street Servilles

Engagement Format

Key Points Raised

Mitigation to address concerns

▪

The CEMP states that site will be fenced or hoarded to prevent unauthorised entry and shall include lockable gates. The site shall remain fenced until CRLL are ready to commence CRL main works. This will act to contain the site works and provide some privacy for the Collective’s patrons.

▪

As set out in the TAP DWP, existing streets and footpaths will remain open during the demolition. As a result, access to all existing properties outside the CRL designation will remain available.

Phone call with property owner (completed questionnaire) and interview with business owners

▪

Meeting with property owner

▪

Concerned that access to the site and parking will be restricted.

▪

In addition, the works will not generally result in the loss of any existing on-street parking spaces, except for instances where temporary traffic management is required. This will be offset by reduction in parking demand due to the demolition of buildings.

Cross Street 1 Cross Street Glamuzina Architects Epsilon Law

No specific concerns raised during the meeting with the Property owner. He indicated that he would contact his tenants directly.

Noted. The stakeholder was referred to the CRLL website (https://www.cityraillink.co.nz/stations-karangahape-rd) which contains some concepts and is updated regularly.

Black & Blue Ltd The Aviary IMPAC Services Nisha Madhan Motion Sickness Voice Brand Agency

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

40 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Property / Stakeholder

Engagement Format

Key Points Raised

Mitigation to address concerns

2 Cross Street

Combined interview with business owners from 2 and 4a Cross street

▪

The Air Quality technical specialist for the Project has confirmed that, given the distance trench the dust mitigation strategies outlined in the AQ DWP are expected to effectively mitigate against dust effects outside the construction site13.

Cross Street Markets

2A Cross Street The Warren Woodworker

Sat in on meeting with 2 and 4a Cross street

The café area is open to the elements and dust would enter the shop and food preparation areas.

▪

Cross Street business owners seek better communication and regular updates. They are keen to “work with CRL” and “strong dialogue” to ensure communication is open and regular. They have many contacts in the area.

▪

The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager will liaise with this stakeholder local project related business mitigation opportunities, such as business promotion initiatives or event planning and delivery.

▪

Concerned about potential business disruption from patrons being ‘put off’ by lack of access or perceived lack of access. They suggested a ‘triangle’ of signage providing signage that Cross St is open for business from the three streets leading to the shop (K-Road, Mercury Lane and Upper Queen Street).

▪

As set out in the TAP DWP, existing streets and footpaths will remain open during the demolition. As a result, access to all existing properties outside the CRL designation will remain available.

▪

The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager and the CRLL Street Response Manager will liaise with the K-Road Business Association and the local business community to devise other Project related business mitigation opportunities, such as business promotion initiatives or event planning and delivery.

▪

No specific concerns, interested in time frames.

Noted. The stakeholder was referred to the CRLL website (https://www.cityraillink.co.nz/stations-karangahape-rd) which contains some concepts and is updated regularly.

A Hart 2019, pers. Comm., 21st March 2019.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

41 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Property / Stakeholder

Engagement Format

Key Points Raised

Mitigation to address concerns

4a Cross Street

Combined interview with business owners from 2 and 4a Cross street

▪

Any dust entering the building would be a significant concern due to health implications for tattooing activity. The building needs to operate with open windows.

▪

Road closures are a key concern and have potential to significantly disrupt businesses.

▪

As set out in the TAP DWP, existing streets and footpaths will remain open during the demolition. As a result, access to all existing properties outside the CRL designation will remain available.

▪

C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communication Manager to liaise with this stakeholder to confirm the Associations event calendar for 2019 and work with them to schedule engagement activities.

Sunset Tattoo

▪

K-Road Business Association Meeting with K-Road Business Association

▪

The Business Association would like more information as the project progresses including a direct point of contact, walk-ins, open days and presence at events.

The project representatives have made best endeavours to meet with business owners and residents. Details obtained during site visits have been followed up via telephone. Where direct phone-calls have not been responded to, stakeholders have been contacted by email. Specifically, the project representatives have made best endeavours to meet with the business owners of the following businesses: ▪

Express Mart - 246-254 K-Road

▪

Shosha (Vape & Hookah Store) – 256 K-Road

▪

EnSalade Café - 286 K-Road

▪

Route 66 Karaoke Bar – 278 K-Road

▪

Tanghui Karaoke Bar & Restaurant - Unit 1 & 2, 2 Canada Street

The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager and the CRLL Street Response Manager will also need to ensure changing engagement with new owners and tenants occurs. Ongoing engagement with K-Road Business Association is recommended to ensure any changes of ownership or new businesses contacted.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

42 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Implementation Plan

6.1

Introduction

Social impact and business disruption effects will be mitigated through the suite of Project Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) and Management Plans required under the CRL designation and resource consent conditions. Specific mitigation of affected partiesâ€™ concerns is outlined in Table 5-3, while general mitigation measures that will be implemented for the duration of the Project are outlined in this section.

6.2

General

Some parties have raised concern regarding how unforeseen issues such as excessive dust will be addressed. Compliance will be achieved via the CEMP and DWPs. In addition, monitoring of compliance will be undertaken by Auckland Council as per their monitoring programme. Where parties consider that a compliance issue is occurring, they are encouraged to contact the C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager or the project information line (0800 TALKCRL) and the matter will be investigated immediately. Considering feedback from Project stakeholders during the consultation meetings for this DWP, in addition to that received by CRLL in respect to the CRL works already being undertaken in the CBD, a key social impact and business disruption mitigation measure is regular contact with the Project Team. These regular channels of communication are important for both the affected parties and the Project delivery team to share information. The K-Road Business Association and Cross Street Market each provide important connection and information with the local community and should be central to ongoing communication. The area is subject to ongoing change due to the transient nature of some activities in the Project area, in addition some properties will/may change ownership or tenancy prior to the Project commencing or during the Project. It is important that these changes are noted, and early contact is made to ensure the community is effectively engaged and aware of the works. The Project Team will need to regularly update the Stakeholder Database and initiative contact with new owners and tenants.

6.2.1 Specific Mitigation Measures for the Project a)

Upon appointment of the C3 Alliance contractor, the C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communication Manager will contact all residential properties within the area identified on the Affected Parties Plan attached at Appendix A to compile an up to date residential database for on-going Project engagement.

The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager will meet with AT to confirm opportunities for collaborative engagement on areas affected by both projects.

The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager will meet with the K-Rd Business Association and the Cross Street Markets confirm opportunities for engagement with their networks and provision of project briefings/events.

The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager will meet with Body Corporate Committees or individual residents no later than 6-weeks prior to works commencing to agree a project communication strategy (including project briefing session) for the residential complex or individual property.

A Project kick off meeting(s) and/or CLG will be convened no later than 4-weeks prior to works commencing to introduce key project members (i.e. the C3 Alliance Stakeholder and

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

43 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Communication Manager; C3 Alliance Construction Manager; the CRLL Project Manager) and to brief all stakeholders in proximity o, and Directly Affected Parties (16 and 18 East Street), the Project programme including but not limited to:

Demolition sequence;

Site access and egress;

Truck movement schedule; and

Project communications.

One to one meetings with those properties immediately adjoining buildings which are to be demolished (21-29 East Street, 9 Mercury Lane; 1 Cross Street; 238 Karangahape Road and 2-8 Canada Street) will be convened no later than 4-weeks prior to any demolition works commencing to confirm demolition process and boundary treatment.

g) The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager will make a courtesy visit to businesses on a fortnightly basis to check in with parties regarding the Project. h)

The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager will confirm the frequency for Project Progress meetings/communications with businesses to advise of project programme and scheduled works for the upcoming 4-week period.

The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager and CRLL GM Corporate Relations and Communications will develop a Project Information Pack for the use of affected parties regarding staff briefings, customer and residentsâ€™ information.

6.3

Air Quality Impact

An Air Quality DWP (AQ DWP) has been prepared for the Project by Golder Associates (NZ) Ltd. Its purpose is to provide a framework for managing the air discharges, especially dust emissions, so that potential significant adverse environmental and human health effects beyond the boundary of the construction site are avoided. Likely social impacts and business disruption arising from dust or odours are amenity nuisance and health impacts affecting peopleâ€™s wellbeing and way of life including the way they conduct business. The AQ DWP states at Section 1.1 that there is very limited potential for odour to be generated by the Project with potential effects considered insignificant. Combustion emissions from the operation of vehicles, and any residual emissions from emission control equipment associated with the works are expected to give rise to air quality effects that are negligible. Section 4 of the AQ DWP sets out the dust monitoring programme and procedures and proposes protocols and measures in the event of visible dust emissions that are moderate of major. If the assessed level of visible dust emissions is moderate or major, or due to concrete dust, the duty or site manager for the project area must be notified for further action, including ceasing on-site dust generating activities. The approach to dust control is set out in Section 4 of the AQ DWP with daily visual monitoring required in combination with the application of good site management practices within the construction area. Daily logging and a rapid response process to any monitoring triggers or complaints received is identified within the AQ DWP. Section 5 of the AQ DWP proposes protocols and measures in the event of unforeseen odour emissions from the Project, being operations associated with that activity will cease and measures to address the discharge promptly investigated and implemented (including procedures for responding to discharges of odour and equipment inspection). The likelihood, therefore, of the works giving rise to

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

44 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

any offensive or objectionable odour effects for affected proximity parties is considered very low and no additional specific social impact and business disruption mitigation measures are proposed. Section 7 goes on to outline environmental training for staff. No additional specific SIBD DWP mitigation measures are considered warranted.

6.4

Noise and Vibration Disruption

Construction noise and vibration will be managed, monitored and mitigated through the CNV DWP prepared by Marshall Day Acoustics Ltd. In addition, the CNV DWP recommends that Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plans be implemented for certain receivers where levels of noise or vibration generated by the demolition works are anticipated to exceed the Project noise or vibration standards. Under the CRL designation conditions, the theatre within the Mercury Theatre building is a “Notable Receiver” and a SSCNVMP has been developed accordingly. The SSCNVMP is attached as Appendix 1 of the CNV DWP. Social impact and business disruption can occur from unmanaged construction noise or vibration effecting people’s way of life, well-being and amenity. To minimise noise exceedances within the area surrounding the works, the Project will employ a range of mitigation and management measures which are outlined in Section 5 of the CNV DWP. These measures include training of construction personnel, equipment selection, use and maintenance, utilisation of noise barriers and enclosures, controls on concrete cutting and breaking activities, and reducing noise and vibration through use of appropriate demolition techniques. Of note, is the provision for Project communications with the Project community as set out in Section 6 of the CNV DWP. The recommendations in the CNV DWP which the SIBD DWP supports are:

▪

Written notification of the Project description shall be provided to all property occupiers within 50m of a worksite

▪

To advise any affected parties of construction activities that are predicted or have been identified by the Construction Manager to exceed the limits set out in CRL designation condition 31.1.

▪ ▪

Monthly updates of monitoring and project progress to affected parties. Address any concerns and complaints regarding construction noise and vibration.

Section 8.2 of the CNV DWP sets out the process for any demolition activity that is found to exceed the relevant noise and vibration performance standards.

6.4.1 Specific Mitigation Measures for the Project a)

6.5

The Site-Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plans provided at Appendix C of the CNV DWP will be implemented from the outset of the works.

Transport, Access and Parking Disruption

Social impact and business disruption can occur from restricted traffic, access and parking, affecting people’s way of life, connectivity and access to services and homes. Accordingly, the Transport, Access and Parking DWP (TAP DWP) prepared by Flow Transportation Specialists sets out how connectivity and access will be maintained in accordance with the CRL designation conditions. The TAP DWP outlines the management measures to be employed for the duration of the works at Section 6 and required monitoring is confirmed in Section 7.

6.5.1 Traffic and access

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

45 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

During the proposed demolition works, all existing streets will remain open to all road users, with twoway carriageways (where applicable) and the existing footpath provisions. As a result, access to all existing properties outside the CRL designation will remain available. It is expected that there will be sufficient space within each site for demolition plant to be located off the street, and for the loading of trucks to generally occur off the street. Short term temporary traffic management may be required during periods of the demolition, to load/unload plant and materials. These will be limited to sections of East Street, Mercury Lane and Canada Street. During this traffic management, two-way operation of these streets will remain (oneway in the case of Mercury Lane), to ensure that properties outside the CRL designation that rely on these streets for connectivity will continue to have vehicle access. Contractor vehicle access to the sites being demolished are anticipated to be limited to the existing vehicle crossings supporting these properties. As the demolition works are expected to progress from north to south, the existing vehicle accesses serving 9a, 9b, 9c and 13 Mercury Lane are likely to be used by the contractor. The transport management provisions within the TAP DWP ensure that:

▪ ▪ ▪

Karangahape Road or Upper Queen Street are not affected.

▪

The works will not affect the existing pedestrian and cyclist shared use path on the south side of Canada Street, nor access to the Light Path cycleway.

All existing streets within the Project area will remain open to all road users. The works will not result in the loss of any existing off-street parking spaces (except for those within the sites being demolished).

In addition, it is a requirement of CRL designation condition 28.1(a) to avoid any reduction in traffic capacity on Pitt Street.

6.5.2 Demolition Traffic Truck movements will occur between 7:00 am and 6:00 pm Monday to Friday, and 7:00 am to 2:00 pm on Saturday. As a result, the demolition works are estimated to require between 6 and 13 truckloads per average weekday (12 to 27 one-way truck movements per weekday). Truck movements to and from the sites will generally be via 11.5 m large rigid trucks, or smaller units. It is acknowledged that these vehicles may be required to swing across opposing lanes when traversing local streets such as East Street and Canada Street. These manoeuvres are considered acceptable within these very low speed, low volume environments. The TAP DWP notes that larger vehicles may occasionally deliver plant to the site. Where practicable, truck movements will be restricted to the arterial network as defined in the Auckland Unitary Plan. Access of over dimension and overweight vehicle movements through local streetswill be managed by limiting the movements of these vehicles outside of the commuter peak periods, and by applying mobile traffic management where these vehicles are required to traverse multiple lanes of traffic. It is noted under CRL designation condition 25.3(g), should a party unexpectedly find their vehicle blocked in because of a temporary closure, CRLL are required to (within reasonable limits) offer alternative transport such as a taxi, rental car, or another alternative.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

46 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

6.5.2 Pedestrian Movement and Access and Public Transport The proposed works will not result in any loss of provision for pedestrians and public transport users, with only occasional and short-term temporary traffic management measures applied to East Street, Canada Street or Mercury Lane.

5.5.3 On-Street Car Parking In the main, no existing on-street parking spaces will be removed during the works, except for instances where short-term traffic management is required to load/unload plant. As a result, no significant car parking effects are anticipated.

5.5.5 Required Transport Management Communication Property owners and occupiers are noted for early and specific consultation and agreement regarding transportation matters, as follows: Table 6-1 External Consultation Requirements

Stakeholder

Relevant Consent Conditions

Potential Issue

Resolution

The public and wider Karangahape Road community

25.3(i), 28.2(c)

Temporary traffic management within Project area and the effects of demolition traffic on the wider area

Wider community to be consulted through the Karangahape Road Community Liaison Group

New Zealand Transport Agency

25.3(i), 18.1

“One Network” consultation, in accordance with Condition 18

The Agency confirmed, via email that the proposed works will not have any impact on New Zealand Transport Agency assets, traffic operations or maintenance activities.

6.5.6 Specific Mitigation Measures for the Project In addition to the management measures outlined in the TAP DWP, the following mitigation will be implemented with respect to managing social impact and business disruption: a) Advisory signage will be erected one month prior to the works commencing advising motorists and pedestrians of the scheduled works. b) As per the TMP for the Project, signage will be erected in clear and prominent locations for the duration of the Project works that businesses remain open. It is recommended that a ‘triangle’ of signage is installed advising that Cross St is “open for business” from the three streets leading to the businesses in the affected area (K-Road, Mercury Lane and Upper Queen Street). The C3 Alliance will work with local businesses to agree the design and location of these signs. c) CRL designation condition 25.3(c)(i) requires that where practicable, trucks carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery be limited to Mercury Lane, Canada Street and Upper Queen Street, and to routes identified as either arterial roads, over dimension or over weight routes. Condition 28.1(b) also requires that East Street not be used for the movement of spoil where practicable. d) There may be instances where East Street and/or Cross Street may be used for the movement of demolition debris and/or machinery. When closures are necessary, property owners and leaseholders will be consulted with at least two weeks prior to the closure. This will be undertaken by the C3 Alliance with the agreed arrangement and timing conveyed to the business by the C3 Alliance Construction Manager at least 48 hours before the closure.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

47 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

6.6

Utility Disruption

The K-Road demolition work will include the termination and abandonment of services to individual sites as necessary, as well as the protection or diversion of utilities serving upstream or downstream properties (transiting utilities). These utilities are wide ranging from potable water to fibre telecommunications, and service all properties within the Project area. The potential loss of utility connection has the potential to affect network utility operatorsâ€™ (NUOs) services and the community surrounding the Project area. Minimising effects on NUO services will be achieved through stakeholder engagement with the Project area community, regarding the termination/abandonment and protection works. Although there are no critical services in the immediate surroundings of the Project area, supply outages would have a significant effect on peopleâ€™s way of life and ability to conduct business. Therefore, advanced communication of planned network service suspension or outages needs to be advised to the Project community, so that backup arrangements can be put in place e.g. water storage. NUO procedures for utility disruption will be followed if an unplanned utility disruption occurs as a result of the Project. It is considered that current practices by NUO are best practice and will therefore be used as standard procedure for the duration of the Project.

6.6.1 Specific Mitigation Measures for the Project To manage social impact and business disruption effects, with respect to utility disruption, the following mitigation will be implemented: a)

The C3 Alliance will liaise with the relevant NUO communications teams to ensure consistent messaging regarding outage times (if necessary) is available to the Project community and public at least 48 hours in advance.

Throughout demolition, regular communication between the C3 Alliance Construction Manager and the NUO (or similar) will take place to ensure the termination/ abandonment and protection of utilities are progressed effectively and efficiently.

Where planned service outages are required, property owners and leaseholders will be consulted at least one week prior to the planned event. This will be undertaken by the C3 Alliance with the agreed arrangement and timing conveyed to the business at least 48 hours before the outage.

6.7

Amenity Impact

Amenity in relation to visual impacts for the Project pertains to the views of the demolition area from the surrounding properties and the local streets. The building typology of multi-storey units which directly adjoin the work site, as well as the topography of the area means that the demolition site compound will be overlooked by activities located on the higher levels of adjoining properties or those on higher ground. The extent and appreciation of the visual effect of the demolition area will vary between people. Some will find the view interesting while others will see it as visually unpleasing. An unsightly works site will impact on the amenity of the surrounding area and has the potential to impact on its sense of place and vibrancy, in addition to the patronage of adjoining businesses. To manage any actual or potential visual amenity impact from the works, site cleanliness and upkeep needs to be managed and maintained, and interesting visual screening which promotes a consistent look and feel and contributes to the street scene reinforcing a sense of place needs to be provided.

6.7.1 Specific Mitigation Measures for the Project

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

48 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

To manage social impact and business disruption effects, with respect to amenity and sense of place, the following mitigation will be implemented: a) Daily work site maintenance implemented, consisting of: o

Rubbish cleared from works area.

Construction materials appropriately stored / stockpiled.

Screening of works area with solid construction hoardings or scrim panels to fencing injecting colour, creating vibrancy and a sense of place. This will be in place from site mobilisation/set up and maintained for the duration of the works.

Street cleaning (including footpaths) to remove any mud/debris from site/trucks.

Graffiti will be painted over quickly and in a timely matter.

To achieve a consistent look and feel to hoardings, fences and pedestrian containers, as well as the incorporation of way finding and project information, the CRLL marketing team in conjunction with the Contractor will engage with the Project Community and K-Road Business Association to agree on a theme and branding to be used. Examples of construction hoarding, and skim panel screening used elsewhere on the CRL project are provided in Figure 6-1 below. Figure 6-1 Examples of Hoarding and Skim Panel screening used on CRL

6.8

Community Safety

While site safety is dealt with by the CEMP, provision of a safe environment for members of the public will be achieved through the implementation of Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) measures. Implementation of CPTED will ensure the Project does not negatively impact on either perceived or real dangers to the public and reduces the opportunity or perception of opportunities for crime in the Project area. The key CPTED principles which will be adopted for the Project are:

â–Ş â–Ş

Removing conditions that create confusion about required norms of behaviour. Increasing the possibility of detection, challenge and capture of criminal elements.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

49 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

â–Ş

Increasing the effort required to commit crime by ensuring the labour (time, resources) which needs to be expended outweighs the perceived crime benefit.

â–Ş

Reducing the potential rewards of crime by minimising, concealing or removing crime benefits.

6.8.1 Specific Mitigation Measures for the Project The Project site layout will be implemented in accordance with the CPTED principles outlined above. In addition, the following measures will be implemented to achieve a safe Project environment: a) Demolition space and public space will be clearly demarcated, ensuring it is clear where the public should and should not be. b) Increased visibility at junctions on pedestrian routes affected by the Project. c) Access gates, storage and office facilities will be locked to reduce temptation and opportunities for theft and crime. d) Traffic controllers at vehicle entrances to the work site. The C3 Contractor will work with the CRLL Street Response Manager and urban designer to achieve the outcomes sought for community safety.

6.9

Business Visibility Disruption

The interlinkage of patronage levels with line of sight/visibility for businesses reliant on passing trade is acknowledged. Similarly, for destination businesses the ease of access (actual or perception) to a business premise is important. It is a recognised potential impact that customers who cannot clearly negotiate their way to or see a business, assume that it is closed or seek a more readily accessible alternative, even if that alternative is further away. This concern was raised by several stakeholders during engagement for the SIBD DWP. Therefore, where the visibility of or access to adjacent businesses is impacted by the Project works, signage advertising the location and ongoing operation of these businesses will be provided. The signage will be erected in conjunction with the Project site set up and be maintained for the duration of the works. The signage will be developed in consultation with the affected businesses to best suit their needs and not be imposed on them. Feedback will continue to be sought from affected businesses regarding the visibility and access requirements of the business over the course of the Project and where agreed, amended signage provided. CRLL C3 Alliance will develop a development response plan that will identify measures to manage the impacts on businesses affected by the CRL project. This initiative is supported by the Auckland Chamber of Commerce and Business Mentors New Zealand. The package consists of a range of free services (e.g. business mentor, advice hot line) to assist with business promotion and operations. This is an initiative which has been used in the CBD area subject to other CRL works.

6.9.1 Specific Mitigation Measures for the Project a)

Messaging to the effect that local businesses are operating as usual, including but not limited to: o

As part of the ongoing communication campaign for CRL.

Media such as the Project website, Facebook Page, Instagram and LinkedIn.

K-Road Business Association website.

b) The C3 Alliance will develop a development response plan that will identify measures to manage the impacts on businesses, developed in consultation with affected businesses

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

50 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

identified in this SIBD DWP. A Business Support Programme introduction letter similar to that provided in Appendix D will be distributed to these businesses at least 4 weeks prior to the works commencing. The C3 Alliance and the CRLL Street Response Manager will liaise with the K-Road Business Association and the local business community to devise other Project related business mitigation opportunities, such as business promotion initiatives or event planning and delivery.

6.10

Economic Opportunity/ Impact

The Project will generate both economic opportunities and impacts. The following potential negative impacts have been identified over the engagement period by the author/affected parties:

▪ ▪

The loss of patronage to local businesses during the Project time period; and Downstream impacts on the potential cost and turnover of residential and business leases and the redevelopment and construction phases over the life-time of the CRL Project.

Any property and business owners who consider that their businesses will suffer negative financial impact because of the Project are urged to seek independent advice regarding any compensation rights that may be available to them under the Public Works Act 1981. Opportunities exist for the potential increase in patronage of dairies, cafés and food outlets on Karangahape Road being in easy walking distance from the works site. Measures to mitigate the negative effects and enhance the positive effects are detailed in section 6.9.1 above. In addition to this, CRLL’s social outcome strategy will be implemented throughout the Project in order to enhance the economic opportunities to a more diverse range of people and trades.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

51 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

On-going Implementation

7.1

Introduction

This SIBD DWP will be implemented for the duration of the Project and will include ongoing consultation with the affected parties and the CLG. Affected parties can contact a Project team member directly for concerns relating to the effects of the Project through the free number: 0800 CRL TALK (275 8255). This phone line is available twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week. Alternatively, the C3 Alliance primary point of contact for affected parties and stakeholders, can be contacted directly. The C3 Alliance will be responsible for distributing the contact details for those with key responsibilities in the implementation of the Project provided in Table 1-2. As outlined in Section 5 above, the C3 Alliance will make a courtesy visit to businesses on a fortnightly basis to check in with parties regarding the Project. In addition, the C3 Alliance will hold fortnightly Project Progress meetings to which business owners are able to attend or, as agreed with stakeholders, provide Project Progress by other means of communication. These regular channels of communication are important for both the affected parties by proximity and the Project delivery team to share information, diaries and programmes. A record will be kept of issues and complaints received to inform the report of this SIBD DWP. It will capture additional impacts identified. It will also ensure documentation of mitigation measures undertaken to address issues arising from the Project on affected parties and that alignment is achieved with other DWPs. This record will include:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

A description of the complaint; The relevant DWP the complaint relates to; Mitigation measures undertaken in response to the complaint; Who is responsible for mitigation of the complaint; Timeframes for addressing the complaint, including when the complaint is resolved; and Any affected parties.

In addition, an update meeting will be held with the CLG at least every three months, through which social impact and business disruption concerns can be raised (refer to Section 5 of the Project CCP).

7.2

Monitoring

Monitoring of the social impact and business disruption issues (and the subsequent process to ensure compliance with the CRL designation conditions) outlined in Sections 5 and 6 of this DWP will be undertaken through the relevant DWP:

▪ ▪ ▪

Air Quality – AQ DWP; Noise and Vibration – CNV DWP; and Transport, Access and Parking – TAP DWP.

All complaints and subsequent mitigation measures and responses will be documented to inform the annual report for social impact and business disruptions. Complaints will be received, documented and mitigated following the prescribed process set out in Section 8 of this DWP.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

52 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Due to the short duration of the Project, no annual review to be undertaken and will reflect an alternative review period. Internal audits will be completed by the ESM (or delegate) at an appropriate point in the Project. The number and timing of these audits is to be determined by the ESM, commensurate to the length of the Project works. Findings from the audits will be presented to the Construction Manager within two weeks of conducting the audit. This SIBD DWP will be updated, with the necessary certification by Auckland Council, throughout the course of the Project to reflect any changes required due to Project engagement and audit recommendations.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

53 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Complaints

8.1

Introduction

Complaints procedures are described below and are also detailed within the CCP. All complaints will be recorded in the Project Enquiry and Complaints Register.

8.2

Helpdesk

There will be access to a member of the Project 24 hours a day, 7 days a week via the free phone number: 0800 CRL TALK (0800 275 8255) with a K-Rd project suffix. This suffix number will be available for the Project works following mobilisation of the C3 Alliance. Table 8-1 details the process that will be undertaken for all enquiries or complaints that are handled by the Helpdesk. At present, queries regarding the Project can be left on the general CRL project suffix number and will be forwarded to a member of the CRLL Stakeholder Communications Team in the first instance. Table 8-1 Helpdesk Enquiries

Stage

Description

The C3 Alliance team member receives an enquiry or complaint.

▪ Issue = demolition activity. o

TBC, Stakeholder Communications Manager

▪ Query = media enquiry, political enquiry, or enquiry about the costs, benefits or strategic fit of the project. o

Victoria Jessop, CRLL Communications Manager CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications

C3 Alliance or CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications (as appropriate) responds in writing to the CRM team member as quickly as possible but no longer than 48 hours.

The C3 Alliance team member contacts the enquirer with the response within 24 hours of receipt of response information, unless it relates to a media or political enquiry, or an enquiry about the costs, benefits or strategic fit of the project – in which case the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications will respond.

The C3 Alliance team determines whether the enquirer is satisfied with the response, including any mitigation action taken if it is a complaint.

The C3 Alliance team member responds with further information or action as required.

For construction related complaints, the C3 Alliance team member in consultation with the Stakeholder and Communications Manager and the CRLL Project Manager determines if a specific mitigation response is required. If so, they refer to the specific Management Plan (e.g. Traffic, Noise and Vibration, Contamination, etc.), and contact the relevant responsible person or site supervisor.

C3 Alliance will conduct surveys every three months to determine levels of satisfaction with the process of responses.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

54 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

8.3

Complaints Process

The process for managing complaints is set out in Table 8-2 and the response timeframes are detailed in Table 8-3. Table 8-2 Complaints Management

Item

Description

All complaints are forwarded to the C3 Alliance and CRLL Project Manager via the complaints/enquiry form. CRLL Communications Management have the forms.

The C3 Alliance acknowledges the complaint on day of receipt by phone or in writing. If the C3 Alliance is not available, the C3 Alliance Project Manager or another member of the project team acknowledges the complaint. CRLL Communications Management have the relevant templates.

The contact details of the complainant and details of the complaint are entered into the CRLL CRM database.

Acknowledgement of a complaint is provided on day of receipt. However, should the complaint demand a more detailed response, this will be provided within 2 working days. Major complaints such as building damage will be addressed as soon as is practicable. Note: See “Response timeframes” below.

The C3 Alliance works closely with the CRLL Project Manager and C3 Alliance Construction Manager to resolve complaints. They are proactive in keeping complainants informed of what action is being taken to address their concerns.

If a complaint cannot be resolved within the complaints process timeframe, the complainant is invited to a meeting with the C3 Alliance and the Project Management team.

All meetings are recorded in the CRM database to ensure that a complete record of times dates and location of meetings is maintained.

When a complaint is resolved it should be ‘closed out’ as an action in the CRM. Each month a record of complaints activity will be reviewed by the C3 Alliance to check that all actions have been closed out.

Each month a record of complaints activity will be reviewed by the C3 Alliance to check that all actions have been closed out. If required, improvements to project processes and mitigation strategies will be implemented to minimise future complaints.

Table 8-3 Complaints Response Timeframes

Complaint channel

Response Timeframe

Written correspondence (letters)

Within 5 working days of receipt.

Written correspondence (including emails, social media)

Acknowledged on day of receipt.

0800 project information line calls

Within 2 hours on the same working day during business hours of 7am to 7pm.

Resolved within 2 working days unless there are significant claims for damages or escalations due to scale or complexity (e.g. Health and Safety investigation).

Within 24 hours for calls received outside of business hours.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

55 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Complaint channel

Response Timeframe

Meetings

Response / resolution to be completed within the timeframes agreed in the meeting.

8.4

Disputes resolution

Disputes may arise where a stakeholder affected by an issue considers their complaint has not been resolved. In the context of this Project, disputes may arise relating to:

▪ ▪ ▪

Financial loss due to demolition effects on businesses in proximity to the works. Building damage. Noise disruption.

A claim for financial compensation under the Public Works Act 1981 is a possibility for affected parties who are significantly affected by the Project. The Public Works Act entitles affected parties to compensation for ‘substantial injurious affection’, which may include damage to property or losses to a business. To pursue any claim under the Public Works Act for financial compensation because of the Project (refer to Section 6.10 of this DWP), an affected party will need to lodge their claim with CRL directly. Claims should be: Sent to:

info@ cityraillink.govt.nz

For the Attention of:

CRL Project Manager. K Road Demolition

Any claims received by the Contractor team will be forwarded to CRLL. Financial compensation is outside the scope of this DWP. With respect to noise, where a resolution through the complaints process cannot be achieved, an Independent Expert specialised in acoustics will be appointed to review the complaint and arbitrate between the parties.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

56 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Reporting

9.1

Annual Report

The C3 Alliance contractor will prepare an annual report on the identification, monitoring, evaluation and management of the effects outlined in this DWP, along with a summary of any comments or complaints raised by the community, including how these have been addressed. This information will be provided through the monitoring outlined in other DWPs (AQ, CNV, TAP). This information will be available to affected parties through the annual report.

9.2

CLG Reporting

The CLG will meet regularly, at least every three months, over the course of the demolition phase. Social impact and business disruption concerns raised by affected parties and any complaints received, including the mitigation/response package employed, will be reported to the CLG.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

57 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

58 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0131 Project 251926 | 09 May 2019 | Revision 1

Appendices

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Appendix A Affected Parties Plan and schedule

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Affected Parties Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Affected Parties Schedule:

Property

Property Use

Property Owner

Refer 238 K-Road

Residential address for

Occupier

Mercury Lane 2 Mercury Lane

George Courts 3-5 Mercury Lane

Accommodation

L & C Holdings Limited –

Mercury Bar and Gaming

Retail

Cecilia Lo

Lounge

Food / Beverage

White Elephant Op Shop BK Hostel

9 Mercury Lane

Other / Studio / Events

Equippers Property Trust Matt Gregory

24 Mercury Lane

Carpark

Parly Assets Limited -

Wilsons Car Park

James Pierce Brown 30 Mercury Lane

Carpark

Sterling Nominees Limited -

Wilsons Car Park

Daniel Friedlander K Road 238 K-Road

Residential

Anthony Segedin, Toby

Multiple Residential

Commercial

King (Body Corp Chair)

Occupiers

Health

Graham Shirley (Building

Kiwi Education; Gadenza

Manager)

Guitars; Hala Hair; Zambero (external entrance); Great Wall Health Centre; Florist; Karanga Ink, Graham Shirley Goldsmith

246-254 K-Road

Refer 3-5 Mercury Lane

256 K Rd

Commercial

Lum Joe Ng

Mithaiwala Restaurant /

Food and Beverage

Café

Retail

Shosha (Vape & Hookah Store)

258 K Rd

Vacant

Kim Jang Ho

268 K Rd

Residential

Oliver Michael Newland

Bangkok’s Thai Food Café

Entertainment services 270 K Rd

Entertainment services

Ink bar & Nightclub

Icon Commercial Limited

The Family Bar & Club Saloon Bar

278 - 282 K Rd

284 - 286 K Rd

Food and restaurant

Rosemary Jane Davies

Apero Restaurant

activities

William / Ferguson Davies

Route 66

Food and restaurant

Huijuan Zhu Kefeng Kong

EnSalade Café

activities

Cosmic

Commercial 290 K Rd

Commercial

Chao-Hwa Yeh

African Hair Braiding & Extension Centre

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Property

Property Use

Property Owner

Occupier

292 - 300 K Rd

Commercial

Morton Property Limited

ArtSpace Tautai Guiding Pacific Arts K Rd Mart Kiwi Bank (ATM only) Vector (transformer only)

312 K Rd

Galleries

Colt Investments Limited /

Ivan Anthony Gallery

Marco Hendrikus Creemers

Bowerbank & Nimow – Art Gallery Michael Lett Gallery

322 K Rd

Vacant

Ka-yu Chow, Ka-ming

Vacant

Chow East Street Spiritual and community

3 East Street – Murray

services

Rose

8 East Street

Car park

Joyce Tsai-Yee Ho

10 East Street

Health Facility

12 East Street

Residential

3-7 East Street

Vacant

Adio Trust Various residential unit owners Multiple occupiers

14 East Street

Residential

Belham Properties Limited

Co working space 16 East Street

18 East Street

Various residential unit owners

Commercial (owner

Dave Trotter / Miriam

occupier)

Croucher

Accommodation

Davenports City Law

Studio Q

Trustee (No.1) Limited Kevin Anthony Pearson 15 – 19 East Street

Accommodation

Davenports City Law

Backpacker Car World

Trustee (No.2) Limited Kevin Anthony Pearson 21 East Street

Commercial

Stephanie Radcliff UnoLoco Event Management

23 East Street

Automotive services

Lornie Properties Limited /

European Motors

Brett and Frank Lornie, Robyn Rendel 25 East Street

Residential

Grant Patrick Williams / Tamakia Trust Trustees Limited

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Residential Tenants

Property

Property Use

Property Owner

Occupier

29 East Street

Commercial

Packington Holdings

International Earth

Limited

Sciences (IESE) Ltd

Jeremy John Hamlyn and

Electric Bike Team

Martyn Harrison

NZS Forex Ltd

Grant Patrick Williams &

Residential

South Street 2 South Street

Residential

Tamaki Trust Trustee Limited 2A South Street

Residential

Grant Patrick Williams &

Residential

Tamaki Trust Trustee Limited 17 South Street

Commercial

Thomas Lee

Gorilla Technology World Net

Canada Street 2 Canada Street

Community Services Education and Training Entertainment

Sterling Nominees Limited

NZ Prostitutes Collective Tanghui Karaoke Bar & Restaurant Servilles

8 Canada Street

Education and Training

Sterling Nominees Limited

Servilles

Commercial Office / Shared Spaces Residential

Murray Rose - Rigadoon Investments Limited

Glamuzina Architects

Cross Street Unit 5 - 1 Cross Street

Epsilon Law; Black & Blue Ltd The Aviary IMPAC Services Nisha Madhan Motion Sickness Voice Brand Agency

2 Cross Street

Northern Escapes Ltd

Cross Street Markets

2A Cross Street

Community workshop

Northern Escapes Ltd

The Warren Woodwork

4a Cross Street

Commercial

K Road Holdings No.2 Ltd

Sunset Tattoo

Entertainment

Galatos 2012 Limited â€“ Andrea Clarke

Galatos

Galatos Street 17 Galatos Street

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Appendix B Record of CLG and Independent Peer Review feedback

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

CLG Comments The following comments were made during the CLG presentation which took place on 28 March 2019 regarding matters that have a bearing on the content of the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan: Table A â€“ CLG Meeting 28th March 2019 Comment

Resolution

What engagement with Auckland Transport had occurred

Information included in SIBD.

The K-Road Business Association represented reiterated his concerns around business disruption and its desire to see more detail on how these issues will be managed

C3 Alliance will confirm once appointed

What are the timeframes for demolition and construction

Set out in Section 2 and the CEMP.

There were concerns raised regarding the Albert Street works and concern that the KRoad station development would be similarly disruptive

CRLL noted that Albert St was a learning curve; CRLL to ensure SIBD recommendations are implemented.

No members of the CLG have requested a copy of the draft Social Impact and Business Disruption Management Delivery Work Plan.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Independent Peer Reviewer Comments The following comments were received from the Independent Peer Reviewer (08/05/2019) regarding the Social Impact and Business Disruption Management Delivery Work Plan: Table B â€“ Peer Review Comments Comment Id

Topic/Comment

Recommendation

Response

When the C3 Alliance contract is awarded, Project team personnel are in place and sequencing of the K-Road Demolition works is known the SIBD and CCP must be updated to reflect this.

The SIBD DWP at Section 1.5 confirms that the document will be updated upon the appointment of all nominated personnel within the C3 Alliance the names and contact details of the key personnel. This information is required to be presented at any Project kick off meetings as well as the CLG noted at Section 6.2 and in any Project communications under the CCP.

In the meantime, the 0800 Helpdesk number should be tested to ensure queries are able to be taken. It would also be beneficial if the SIBD DWP lists the interim contact details for a contact in the project team who will be available to talk to interested stakeholders. SIBD DWP S 1.5 Roles and Responsibilities

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

The 0800 Helpdesk number has been tested and is working. Current information requests should be via the CRLL general query email (info@cityraillink.govt.nz) or via the contact page on the CRL website (https://www.cityraillink.co.nz/crlcontact).Queries regarding the K-Road demolition project will be forwarded to the CRLL Stakeholder Communications Team (Ms Leahy) in the first instance. Following the C3 Alliance contract appointment, queries will be handled by the C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager. All queries will be recorded in the Project consultation data base. Following mobilisation of the C3 Alliance, a specific K-Road Project suffix will be provided via the CRL help desk (0800 CRL TALK (0800 275 8255)). This is confirmed at Sections 1.5 and 8.2 of the SIBD DWP.

Comment Id

Topic/Comment

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Recommendation

Response

Suggest that members of the CRLL team, who have engaged with affected parties alongside the SIBD DWP author should remain as a Project Team member during implementation of the SIBD DWP. This is to ensure consistency and that any complaints or issues regarding potential positive and/or negative impacts that are subsequently raised during implementation are reviewed and assessed, as well as enhanced and/or mitigated where necessary.

The roles of the CRLL team who have participated in the interviews with affected parties alongside the SIBD DWP author within the C3 Alliance are not confirmed.

The SIBD DWP places some responsibility on to the people who will be employed as the C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager, CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications and the CRLL Street Response Manager. There are no measures listed in the SIBD DWP to ensure the quality, accountability and expertise of these people who will employed. Understands that the SIBD DWP author will have no ongoing role or responsibility during the implementation of the Project and the processes of assessing and mitigating (or enhancing) any unforeseen SIBD impacts. Therefore, the issue is raised of who is suitably qualified to assess and mitigate any impacts that may be raised during the implementation stages. The SIBD DWP in relation to other DWPâ€™s needs to outline this responsibility further.

The C3 Alliance contractor has been selected on the basis of providing suitable technically qualified personnel who can deliver the CRL project to the standards and expectations of CRLL and meet all required statutory obligations.

Until the C3 Alliance contract is award, Ms Leahy and Mr Kirby-McLeod will continue to be the CRLL point of contact for Project stakeholders as confirmed at Section 1.5.

The implementation of the SIBD DWP will be the responsibility of the C3 Alliance contractor including their suitably qualified social impact adviser and those CRLL staff who will form part of the C3 Alliance. This is confirmed at section 1.4 of the SIBD DWP.

Comment Id

Topic/Comment

SIBD DWP S 4 & 5 – general engagement issues

Recommendation

Response

On p.3 the SIBD DWP states that the draft was prepared between mid-February – March 2019. A draft was presented to the CLG on 13 March 2019. Importantly, specific dates regarding engagement and who has been responsible (i.e. the SIBD DWP author and/or CRLL Project Team, etc) should be clarified in Sections 1.2 and 5.1. It is recommended that Table 5.1 that outlines the consultation and engagement process should also include dates and details regarding:

The personnel who attended the engagement meetings are confirmed at section 5.1 of the SIBD DWP but confirmation has been added at section 1.2 of the SIDB DWP.

▪

the desktop research for profiling

▪

when and how many emails/letters sent to database requesting meeting;

▪

when and how many letter drops were made

▪

when and how many follow up emails

▪

when and how many ‘engagement meetings’, interviews, questionnaires, phone calls, emails were conducted and/or received

▪

all consultation conducted by other DWP processes.

The point is that Table 5.3 states feedback was received from some 25 physical engagement opportunities (meetings, interviews, phone calls) and some 3 or so emails were received out of a potential 51 business property occupiers and 5 residential properties in the Project proximity. Firstly, without any indication of dates it is very hard to understand how this was achieved in the short SIBD DWP preparation time-frame stated. Second, it is not clear how well or how many residents out of the 5 residential properties were engaged or completed a questionnaire. Some explanation of the engagement ‘hit rate’ should be provided by the SIBD DWP, with corresponding recommendations to improve this engagement during implementation included.

For the purposes of the SIBD DWP, it is not considered necessary to provide an itemised list of all actions undertaken, however, additional timing information has been set out at section 1.2 of the SIDB DWP. Any consultation undertaken by other DWPs is stated in those documents and does not need to be repeated in the SIBD DWP. Table 5-3 clearly states the method of engagement with individual stakeholders.

While the engagement period was short, the SIDB DWP team drew on existing contact information for various stakeholders held by CRLL and also obtained contact details through desktop research, LINZ review and site visits conducted prior to the commencement of the engagement period. These details as well as premises drops-ins and contact information obtained during the engagement period, facilitated the level of engagement achieved. Table 5-3 clearly states the method of engagement with individual stakeholders. Section 6 SIBD DWP provides measures to ensure continued and wider engagement with stakeholders by the C3 Alliance before and during works.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Comment Id

Topic/Comment

Recommendation

Response

Again on p.3, it is stated that “The DWP has also been informed by discussions with a representative from the K-Road Business Association and the Street Response Manager at CRLL”. These discussions should be documented and recorded in this SIBD DWP, including the date and a summary of the issues raised/ discussed.

Section 1.2 of the SIBD DWP has been updated with the requested information and feedback inserted at Table 5.3 with respect to comments from the K-Road Business Association.

It would be both useful and good practice if all consultation, feedback and mitigation measures and responsibilities for managing the implementation and monitoring of effects, particularly those with any relation to SIBD is documented in a live central point of reference, say in the CCP or project website, to enable cross-referencing and clear lines of management of effects. I understand that the Project manages a CRM database. It would be positive and welcome addition to openness and transparency if this was adapted via a web-link and made available for public view and reference.

All Project communications will be recorded in the Project’s communication database.

It should be noted that the questionnaire sheets are missing in Appendix C. These need to be inserted.

These are included in the lodgement version of the SIBD DWP and were provided to the Peer Reviewer post receipt of the report.

Having received emailed copies of the questionnaire sheets by CRL, note that a question regarding “What do you consider are the social impact and business disruption impacts on you (and your fellow residents, family and local community) as a result of the project?” is now included in the residential and Body Corp questionnaires. This is welcomed. However, the question should be included in all interview/ questionnaires for purposes of consistency to engage all affected parties on perceived social impact and business disruption effects.

Noted and will be actioned for any future SIBD DWP engagement exercise for CRL.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Section 8 of the SIBD DWP confirms the complaints procedure to be implemented for the Project. Section 9 of the SIBD DWP confirms on-going implementation actions and monitoring to be undertaken.

Comment Id

Topic/Comment

10)

Recommendation

Response

In a previous SIBD peer review process I had commented on the need for CCP’s to adopt and implement international standards such as the IAP2’s Public Participation Framework to guide and define its consultation and communication activities for the CRL Project.14 This comment still stands. As noted by the CEMP, SIBD DWP and CCP, public liaison and stakeholder communications and consultation are critical to the success of this project. Specific and meaningful consultation and engagement with affected parties in identifying, mitigating and managing potential or perceived effects upon them are also critical. General good practice SIA recognises that communication and consultation is not a replacement for social impact assessment. Moreover, an effective CCP is also a key mitigation measure. Therefore, it is essential that a framework and methodology such as IAP2 is used to determine and design the different types of consultation that will be implemented as a measure to address affected parties’ desires for inclusion and engagement. It is also noted that the Project should engage with projects, events and meetings being held in the community on other interrelated issues (KRoad Business Association, Cross Street Markets and local community planning projects). This should be built into the implementation plan of the SIBD DWP.

Noted and is addressed in the CCP.

On p.10 it is stated that “until the C3 Alliance is in place, affected parties and stakeholders can contact the CRL help desk… for assistance from the CRLL Stakeholder Communication Team or from the CRLL Planning Team in respect of the Project”. This process needs to be reviewed. There is no direct access to the K-Road Project, and the other suffixes are either related to other CRL designations staffed by people who do not have any direct information about K-Road. This is clearly not working for these staff nor a satisfactory process for public/ affected parties wanting to speak directly (24/7) with a member of the Project team for K-Road.

This section has been updated to confirm current information requests should be via the CRLL general query email ( info@cityraillink.govt.nz) or via the contact page on the CRL website (https://www.cityraillink.co.nz/crl-contact).

See International Association for Public Participation (http://www.iap2.org).

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Following mobilisation of the C3 Alliance, a specific K-Road Project suffix will be provided via the CRL help desk (0800 CRL TALK (0800 275 8255)).

Comment Id

Topic/Comment

11)

12)

13)

The management of impacts identified and how they are referenced and managed through implementation strategies.

14)

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Recommendation

Response

On p.12 it states “CRLL has completed negotiations with the owner of Mercury Plaza… for this site to be occupied for the duration of the CRL project works and to demolish the existing structures on the site” (emphasis added). Unclear what is meant by ‘occupied’ and by whom, given that the buildings will be demolished. This sentence requires further clarification or explanation.

The SIBD DWP has been updated to provide the clarity requested. Occupation will be by the contractor to support construction activities.

On p. 3 of the SIBD DWP it states that the “SIBD DWP should be read in conjunction with the CCP”. The CEMP and other DWPs of relevance should also be added to this paragraph, and reference to Section 6 The Implementation Plan should be made.

Section 1.2 of the SIBD DWP has been updated to provide the requested cross reference to the other DWPs. A cross reference to section 6 of the SIBD DWP is not considered necessary.

The economic opportunity/ impact discussion is very broad brush and appears to be a cut and paste from other SIBD DWPs. The SIBD DWP states that the “Project will generate both economic opportunities and impacts… Opportunities exist for the potential increase in patronage of dairies, cafés and food outlets on Karangahape Road being in easy walking distance from the works site”(p.51). Suggest these positive and negative impacts need to be listed and properly assessed in this and all future SIBD DWPs. It should outline the impacts that have been identified (by the author and/ or affected parties) if at all, or the reason why not, as well as the measures to enhance or mitigate these positive or negative effects. For example, I would consider there to be downstream impacts on the potential cost and turnover of residential and business leases as a result of the demolition project, including the redevelopment and construction phases over the life-time of the CRL Project. These potential SIBD impacts should be addressed.

Concerns raised by the author and community are detailed in Section 4.1, Table 5.3 and Section 6.2 to 6.9 of the SIBD DWP. Additionally, Section 8 supports the advice in Section 6.10 of the SIBD DWP.

CRLL’s social outcomes strategy https://www.cityraillink.co.nz/crlsocial-outcomes/ is a relevant and important human, social, cultural and economic impact enhancement measure that should be referenced in the SIBD DWP, as well as implemented as part of the Karangahape Road Demolition Project.

This SIDB DWP has been prepared to address the CRL Designation conditions 61.1 – 61.8 Social. Section 4 of the SIDB DWP provides the information required in respect of CRL Designation condition 61.4.

Comment Id

Topic/Comment

15)

Recommendation

Response

P.31, Table 5.3 Studio Q “The property owner has some queries around whether they will need to be decanted from the property and how their machinery will be removed and/ or protected during the works”. This key point raised does not appear to have been addressed in the mitigation.

Table 5.3 has been updated to confirm that currently there is no requirement for the property owner to vacate their premises. The detailed programme of work for the Project is currently being prepared and will be subject to a SSCNMP and SSCVMP for this property. Should the final recommendation of the SSCNMP and SSCVMP include relocation, the process will be discussed and agreed with the occupier.

16)

17)

18)

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

P.32, Table 5.3 “The property owner was concerned with potential damage to the building”. This key point has not been addressed, rather the mitigation talks about effects on the business not on the building.

Table 5.3 has been updated to reflect the process concerning pre-condition surveys.

P.34, Table 5.3 – George Court – can you please indicate how many questionnaires were completed by residents. The feedback also notes that some elderly residents live there. These are vulnerable affected parties and every effort should be made to ensure any impacts upon them as a result of the Project are identified and mitigated if necessary.

Table 5.3 has been updated to confirm the number of questionnaires received.

P.43, Section 6.2 Implementation Plan states “The K-Road Business Association and Cross Street Market each provide important connection and information with the local community and should be central to ongoing communication”. This is an important point. However, there is no further discussion in the SIBD DWP or CCP regarding communication or engagement with the key stakeholders and community networks.

The SIBD DWP has confirmed that engagement has taken place with both the K-Road Business Association and Cross Street Market.

Section 6 SIBD DWP includes provision for ongoing engagement by the C3 Alliance with residential properties.

Section 6 SIBD DWP includes provision for ongoing engagement by the C3 Alliance with these community networks.

Comment Id

Topic/Comment

19)

20)

S.4.5, p.8. Role of the CLG

21)

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Recommendation

Response

It would be beneficial if the members of the CLG, their stakeholder interests and their contact details (invited and those who attend) are included in the SIBD DWP and CCP. From a peer review perspective this group is established by the Designation Conditions to perform and important role in the preparation and implementation and monitoring of this and other plans.

As indicated in this SIBD DWP at Table 5.3, those affected parties who requested involvement in the CLG have been added to the contact list. The SIBD DWP author does not consider that a list of CLG members their stakeholder interests and their contact details (invited and those who attend) are included in the SIBD DWP. A review of CLG for CRL is being undertaken by CRLL in order to have a more diverse membership including residential and business representatives.

According to Table B in Appendix B of the SIBD DWP there has been no feedback from the CLG on the draft SIBD DWP. This is either an omission that needs to be remedied or a signal that the CLG are unable to adequately perform this function.

No member of the CLG or those affected parties who attended the CLG have requested a copy of the draft SIBD DWP and therefore, no comments have been received.

A review of the role and functions of the CLG should be undertaken to improve its relevance and performance as a deliberative forum now and through the implementation stage. This has been acknowledged in Mt Eden Project. It would be beneficial to mention this review and any findings or recommendations included in the implementation section of this SIBD DWP.

A review of the role and functions of the CLG is beyond the scope of the SIBD DWP. A review of CLG for CRL is still being undertaken by CRLL in order to have a more diverse membership including residential and business representatives. Currently, there are no findings or recommendations which can be provided in this SIBD DWP.

Comment Id

Topic/Comment

22)

23)

24) Miscellaneous 25)

Recommendation

Response

It is unclear whether the CLG is appropriately resourced and tasked to undertake its various responsibilities (set out in Condition 7), in particular to be an active conduit - to be the eyes and ears of the community - for communications between other parties in their area and the Project Team. There is no evidence to suggest residents or even local ratepayers and resident’s associations or other interest groups are represented on the CLG, and whether these members have a broad outreach to people in the K-Road area. K-Road Business Association and Cross St Markets are clearly an engaged stakeholder, both requesting that the Project Team utilise their events to talk with local community and users of the area. A specific engagement plan that includes these stakeholders and their networks and intelligence is highly recommended.

Designation condition 7 clearly requires residential representation on the CLG. As indicated in this SIBD DWP at Table 5.3, those affected parties who requested involvement in the CLG have been added to the contact list which include a number of residential parties.

P.20, third paragraph should read “AT is working with the K-Road Business Association to develop targeted engagement with business”.

The SIBD DWP has been updated in this regard.

A reference should be provided to cite the AT/Auckland Council “KRoad Enhancement Project”.

This is provided at Section 3.3.1 of the SIBD DWP.

Has the Project team considered any impacts upon users of the Te Ara I Whiti The Lightpath and Grafton Gully Cycleway? See

The TAP DWP has considered the impact of the Project works on

https://at.govt.nz/media/1973249/auckland-central-city-cyclemap-a4.pdf

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

The SIBD DWP has confirmed that engagement has taken place with both the K-Road Business Association and Cross Street Market. Section 6 SIBD DWP includes provision for ongoing engagement by the C3 Alliance with K-Road Business Association and Cross St Markets.

pedestrians and cyclists, including those using the LightPath. The DWP concludes the works will not adversely affect pedestrians and cyclists using this community facility. No amendment to SIBD DWP is required.

Comment Id

Topic/Comment

26)

27)

28)

Recommendation

Response

P.51, section 6.9.1 (b) reference to a “development response plan” lacks any context or detail and is not referenced in the CCP. Given that its use is to “identify measures to manage the impacts on businesses, developed in consultation with affected businesses identified in this SIBD DWP”, there is little assessment regarding its purpose and how this plan will be conducted, including what resources and who with expertise will be developing and implementing it. Further information is required or otherwise it stands as an after-thought.

This SIDB DWP has been prepared to address the CRL Designation conditions 61.1 – 61.8 Social.

P.51, section 6.9.1 (c) – text is missing. This needs to be amended.

Unclear what edit is being requested here as Section 6.9.1 (c) of the SIDB DWP is complete. No change to the SIDB DWP is provided.

A main concerns as a peer reviewer of this and other SIBD DWPs regards the issue of knowing whether implementation and monitoring stated in the SIBD DWP and CCP is carried out and to what effect. For example, whilst it is evident that a number of my recommendations from previous CRL Project SIBDs have informed this document, I am interested to understand what the learnings combined from all projects regarding social impact and business disruption has been since the beginning of the CRL Project. I acknowledge that an ‘annual report for social impact and business disruptions’ is noted in all SIBD DWPs, yet there is no evidence of these annual reports and what they contain, and their influence upon CRL and its contractors’ approach. For example, who writes this report? Does it refer to all projects on an annual basis, or is there an annual report for each project? Where is this report available to the public, interested parties or peer reviewer?

This SIDB DWP has been prepared to address the CRL Designation conditions 61.1 – 61.8 Social.

A similar issue of transparency and accountability to affected parties or complainants is highlighted by the complaints process. It would be beneficial if annual reports and complaints activity are reported to the CLG as an agenda item. However, there is no evidence that this is conducted.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Section 4 of the SIDB DWP provides the information required in respect of CRL Designation condition 61.4.

Section 4 of the SIDB DWP provides the information required in respect of CRL Designation condition 61.4. Section 7 of the SIDB DWP outlines the monitoring process for the Project DWPs including the SIBD DWP.

Comment Id

Topic/Comment

29)

30) 31)

32)

Consultation and Communications Plan

Recommendation

Response

These issues raise a broader issue regarding the peer review purpose and process. Whilst we have a responsibility to review the draft DWPs, the review loop remains incomplete as there is no stipulated process to review what happens as a result of implementing the CEMP and DWPs. Maintaining accountability throughout the CRL Project, through mid or post-project reviews would be beneficial to supporting CRLs ongoing social licence to operate, not just at the beginning of the project.

Section 7 of the SIDB DWP outlines the monitoring process for the Project DWPs including the SIBD DWP.

CCP Cover page date should be updated to April (not March), as version 1 incorporates feedback from CRL on 8th April 2019.

Noted and the CCP has been updated.

Section 1.3 – reference to Relevant section of DWP where Condition 15.4 (c) is addressed in CCP mentions “N.B: Various persons/groups in this condition are not affected by the specific Project works which are solely Mt Eden based”, is a cut and paste error. The wording should have reference to this Karangahape Road demolition project.

Noted and the CCP has been updated.

As per Condition 28 (e) referenced on p.6 of CCP, Appendix A of the DWP does not include a summary of outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties. If none have been lodged or are outstanding the SIBD DWP should state this.

Currently, there are no outstanding disputes or issues.

Section 8 confirms the complaints process for the Project DWPs including the SIBD DWP.

Section 7 of the SIDB DWP outlines the monitoring process for the Project DWPs including the SIBD DWP. Section 8 confirms the complaints process for the Project DWPs including the SIBD DWP.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Comment Id

Topic/Comment

33)

34)

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Recommendation

Response

On p.10 of the CCP it reads: “In addition, the SIBD DWP recommends a project kick-off meeting and that a specific project communications plan be developed for residential occupants (refer section 5.2 of the SIBD DWP)”. This appears to be a crossreferencing error as section 5.2 of the SIBD DWP concerns establishing the affected area. Moreover, the SIBD DWP does not specifically mention or provide for this objective, other than to state: “The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager will meet with Body Corporate Committees or individual residents no later than 6-weeks prior to works commencing to agree a project communication strategy for the residential complex or individual property”. If, based on a previous recommendation in the peer review of Mt Eden Demolition by this author, this is the ‘specific project communications plan’ for residential occupants, it is somewhat unsatisfactory as a communications and engagement strategy.

Noted and the CCP has been updated.

Appendix A of the CCP does not include any details regarding the summary of project communication and consultation. This needs to be amended to ensure that consistent cross-referencing to the SIBD and other relevant DWPs is available and up to date. Moreover, I do not think it appropriate that only Utilities, Mana Whenua and CLG feedback is referenced here. A summary of feedback from interviews and questionnaires with property owners, business owners and residents should be included.

Noted and the CCP has been updated.

Appendix C SIBD DWP Interview Questionnaire Sheets

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

City Rail Link (CRL):K-Road Demolition Phase of Work – Body Corp Committee Stakeholder:

Property(ies): Date of Interview:

Q1a. How many residential units are there and number of residents?

Q1b. How many of the commercial businesses in the building are tenants of the Body Corp? (Only ask where there are businesses on premises.) -

Where response is none – complete interview using this Questionnaire only

Where business tenants are confirmed, also use Property Owner Questionnaire

Q2a. What is the ratio of owner/occupier to tenanted units?

Q2b. Do units change occupants frequently (6 months – 1 year)?

Q3. What is the demographic of the units?

Q4a. Are many of the residential units occupied during the day? (Where response is none – skip to Q5)

Q4b. Of those residential units occupied during the day, typically who by? (elderly, retired, parent with young children)

Q5a. Is parking provided on-site? (Where response is none – skip to Q5d)

Q5b. How many on-site parks are there?

Q5c. Do you and the fellow residents rely on on-street parking?

Q5d. How many bicycles need daily access to the building?

Q6a. Do residents walk daily to/from the building? (Where response is none – skip to Q7)

Q6b. To/from which direction do most residents walk?

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

City Rail Link (CRL):K-Road Demolition Phase of Work â€“ Body Corp Committee Q6c. Is there disability access for residents and visitors or other special parking needs?

Q7. Where are the freight/delivery/loading parking areas?

Q8. Where are your fire exits and assembly areas?

Q9. What information would you like us to provide to you and the fellow residents? In what format?

Q10. What do you consider are the social impact and business disruption impacts on you (and your follow residents, family and local community) as a result of the project? Q11. Do you have any questions for us? (Record below)

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

City Rail Link (CRL): K-Road Demolition Phase of Work â€“ Business Stakeholder: Property(ies): Date of Interview:

Q1. Who is your landlord, and do you have contact details for them? (Only ask this question if we have not been able to track down property owner details)

Q2a. What are your business hours of operation? (If 9-5 type business skip to Q3a)

Q2b. What are the shift rota?

Q3a. How many staff need daily access to your business?

Q3b. How many customers need daily access to your business?

Q3c. Is your business a destination or do you rely on passing foot traffic?

Q3d. Which entrance do staff/customers use?

Q3e. Does the business have disability access? Is this for staff and/or customers? (tease out if have staff or regular customers with disabilities)

Q3f. How many other businesses need daily access to your building entrances? (For multi tenanted properties only)

Q4a. Is parking provided on-site? (Where response is none â€“ skip to Q4c)

Q4b. How many on-site parks are there? Where is/are the Egress / Access point (s)?

Q4c. Are these on-site parks reserved for staff or customers? (Tailor question subject on response to Q3b)

Q4d. Do you rely on on-street parking?

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Q4e. How many bicycles need daily access to your building/business? (Where response is none – skip to Q5a)

Q5a. Do many of your staff/customers walk to your business? (Where response is none – skip to Q6a)

Q5b. From which direction do most staff/customers walk?

Q6a How many service vehicles need daily access to your freight/delivery parking areas? (Where response is none required – skip to Q7)

Q6b Where are your freight/delivery parking areas?

Q7. Who might regularly need building access afterhours – e.g. security firms and cleaners?

Q8. Are there particular business activities carried out on-site which would be sensitive to noise or dust?

Q9. Where are your fire exits and assembly areas?

Q10a. Are you planning a major fit out or alterations to your building during 2019? (Where response is none – skip to Q11)

Q10b. What is the nature of the work and estimated duration?

Q11. Do you have any questions for us? (Record below)

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

City Rail Link (CRL): KRoad Demolition Phase of Work – Property Owner Stakeholder:

Property(ies): Date of Interview:

Q1. Please confirm the property(ies) you own adjacent the works area?

Q2a. Do you occupy the Property?

Q2b. How many tenants do you have at the Property? (Where response is none and owner occupies building – complete interview using Business Questionnaire) (Where response is none and owner does not occupy building – skip to Q2d)

Q2c. Ask for list of tenants and contact details. (This is to ensure we have correct contact details for all occupiers)

Q2d. How long has the property been vacant? (Where relevant in response to Q2b)

Q2e. When do leases come up for renewal? (Where relevant in response to Q2b)

Q3a. Is parking provided on-site? (Where response is none – skip to Q4a)

Q3b. How many on-site parks are there?

Q3c. Which vehicle entrance/exit do they use?

Q4a. Are you planning a major fit out or alterations to your building during 2019? (Where response is none – skip to Q5)

Q4b. What is the nature of the work and estimated duration?

Q5. Do you have any questions for us? (Record below)

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

City Rail Link (CRL): K-Road Demolition Phase of Work – Residential Property Stakeholder:

Dwelling Unit:

Date of Interview:

Q1a. How many people live in this dwelling?

Q1b. What is the demographic of this dwelling? (Male/Female/Other; Age Group)

Q2a. Do you own the dwelling or are you renting? (If owned - skip to Q3a)

Q2b. When is your lease up for renewal?

Q3a. Is the dwelling occupied during the day? (Where response is no– skip to Q4)

Q3b. Who is typically at home during the day? (elderly, retired, parent with young children)

Q5a. Is parking provided at the dwelling? (Where response is none – skip to Q5c)

Q5b. How many on-site parks are there?

Q5c. Do you rely on on-street parking?

Q5d. How many bicycles need daily access to the dwelling?

Q6a. Do you / others walk daily to/from the dwelling? (Where response is none – skip to Q7)

Q6b. To/from which direction do you/others most walk?

Q7. Is there disability access for the dwelling or special parking needs? Q8. What information would you like us to provide to you about the Project? In what format? Q9. What do you consider are the social impact and business disruption impacts on you (and your fellow residents, family and local community) as a result of the project? Q10. Do you have any questions for us? (Record below)

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Appendix D Business Support Programme â€“ Example of Business Owner Letter

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax I ARUP

Auckland Office Level 4, Aurecon House 139 Carlton Gore Road Auckland 1023 New Zealand T +64 9 520 6019 F +64 524 7815

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix J Communication and Consultation Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

â€˜

City Rail Link In association with:

KARANGAHAPE ROAD DEMOLITION: Communication & Consultation Plan

Document Ref: CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Revision: 3 8 April 2019

INTERNAL WORKING DOCUMENT COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

Document control record Document prepared by: Aurecon New Zealand Limited Level 4, 139 Carlton Gore Road Newmarket Auckland 1023 PO Box 9762 Newmarket Auckland 1149 New Zealand

T F E W

+64 9 520 6019 +64 9 524 7815 auckland@aurecongroup.com aurecongroup.com

A person using Aurecon documents or data accepts the risk of: a)

Using the documents or data in electronic form without requesting and checking them for accuracy against the original hard copy version.

Using the documents or data for any purpose not agreed to in writing by Aurecon.

Document control Report title

Communication & Consultation Plan

Document ID

CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT0132

Project number

239933

Client

City Rail Link Limited

Client contact

Richard Jenkins

Rev

Date

Revision details/status

Prepared by

Author

Reviewer

11 March 2019

Initial draft for review

B Hill

C Greensmith

8 April 2019

Updated draft following feedback from CRL (Aidan Kirkby-McLeod â€“ Senior Planner)

B Hill

C Greensmith

9 May 2019

Updated draft following feedback from Auckland Council

B Hill

C Greensmith

17 May 2019

Updated draft following feedback from Co-Creations peer review

B Hill

C Greensmith

Current revision

Approver

Approval Author signature

Approver signature

Name

Briony Hill

Name

Grant Daniel

Title

Consultant, Communication and Stakeholder Engagement

Title

Technical Director

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Contents 1

Introduction

1.1

Project works

1.2

Purpose of Communication and Consultation Plan

1.3

Relevant Designation and Resource Consent Conditions

Context

2.1

Plan overview

2.2

Consultation and communication approach

Consultation undertaken

Communication objectives

4.1

Objectives

4.2

Expected outcomes

Roles and responsibilities

5.1

Reporting high risk issues

5.2

Key responsibilities

5.3

Reporting and meeting

Communication strategy

6.1

Strategy overview: conversation locally; broadcast to wider audience

6.2

Communication tools

6.3

Branding and collateral

6.4

Identifying and communicating with key stakeholders

6.5

Communication channels

Protocols, processes and contact details

7.1

Community Business Liaison Group

7.2

Stakeholder and affected persons

7.3

Notable receivers

7.4

Public engagement

7.5

Managing crisis and emergency situations

7.6

Review of Project specific Communication and Consultation Plan

Appendices Appendix A Summary of Project Communication and Consultation Appendix B Stakeholder and Partner Contacts Appendix C Key Project Contacts

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

i CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Appendix D Engagement Map Appendix E ISCA Requirements

Figures Figure 1 CRL Karangahape Road demolition area

Tables Table 1-1 Communication and consultation conditions in CRL designation and DWP Section where addressed 2 Table 1-2 Communication and consultation conditions in A2NAL resource consents and DWP Section where addressed 5 Table 5-1 Key responsibilities: City Rail Link Limited and Auckland Council 12 Table 5-2 Key responsibilities: Contractor 14 Table 5-3 Reporting tools 16 Table 6-1 Communication tools 17 Table 7-1 CLG meetings coordination 26 Table 7-2 Permit to Notify process 28 Table 7-3 Public enquiries 32 Table 7-4 Public enquiries response timeframe 33 Table 7-5 Complaints management process 33 Table 7-6 Response timeframes 34 Table 7-7 Media channels 35 Table 7-8 Emergency responsibilities contact 36

Glossary of abbreviations Acronym

Definition

A2N

Aotea Station to North Auckland Line

ACZ

Active Construction Zone

Auckland Transport

CCP

Communication and Consultation Plan

CEMP

Construction Environmental Management Plan

CRL

City Rail Link

CRLL

City Rail Link Limited

CSA

Construction Support Area

DWP

Delivery Work Plan

Management Plan

NAL

North Auckland Line

NoR

Notice of Requirement

NUO

Network Utility Operator

Outline Plan of Works

RMA

Resource Management Act 1991

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

ii CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Acronym

Definition

SIBD DWP

Social impact and business disruption Delivery Work Plan

SSCNVMP

Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

iii CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Introduction

The City Rail Link (CRL) project comprises the construction, operation and maintenance of a 3.4 km underground passenger railway, running between Britomart Station and the North Auckland Rail Line (NAL) in the vicinity of Mt Eden Station. CRL Enabling Works commenced in December 2015 and the procurement of the main works contract (C3 Alliance) is being progressed with contract award likely in the first quarter of 2019. The various packages of enabling works comprise a number of smaller construction contracts. To allow works to commence as soon as possible upon award of the Contract 3 - C3 Alliance Construction Contractor (C3 Alliance), City Rail Link Limited (CRLL) are obtaining the necessary authorisations for the demolition of buildings in the Karangahape Road construction support area (CSA) and active construction zone (ACZ). The works are required to be undertaken in advance of construction of the CRL tunnels, including the tunnel portals and the new Karangahape Road Station. The proposed demolitions will occur in a busy, mixed use area, and have the potential to affect a range of business, community and residential activities. Public liaison and stakeholder communications are critical to the success of the Project. The provision of a CCP is requirement of conditions of CRL Designation 2500-4 and the suite of resource consents held for the construction of the Aotea Station to North Auckland Line (A2N) section, and the ongoing operation and maintenance, of the CRL. An outline plan of the work to occur within the CRL designation will authorise the district use elements of these works. The A2N resource consents authorise the regional consenting elements of these works.

1.1

Project works

To enable the construction of the CRL tunnels, including the tunnel portals and the new Karangahape Station, all the buildings and structures located in the Karangahape Road ACZ and CSA will need to be demolished and removed. The demolition area is identified in Figure 1 below. Figure 1 CRL Karangahape Road demolition area

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

1 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

The properties included in the Project area were purchased by Auckland Transport for the purposes of the CRL Project and are currently under CRLLâ€™s management. CRLL plans to commence the process of vacating the properties in the third quarter of 2019 to ensure sites are vacant in reasonable time ahead of the planned disconnection of services. Demolition will be undertaken in a staged manner, the order of which is to be confirmed by the C3 Alliance. All buildings and structures will be removed to ground level, with the retention of some existing foundations where necessary for site stability. A soft strip of salvageable materials will be carried out where possible. All demolition material will be removed from the Project area and disposed of at approved facilities. The Project area will be fenced, with lockable gates, to prevent unauthorised entry. Where appropriate, solid plywood fencing will be used, with appropriate signage prohibiting unauthorised entry and identifying hazards.

1.2

Purpose of Communication and Consultation Plan

The CCP has been prepared to satisfy the communication and consultation related conditions that are required to be met in giving effect to the CRL designation and the CRL A2N resource consents. The CCP addresses the communication and consultation processes that will be followed and available for the duration of the Project to ensure a quality and successful approach is achieved throughout the Project. The CCP identifies the Project communication channels, audiences and indicative timeframes for the demolition periods and how the affected community will be informed of demolition progress, activity and milestones. The CCP has been prepared following consultation with directly affected and affected in proximity parties relevant to this stage of the Project. The CCP will be reviewed and updated once the C3 Alliance is awarded and Project team personnel are in place and sequencing of the K-Road Demolition works is known.

1.3

Relevant Designation and Resource Consent Conditions

The Project works relate to the CRL Designation 2500-4 and all A2N resource consents (Auckland Council References: R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038) granted for the construction of CRL infrastructure for the Aotea to North Auckland Line section. This CCP has been developed in accordance with the relevant conditions of the designation and associated resource consents. Tables 1 and 2 identify the relevant conditions that specify what is to be included in the CCP, and in turn which sections of the CCP address these conditions. Table 1-1 Communication and consultation conditions in CRL designation and DWP Section where addressed

Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of DWP

City Rail Link Designations 15.1

15.2

15.3

The objective of the Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties during the construction of the City Rail Link. The CRL shall prepare a Communication and Consultation Plan which shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the City Rail Link. The Communication and Consultation Plan shall set out how the CRL will

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

This document

This document for the Project

2 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

15.4

(a) Inform the community of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them;

6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 7.2.1

(b) Provide early information on key Project milestones;

6.2 and 7.2.1

(c) Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in proximity parties regarding the development (as part of the review process provided by Condition 22) and implementation of the CEMP or DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSNMPs and SSCVMPs); and

7.1.2

(d) Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: (i) Who is responsible for responding; (ii) How responses will be provided; (iii) The timeframes that responses will be provided within.

7.4 and 7.4.5 (complaints)

The Communication and Consultation Plan shall as a minimum include: (a) A communications framework that details the CRLâ€™s communication strategies, the accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc), and any other relevant communication matters; (b) The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including their contact details (phone, email and postal address);

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

5.2, 5.3, 6.2

Appendix C and 7.4.6

3 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

(c) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to: (i) All property owners and occupiers within the designation footprint (ii) All property owners and occupiers adjacent to construction sites (Britomart and Albert Street (Designation 1), Karangahape Road (Designation 4), Newton Station (Designation 5), Main Construction site and the works at Normanby Road and Porters Ave (Designation 6)) (iii) New Zealand Historic Places Trust (NZHPT) (iv) Department of Corrections (including the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road) (v) Ministry of Justice (including but not limited to) confirming the details of the contact person required under Condition 14 of this designation, and to provide appropriate details (including but not restricted to timing, duration, scale, noise effects, vibration effects, access restrictions, and disruption to utilities) in respect to any works impacting the operation of the Auckland District Court at 65-71 Albert Street, Auckland. Communication and consultation of such details should be provided to the Ministry of Justice Auckland Property Programme Manager at least 9 months prior to the commencement of such works. (vi) Media Works (vii) Community Liaison Group(s) (refer Condition 7); (viii) Bear Park Early Childhood Centre; (ix) Body Corporate 164980 and Tenham Investments Ltd; (x) Network Utility Operators, including the process: • To be implemented to capture and trigger where communication and consultation is required in relation to any material changes affecting the Network Utilities; • For the CRL to give approval (where appropriate) to Network Utility Operators as required by section 176(1)(b) of the RMA during the construction period; • For obtaining any supplementary authorisations (including but not limited to resource consents (including those required under a National Environmental Standard) and easements); • For inspection and final approval of works by Network Utility Operators; and • For implementing conditions 9, 22, 23, and 24 of this designation in so far as they affect Network Utility Operations. (xi) The owner of 4 Kingston Street (xii) The owner of 6-12 Kingston Street (xiii) The owner of 83 Albert Street (xiv) The owner(s) of 5 Porters Avenue (ALLOT 236 SEC10 Suburbs AUCKLAND)

6.4, 6.5 and Section 7 NB: Various persons/groups in this condition are not affected by the specific Project works which are solely K-Road based

(d) How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be notified of the commencement of construction activities and works, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints;

6.2, 6.4 and Section 7

(e) How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs), including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback;

7.1.2, 7.2

(f)

6.2

Methods for communicating in advance temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts to directly affected and in proximity parties, bus (public and private) operators, taxi operators, bus users, and the general public;

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

4 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

(g) Methods for communicating in advance to surrounding communities (including sensitive noise and vibration receivers) which must be notified at least 24 hours in advance where construction activities are predicted to: (i) Exceed the noise limits (refer Condition 31); or (ii) Exceed a vibration limit (refer Conditions 33 and 34); or (iii) Be within 200m of a blast site (refer Condition 32). Further provisions for Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers are contained in Condition 16.

6.2 and 7.2.1

(h) Methods for communicating in advance proposed hours of construction activities outside of normal working hours and on weekends and public holidays, to surrounding communities, and methods to record and deal with concerns raised about such hours;

6.2 and 7

(i)

Methods for communicating and consulting with mana whenua for the duration of construction and implementation of mana whenua principles for the project (refer to Conditions 8 and 49);

7.2.2

(j)

Methods for communicating and consulting with the Auckland Council Parks Department regarding works to be undertaken to any trees on public land (streets, squares, etc.) located within the City Rail Link surface designation footprint, including how trees not being removed, or in close proximity to the surface designation footprint where works are occurring, will be protected;

6.4.2.3

(k) Methods for communicating and consulting in advance of construction works with emergency services (Police, Fire, Ambulance) on the location, timing and duration of construction works, and particularly in relation to temporary road lane reductions and/or closures and the alternative routes or detours to be used, with specific detail around the management of the Fire and Ambulance from their central stations on Pitt Street;

6.4.2.5

(l)

Appendix B

A list of Stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties to the construction works who will be communicated with;

(m) How communication and consultation activity relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and

5.3

(n) Methods for communicating and consulting with the Department of Corrections (including the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road), to confirm the details of the contact person required under Condition 14 of this designation, and in respect of any works impacting on access or works in proximity to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility and the Boston Road Community Corrections site; including temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts which may impact on access to and from the Facility and the motorway network.

N/A

15.5

The Communication and Consultation Plan shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs).

This document

15.6

The Communication and Consultation Plan shall include a summary of the communication and consultation undertaken between the CRL and parties as required by the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties. The Communication and Consultation Plan shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updated Communication and Consultation Plan shall be provided to the â€œkey contactsâ€? (see Condition 13) and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken. Any further action recommended as a result of this review shall be undertaken by the Communication and Consultation Manager for the City Rail Link and confirmation of completion provided back to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer.

Appendix A

15.7

If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process, a material change to the Communication and Consultation Plan is made, those parties affected by the change shall be notified within 1 month of the material change occurring.

Table 1-2 Communication and consultation conditions in A2NAL resource consents and DWP Section where addressed

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

5 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of DWP

City Rail Link A2N Resource Consent Conditions 25

At least 3 months prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall This document prepare a CCP the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties during the construction of the Project. The CCP shall be based on and, where appropriate, incorporate the provisions of the PCCP, and shall set out how the Consent Holder will: a)

Inform the community and business of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them;

6.2, 6.4, 6.5 and 7.2.1

Provide early information on key Project milestones;

6.2 and 7.1

Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the implementation and review of the CEMP or other Management Plans; Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to:

7.1.2

i) Who is responsible for responding;

7.4 and 7.4.5 (complaints)

ii) How responses will be provided; and iii) The timeframes within which responses will be provided. 28

The CCP shall (as a minimum) include: a)

b) c) d)

A communications framework that details the Consent Holderâ€™s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters; The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including 24hour contact details (phone, email and postal address); The 0800 CRL TALK phone number; The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to:

i) All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at Appendix A, and adjacent to the Projectâ€™s construction sites; ii) Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process;

5.2, 5.3 and 6.2

Appendix C and 7.4.6 7.4.1 6.4, 6.5 and 7 NB: Various persons/groups in this condition and not affected by the specific Project works

iii) Heritage NZ; iv) NZ Transport Agency/ Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA); v) Kiwirail; vi) Department of Corrections; vii) Ministry of Justice; viii) Network Utility Operators; and ix) The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24) e) How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be notified of the commencement of construction, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints;

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

6.2, 6.4 and 7

6 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

29 30

How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans, including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback; g) A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the construction works with whom the Consent Holder will communicate; h) A requirement that the Consent Holder shall make any information that is relevant to 22 Stable Lane available to the owner of that property (Christopher Patrick Browne) on request and advise that owner in the event that any alert or alarm trigger levels are exceeded that are relevant to 22 Stable Lane. In addition, the CCP shall state the method by which Christopher Patrick Browne can make such a request and the anticipated timeframe within which it will be provided; i) A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Consent Holder and parties as required by the CCP. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties; j) How communication and consultation relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and k) How opportunities to interpret and display archaeological finds within the Project area will be identified and implemented, including how Heritage NZ will be involved in this process. The CCP shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and other Management Plans. The CCP shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updates to the CCP shall be provided to the parties referred to in Condition 28(d) and the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken. Any further action recommended as a result of the review under Condition 30 shall be undertaken by the Consent Holderâ€™s Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project and confirmation of completion shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process under Condition 30, a material change to the CCP is made, the Consent Holder shall notify those parties affected by the change within 20 working days of the material change occurring. The CCP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

7.1.2

Appendix B N/A

Appendix A

5.3 6.4.2.4

This document 7.5

7.5

Confirmed

7 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Context

2.1

Plan overview

The purpose of this CCP is to describe the processes and protocols relating to how the C3 Alliance delivering the Project will:

▪

Manage and deliver communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders and affected parties and affected in proximity parties during the demolition Project.

▪

Provide assistance and cooperation to CRLL in relation to media and stakeholder relations activities.

▪

Comply with the requirements and responsibilities set out in the CRL designation and A2N resource consent conditions and the overarching CRLL Communication and Consultation Plan for the CRL project.

This CCP will ensure:

▪

The public, including affected in proximity and directly affected parties, are well informed of the Project and feel safe. They will know about demolition progress and any constraints that could affect them.

▪ ▪ ▪

Disruptions are minimised.

▪ ▪

Information is provided early on key project milestones.

▪ ▪

That queries and complaints are responded to quickly and appropriately.

▪

All parties involved in the Project understand their responsibilities and can collaborate and quickly respond to stakeholder concerns.

There is ‘one face’ for the Project. Both CRLL and the C3 Alliance maintain a positive reputation and support amongst the stakeholder groups.

A framework is provided to obtain feedback and input from directly affected and affected in proximity parties.

Stakeholders, including the media, pedestrians, motorists, adjacent residents and businesses, are positively engaged.

2.2

Consultation and communication approach

CRLL and the C3 Alliance will undertake consultation and communication on the basis that we wish to take our key stakeholders, partners, directly affected and affected in proximity parties with us on the project journey. We are committed to delivering the Project as fast as possible with as little disruption as possible to businesses, building owners and the community and will work with them to achieve this. Consultation will continue to occur with key stakeholders, partners, directly affected and affected in proximity parties, including the K-Road Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG). Engagement with the public will be about communication; providing them with information on the Project and responding to their enquiries and concerns. The results of consultation will influence the management of Project effects to better address the issues.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

8 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

2.2.1

Communication and engagement strategic objectives and principles

CRLL established a communication and consultation strategy in 2012 with a range of objectives and principles. These include:

▪

A proactive approach - CRLL will approach stakeholders with information rather than sit back and wait for people to come to it with inquiries; key stakeholders and affected parties have a right to express their views and concerns about a project that has the potential to affect them.

▪

Effective communication channels - CRLL will maintain constructive links with key stakeholders by communicating on a regular basis; continual networking and presence in the business and other relevant communities; and seeking opportunities for dialogue and information-sharing.

▪

Openness about issues - Information should demonstrate that CRLL is being upfront and transparent about what is proposed and provide as much certainty as possible while acknowledging that project detail is not finalised.

▪

Responsiveness - Responses will use best practice by being timely, full, helpful, frank and detailed; key stakeholders and affected parties have a right to expect that their views and concerns will be considered in project decisions. Responses will demonstrate that CRLL is listening, even if agreement cannot be reached.

These objectives have been adopted in the development of this CCP.

2.2.2

Overarching communication and engagement principles

Public liaison and stakeholder communications and engagement is critical to the success of this project. Specific and meaningful consultation and engagement with affected parties in identifying, mitigating and managing potential or perceived effects upon them is also critical. Therefore, it is essential the this CCP and approach to engagement is based on the principles and core values of the International Association for Public Participation (IAP2), which is the core tool used by most central and local government bodies in New Zealand. IAP2 provides internationally recognised engagement best practice principles. The community engagement spectrum of participation is based on the decisions to be made and the associated level of influence (if any) the community has on project decision making, the level of public engagement will depend on the likely impact on communities. Figure 2 IAP2 Public Participation Spectrum

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

9 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

3 Consultation undertaken Extensive consultation has been undertaken in preparation for the construction of the CRL generally in order to understand the specific access requirements and other potential disruption issues for residents and individual businesses/services along the CRL route. Consultation regarding this Project with directly affected and affected in proximity parties has been undertaken by the CRL team, along with other technical specialists (e.g. social impact and business disruption). Affected and affected in proximity parties are identified in section 5.3 and Appendix A of the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan (SIBD DWP) and in section 6.4.2 to follow. The purpose of the consultation was to identify the type and scale of disruption, specific access and servicing requirements, and client and visitor behaviour and requirements. Reference should be made to the SIBD DWP and any Site-Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plans (SSCNVMP) for a summary of the consultation activities undertaken. The C3 Allianceâ€™ Stakeholder and Communications Manager will undertake ongoing consultation throughout demolition, in accordance with the requirements of this CCP.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

10 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

4 Communication objectives 4.1

Objectives

The objective of the CCP is to show how CRLL and the C3 Alliance will develop and deliver:

▪ ▪ ▪

A consistent approach with stakeholders.

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Strong relationships with key stakeholders.

Informed, engaged communities and effective CLGs. Collaborative and cohesive stakeholder communications management across all CRL delivery teams.

Good relationship / interaction with surrounding businesses / residences. Proactive and reactive stakeholder support for the Project. Public relations and reputation protection for CRLL and C3 Alliance.

4.2

Expected outcomes

The following is a summary of expected outcomes as a result of an effective CCP:

▪ ▪ ▪

Strong relationships with key stakeholders.

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Effective CLGs.

Positive interaction with affected parties and affected in proximity parties. Robust information received to influence the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and the Delivery Work Plans (DWP).

Informed community. Informed road users. Informative and useful online presence. Positive media coverage. Reduced misinformation.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

11 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

5 Roles and responsibilities The C3 Alliance and the CRLL Team will work together in the following ways:

▪

During demolition, all communications with directly affected and affected in proximity parties and stakeholders will be the responsibility of the C3 Alliance, in collaboration with CRLL.

▪ ▪ ▪

CRLL will be responsible for communicating with the wider Auckland population. The C3 Alliance will provide regular information and updates to CRLL on project progress. The Project will be closely monitored to endeavour to ensure stakeholder satisfaction.

The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager and C3 Alliance Project Manager will meet with the CRLL Communications Team and CRLL Project Manager regularly during the Project.

5.1

Reporting high risk issues

The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager will report to the CRLL Communications Team and CRLL Project Manager immediately about any high-risk issues or concerns that will:

▪ ▪ ▪

Be of interest to CRLL or Auckland Council. Have the potential to attract media attention. Present reputational risk to the Project participants.

5.2

Key responsibilities

The key responsibilities for each role involved in communications for this Project are outlined Table 51 (contact details are provided in Appendix C): Table 5-1 Key responsibilities: City Rail Link Limited and Auckland Council

Title

Name

Responsibilities

CRLL CEO

Sean Sweeney

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

CRLL Construction Manager

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

TBC

▪ ▪ ▪

12 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications

Victoria Jessop

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

CRLL Consents Manager

Richard Jenkins

CRLL Construction Safety Manager

Rob Mair

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

CRLL Project Manager

Lucas Nikkel

▪ ▪ ▪

CRLL Street Response Manager

TBC

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer

TBC

▪

Auckland Council Media Relations Manager

TBC

▪

Auckland Council Premium RC Team Project Manager

TBC

▪

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Manager of CRL Communications for CRLL and responsible for communicating key aspects of Project to stakeholders, affected parties and general public. Manages CRL Communications Strategy and is point of contact for CRLL. Manages CLGs for Project. Manages CRLL’s online presence, specifically the CRLL website. Main point of contact for implementation of, and compliance with CRL designation and resource consent conditions. Health and Safety regime for the CRL enabling works. Being informed of all incidents, according to severity and time scales as outlined in the Health and Safety Plan for the C3 Alliance. Reporting to the AT Rail Systems and Safety Assurance Manager. Performance oversight of the demolition. Coordinate different CRLL (client) work streams to provide quality and timely client inputs and decisions. Liaise fortnightly with the Project affected community regarding project progress and scheduled works in conjunction with the Stakeholder and Communications Manager. Manages CRL street response measures including street cleaning, graffiti removal. Co-ordinates Karangahape Road business promotion events. Co-ordinates CRL Business Support Programme (Business Pac). Proactively identifying opportunities to mitigate impact on businesses. Liaise with CRLL Consents manager for implementation of, and compliance with CRL designation and resource consent conditions. Liaise with CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications and Street Response Manager regarding implementation of Project communication protocols. Liaise with CRLL Consents manager for implementation of, and compliance with CRL designation and resource consent conditions.

13 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Table 5-2 Key responsibilities: Contractor

Title

Name

C3 Alliance Construction Manager

To be appointed

Responsibilities

▪ ▪ ▪

▪ ▪ ▪ C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager

To be appointed

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Demolition delivery. Adherence to the CEMP and delivery work plans (including this CCP) of site personnel. Building trust in the team’s capabilities by personally leading the process and providing expertise in specialist areas. Alerting the Stakeholder and Communications Manager to stakeholder groups, individuals or issues that need attention. Providing technical information and project progress/milestone information to CRLL for briefings and CLG meetings. Leading the response to issues management and crisis management. Ensuring that subcontractors adhere to the Project communication protocols and procedures. The main and readily accessible point of contact for persons affected by the Project in addition to the 24-hour inquiries service. Inform the community of Project progress and likely commencement of demolition works and programme. Liaise fortnightly with the Project affected community. Manage stakeholder enquiries and complaints. Immediately report high risk issues to the CRLL Project Manager and the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications. Report weekly to CRLL Project Manager and the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications on all key community relations and stakeholder management issues. Work with the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications to manage and track stakeholder relations and risks. Assist the CRLL Communications team with:  Stakeholder communication.  Delivering communications activity.  Media enquiries.

▪ ▪

Provide communication collateral and strategic advice to the C3 Alliance Construction Manager on critical stakeholder engagement, communication and relationship building. Assist the Construction Manager in the briefing of site personnel with respect to  The mandatory site inductions regarding the standards and requirements for community relations.  The protocols to follow if they are approached by a member of the public or the media.

 Behaviour protocols in and around the construction site boundaries.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

14 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

C3 Alliance Environment and Sustainability Manager

To be appointed

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Project and Site Engineers

C3 Alliance Subcontractors

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

5.3

Key contact for compliance monitoring. Inspections, auditing and checking of environmental management practices and procedures. On-site compliance with consent conditions, DWP’s, other requirements and tracking compliance information. Attendance at compliance meetings with Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officers. Report to CRLL changes to demolition techniques or natural environmental changes which require alterations to DWP’s, existing consents or new resource consents. Prepare, review and update of CEMP and relevant sub plans. Facilitate and oversee environmental monitoring. Update and maintain the environmental portion of the Project Risk Register. Training of all staff including subcontractors. Reporting on environmental and sustainability KPIs. Undertaking incident investigations. Development, management and monitoring of Construction Execution Procedures (CEPs). Including incorporating environmental and sustainability requirements into the detailed CEPs developed on site. Overseeing subcontractors. Directing all public and media enquiries to the Stakeholder and Communications Manager. Identifying themselves as a member of the project team and the company they work for. Using approved haul routes so that access to and egress from the sites is undertaken with minimum disruption to the local community. Parking only in designated project parking areas, if available Working within approved construction hours. Working within the conditions specified in the Permits to Notify. Showing consideration for stakeholders and community members at all times while working on the project and when travelling to and from the project site.

Reporting and meeting

A high level of communication will be maintained between the C3 Alliance and CRLL. This is particularly important to achieve a proactive response to issues as they arise and seek to avoid escalation of high-risk issues that may negatively affect the reputation of CRLL, the C3 Alliance or the Auckland Council from adverse publicity, or that may have the potential to attract media attention. The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager will immediately report to the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications on any high-risk events or issues that significantly impact

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

15 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

stakeholders, and each week on all other key community relations and stakeholder management issues.

5.3.1

Reporting tools

The following reporting tools will be used as part of the communications process between the C3 Alliance and CRLL. Table 5-3 Reporting tools

Tool

Responsibility

Description

Urgent

C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager

Immediately report any issues or concerns to CRLL Communications Team when it may result in media interest or present reputational risk to the project participants.

Daily face to face contact

C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager

Report on work in progress and review of stakeholder satisfaction and upcoming work to identify communication requirements.

Weekly report

C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager

Provide information to CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications and CRLL Project Manager on all key community relations and stakeholder management issues including:

Notifications

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ Meetings (every two months)

C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager

Details of ‘live’ emerging and ‘horizon’ issues and mitigation strategies. Details of any stakeholder meetings held and proposed for the following month. A summary of enquiries and complaints received, agreements made and issues to be resolved. 12 week look ahead of demolition programme and aligned communication activities. Potential media opportunities/risks. Any information published, and opportunities to promote construction milestones.

Share knowledge, discuss issues resolution and best practice opportunities.

CRLL Communications Manager CRLL Communications Team Communication database (CRM)

C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager

Record all communication and correspondence such as contact with owners regarding building condition surveys. The database will interface with CRLL communication database. It will allow wider circulation of issues and resolutions and improve customer service. Contact details for all stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

16 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

6 Communication strategy 6.1

Strategy overview: conversation locally; broadcast to wider audience

The communication and consultation programme (pre, during and post demolition) aims to engage and inform the primary audience of local residents / businesses and affected / interested stakeholders about the Project before the enabling works commence. This will prioritise face-to-face interaction and access to information to ensure affected parties are aware of the project scope and effects and feel confident in the ability of CRLL and the C3 Alliance to deliver the project with the least possible impact. Once general information on the Project has been disseminated, the affected parties will be directly communicated with at a detailed level by the contractors. The priority for communication with affected parties is via face-to-face conversations. A secondary audience of the wider Auckland population will be serviced through a predominantly online and electronic communication strategy. The key messages for this audience will be advanced communication of changes to road function to enable informed choice and to ensure travel-related information is readily available.

6.2

Communication tools

The following engagement tools will be utilised, with a preference for electronic media rather than printed material in keeping with CRL project sustainability goals. Table 6-1 Communication tools

Channel

Tool

Usage/content

Distribution frequency

Publications

Construction look aheads

E-notices that provide advance notification of the proposed work activities and potential impacts. These is also an opportunity to seek clarification or provide feedback on potential impacts based on the residents or individual stakeholder’s situation. Topics will include:

Monthly

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Key project milestones. Upcoming works. Activities and the expected impact. Major complaints. Feedback.

Distribution: via email to all parties identified in Appendix B and any other parties that have registered an interest in the Project. Also, available on CRLL website. FAQs and Q&As

Approved responses to frequently asked questions.

As and when required

Distribution: email or CRLL website.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

17 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Face to face

One-on-one discussions

One-on-one meetings with residents, businesses or organisations to address specific concerns.

Ongoing throughout demolition

Directly affected and affected in proximity parties

Meetings in coordination with CRLL with directly-affected and affected in proximity parties.

Fortnightly, or at another frequency agreed by all parties

CLG meetings

K-Road CLG meetings to be undertaken quarterly

Every 3 months, or at another frequency agreed by all parties

If there are any material changes to any DWP(s), CLG review and input to revised DWP(s). Telephone and email

0800 information phone line

0800 CRL TALK (275 8255) will be printed on all external and internal communications to encourage community members to call with any enquiries. The number is operational 24/7.

Ongoing

Project email address

Printed on all external and internal communications to encourage community members to email with any enquiries.

Ongoing

CRLL website

C3 Alliance will provide the CRLL with information for the CRLL website. This will include works alerts, and information about road detours and disruptions (temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts). C3 Alliance will also provide construction progress photos and updates including information on key Project milestones. Community members will be directed to the website for project updates.

Ongoing

eNews

The C3 Alliance will use eNews to advise registered stakeholders of Project milestones. This will also be used to advise temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts.

Ongoing

Email inbox

The community will be encouraged to contact the C3 Alliance with any concerns and feedback via the project email address. The email inbox will be an essential mechanism for capturing community feedback and enabling community members to contact the team at a time which is convenient to them.

Ongoing

Signage/hoarding

Signage

Project signage, hoarding and wayfinding signage will be produced to show traffic detours, including diverted pedestrian routes. All signage will meet CRL brand guidelines.

Established prior to demolition commencement and maintained throughout the demolition period

Feedback/awareness

K-Road CLG

During the demolition the K-Road CLG will meet at least quarterly, where Project information, feedback and project documentation can be shared. In addition, other forms of communication with the K-Road CLG will be undertaken as necessary.

At least quarterly

Online

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

18 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

6.3

Branding and collateral

All communication materials and signage developed will adhere to the CRLL Branding Guidelines. These guidelines are available from CRLL upon request. Guidelines for all project collateral will be in line with CRL standards to ensure consistency. While the CRL sits within a busy city environment, many of those interested in the wider CRL project, and in particular its effects on the use of city roads, may live beyond the project area. The focus will be on electronic communication while recognising that not everyone has access to this medium. Postal or hand delivery methods will be used where the need is identified. Channels will include:

▪

Website - The CRLL website will be at the heart of the communications approach, with the aim of promoting it as a one-stop-shop for vital and interesting information for both the affected community and a wider audience. It will provide a facility for people to sign up for email updates. Contact details for the CRLL including Freephone and email will be provided on the Auckland Council website as well as a link to the CRL website.

▪

Newsletters - Project newsletters will be produced at least quarterly during the demolition and generally sent electronically to the Project stakeholder database which will grow as the Project proceeds.

▪

Social media - The Project will also have a complementary online presence on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube and LinkedIn. Presence on social media will reflect CRLL guidelines.

▪

Project signage – Signage will be located at the construction sites which will promote the Project’s information channels, including the Freephone number. The construction site will have available a copy of the CCP as well as the CEMP and DWPs.

6.4

Identifying and communicating with key stakeholders

CRLL and C3 Alliance recognise the range of diversity amongst the stakeholders and their level of interest and involvement. While large segments of the community or particular groups have similar interests and issues, there are also specific individuals and groups with unique or individual needs. This includes those from culturally diverse backgrounds. CRLL and C3 Alliance will endeavour to fully understand stakeholders and the community, their expectations and communication needs.

6.4.1

Liaising with stakeholder groups

C3 Alliance, in co-ordination with CRLL Project Manager, will be responsible for maintaining clear lines of communication between key stakeholders, C3 Alliance and the CRLL team. The C3 Alliance is required to liaise with key contacts within the stakeholder groups, and ensure they are kept fully informed about the CRL work that is being carried out. The communication channels which will be utilised to consult with stakeholder groups, including frequency, are described in section 6.2 above.

6.4.2

Parties affected by the project

A list of the parties affected by the Project and their contact details are provided in Appendix B. The C3 Alliance is responsible for keeping this list updated during the demolition. 6.4.2.1

Owners, occupiers and businesses

The current key contacts for the property owners, occupiers and businesses directly affected and affected in proximity to the Project have been identified during the pre-demolition consultation phase.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

19 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

The owners and occupiers likely to be affected by the Project construction works are listed in Table 62 below. These persons will be provided with the contact details for the CRLL project team including Freephone, email, post and website details where they will be able to sign up for information and updates. Ongoing updates and information relating to the Project will be provided through scheduled CLG meetings throughout the duration of the Project, with the Project period commencing with the appointment of the C3 Alliance contractor. A CLG/project kick off meeting will take place at least 4 weeks prior to demolition works commencing to confirm the start date and to introduce key project members. In addition, The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager will offer to meet with Residential Body Corporates or individual residents no later than 6-weeks prior to works commencing to agree a project communication strategy for the residential complex or individual property to sit within this CCP (refer section 6.2 of the SIBD DWP). Table 6-2 Likely Affected Parties

Property

Property Use

Property Owner

Refer 238 K-Road

Residential address for

Occupier

Mercury Lane 2 Mercury Lane

George Courts 3-5 Mercury Lane

Accommodation

L & C Holdings Limited â€“

Mercury Bar and Gaming Lounge

Retail

Cecilia Lo

White Elephant Op Shop

Food / Beverage 9 Mercury Lane 24 Mercury Lane

BK Hostel

Other / Studio /

Equippers Property Trust -

Events

Matt Gregory

Carpark

Parly Assets Limited - James

Wilsons Car Park

Pierce Brown 30 Mercury Lane

Carpark

Sterling Nominees Limited -

Wilsons Car Park

Daniel Friedlander K Road 238 K-Road

Residential

Anthony Segedin, Toby King

Multiple Residential Occupiers

Commercial

(Body Corp Chair)

Kiwi Education;

Health

Graham Shirley (Building

Gadenza Guitars;

Manager)

Hala Hair; Zambero (external entrance); Great Wall Health Centre; Private Florist; Karanga Ink, Graham Shirley Goldsmith

246-254 K-Road

Refer 3-5 Mercury Lane

256 K Rd

Commercial

Lum Joe Ng

Food and Beverage

Mithaiwala Restaurant / CafĂŠ Shosha (Vape & Hookah Store)

Retail 258 K Rd

Vacant

Kim Jang Ho

Vacant

268 K Rd

Residential

Oliver Michael Newland

Ink bar & Nightclub

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

20 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Property

Property Use

Property Owner

Occupier Bangkok’s Thai Food Café

Entertainment services 270 K Rd

Entertainment

Icon Commercial Limited

services 278 - 282 K Rd

284 - 286 K Rd

The Family Bar & Club Saloon Bar

Food and restaurant

Rosemary Jane Davies

Apero Restaurant (Ismo Koski)

activities

William / Ferguson Davies

Route 66

Food and restaurant

Huijuan Zhu Kefeng Kong

EnSalade Café

activities

Cosmic

Commercial 290 K Rd

Commercial

Chao-Hwa Yeh

African Hair Braiding & Extension Centre

292 - 300 K Rd

Commercial

Morton Property Limited

ArtSpace Tautai Guiding Pacific Arts K Rd Mart Kiwi Bank (ATM only) Vector (transformer only)

312 K Rd

Galleries

Colt Investments Limited /

Ivan Anthony Gallery

Marco Hendrikus Creemers

Bowerbank & Nimow – Art Gallery Michael Lett Gallery

322 K Rd

Vacant

Ka-yu Chow, Ka-ming Chow

Vacant

Spiritual and

3 East Street – Murray Rose

Vacant

East Street 3-7 East Street

community services 8 East Street

Car park

Joyce Tsai-Yee Ho

10 East Street

Health Facility

Joyce Tsai-Yee Ho

12 East Street

Residential

Various residential unit

Adio Trust

owners Multiple occupiers 14 East Street

Residential

Belham Properties Limited

Various residential unit owners

Commercial (owner

Dave Trotter / Miriam

Studio Q

occupier)

Croucher

Accommodation

Davenports City Law Trustee

Co working space 16 East Street 18 East Street

(No.1) Limited Kevin Anthony Pearson 15 – 19 East Street

Accommodation

Davenports City Law Trustee

Backpacker Car World

(No.2) Limited Kevin Anthony Pearson 21 East Street

Commercial

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Stephanie Radcliff

UnoLoco Event Management

21 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Property

Property Use

Property Owner

Occupier

23 East Street

Automotive services

Lornie Properties Limited /

European Motors

Brett and Frank Lornie, Robyn Rendel 25 East Street

Residential

Grant Patrick Williams /

Residential Tenants

Tamakia Trust Trustees Limited 29 East Street

Commercial

Packington Holdings Limited

International Earth Sciences

Jeremy John Hamlyn and

(IESE) Ltd

Martyn Harrison

Electric Bike Team NZS Forex Ltd

South Street 2 South Street

Residential

Grant Patrick Williams &

Residential

Tamaki Trust Trustee Limited 2A South Street

Residential

Grant Patrick Williams &

Residential

Tamaki Trust Trustee Limited 17 South Street

Commercial

Thomas Lee

Gorilla Technology World Net

Canada Street 2 Canada Street

Community Services Education and Training Entertainment

Sterling Nominees Limited

NZ Prostitutes Collective Tanghui Karaoke Bar & Restaurant Servilles

8 Canada Street

Education and Training

Sterling Nominees Limited

Servilles

Commercial Office / Shared Spaces Residential

Murray Rose - Rigadoon Investments Limited

Glamuzina Architects

Cross Street Unit 5 - 1 Cross Street

Epsilon Law; Black & Blue Ltd The Aviary IMPAC Services Nisha Madhan Motion Sickness Voice Brand Agency

2 Cross Street

Northern Escapes Ltd

Cross Street Markets

2A Cross Street

Community workshop

Northern Escapes Ltd

The Warren Woodwork

4a Cross Street

Commercial

K Road Holdings No.2 Ltd

Sunset Tattoo

Entertainment

Galatos 2012 Limited â€“ Andrea Clarke

Galatos

Galatos Street 17 Galatos Street

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

22 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

6.4.2.2

Network utilities

The Karangahape Road demolition work will include the termination and abandonment of services (power and comms) as well as the protection or diversion of utilities serving upstream or downstream properties (transiting utilities). The affected utilities are owned by the following Network Utility Operators (NUOs):

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Vector Electricity Vector Gas Vector Communications Chorus Vodafone Auckland Council’s stormwater unit (Healthy Waters) Watercare Services Ltd

The Karangahape Road Station Utilities Management Plan has also been developed with the NUOs for the CRL Project as a whole. Engagement with the NUOs will be ongoing during construction, with the objective of ensuring appropriate management of utility assets and the ability to meet operational requirements at all times. 6.4.2.3

Auckland Council Parks Department

CRLL is required to engage with the Auckland Council Parks Department regarding works to be undertaken to any trees on public land located within the works area, including how trees not being removed, or in close proximity to the surface designation footprint where works are occurring, will be protected. There are no trees on public land in the demolition area footprint or in proximity to the footprint. 6.4.2.4

Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga (HNZPT)

For the purposes of applying for the necessary Archaeological Authority for the CRL main works (Authority No. 2017/793), extensive consultation has been undertaken with the HNZPT Regional Archaeologist during the processing of the Archaeological Authority. On-going consultation with HNZPT will occur in fulfilment of the conditions of this Authority. 6.4.2.5

Emergency services

The CRLL team and C3 Alliance have a requirement to inform emergency services of any relevant effects prior to the commencement of each demolition stage. In particular, this should include any changes to traffic movements around the demolition site. The emergency services that will be engaged include:

▪ ▪ ▪

New Zealand Police. New Zealand Fire Service. St Johns Ambulance.

6.4.3

Identifying additional people affected by the Project

Additional people affected by the project will be identified through complaints and enquiries recorded in the CRM system, email contacts to the site, one-on-one discussions with the community and from media impact. The primary database of all people affected will be the CRL CRM.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

23 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

6.5

Communication channels

The Project demolition period is estimated at approximately 8 â€“ 12 weeks. To date CRLL has consulted with and/or approached key Project stakeholders â€“ including adjacent businesses, affected parties and affected in proximity parties. The K-Road CLG will remain the key touchstone for general communications with key stakeholders and their representatives. Day-to-day communications and stakeholder-liaison protocols will be delivered using a variety of channels, with differing frequencies as outlined in section 6.2 above.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

24 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

7 Protocols, processes and contact details 7.1

Community and Business Liaison Group

The establishment of a CLG is one of the key consultation tools required by the CRL designation and resource consent conditions. A CLG for the Karangahape Road area currently exists. The CLG is a key mechanism for reflecting community concern and interest and communicating the programme to the community’s most affected parties. CRLL has held K-Road CLG meetings addressing the development of the DWPs and MPs for the Project and will continue to do so at least quarterly during construction of the Project (unless otherwise agreed by CRLL and the K-Road CLG).

7.1.1

K-Road CLG purpose

The purpose of the K-Road CLG is to:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Provide a means for delivering regular updates on project progress.

▪

Conduct an annual survey to inform CRLL of any suggested changes to this CCP.

Monitor the effects of the project on the community. Enable opportunities for concerns and issues to be reported to and responded by CRLL. Provide feedback on the development of the CEMP and DWPs (each of the DWPs or MPs documents comments received from the K-Road CLG and how these have been responded to).

7.1.2

Requirements

As required by the CRL designation and A2N resource consents, representatives of local residents and businesses as well as named parties were invited to join the K-Road CLG. The K-Road CLG’s role is to:

▪

Ensure that community interests are identified and recognised through the demolition process and through feedback on the development of the CEMP, DWPs and MPs for issues such as traffic, access, noise and vibration, air quality and archaeology.

▪

Facilitate a two-way flow of information between the Project and all sectors of the surrounding communities so that the potential demolition impacts, and community safety can be appropriately managed.

▪

Review any material changes made to DWP, CEMP or CCP during the construction phase of the Project.

▪

Provide a regular forum through which information about the Project can be provided to the community, effects can be monitored, and an opportunity for concerns or issues to be raised and responded to. The K-Road CLG provides the community with a voice to ensure key issues identified through the planning process are given due and ongoing consideration.

Membership of the K-Road CLG includes representatives of the CRLL Team. During the demolition period, the K-Road CLG will also include representatives from C3 Alliance. Other members of the K-

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

25 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Road CLG include representatives from affected property owners, businesses and the K-Road Business Association.

7.1.3

Process

The process for coordinating K-Road CLG meetings is set out below. Table 7-1 CLG meetings coordination

Stage

Description

CRLL Communications staff will liaise with the K-Road CLG members regarding meeting dates and venues. The venue is always at a local venue.

C3 Alliance’ Stakeholder and Communications Manager provides input, as required.

CRLL Communications staff will take notes and carry out actions required.

CRLL Communications staff will keep a record of the meetings (including attendance).

7.2

Stakeholder and affected persons

The designation and A2N resource consent conditions identify a range of stakeholders in relation to the Project and require the identification of directly affected and affected in proximity parties. A number of the stakeholders identified in the designation and A2N resource consent conditions are not relevant to the Project given its extent and location. A full list of these parties for the Project is provided in Table 6-2 above, Appendix B and detailed in the Engagement Map provided at Appendix D. CRLL staff and the Principal Technical Advisors have undertaken pre-construction communication and consultation with a range of stakeholders, during the preparation of the CEMP, DWPs and MPs. The following DWPs are required under the CRL designation conditions:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Construction Environmental Management Plan.

▪

Historic Character (Built Heritage and Archaeology) – built heritage section has not been included for this Project as there is no built heritage affected by the Project.

▪

Trees and Vegetation – has not been prepared for this Project. Only a limited amount of vegetation exists in the Project area and will be addressed in the CEMP.

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Contamination.

▪

Public Art DWP – has not been prepared for the Project as there is no public art located within or in proximity to the footprint of the Project works.

Communication and Consultation Plan. Transport, Access and Parking. Construction Noise and Vibration (including Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plans).

Air Quality. Social Impact and Business Disruption. Urban Design – has not been prepared for this Project. The final urban design will be prepared for the overall CRL main works once the final urban design treatment for the public realm has been identified.

The following MPs are required under the A2N resource consent conditions:

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

26 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Construction Environmental Management Plan.

▪

Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan – has not been prepared for the Project as works involve demolition down to ground level only.

▪ ▪

Contaminated Soils Management Plan.

▪

Air Quality Management Plan.

Communication and Consultation Plan. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan. Flocculent Treatment Management Plan – has not been prepared for the Project as flocculent treatment is not proposed. The Erosion and Sediment Control and Contamination Soils Management plans note that should the contractor require it be used then they will need to prepare a Flocculent Treatment Management Plan.

Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan – has not been prepared for the Project as industrial and trade activities will not be undertaken for the Project.

Combined DWPs and MPs to satisfy both the A2N resource consents and designation conditions have been prepared for contaminated soils and for air quality. Likewise, one CEMP and one CCP (this document) have been prepared to satisfy the requirements of both the A2N resource consent and designation conditions. C3 Alliance is required to monitor demolition progress and identify activities that may impact on stakeholders. This includes ensuring workers understand activities that may cause particular concern to the community, such as noisy activities. The ‘Communication Tools’ detailed in section 6.2 above provide a framework to continue to proactively communicate with stakeholders and the adjacent community during the demolition period. In addition to the general communication and consultation protocols which will be implemented during the works, the following sections outline the stakeholder specific protocols which are to be implemented.

7.2.1

Permit to Notify

When the delivery team is planning works that will impact on particular persons or businesses, including but not limited to exceedance of the Project noise limits, the delivery team is required to inform the C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager in advance. This will ensure timely preparation of construction notifications, with the affected persons or businesses being notified at least 24 hours in advance. A Permit to Notify (PTN) will be used to facilitate internal approvals for works that are likely to have an impact on the adjacent community. This provides a way to activate communication about potential impacts on affected parties and ensures that notification timeframes will be met, and advanced warning provided.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

27 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

7.2.1.1

The Permit to Notify process

The communications process is set out in the following table: Table 7-2 Permit to Notify process

Stage

Responsibility

Delivery team members

Description Submit a Permit to Notify (PTN) to the C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager in advance of the works. The PTN will include:

▪ ▪

identification of scheduled works, and details of works including:  Description of the works.  Anticipated impacts as a result of the works.  Description of any mitigation measures employed.

▪ ▪ 2

Times and duration of the works. Contact details for enquiries.

CRLL Construction Manager

Signs off the PTN.

C3 Alliance Technical Team Member

Where notifications contain technical content, the relevant contractor team member approves the content prior to sign off.

CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications

Approve construction notifications prior to distribution to stakeholders affected by the particular works.

C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager 4

1.1.1

C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager

Communicates to CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications the construction impacts on stakeholders.

C3 Alliance Environment and Sustainability Manager

Any project contractual implication to be dealt with via the CRLL Project Manager through the contract mechanism.

C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager

Communicates by appropriate mechanism (email, phone, or face to face communication) to building owners, tenants/businesses and Body Corporate representatives of the date, time, and expected duration of the exceedance.

Mana Whenua Forum

A CRL Mana Whenua forum was established in 2012 for the purposes of undertaking kaitiakitanga responsibilities associated with the project. The forum comprises those Mana Whenua groups who expressed an interest in being involved in the CRL project and its related activities. Eight Mana Whenua self-identified their interest in CRL and are currently part of the forum:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Ngāti Maru Ngāti Paoa Ngāi Tai Ki Tāmaki Ngāti Te Ata Waiohua Ngāti Whātua o Ōrākei

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

28 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

▪ ▪ ▪

Te Ākitai Waiohua Te Kawerau a Maki Ngāti Tamaoho

The Mana Whenua forum will continue to address matters such as:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

CEMP and DWPs. Archaeology, including assistance with discovery protocols. Koiwi and artefact discovery. Cultural induction for contractors. Cultural monitoring. Ongoing provision of mātauranga Māori input.

7.2.1.2

Requirements

During construction of the Project, the C3 Alliance is required to:

▪ ▪

Provide CRLL with information and attend the hui, if required.

▪

Ensure that all staff are given a cultural induction, in accordance with iwi guidelines.

Follow the protocols for recovery and preservation of artefacts, koiwi, and other items of interest to Maori discovered during demolition. These protocols are identified in the Project Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Archaeology Section) at Appendix G of the CEMP and in the Archaeological Authority1 approved for the A2N portion of the works.

7.2.2

Network Utility Operators

Ongoing communication and consultation will be undertaken with Network Utility Operators (NUOs) during demolition as follows. 7.2.2.1

Material changes affecting network utilities

Where a material change is identified that has not already been agreed with the NUO and which affects network utilities, then the following process will be adopted: (i) CRLL will contact the relevant NUO to organise an on-site meeting in conjunction with the contractor. (ii) If the change is subsequently agreed on site, then the relevant construction and/or asbuilt drawings will be revised. (iii) If the change cannot be agreed on-site, then a meeting will be held between CRLL, C3 Alliance and the relevant NUO Project Manager to identify a mutually agreeable outcome. 7.2.2.2

Supplementary authorisations

Depending on the circumstances, the relevant NUO or CRLL will identify what authorisations are required. (i) If the proposed utility works are not related to the Project, then the NUO will be responsible for obtaining any necessary authorisations (including resource consents where required). (ii) If the utility works are required to facilitate the demolition in the Project area, then the 1

Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga reference 2017-793

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

29 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

CRLL Utilities Manager and the C3 Alliance will meet with the relevant NUO Project Manager to identify an appropriate design and construction methodology for the works and confirm authorisations required. CRLL will be responsible for obtaining any necessary authorisations (including resource consents where required). 7.2.2.3

Inspection and final approval of works by network utility operators

(i) Upcoming inspection, testing, and commissioning works will be identified at weekly meetings between CRLL, the C3 Alliance and the NUOs. (ii) The C3 Alliance will arrange necessary site inspections directly with the relevant NUO Project Manager. (iii) If the inspection passes, then the NUO will sign off the work package. (iv) If the inspection fails, then the CRLL Utilities Manager (or delegate) and C3 Alliance will work together to identify the appropriate remedial action and a re-inspection will be organised with the NUO. 7.2.2.4

Ongoing communication and consultation

During the utilities phase of the Project there will be regular on-site liaison between the C3 Alliance and the NUOs. This will generally be undertaken by way of ‘tool box’ meetings at the start of each day, complemented by weekly meetings during utility construction works between CRLL, the C3 Alliance and the NUOs. The purpose of the weekly meetings when utility works are progressing is to plan in greater detail for upcoming utility works in conjunction with other aspects of the Project works – e.g. temporary traffic management. 7.2.2.5

Review of Management Plans

The CEMP, DWPs and MPs for the Project will be reviewed at least annually, or as a result of a material change to the Project, or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. CRLL will inform the NUOs of any such reviews and will actively engage with the NUOs where a material change to the Project has implications for network utilities or the review is required in order to address unforeseen effects or unresolved complaints relating to the utilities aspect of the Project.

7.2.3

Emergency services

C3 Alliance will undertake consultation with Fire, Police and Ambulance regarding their specific operational requirements in relation to the Project. This will include information on the location, timing and duration of demolition works (particularly in relation to road lane reductions and/or closures, alternative routes and detours) and consultation in advance of the commencement of construction works. The Transport Access and Parking DWP at Appendix D of the CEMP states that the Project will not impede emergency service access to properties. New Zealand Police, New Zealand Fire Service and St Johns Ambulance will be consulted with in terms in the reduced traffic capacity in vicinity of the works.

7.2.4

Heritage

Communication and consultation via the K-Road CLG has occurred with key stakeholders in relation to the development of the Historic Character DWP (Archaeology Section) at Appendix F of the CEMP and protocols which will be implemented in relation to potential archaeological effects.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

30 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

7.2.4.1

Requirements

The C3 Alliance is required to:

▪

Communicate information on any archaeological discoveries during the course of works to Auckland Council Heritage Unit, HNZPT and Mana Whenua.

▪

Contact HNZPT, iwi and the police in the occurrence that koiwi (human remains) are discovered during the course of works.

▪

Provide a written summary report by the project archaeologist to CRLL, HNZPT, Auckland Council (Heritage Unit and Consent Monitoring officer) and Mana Whenua within 20 days of the completion of monitoring.

▪

Maintain regular updates (via the appropriate communication tools detailed in section 6.2) with regard to archaeological findings and monitoring.

7.3

Notable receivers

CRL designation Condition 16.1 requires that communication and consultation is undertaken, as soon as reasonably practicable (and at least once following confirmation of demolition timing and methodology), with any Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers located within 100 metres of the designation footprint.

7.4

Public engagement

7.4.1

Public enquiries

CRLL has an established email address for public enquiries:

info@cityraillink.govt.nz Access to a member of the C3 Alliance will also be available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week at the Freephone number: 0800 CRL TALK (275 8255) This number will be promoted to directly affected and affected in proximity parties and stakeholders before demolition commences. This number will feature on all project signage, communication material, Project, CRLL website and other collateral. 7.4.1.1

Requirements

The C3 Alliance is required to:

▪ ▪

Identify the Freephone number on all project advertising and collateral.

▪

Record all enquiries, requests for information and complaints.

Allocate a team member responsible for answering the Freephone at all times. They must be able to actively respond to issues, enquiries and emergencies.

7.4.1.2

Process

The process for managing enquiries or complaints via the 24/7 Freephone number is set out below.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

31 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Table 7-3 Public enquiries

Stage

Description

The C3 Alliance team member receives an enquiry or complaint.

The communication team member contacts: The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager, if the issue is about the construction activity, or CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications, if it is a media enquiry, political enquiry, or enquiry about the costs, benefits or strategic fit of the project, or future CRL works outside the contract works.

The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager or CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications (as appropriate) responds in writing to the communication team member as quickly as possible.

The C3 Alliance team member contacts the enquirer with the response, unless it relates to a media or political enquiry, or an enquiry about the costs, benefits or strategic fit of the project â€“ in which case the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications will respond.

The C3 Alliance team member determines whether the enquirer is satisfied with the response, including any mitigation action taken if it is a complaint.

The C3 Alliance team member responds with further information or action as required.

For construction related complaints, the C3 Alliance team member in consultation with the Stakeholder Communications Manager and the CRLL Project Manager determines if a specific mitigation response is required. If so, they refer to the specific Management Plan (e.g. Traffic, Noise and Vibration, Contamination, etc.), and contact the relevant responsible person or site supervisor.

7.4.2

Stakeholder and Communications Manager will conduct surveys every three months to determine levels of satisfaction with the process of communication responses.

Other enquiries

In addition to the email contact and Freephone number above, enquiries from the public may be received in writing or from face to face contact. All such contacts will be recorded in the CRLL communication CRM system. 7.4.2.1

Requirements

The C3 Alliance is required to ensure that the Project demolition team is well briefed to respond to any enquiries, and site supervision is present on site during working hours and is able to actively respond to all issues, enquiries and emergencies. 7.4.2.2

Process

The process for managing public enquiries generally is set out in Table 7-3 above.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

32 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

7.4.3

Response timeframes

Table 7-4 Public enquiries response timeframe

Enquiry channel

Response timeframe

Written correspondence (letters)

▪

Written correspondence (emails and social media)

▪ ▪

0800 project information line calls

▪ ▪ ▪

Meetings

7.4.4

Within 5 working days of receipt. Acknowledged on day of receipt. Resolved within 2 working days, unless there are significant claims for damages or escalations due to scale or complexity (e.g. Health and Safety investigation). Within 2 hours of the same working day during business hours of 8am to 6pm. Within 24 hours for calls received outside of business hours (unless the call relates to an ‘emergency’ situation requiring immediate action). Response / resolution to be completed within the timeframes agreed in the meeting.

Complaints

Complaints will be dealt with in a responsive manner so that the complainant feels their concerns are being heard and addressed. This approach is designed to develop a relationship of trust and reliability between the community, the C3 Alliance and CRLL. The project will be contactable 24/7 through the Freephone number. A report detailing complaints and responses will be provided to Auckland Council, if requested. 7.4.4.1

Requirements

C3 Alliance is required to ensure that:

▪

C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager handles all complaints that arise on the project, and they are tracked by the C3 Alliance through the CRM system.

▪

The community is notified of the project contact details through which complaints can be made. This will include the website, demolition notifications, onsite signage and Project publications and newsletters.

▪

C3 Alliance staff are briefed on the complaints process and are prepared to receive complaints through the Freephone number, by email, in writing or through face to face contact.

7.4.4.2

Complaints process

The process for managing complaints is set out below. Table 7-5 Complaints management process

Stage 1

Description All complaints are forwarded to the C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager and CRLL Project Manager via the complaints/enquiry form.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

33 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager acknowledges the complaint on day of receipt by phone or in writing. If the C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager is not available, the C3 Alliance Project Manager or another member of the project team acknowledges the complaint.

The contact details and details of the complaint are entered into the CRM database.

Acknowledgement of a complaint is provided within on day of receipt. However, should the complaint demand a more detailed response, this will be provided within 2 working days or as soon as is practicable. Note: See the ‘Response timeframes’ in Table 7-6 below.

The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager works closely with the CRLL Project Manager and C3 Alliance Construction Manager to resolve complaints. They are proactive in keeping complainants informed of what action is being taken to address their concerns.

If a complaint cannot be resolved within the complaints process timeframe, the complainant is invited to a meeting with the C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager and the CRLL Project Manager.

All meetings are recorded in the CRM database to ensure that a complete record of times dates and location of meetings is maintained.

When a complaint is resolved it should be ‘closed out’ as an action in the CRM. Each month a record of complaints activity will be reviewed by the C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager to check that all actions have been closed out.

7.4.4.3

Complaints data is reviewed regularly by the C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager, together with the CRLL Project Manager to identify any trends.

Response timeframes

Table 7-6 Response timeframes

Complaint channel

Response timeframe

Written correspondence (letters)

▪

Written correspondence (e-mails and social media)

▪ ▪

0800 project information line calls

▪

Meetings

▪▪

7.4.5

Within 5 working days of receipt. Acknowledged on day of receipt. Resolved within 2 working days, unless there are significant claims for damages or escalations due to scale or complexity (e.g. Health and Safety investigation). Within 2 hours of the same working day during business hours of 7am to 7pm. Within 24 hours for calls outside of business hours (unless Response / resolution to received be completed within the timeframes agreed the call relates to an ‘emergency’ situation requiring immediate in the meeting. action).

Newsletters, brochures, website and social media

The CRLL website is the heart of the project’s communications strategy. It is a ‘one-stop-shop’ for vital and interesting information for both the local community and a wider audience. It will also have links to other information produced by CRLL which includes newsletters, brochures and social media posts.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

34 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

7.4.5.1

Requirements

The C3 Alliance is required to provide information to the CRLL Communications Team that can be used for the CRLL website and newsletters. The type of information required and the contact details for each media channel is set out in the table below. 7.4.5.2

Timeframe

Information is required on at least a quarterly basis and sometimes daily or weekly for social media. For social media fast turnaround times may be required. Some of the information will be sourced from the C3 Alliance project progress reports. 7.4.5.3

Media channels

Table 7-7 Media channels

Channel

Details

Website

As the hub of communications for project information, CRLL’s website will provide:

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Facility for people to sign up for updates CRLL email address for public enquiries. The Freephone number: 0800 CRL TALK (275 8255).

Information provided by the Contractor The C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager will provide the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications with the following information:

▪

Contact details for the CRLL and a link to the project site.

▪

DWPs, CEMP and CCP relating to the project.

▪ ▪

Project information as required (including provision of early information on key Project milestones). Content, stories and photos of project progress and experiences. Photos of individuals to provide a human face. Information for specific constructability stories.

Social Media

Online presence on Facebook

CRLL Communications responsibility.

Newsletters

CRLL Communications will produce electronic project newsletters quarterly which include content, stories and photos of project progress.

▪ ▪

Photos of individuals working on the project will provide a human face to the work.

7.4.6

Consistent CRLL branding. Information to be provided to CRLL well in advance of printing for editing and content control.

Media

All media enquiries will be channelled through the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications, who will discuss the recommended approach with the CRLL Project Manager. The project media spokesperson is the CRLL CEO. The communications contact on behalf of the media spokesperson is the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications: Mobile: 027 230 6381 Email: Victoria.Jessop@cityraillink.govt.nz

7.4.6.1

Requirements

The C3 Alliance is required to adhere to CRLL’s media protocols which include:

▪

Reporting to CRLL immediately on any matters which may be contentious or affect the good reputation of CRLL or the project.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

35 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

▪ ▪

Providing a very quick turnaround on facts.

▪

Briefing C3 Alliance staff, including sub-contractors to adhere to the media protocols. Briefings will occur as part of staff induction.

▪

Not communicating with the media or responding to media enquiries without express approval from CRLL.

▪

Providing full support to the CRLL Communications Team for any media activities, including providing resources, personnel and promotional materials or assisting with event management and site access. CRLL’s requirements for media activities will be discussed and organised at the regular meetings between the C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager and the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications.

The C3 Alliance Project Manager collaborating with CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications to be the approved spokesperson for specific technical responses to media enquiries.

7.5

Managing crisis and emergency situations

The C3 Alliance Emergency Response and Incident Management Plan describes how the C3 Alliance will manage any emergencies and potential crisis situation.

7.5.1

What is a crisis or emergency?

A crisis or emergency is a potential or actual incident that:

▪ ▪

Poses significant harm to people, property, the environment or the local community, and requires assistance from external emergency services agencies.

It is not a small-scale incident that can be managed without the mobilisation of the Incident/ Crisis Management team and without the assistance of external emergency agencies. For example, a first aid injury or small spill.

7.5.2

Requirements

In the event of a crisis or emergency, the C3 Alliance is required to:

▪

Activate the Emergency Response and Incident Management Plan which details all Health and Safety processes.

▪

Guide strategic stakeholder management and communication processes, in line with the Incident Management Frameworks of C3 Alliance and CRLL.

▪ ▪

Report any crisis or emergency through the Project Control Group. Front to the media together with CRLL.

7.5.3

Emergency contacts

Table 7-8 Emergency responsibilities contact

Responsibility

Contact

Emergency Response Co-ordinator

C3 Alliance Site Superintendent Name and contact details TBC

Construction management

C3 Alliance Construction Manager Name and contact details TBC

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

36 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Assessing H&S risks

C3 Alliance Health and Safety Manager

Contacting WorkSafe and CRLL to report incidents

Name and contact details TBC

Oversight of C3 Alliance Construction Team

C3 Alliance Project Director Name and contact details TBC

C3 Alliance Communications

C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager Name and contact details TBC

Coordinate inputs/decision from CRL work streams

CRLL Project Manager

CRLL Health and Safety oversight for Project Works

CRLL General Manager Health, Safety and Environment

Name and contact details TBC

Rob Mair E: Rob.Mair@cityraillink.govt.nz

CRLL Communications

CRL GM Corporate Relations & Communications Victoria Jessop M: 027 230 6381 E: Victoria.Jessop@cityraillink.govt.nz

Overall responsibility for entire CRL programme

CRLL Project Director Sean Sweeney E: Sean.sweeney@cityraillink.govt.nz

Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer

Name and contact details TBC

Auckland Council Media Relations Manager

Name and contact details TBC

Auckland Council RC Team Project Manager

Name and contact details TBC

7.6

Review of Project Specific Communication and Consultation Plan

The CCP will be reviewed and updated once the C3 Alliance is awarded and Project team personnel are in place and sequencing of the K-Road Demolition works is known. Any material updates to the CCP shall be provided to the key stakeholders identified at Appendix B and Auckland Council for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken. Any further action recommended as a result of the review shall be undertaken by the CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications for the Project and confirmation of completion shall be provided to the Auckland Council and the key stakeholders identified at Appendix B.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

37 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

38 CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Appendices

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0132 Project 239933 | 17 May 2019 | Revision 3

Appendix A Summary of Project Communication and Consultation

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

This Appendix should be read in conjunction with the specific consultation sections in the relevant DWPs, specifically the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan, including Site Specific Noise Management Plans and the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan. The DWPs include the feedback provided by consultees to inform the DWPs. Party name

Summary of communication and consultation

Government/statutory Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga

To be completed by CRLL / C3 Alliance

Auckland Council

To be completed by CRLL / C3 Alliance

Network Utility Operators Watercare Services Ltd

To be completed by CRLL / C3 Alliance

Vector Energy, Gas, Communications Chorus Vodafone AC Stormwater

Mana Whenua Ngāti Whātua o Ōrakei

Mei Hill

Ngāti Te Ata Waiohua

Metiria Kaihau

Ngāti Paoa

Jay Te Whare

To be completed by CRLL / C3 Alliance

E: Mei@ngatiwhatuaorakei.com

E: m.kaihau.12@gmail.com

E: admin@ngatipaoaiwi.co.nz Te Ākitai Waiohua

Adrian Lee Pettit E: adrianleepettit@gmail.com

Ngāti Maru

Geoff Cook P: 07 867 9104 E: ngati.maru@wave.co.nz

Ngāti Tamaoho

Hero Potini E: Hero@tamaoho.maori.nz

Te Kawerau a Maki

Scott Lomas P: 09 973 0903 E: Scott.lomas@tekawerau.iwi.nz

Ngāi Tai ki Tamaki

Zaelene Maxwell-Butler E: zaelene.maxwellbutler@ngaitai-ki-tamaki.co.nz

Community Business Liaison Group K-Road CLG meeting

To be completed by CRLL / C3 Alliance

Directly affected and affected proximity parties

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Please refer to section 5.4 of the SIBD for a summary of the engagement with affected parties to date.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

To be updated by CRLL / C3 Alliance

Appendix B Stakeholder and Partner Contacts

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Party name Key stakeholders

Contact details

Government/statutory Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga

Bev Parslow

Auckland Council Stormwater Unit

Refer Network Utility Operators below

E: bparslow@heritage.org.nz

Emergency services Fire

Roger Callister E: Roger.callister@fire.org.nz

Police

Inspector Andy King E: Andrew.king@police.govt.nz

Ambulance

John Takerei P: 09 526 0508I M: 0272023144 E: john.takerei@stjohn.org.nz

Graham Ferguson E: GrahamFe@stjohn.org.nz

Network Utility Operators Watercare Services Ltd

Wasi Shirwali E: wshirwali@water.co.nz Parkin Low E: plow@water.co.nz

Vector - Energy, Gas and Communications

Alec Christie M: 021 979 477

James Thatcher M: 021 221 4798

Dave Cox - Project Engineer (Vector) M: 021 463 163

Darryl Wharerau â€“ Project Manager (Vector Gas)

Tracy Adamson â€“ Communications Chorus

Bob Willering E: Bob.willering@chorus.co.nz M: 027 274 9152

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Vodafone

Lindsay Fitness E: Lindsay.fitness@vodafone.co.nz M: 029 912 520

Auckland Council Stormwater Unit

Richard Smedley - Principal – Network Planning E: Richard.Smedley@aucklandcouncil. govt.nz M: 021 529 905 P: 09 367 4253

Partners Mana Whenua Ngāti Whātua o Ōrakei

Mei Hill E: Mei@ngatiwhatuaorakei.com

Ngāti Te Ata Waiohua

Metiria Kaihau E: m.kaihau.12@gmail.com

Ngāti Paoa

Jay Te Whare E: admin@ngatipaoaiwi.co.nz

Te Ākitai Waiohua

Adrian Lee Pettit E: adrianleepettit@gmail.com

Ngāti Maru

Geoff Cook P: 07 867 9104 E: ngati.maru@wave.co.nz

Ngāti Tamaoho

Hero Potini E: Hero@tamaoho.maori.nz

Te Kawerau a Maki

Scott Lomas P: 09 973 0903 E: Scott.lomas@tekawerau.iwi.nz

Ngāi Tai ki Tamaki

Zaelene Maxwell-Butler E: zaelene.maxwell-butler@ngaitaiki-tamaki.co.nz

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Directly affected and affected proximity parties Property

Property Use

Property Owner

Refer 238 K-Road

Residential address for

Occupier

Mercury Lane 2 Mercury Lane

George Courts 3-5 Mercury Lane

Accommodation

L & C Holdings Limited –

Mercury Bar and Gaming Lounge

Retail

Cecilia Lo

White Elephant Op Shop

Food / Beverage 9 Mercury Lane 24 Mercury Lane

BK Hostel

Other / Studio /

Equippers Property Trust -

Events

Matt Gregory

Carpark

Parly Assets Limited - James

Wilsons Car Park

Pierce Brown 30 Mercury Lane

Carpark

Sterling Nominees Limited -

Wilsons Car Park

Daniel Friedlander K Road 238 K-Road

Residential

Anthony Segedin, Toby King

Multiple Residential Occupiers

Commercial

(Body Corp Chair)

Kiwi Education;

Health

Graham Shirley (Building

Gadenza Guitars;

Manager)

Hala Hair; Zambero (external entrance); Great Wall Health Centre; Private Florist; Karanga Ink, Graham Shirley Goldsmith

246-254 K-Road

Refer 3-5 Mercury Lane

256 K Rd

Commercial

Lum Joe Ng

Food and Beverage

Mithaiwala Restaurant / Café Shosha (Vape & Hookah Store)

Retail 258 K Rd

Vacant

Kim Jang Ho

Vacant

268 K Rd

Residential

Oliver Michael Newland

Ink bar & Nightclub Bangkok’s Thai Food Café

Entertainment services 270 K Rd

Entertainment

Icon Commercial Limited

services 278 - 282 K Rd

284 - 286 K Rd

The Family Bar & Club Saloon Bar

Food and restaurant

Rosemary Jane Davies

Apero Restaurant (Ismo Koski)

activities

William / Ferguson Davies

Route 66

Food and restaurant

Huijuan Zhu Kefeng Kong

EnSalade Café

activities

Cosmic

Commercial 290 K Rd

Commercial

Chao-Hwa Yeh

292 - 300 K Rd

Commercial

Morton Property Limited

African Hair Braiding & Extension Centre ArtSpace Tautai Guiding Pacific Arts

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Directly affected and affected proximity parties Property

Property Use

Property Owner

Occupier K Rd Mart Kiwi Bank (ATM only) Vector (transformer only)

312 K Rd

Galleries

Colt Investments Limited /

Ivan Anthony Gallery

Marco Hendrikus Creemers

Bowerbank & Nimow – Art Gallery Michael Lett Gallery

322 K Rd

Vacant

Ka-yu Chow, Ka-ming Chow

Vacant

Spiritual and

3 East Street – Murray Rose

Vacant

East Street 3-7 East Street

community services 8 East Street

Car park

Joyce Tsai-Yee Ho

10 East Street

Health Facility

Joyce Tsai-Yee Ho

12 East Street

Residential

Various residential unit

Adio Trust

owners Multiple occupiers 14 East Street

Residential

Belham Properties Limited

Various residential unit owners

Commercial (owner

Dave Trotter / Miriam

Studio Q

occupier)

Croucher

Accommodation

Davenports City Law Trustee

Co working space 16 East Street 18 East Street

(No.1) Limited Kevin Anthony Pearson 15 – 19 East Street

Accommodation

Davenports City Law Trustee

Backpacker Car World

(No.2) Limited Kevin Anthony Pearson 21 East Street

Commercial

Stephanie Radcliff

UnoLoco Event Management

23 East Street

Automotive services

Lornie Properties Limited /

European Motors

Brett and Frank Lornie, Robyn Rendel 25 East Street

Residential

Grant Patrick Williams /

Residential Tenants

Tamakia Trust Trustees Limited 29 East Street

Commercial

Packington Holdings Limited

International Earth Sciences

Jeremy John Hamlyn and

(IESE) Ltd

Martyn Harrison

Electric Bike Team NZS Forex Ltd

South Street 2 South Street

Residential

Grant Patrick Williams & Tamaki Trust Trustee Limited

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Residential

Directly affected and affected proximity parties Property

Property Use

Property Owner

Occupier

2A South Street

Residential

Grant Patrick Williams &

Residential

Tamaki Trust Trustee Limited 17 South Street

Commercial

Thomas Lee

Gorilla Technology World Net

Canada Street 2 Canada Street

Community Services Education and Training Entertainment

Sterling Nominees Limited

NZ Prostitutes Collective Tanghui Karaoke Bar & Restaurant Servilles

8 Canada Street

Education and Training

Sterling Nominees Limited

Servilles

Commercial Office / Shared Spaces Residential

Murray Rose - Rigadoon Investments Limited

Glamuzina Architects

Cross Street Unit 5 - 1 Cross Street

Epsilon Law; Black & Blue Ltd The Aviary IMPAC Services Nisha Madhan Motion Sickness Voice Brand Agency

2 Cross Street

Northern Escapes Ltd

Cross Street Markets

2A Cross Street

Community workshop

Northern Escapes Ltd

The Warren Woodwork

4a Cross Street

Commercial

K Road Holdings No.2 Ltd

Sunset Tattoo

Entertainment

Galatos 2012 Limited â€“ Andrea Clarke

Galatos

Galatos Street 17 Galatos Street

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix C Key Project Contacts

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Name

Title

Contact details

Sean Sweeny

CRLL Project Director

E: Sean.Sweeney@cityraillink.govt.nz

Victoria Jessop

CRLL GM Corporate Relations & Communications

M: 027 230 6381

Richard Jenkins

CRLL Consents Manager

M: 021 870 124

Rob Mair

CRLL General Manager Health Safety and the Environment

TBC

Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer

TBC

Auckland Council Media Relations Manager

TBC

Auckland Council RC Team Project Manager

TBC

CRLL Project Manager

Yet to be appointed

C3 Alliance Project Director

Yet to be appointed

C3 Alliance Stakeholder and Communications Manager

Yet to be appointed

C3 Alliance Construction Manager

Yet to be appointed

C3 Alliance Health and Safety Manager

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

E: Victoria.Jessop@cityrailink.govt.nz

E: Richard.jenkins@cityraillink.govt.nz

E: Rob.Mair@cityraillink.govt.nz

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix D Engagement Map

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix E ISCA Requirements

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

CRLL is seeking ISCA (infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia) IS (infrastructure Sustainability) Rating for the whole project lifecycle where the requirements as per ISCA CRL IS Technical Manual – Mahi Rauora Aratohu - Version 1.2 to be met, (Reference to CRLL minimum requirements - Appendices 10, 23 and 24 of the contract documents). This Appendix states IS requirements that are essential to achieve the indicated target levels of the relevant ISCA credits (Sta-2, Sta-3 and Sta-4)2. These requirements remain subject to change should the alliance set different target levels to achieve the project’s sustainability goals. Hence, the below Table to be reviewed, amended (as and if needed) and confirmed according to the target level that will be set and agreed upon. The relevant required evidence(s) to achieve the target to be provided at appropriate timing. ISCA Category Sta-2

Target Level

Construction Requirements

How we Aim to achieve this

Benchmark Negotiable issues are identified and the level of participation on these issues is at least 'consult' or higher for level 1, and at least 'involve' or higher for level 2 on the IAP2 spectrum. AND Stakeholders are informed about non-negotiable issues.

Sections 5, 6 and 7 of the Communication and Consultation Plan in conjunction with SIBD DWP.

Level of engagement

Evidence Stakeholder engagement plan Stakeholder meeting minutes Community Newsletters Stakeholder letters Stakeholder engagement database

This Communication and Consultation Plan is set out to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties. This includes providing information to the community on construction activities, progress of work and key milestones. However, benchmark for Sta-2 credit requires negotiable issues are identified, use IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation to define the level of participation on these issues, and stakeholders are informed of the non-negotiable issues. Hence, this need to be considered3 and to ensure the right evidence documents will be available

Sta-3 2 Effective Communication 2

Sta-1 Stakeholder engagement strategy is indirectly related to this plan and may be required to be provided as evidence for ISCA Sta credits. A stakeholder engagement strategy for the whole project should be implemented. 3 In case all works related to Demolition are considered “non – negotiable” then this need to be clearly indicated/communicated and documented for providing the right evidence documents.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Benchmark The community has been provided with information that: was provided in a timely manner supported community participation was meaningful and relevant was accessible AND This has been verified by: internal management/ reviews/ audits OR community feedback with 65-80% support for level 1 and > 80% support for level 2

Sections 5, 6 and 7 of the Communication and Consultation Plan in conjunction with SIBD DWP.

Evidence Community survey(s) or equivalent Stakeholder engagement strategy Community relations Plan Management, review or audit reports Sta-4 2 Addressing community concerns Benchmark The community believe their concerns have been considered and addressed. AND This has been verified by: internal management reviews/ audits OR community feedback with 65-80% for level 1 and >80% for level 2 support Evidence Community survey(s) or equivalent Stakeholder engagement strategy Community relations Plan Management, review or audit reports

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Sections 6 and 7 of the Communication and Consultation Plan in conjunction with SIBD DWP.

Auckland Office Level 4, Aurecon House 139 Carlton Gore Road Auckland 1023 New Zealand T +64 9 520 6019 F +64 524 7815

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix K CLG and IPR Feedback

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Community Liaison Group Comments The CLG meeting was held on 29 March 2019. No feedback on the CEMP was received.

Independent Peer Reviewer Comments The following comments in Table 5-2 were received from the Independent Peer Reviewer regarding the CEMP: Table 5-2 Record of IRP comments on the CEMP

Comment ID

Date

13 May 2019

Forum

Comment

Resolution

This review has been undertaken without the appendices, DWPs, site specific plans or Management Plans to confirm whether they cover the elements that are referred to in the CEMP and as such all comments are to be read with this in mind.

Noted.

A statement is made that no annual review will be undertaken due to the 12 week work program. This hasn't been carried through the remainder of the document such as Section 5 Monitoring and Review. Suggest checking document for consistency.

Section 5.7 updated to clarify no annual review to be undertaken given short programme and reflect an alternative review period.

As this is the second ESMP dealing with the demolition of buildings to clear construction zones and support areas, both of which are approximately 12 weeks in duration, it is recommended that should further ESMPs be written that they include a lessons learnt from the implementation of the previous two (this and the Mt Eden ESMP) rather than an annual or 6 monthly review that won't occur due to the short duration of the operation. recommend that a mechanism to incorporate the lessons learnt would inform and assist improvement of the DWPs and MPs.

Noted. All CRL DWPs are developed in accordance with the requirements of the CRL designation and resource consent conditions and commensurate to the scale of works proposed.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Respondent

Comment ID

Date

Forum

Comment

Resolution

The monthly meetings required as part of condition 13.2 could be made more efficient by running the demolition works as a single project, otherwise the monthly meetings for a 12 week project seems excessive. Recommend confirming any proposed change to the schedule with Auckland Council.

Condition 13.2(c) specifies monthly meetings as a starting point. The condition also provides for a different timeframe, agreed with the Council Consent Monitoring Officer(s) if appropriate. An alternative frequency of these meetings will be determined by the Contractor in discussion with Auckland Council. No amendment to CEMP required.

Condition 20.1d is unsighted as part of this review.

The travel management plan is addressed in section 5.4 of the Transport Access and Parking DWP (Appendix D to the CEMP). A summary is contained in section 4.3.3 of the CEMP. No amendment to CEMP required.

Condition 20.2b - the document management system to be used is not referenced in the document.

CRLL have yet to confirm a project document management system. This will be determined by the C3 Alliance. General reference to project roles and responsibilities is contained in section 4.1.2. No amendment to CEMP required.

Conditions 21.1a, g - plans, A plan showing the access points or locations of temporary structures are not shown in the CEMP - the lack of this illustration makes it difficult for the regulator to understand or to see that the CEMP appropriately deals with or locates the measures described. A plan showing where these measures will be would illustrate that it will be possible to fit all the required measures on the site (e.g. catchpit protection won't be compromised by access points or stockpile areas and other layout matters).

Access points and temporary structures will be determined by the C3 Alliance in accordance with the confirmed demolition sequence. Decisions on these matters will be guided by the Transport Access and Parking DWP (Appendix D to the CEMP) and Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Appendix C to the CEMP). No amendment to CEMP required.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Respondent

Comment ID

Date

Forum

Comment

Resolution

Condition 21.1 mÄ na whenua and community art opportunities for hoardings are not addressed in the CEMP.

Hoardings are addressed at section 2.9, section 6.2 of the CPP (Appendix J of the CEMP) and section 5.3 and section 6.7.1 of the SIBD DWP (Appendix I of the CEMP). No amendment to CEMP required.

Condition 28 listed affected persons - the AMA will have been completed by the time of this - the new organisation will be the Auckland Systems Management Alliance, to ensure continuity it is recommended that the NZTA contact is maintained for continuity of contact.

Condition 28 cannot be altered as part of the preparation of this CEMP. Reference to the change in organisation due to contractual terms has been made through the document where AMA is referred to.

Condition 36 it's unclear whether water quality monitoring is required for this set of works, or how it will be undertaken.

Condition 36 commentary updated in Section 1.7 to clarify that no water quality monitoring is proposed.

Consideration should be given to reviewing the list of relevant consent and designations conditions to ensure those that are not relevant to these works are not included. This will help prevent confusion about what needs to be complied with, especially if reviewed by a Council compliance officer on site.

Conditions not relevant to the demolition works have been identified with NA in Tables 2 and 3 of section 1.0. No amendment to CEMP required.

Conditions 133-134 require clarification in the document in how they will be met, particularly in regard to meeting the superseded Auckland Regional Plan: Air, Land and Water and the equivalent AUP sections. The CSMP key points should be brought into the CEMP to allow for clarity of implementation.

A CDWP is attached as Appendix G to the CEMP. A summary of that document in provided in section 4.3.9 of the CEMP. No amendment to CEMP required.

Condition 224 - details of how this condition will be met are not covered in the CEMP - they may be covered in the DWs which have not been sighted as part of this review - Please confirm whether this is covered in the DWPs etc.

An AQ DWP is attached as Appendix H to the CEMP. A summary of that document in provided in section 4.3.10 of the CEMP. No amendment to CEMP required.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Respondent

Comment ID

Date

Forum

Comment

Resolution

Detail on meeting the ISCA credits needs to be included - this has been a common theme across all CEMPS reviewed by the author - the importance of having this set up prior to the start of construction, particularly for demolition works cannot be stressed enough, failure to do so will make achieving this goal difficult.

Section 1.8 of the CEMP describes CRLLâ€™s sustainability requirements to be achieved during the delivery of the Project. No amendment to CEMP required.

The illustration reference link is broken in this section.

Section 2.2 has been amended.

It would add value to the document to include an outline, or specifically list, the set of reports and a summary of what's to be in them so that the ES Manager is able to compare this to what they receive from the contractors.

A Demolition Plan is to be prepared in accordance with the HSE Approved Codes of Practice for demolition with reference to sections 4.7 and 4.8 of the Code. Section 2.3.1 of the CEMP provides a summary of the expected contents of the Demolition Plan.

It appears that parts of this section refer to a previous CRL demolition site. This should be updated to reflect the current works site.

Section 2.3.1 has been amended.

Disposal of materials - spelling of should be off.

Section 2.4.1 has been amended.

Dust nuisance is mentioned as to be minimised, however it is not mentioned what the nuisance effect is to be managed or how it will be mitigated further detail should be included as the inference is that this could include asbestos dust and other aspects that could affect human health.

The AQ DWP attached as Appendix Q to the CEMP discusses the potential for dust nuisance resulting from the Project works and the mitigation measures to be implemented. A summary of air quality effects and mitigation is provided at section 4.3.10 of the CEMP. No amendment to CEMP required.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Respondent

Comment ID

Date

Forum

Comment

Resolution

As an observation about the sequencing of demolition, consideration should be given to starting at the south end where there is an existing open space and moving north - this would have the benefit of a larger area for carparking from the beginning of demolition, having the least amount of time in proximity to the mercury theatre and other land uses, the buildings in the north being demolished last would help protect neighbours from falling debris, noise and dust and provide a sense of normality/screening for as long as possible.

Demolition sequencing is to be confirmed by the C3 Alliance. No amendment to CEMP required.

Exit points - it would be recommended that loaded vehicles exit down hill (to avoid having to hill start) this may help trucks clear the area quicker.

Section 2.7 has been amended.

The last paragraph of section 2.8 would be better placed in section 2.7.

Section 2.7 has been amended.

Has the environmental risk register been written? If so the risks and controls identified should be listed here and the detail of how these will be implemented included in the CEMP. If there are risks identified that do not already have a DWP or MP to address them these should be prepared - or contain management techniques in their own section in this document.

The environmental risks have been identified and addressed in the CEMP and by the DWPs and MPs. The Project Risk Register will be reviewed and updated by the Alliance and their contractor as a living document.

The cumulative effects should be addressed in this document rather than in the DWPs. As they are likely to affect or be caused by more than one aspect of proposed works and are more appropriate at the overarching document level.

Section 3.3 has been amended to include reference to cumulative effects and mitigation measures.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Respondent

Comment ID

Date

Forum

Comment

Resolution

How will the changes in stormwater conditions be managed and for how long - runoff volume and quality characteristics are going to change from being directed to a stormwater system directly from roofs and downpipes to flowing over an exposed site. Will there be a form of stormwater water management installed for the period between demolition and construction activities being completed. This should be addressed here.

Section 3.3 has been amended to include reference to cumulative effects and mitigation measures.

Is there an equivalent to the Mt Eden Business promotion group listed here - if not the refence should be removed.

Section 4.1.2 has been amended.

Roles and responsibilities, the project site engineers role should have complying with ESMP, DWPS, MPs and consents added.

Section 4.1.2 has been amended.

ESM - question regarding the spill kits bullet point will spill kits be provided for all or will subbies be expected to supply their own? This should be clarified.

Demolition works will be undertaken by a single contractor. That contractor's ESM will be responsible for ensuring spill kits are available, stocked and training provided.

Consideration should be given to how many tool boxes training sessions will be run for a 12 week cycle of work, one a week seems excessive for such a small site with a simple program.

The C3 Alliance will determine if tool box talks are to be held at any less frequency than weekly. No amendment to CEMP required.

Will there be any effects that could impact the cycleway - such as dust, traffic or noise?

Potential adverse effects associated with the Project are discussed in section 4.3 of the CEMP and the corresponding DWP/MPs. Any potential effects impacting on the cycleway will be addressed through the mitigation measures identified in those documents. No amendment to CEMP required.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Respondent

Comment ID

Date

Forum

Comment

Resolution

Have we asked utilities (particularly watercare) if their assets are likely to contain asbestos materials that we may have to deal with?

Section 4.3.1 of the CEMP confirms ongoing consultation and coordination with Network Utility Operators will be undertaken for the duration of the Project. No amendment to CEMP required.

How is it proposed to stabilise exposed ground surfaces?

Section 3.5 of the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan attached as Appendix C to the CEMP describes the interim and long term stabilisation measures to be used in the Project area. Section 4.3.2 of the CEMP has been amended to provide additional information consistent with the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan.

Spelling - at for as second sentence

Section 4.3.3 has been amended.

With so many truck movements has any consideration been given to cyclist and other nonvehicular road users safety - both actual and perceived - as an access point to the pink path this will bring a higher number of cyclists to the area than would normally be the case when considering traffic effects. Also with the number of vehicle movements coming out of the sites adjacent footpath there is likely to be more pedestrians pushed to the opposite side of the Canada St. this could increase the potential conflict between cyclists and pedestrians sharing the opposite path - will there be any positive traffic management of this change or has any assessment been done to determine whether it's required?

The TAP DWP attached as Appendix D of the CEMP has considered the impact of the Project works on pedestrians and cyclists, including those using the LightPath. The DWP concludes the works will not adversely affect pedestrians and cyclists. A summary of the Traffic Access and Parking DWP is provided at section 4.3.3 of the CEMP. No amendment to CEMP required.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Respondent

Comment ID

Date

Forum

Comment

Resolution

There is an emergency access gate for the state highway at the bottom of Canada St - has there been any consultation with the NZTA about ensuring there is no conflict at this access point?

The TAP DWP attached as Appendix D of the CEMP describes the consultation undertaken with NZTA with respect to the Project. The NZ Transport Agency confirmed that the proposed works will not have any impact on their assets, traffic operations or maintenance activities. No amendment to CEMP required.

The number of loads required appears to contradict itself, with an estimated 400-600 loads which are then translated to 800-1000 one way movements, the reviewer believes the higher one way level would be 1200. Please check.

The TAP DWP attached as Appendix D of the CEMP has been updated to describe the approximate number of truck movements associated with the Project works. These numbers have been reproduced in the CEMP. Section 4.3.3 has been updated to reflect 800 to 1,200 one-way truck movements.

Bullet point about frequency of movements -I would challenge the statement that truck movements will be "occasional" when the estimates are 6-13 movements a day for a 11 hour work day (provided by the operating hours earlier) the restriction on movements during the peak commuter periods (assuming clearway times of 7-9 am and 4-6p, are considered peak commuter times) leaves a 7 hour window to make the estimated 12-26 movements, or between 2-4 an hour. the measures should reflect the frequency of movement.

Section 4.3.3 of the CEMP has been amended to clarify the reference to occasional applies to over-dimensioned vehicles. This is further described in the TAP DWP attached to the CEMP.

Please confirm that over dimension permits will be obtained for any over dimension loads.

This will be the responsibility of the C3 Alliance. No amendment to CEMP required.

Please clarify whether the road environment for glare mitigation includes the State highway, particularly when the upper buildings are removed from site.

Section 4.3.5 of the CEMP confirms the management of temporary lighting includes the surrounding road environment. No amendment to CEMP required.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Respondent

Comment ID

Date

Forum

Comment

Resolution

Has any analysis been undertaken on whether there are any former wells on the properties - we have had experience that indicates these are a major source of archaeological items. For surety of program and avoiding having to go back for a permit during the works it is recommended that the presence or otherwise of former wells on site is confirmed prior to works commencing.

The HC DWP attached as Appendix F to the CEMP has not identified the presence of wells is in Project area. The possibility of exposing subsurface pre-1900 archaeological remains or early 20th century historic heritage remains will be managed through the HC DWP and the Archaeological Authority (no. 2017/793) obtained for the CRL works. No amendment to CEMP required.

Reference to the conditions of any existing heritage approvals should be included - particularly the risk assessments undertaken for this site that can be used to show that a specific HPT approval isn't required and/or that the likelihood is low enough to not warrant making an application.

Clarification added to section 4.3.6 of the CEMP. However, it is noted an Archaeological Authority (no. 2017/793) has been obtained for the CRL works.

Further detail on the accidental discovery procedure should be included in this document.

Sections 5.2 and 5.3 of the HCDWP attached as Appendix F to the CEMP identify the procedures for archaeological discoveries. Clarification has been added to section 4.3.6 of the CEMP.

The comment about the fill not meeting clean fill criteria implies that the soils have been tested, is this the case? If not a description of the pretesting regime should be included so that material is sent to appropriate facilities rather than assuming all material is contaminated (and disposed of at a higher cost than necessary) - this will both reduce the cost and the consumption of contaminated landfill space. cross reference should be made to the ISCA waste management program and how contaminated materials will fit into that framework.

Section 4.3.9 of the CEMP has been amended to give more context to the assessments undertaken and confirm that it is unlikely to be contaminated, however there is still the possibility. A CDWP/MP is attached as Appendix G to the CEMP and includes at section 5.9.2 recommended soil sampling rates where soils are to be excavated and require offsite disposal.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Respondent

Comment ID

Date

Forum

Comment

Resolution

More detail is needed on the design of the system to capture and treat sediment laden stormwater, for example what type of device will this be, where will it be located how long will it be in place to what level will it be treated, will the sewer system and subsequent trade waste consent required, how will this be installed - will it need it's own consent, if it is under another consent the reference number should be included.

Section 4.3.9 of the CEMP has been amended to provide detail on the treatment of sediment laden water. The ESCP attached as Appendix C to the CEMP contains full details of the proposed earthworks management measures to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment laden water beyond the site to either land and stormwater drainage systems.

How is an asbestos assessment going to mitigate dust generation from non-asbestos sources? Will anything other mitigation technique than misting be used?

Asbestos surveys are to identify if any asbestos is there and needs to be removed using specialised and site-specific removal techniques. Additional text has been added to section 4.3.10 to clarify the what dust mitigation measures are proposed. The AQ DWP attached as Appendix H to the CEMP contains full details of the proposed dust mitigation measures.

How will social services in the area be kept private, this work will both open up the visibility to and exposure of the prostitutes collective members to the public - how will this be addressed, will there be instructions covered in the inductions on expected behaviours, complaint logs etc?

Section 4.3.11 of the CEMP has been amended to confirm site security measures. No further update of the CEMP is required.

With regard to undertaking visual assessments if requested by those that have been tested - what will occur if requests are received from those that weren't pretested? The resolution process for this this should be outlined. The rational for which buildings will be pretested should be outlined here so a reader can understand quickly whether there is an issue to be dealt with.

The process for undertaking building condition surveys is identified in CRL designation 46 and the Aotea to NAL regional consent condition 109. Copies of these conditions are contained in Appendices A and B of the CEMP. No amendment to CEMP required.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Respondent

Comment ID

Date

Forum

Comment

Resolution

This section needs to cover the storage of materials (location maximum quantities etc), location of SDS and who is responsible for holding, updating and checking the quantities of substances and ensuring that they are compliant.

Section 4.3.15 has been amended to confirm the C3 Alliance will be responsible for the hazardous substances storage arrangements.

This sections should cover what occurs if an accidental asbestos release occurs.

Section 4.4 amended to reference the demolition plan, asbestos assessment and AQ DWP.

It is stated that the cause of all incidents will be subject to an investigation but the incident notification table below implies that for insignificant incidents there is no investigation needed, this should be made consistent. It could be appropriate to classify a spill within a containment bund as a near miss rather than an incident as bunding implies that spills were anticipated and appropriately mitigated. this would still allow the cause to be recorded.

Section 4.4.3 has been amended to ensure consistency.

As noted earlier the timescale of this project does not seem to justify reviewing the whole document - it is suggested that (without precluding any changes arising from incidents or failures) a review of the CEMP after the work is complete is undertaken using the contractor and project team to refine the CEMP for the next demolition works job.

Section 5.3 has been amended to refer to an appropriate audit period as identified by the ESM (or delegate), commensurate to the length of the Project works.

Regarding the annual review - see comments on section 5.3.

Section 5.7.1 has been amended to remove reference to an annual review requirement given the Projects estimated 12-week programme.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Respondent

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix L ISCA Requirements

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Was-1 Waste avoidance and resource recovery Aim To reward the practice of kaitiakitanga through sustainable waste management plans and practices.

Evidence

Benchmark

Criteria Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Predictions for waste quantities and types have been developed for construction and operation. AND Measures to minimise waste during construction and operation have been identified and implemented. AND Monitoring of all wastes is undertaken during construction and operation.

The requirements for Level 1 are achieved. AND Waste monitoring and management has been managed, reviewed or audited by a suitably qualified professional. AND Waste handling and disposal/recycling all the way to final destination has been audited at appropriate intervals.

Not applicable

Design reports Management plans. Waste monitoring records and reports.

Evidence as for Level 1. Review/audit reports.

Not applicable

CRLL stated level as minimum requirement: Level 2

Was-2 Diversion from landfill Aim To reward diversion of spoil, inert, non-hazardous and office waste from landfill. Criteria

Benchmark

Level 1

Level 2 All of the following targets for landfill diversion have been achieved or bettered: 70 to <80% by volume of spoil AND 25 to <50% by volume of inert and non-hazardous waste AND 25 to <40% by volume of office waste.

Evidence

Waste monitoring records and reports.

All of the following targets for landfill diversion have been achieved or bettered: 80 to <100% by volume of spoil AND 50 to 90% by volume of inert and non-hazardous waste AND 40 to 60% by volume of office waste. Evidence as for Level 1.

CRLL stated level as minimum requirement: Level 3

Level 3 All of the following targets for landfill diversion have been achieved or bettered: 100% by volume of spoil AND >90% by volume of inert and non-hazardous waste AND >60% by volume of office waste material.

Evidence as for Level 2.

Was-3 Deconstruction / Disassembly / Adaptability Aim To reward design and planning for deconstruction, disassembly and adaptability of infrastructure in the future.

Evidence

Benchmark

Criteria Level 1

Level 1 to 3 on sliding scale

A deconstruction plan is developed based on good practice.

The requirements for Level 1 are achieved. AND The deconstruction plan is reviewed and updated. Reviews should consider changes to technology and infrastructure planning. AND 0 to 50% by value of components or pre-fabricated units used can be easily separated on disassembly/ deconstruction into material types suitable for recycling or reuse. For every increment of deconstructability up to 50% for Level 3, fractions of Levels may be achieved on a sliding scale.

Deconstruction plan

Deconstruction plan showing reviews. Design and/or construction reports.

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Appendix M Trees and Vegetation Record

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

During the demolition period of the Project, three groups of trees and five areas of associated low lying vegetation are required to be removed. In total there will be nine trees to be removed. None of the trees are scheduled or subject to general tree protection. There are no street trees within the demolition area. A record of the trees and vegetation that will be affected by the works are detailed in Table 5-3 and illustrated in Figure 5-1, Figure 5-2, Figure 5-3 and Figure 5-4 below: Table 5-3 Record of affected trees and vegetation within the Project area

Reference

Address

Description

16 East Street

Small scale potted vegetation in front yard, partially visible from the street.

18 East Street

One tree within the back yard of the property, out of view from the street.

20-24 East Street

38 East Street

One tree and two small shrubs within the boundary of the property, on the corner of East Street and Canada Street, visible from the street.

T3 (group)

9a, 9b, 9c Mercury Lane

Group of seven trees (including cabbage trees), two dead trees and low lying vegetation within the property on the edge of the carpark visible from the street.

11-13 Mercury Lane

Small scale vegetation at the edge of the carpark visible from the street.

17-21 Mercury Lane

23-31 Mercury Lane

Four small portable plant boxes are located within the Mercury Plaza carpark visible from the street.

V3 T2

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Figure 5-1 Record of affected trees and vegetation within the Project area

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Figure 5-2 View of T3 group of trees from Mercury Lane

Figure 5-3 View of T2, V2 and V3 from East Street

Figure 5-4 View of V5 group of vegetation from Canada Street

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | ARUP

Auckland Office Level 4, Aurecon House 139 Carlton Gore Road Auckland 1023 New Zealand T +64 9 520 6019 F +64 524 7815